As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 28, 2015

Securities Act File No. 333-199622

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
x   Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
o   Post-Effective Amendment No.



 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



 

200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor
New York, New York 10166

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(212) 922-8240

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Paul J. Echausse, Esq.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Alcentra Capital Corporation
200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor
New York, New York 10166

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)



 

COPIES TO:

 
Steven B. Boehm, Esq.
Harry S. Pangas, Esq.
Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP
700 Sixth Street, NW, Suite 700
Washington, DC 20001
Tel: (202) 383-0100
Fax: (202) 637-3593
  Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
250 West 55th Street
New York, NY 10019
Tel: (212) 468-8000
Fax: (212) 468-7900


 

Approximate date of proposed public offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. x

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   
Title of Securities Being Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price (1) (2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)
Notes     $40,000,000       $4,648  

(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933 solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.
(2) A registration fee in the amount of $2,324 was previously paid in connection with the initial filing of the Registration Statement. An additional $2,324 registration fee has been paid in conjunction with the filing of this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement.


 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion dated January 28, 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

Up to $40,000,000
6.500% Notes due 2022

Alcentra Capital Corporation
Alcentra Capital InterNotes®



 

We are a specialty finance company that operates as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation primarily by making direct investments in lower middle-market companies in the form of subordinated debt and, to a lesser extent, senior debt and minority equity investments. We have elected to be regulated as a business development company, or BDC, under the Investment Company Act of 1940. We intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We are an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

We are offering up to $40,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of 6.500% notes, which we refer to as the “Notes”, on a continuous basis through Incapital LLC as the purchasing agent. Offerings of Notes under this prospectus are expected to terminate by April 30, 2015. The Notes will mature on January 15, 2022. We will pay interest on the Notes on July 15 and January 15 of each year, beginning on July 15, 2015. Under normal circumstances no principal will be repaid on the Notes prior to their maturity date. However, we may redeem the Notes in whole or in part at any time, or from time to time on or after January 15, 2016, at the redemption price of par, plus accrued interest, as discussed under the caption “Description of the Notes — Optional Redemption.” The Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We may change the terms of the Notes, including the interest rate, optional redemption date and the maturity date, from time to time during the course of the offering of the Notes. Any such change will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. Such supplement will be provided to prospective purchasers prior to the offer and sale of any such notes.

The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and rank pari passu , meaning equal in right of payment, with all outstanding and future unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness issued by Alcentra Capital Corporation. We currently do not have any indebtedness outstanding that is subordinated to the Notes and have no intention of issuing any such subordinated indebtedness. The Notes are and will be effectively subordinated, or junior in right of payment, to our existing and any future secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated, or junior in right of payment, to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries. See “Specific Terms of the Notes and Offering — Ranking of Notes” on page 13. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and any indebtedness of any future subsidiaries may assert rights of payment prior to the holders of the Notes. See the related disclosure in “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Notes” beginning on page 44 of this prospectus.

We are externally managed by our investment adviser, Alcentra NY, LLC, which is registered as an investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Alcentra NY provides the administrative services necessary for us to operate. We have limited experience operating as a BDC or a RIC, and Alcentra NY has limited experience serving as an investment adviser to a BDC and a RIC.

An investment in our Notes is subject to risks and involves a heightened risk of total loss of investment. In addition, the companies in which we invest are subject to special risks. For example, substantially all of the securities we invest in are rated below investment grade by rating agencies or that would be rated below investment grade if they were rated. Below investment grade securities, which are often referred to as “high yield” and “junk,” have predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, a substantial amount of our investment portfolio will consist of debt investments for which issuers will not be required to make principal payments until the maturity of the loans, which will result in a substantial loss to us if such issuers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity. A substantial amount of our subordinated debt and preferred equity investments pay payment-in-kind interest, which potentially creates negative amortization on a loan, resulting in an increase in the amounts that our portfolio companies will ultimately be required to pay us. Further, a material amount of our debt and preferred equity investments have interest reset provisions, which may make it more difficult for the borrowers to make debt repayments to us.

We do not intend to list the Notes on any stock exchange. See “Suitability Standards” beginning on page 133 and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 to read about factors you should consider, including the lack of a secondary market for the Notes and the the risk of leverage, before investing in our Notes.

Our Notes will not be publicly traded on an established market and you should not expect to be able to sell your Notes regardless of how we perform.
If you are able to sell your Notes, you will likely receive less than your purchase price.
Our Notes are not currently listed on any securities exchange, and we do not expect a secondary market in the Notes to develop in the foreseeable future, if ever.
Because you could be unable to sell your Notes, you may be unable to reduce your exposure on any market downturn.
You should consider that you will not have access to your money invested in the Notes until the Notes reach maturity.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our Notes. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains such information. This information will also be available free of charge by contacting us at 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166, or by telephone at (212) 922-8240 or on our website at www.alcentracapital.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be part of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



 

   
  Per Note   Total
Public offering price   $ 1,000     $ 40,000,000  
Sales load (1)   $ 19.50     $ 780,000  
Proceeds to us, before expenses (2)   $ 980.50     $ 39,220,000  

(1) See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of compensation payable to Incapital LLC.
(2) Before deducting expenses payable by us related to this offering, estimated at $276,148, or approximately $6.90 per Note.
(3) This table assumes that we will sell all of the Notes offered hereby and that all of such Notes will be sold at 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof. We will file a prospectus supplement to this prospectus to periodically update the information contained in this table with respect to our actual sales of the Notes.

THE NOTES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF A BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT AGENCY.

We will sell the Notes through Incapital LLC as agent.



 

Incapital LLC

The date of this prospectus is January __, 2015

InterNotes® is a registered trademark of Incapital Holdings LLC.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC in connection with a continuous offering process for us to raise debt capital. When material changes in the information included in this prospecuts occurs, including in connection with the terms of the offering or developments involving our business, we will provide a prospectus supplement that may add, update or change information contained in this prospectus.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and Incapital LLC has not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and Incapital LLC is not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since that date.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY     1  
SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND OFFERING     12  
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA     20  
SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA     22  
RISK FACTORS     23  
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS     52  
USE OF PROCEEDS     53  
CAPITALIZATION     54  
RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES     55  
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     56  
BUSINESS     68  
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES     78  
SENIOR SECURITIES     82  
MANAGEMENT     83  
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT     89  
MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS     91  
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS     99  
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS     103  
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS     104  
CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO ERISA, GOVERNMENTAL AND OTHER PLAN INVESTORS     111  
DESCRIPTION OF OUR NOTES     112  
REGULATION     125  
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR     131  
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES     132  
SUITABILITY STANDARDS     133  
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION     134  
LEGAL MATTERS     135  
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM     135  
AVAILABLE INFORMATION     135  
Index to Financial Statements     F-1  

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus carefully.

We were formed on June 6, 2013 and commenced operations on May 8, 2014. On May 14, 2014, we closed our initial public offering, or the IPO, issuing 6,666,666 shares of our common stock and raising approximately $100 million. Except as otherwise indicated, the terms: “we,” “us,” “our” “Alcentra Capital” and the “Company” refer to Alcentra Capital Corporation; our “Adviser” or “Alcentra NY” refers to our investment adviser, Alcentra NY, LLC.

Alcentra Capital Corporation

We are a specialty finance company that operates as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the 1940 Act. In addition, we intend to elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code.

We provide customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies, which we define as companies having annual earnings, before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, of between $5 million and $15 million, and/or revenues of between $10 million and $100 million, although we may opportunistically make investments in larger or smaller companies. Our investments typically range in size from $5 million to $15 million. Our internal target on leverage is in the 0.65-0.75x range.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation primarily by making direct investments in lower middle-market companies in the form of subordinated debt and, to a lesser extent, senior debt and minority equity investments. The companies in which we invest are typically highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies will not be rated by any rating agency. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a below-investment grade rating, which is often referred to as “high-yield” or “junk.” While our primary investment focus is to make loans to, and selected equity investments in, privately held lower-middle-market companies, we may also make opportunistic investments in larger or smaller companies.

Our Adviser has a history of investing in companies that seek capital to use for growth initiatives or a generational change of ownership, or what we refer to as Growth Companies. We define a Growth Company as a company that has experienced growth of at least two to three times the rate of gross domestic product, or GDP, or have a catalyst to achieve that type of growth. It has been the experience of our Adviser’s investment team that Growth Companies typically incur less leverage than larger companies in order to maintain the financial flexibility to continue to invest in the growth of their businesses. In the experience of our Adviser’s investment team, our targeted industry sectors tend to have a greater proportion of Growth Companies and therefore offer greater investment opportunities to pursue. Our targeted industry sectors are: healthcare and pharmaceutical services; defense, homeland security and government services; business and outsourced services; and energy services. We may also make investments in portfolio companies that do not possess these characteristics or are outside of these industry sectors.

Portfolio Composition

As of September 30, 2014, we had approximately $214.2 million (at fair value) invested in 24 portfolio companies. Our portfolio included approximately 35.6% of first lien debt, 6.3% of second lien debt, 30.1% of mezzanine debt and 27.9% of equity investments at fair value. Going forward we intend to reduce our equity allocation to 15-20% of our portfolio investments. At September 30, 2014, our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost and fair value was approximately $8.7 million and $8.9 million, respectively, and our largest portfolio company

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment by amortized cost and fair value was approximately $16.6 million and $16.8 million, respectively. At September 30, 2014, 21.3% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 78.7% bore interest at fixed rates. We intend to re-balance our portfolio investments with more floating rate loans.

The weighted average yield on all of our debt investments as of September 30, 2014 was approximately 12.0%. The weighted average yield of our debt investments is not the same as a return on investment for our stockholders but, rather, relates to a portion of our investment portfolio and is calculated before the payment of all of our and our subsidiaries’ fees and expenses. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments. The effective interest rates on our debt investments is computed by taking into account the contractual interest rates on our debt investments as adjusted for any premium or discount and includes payment-in-kind interest. As a result, the weighted average yield figure set forth above does not represent the cash interest payments we received on our debt investments during the period noted above. In this regard, the weighted average cash yield on all of our debt investments as of September 30, 2014 was approximately 10.0%. These yields do not include the dividends, including PIK dividends, received on our preferred equity investments. PIK dividends on preferred equity functions in much the same way as PIK interest on debt investments in that it is paid in the form of additional preferred securities and not cash. There can be no assurance that the weighted average yield and the weighted average cash yield will remain at their current levels.

Organizational Structure

The following chart shows the ownership structure and various entities affiliated with us and our Adviser.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

(1) For tax purposes, certain of our equity investments purchased are held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours.

Our Adviser

Alcentra NY, LLC, which we refer to as Alcentra NY, or our Adviser, serves as our investment adviser and is the U.S. affiliate of Alcentra, Ltd., which we refer to as Alcentra, an asset management platform focused on below-investment grade credit. Both Alcentra NY and Alcentra are subsidiaries of BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc., which we refer to as the Alcentra Group. The investment professionals of our Adviser who work in the direct debt and equity division of our Adviser, which we refer to as Alcentra Mezzanine, have worked together for more than 8 years and as of September 30, 2014 have invested more than $500 million in lower middle-market

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

companies. Alcentra Mezzanine combines significant credit analysis, structuring capability and transactional experience within the larger credit investment platform of Alcentra.

Our Adviser is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.

Our Adviser’s investment team is led by Paul J. Echausse, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Scott Gold, our Senior Vice President. Messrs. Echausse and Gold were founders of Alcentra Mezzanine in 1998 through the investment of subordinated debt investments on the Bank of New York platform. Our investment committee, which we refer to as the Investment Committee, is comprised of Paul Echausse, Paul Hatfield, Chairman of our Board of Directors, Kevin Bannon and Graeme Delaney Smith. Each member of our Investment Committee has at least 20 years of experience investing and lending across changing market cycles, and, with other investment professionals of our Adviser, collectively have more than 60 years of such experience. The biographies and experience of the members of our Investment Committee are included under “Portfolio Management — Investment Committee.”

Our Adviser furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides us with clerical, bookkeeping, record keeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay a fee based on our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser.

We have entered into an investment advisory agreement, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, with our Adviser pursuant to which we pay a base management fee and incentive fees to our Adviser for its services under the agreement. See “Management Agreements — Investment Advisory Agreement.” Our Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee), without recourse against or reimbursement by us, for the remainder of the quarter in which the IPO was completed and the subsequent four quarters to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to maintain a targeted dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis).

Our Administrator

We have entered into a fund administration and accounting agreement, or the Administration Agreement, with State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street, pursuant to which State Street provides us with financial reporting, post-trade compliance, and treasury services. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we pay a fixed annual fee, paid in monthly installments in arrears, along with additional fees and expenses as incurred each month. See “Management Agreements — Administration Agreement.”

Alcentra Mezzanine

Alcentra Mezzanine has sponsored three private investment funds that focus on subordinated debt and equity investments in middle market companies, each of which is managed by Alcentra NY. BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P., which we refer to as Fund III, the last of the private investment funds, was formed in 2010 by institutions, family offices and private wealth investors.

Alcentra Mezzanine combines significant credit analysis, structuring capability and transactional experience within the larger credit investment platform of the Alcentra Group. As a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, or BNY Mellon, the Alcentra Group manages approximately $23.3 billion in below-investment grade debt assets across more than 76 credit-focused funds and managed accounts. The Alcentra Group collectively employed 107 investment professionals as of September 30, 2014.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Group and BNY Mellon

The Alcentra Group was formed in 2002 through the merger of two asset management divisions from Barclays Bank Plc in the United Kingdom and Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. In January 2006, Alcentra Group was purchased by BNY Mellon. Alcentra Group is the specialist below-investment grade debt manager within BNY Mellon’s group of asset management boutiques.

BNY Mellon is one of the largest bank holding companies in the U.S. with a market capitalization of approximately $43.6 billion. BNY Mellon is also one of the largest securities servicing organizations with $28.3 trillion of assets under custody and administration and boasts a global platform across 35 countries as of September 30, 2014. BNY Mellon is a substantial player in asset management with approximately $1.65 trillion of assets under management as of September 30, 2014. Currently, BNY Mellon is the principal owner of the Alcentra Group.

We refer to BNY Mellon, Alcentra Group, Alcentra Mezzanine, our Adviser and their Affiliates together as the BNY Mellon Group.

Market Opportunity

We believe that the limited amount of capital available to lower middle-market companies, coupled with the desire of these companies for flexible and partnership-oriented sources of capital, creates an attractive investment environment for us. We believe the following factors will continue to provide us with opportunities to grow and deliver attractive returns to our stockholders. However, there can be no assurances that we will be able to successfully implement our business strategy and, as a result, meet our investment objective.

The Lower Middle-Market Represents a Large, Underserved Market.    We believe that lower middle-market companies, most of which are privately held, are relatively underserved by traditional capital providers such as commercial banks, finance companies, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation funds. Further, we believe that companies of this size generally are less leveraged relative to their enterprise value, as compared to larger companies with a greater range of financing options.

Reduced Availability of Capital for Lower Middle-Market Companies Presents Opportunities for Attractive Risk-Adjusted Returns.   Beginning with the credit crisis that began in 2007, we believe that the subsequent exit of traditional capital providers from lower middle-market lending created a less competitive market and an increased opportunity for alternative funding sources like us to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns. The remaining lenders and investors in the current environment require lower levels of senior and total leverage, increased equity commitments and more comprehensive covenant packages than were customary prior to the credit crisis. We believe that our ability to offer flexible financing solutions positions us to take advantage of this dislocation.

Regulatory Changes Have Decreased Competition among Lower Middle-Market Lenders.   We believe recent regulatory changes, including the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel III Accords have caused banking institutions to curtail their lending to lower middle-market companies. As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity for us throughout the investment process.

Large Pools of Uninvested Private Equity Capital should Drive Future Transaction Velocity.   We expect that private equity firms will remain active investors in lower middle-market companies. Private equity funds generally seek to leverage their investments by combining their equity capital with senior secured loans and/or mezzanine debt, or subordinated debt that is not secured by collateral, provided by other sources. We believe that our investment strategy positions us well to partner with such private equity investors, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in this regard. Although our interests may not always be aligned with the private equity sponsors of our portfolio companies given their positions as the equity holders and our position as the debt holder in our portfolio companies, we believe that private equity sponsors will

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide significant benefits including incremental due diligence, additional monitoring capabilities and a potential source of capital and operational expertise for our portfolio companies.

Growth Companies Typically Pursue Mezzanine Debt as an Efficient Cost of Capital.   Mezzanine debt can be an effective source of capital for companies experiencing rapid growth. We typically focus on companies that can achieve a revenue growth rate of at least two to three times the rate of GDP growth. It is not uncommon for Growth Companies to grow faster than their banks can provide debt to support that growth. Growth Companies therefore have two primary capital market options to fund that growth: (i) raise private equity from individuals or institutions; or (ii) raise mezzanine debt capital. We believe that mezzanine debt capital can be a more cost effective alternative for Growth Companies, and can be more competitive than raising private equity capital.

Competitive Advantages

Experienced Management Team.   Members of our Investment Committee and other investment professionals of our Adviser collectively have more than 60 years of experience investing and lending across changing market cycles. These professionals have diverse backgrounds with prior experience in investment and management positions at investment banks, small business investment companies, or SBICs, commercial banks and privately held companies. As of September 30, 2014, the investment professionals of our Adviser have invested more than $500 million in debt and equity securities of primarily lower middle-market companies. We believe this experience provides our Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of lower middle-market companies. Further, we believe this positions our Adviser to effectively identify, assess, structure and monitor our investments.

Strong Transaction Sourcing Network.    Our Adviser’s investment professionals possess an extensive network of long-standing relationships with private equity firms, middle-market senior lenders, junior-capital partners, SBICs, financial intermediaries, law firms, accountants and management teams of privately owned businesses. We believe that the combination of these relationships and our reputation as a reliable, responsive and value-added financing partner will generate a steady stream of new investment opportunities and proprietary deal flow.

Access to the BNY Wealth Management Platform.   BNY Mellon maintains a substantial Wealth Management business that provides investment advisory and other services to high net worth individuals, families and family offices. BNY Mellon’s Wealth Management business interacts regularly with privately owned businesses and the family owners thereof. The Alcentra Mezzanine team maintains an active calling program on these offices as a source of deal flow and deal referrals. We utilize our access to BNY Mellon’s Wealth Management business as an important component of our network of relationships in sourcing investment opportunities.

Flexible Financing Solutions.   We offer a variety of financing structures and have the flexibility to structure our investments to meet the custom needs of our portfolio companies, including among investment types and investment terms. Typically we invest in subordinated debt, coupled with an equity or equity-like component to increase the total investment return profile. We believe our ability to offer a variety of financing arrangements makes us an attractive partner to lower middle-market companies and enables our Adviser to identify attractive investment opportunities throughout economic cycles and across a company’s capital structure.

Rigorous Underwriting Policies and Active Portfolio Management.   Our Adviser has implemented rigorous underwriting policies that are followed in each transaction. These policies include an extensive review and credit analysis of portfolio companies, historical and projected financial performance, as well as an assessment of the portfolio company’s business model and forecasts that are designed to assess investment prospects via a thorough analysis of each potential portfolio company’s competitive position, financial performance, management team operating discipline, growth potential and industry attractiveness. In addition, we structure our debt investments with protective financial covenants, designed to proactively address changes in a

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

portfolio company’s financial performance. Covenants are negotiated before an investment is completed and are based on the projected financial performance of the portfolio company. These processes are designed to, among other things, provide us with an assessment of the ability of the portfolio company to repay its debt at maturity. After investing in a portfolio company, we monitor the investment closely, receiving financial statements on at least a quarterly basis as well as annual audited financial statements. We analyze and discuss in detail the portfolio company’s financial performance with management in addition to attending regular board meetings. We believe that our initial and ongoing portfolio review process allows us to identify and maintain superior risk adjusted return opportunities in our target portfolio companies.

Minimize Portfolio Concentration.   While we focus our investments in lower middle-market companies, we seek to diversify our portfolio across various industries, geographic sectors and financial sponsors. We actively monitor our investment portfolio to ensure we are not overly concentrated across industries, geographic sectors or private equity or other sponsors. By monitoring our investment portfolio in this manner we seek to reduce the effects of economic downturns associated with any particular industry sector or geographic region.

Access to the Alcentra Group Platform.   We seek to leverage the depth and breadth of resources of the Alcentra Group platform across all aspects of its operations, benefiting from the Alcentra Group’s investment professionals, who in addition to their credit expertise, possess industry expertise. As of September 30, 2014 the Alcentra Group employs more than 35 industry focused senior analysts that closely follow a variety of industries, including healthcare, defense and business services. This unique access to in-house expertise will also be utilized in the ongoing monitoring of our investments.

Investment Guidelines for Evaluating Investment Opportunities

We use the following guidelines in evaluating investment opportunities and constructing our portfolio. However, not all of these guidelines have been, or will be, met in connection with each of our investments.

Experienced Management Teams With Meaningful Equity Ownership.   We target portfolio companies that have management teams with significant experience and/or relevant industry experience coupled with meaningful equity ownership. We believe management teams with these attributes are more likely to manage the companies in a manner that protects our debt investment and enhances the value of our equity investment.

Strong Competitive Position.   We seek to invest in companies that have developed strong positions within their respective markets, are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities and compete in industries with barriers to entry. We also seek to invest in companies that we believe exhibit a sustainable competitive advantage vis-a-vis their competitors, which may help to protect their market position and profitability.

Growth Companies.   We target Growth Companies that have experienced growth of at least two to three times the rate of GDP. For illustrative purposes, if GDP growth is 3%, then we will seek to invest in companies whose revenue growth rate is 6% – 9%. We believe that mezzanine debt capital affords a more attractive cost of capital solution for such companies, rather than private equity.

Diversified Customer and Supplier Base.   We prefer to invest in companies that have a diversified customer and supplier base. Companies with a diversified customer and supplier base are generally better able to endure economic downturns, industry consolidation and shifting customer preferences.

Significant Invested Capital.   We believe the existence of significant underlying equity value provides important support to our investments. We will look for portfolio companies that we believe have sufficient value beyond the layer of the capital structure in which we invest.

Visible Exit Strategy.   We invest in companies that we believe will provide a steady stream of cash flow to repay our loans while reinvesting in their respective businesses. In addition, we also

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

seek to invest in companies whose business models and expected future cash flows offer attractive exit possibilities for our equity investments. We seek to execute each investment with a visible and articulated exit strategy determined by a variety of factors, including the company’s financial position, anticipated growth dynamics and the prevailing mergers and acquisitions environment.

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities are managed by our Adviser and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of our Adviser and its affiliates. Our Adviser is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which we refer to as the Advisers Act. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay Alcentra NY an annual base management fee based on our gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our performance. See “Management Agreements — Management Fee” and “Incentive Fee.” Our Adviser also provides us with certain administrative and other services necessary for us to operate pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement. See “Management Agreements.”

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs and RICs. BDCs are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The 1940 Act also contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters. However, we may seek to co-invest on a concurrent basis with funds or entities managed by our Adviser, BNY Mellon or their affiliates, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. Certain types of co-investment transactions would only be permitted pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC. Any such order will be subject to certain terms and conditions. Further there is no assurance that this application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC. See “Regulation.”

Also, while we may borrow funds to make investments, our ability to use debt is limited in certain significant aspects. In particular, BDCs must have at least 200% asset coverage calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act in order to incur debt or issue preferred stock (which we refer to collectively as “senior securities”). As a result, we are required to finance our investments with at least as much equity as senior securities in the aggregate.

In addition, we intend to elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be treated as, and to qualify annually as, a RIC under the Code. As a consequence of our proposed RIC status, as well as our status as a BDC, our asset growth is dependent on our ability to raise equity capital through the issuance of common stock. RICs generally must distribute substantially all of their earnings to stockholders as dividends in order to preserve their status as a RIC and avoid corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. This requirement, in turn, generally prevents us from using earnings to support our operations, including making new investments. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

Corporate History

Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, we purchased a portfolio of approximately $155.9 million in debt and equity investments which consisted of all of the investment assets of Fund III except for its equity investment and warrants in GTT Communications. We refer to the portfolio assets we acquired from Fund III as the Fund III Acquired Assets. We also purchased approximately $29 million of debt and equity investments which consisted of assets held by our affiliate, Alcentra Group, that were purchased under a warehouse facility in anticipation of the IPO, which we refer to as the Warehouse Portfolio.

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recent Developments

The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued. Amounts are gross of fees.

On October 1, 2014, we committed to fund a debt investment of $20,000,000 to Hotel SystemsPro. Hotel SystemsPro, headquartered in Atlanta, GA, is an enterprise application provider for the hospitality industry. Hotel SystemsPro offers software-as-a-service to mid-tier hotels operators and management companies with group sales tracking, contact management and reporting across multiple hotel properties. Hotel SystemsPro offers a full suite of hospitality- focused software solutions, including its primary software products: “Hotel SalesPro” and “Hotel ServicePro.”

On October 6, 2014, we paid a dividend of $0.34 per share of our common stock to our shareholders of record as of September 30, 2014 in the aggregate amount of $4,595,700.

On October 10, 2014, we funded a debt investment in Bioventus LLC of $12,000,000. Bioventus LLC is a global leader in orthopedic healing products, offering active healing therapies in a growing end-market. Bioventus LLC is a market leader in low intensity pulsed ultrasound (LIPUS) technology bone stimulation devices and among the leading distributors of osteoarthritis injection treatments. Bioventus LLC’s active healing therapies aim to work together with the body’s natural healing process, thereby shortening recovery time and potentially minimizing the overall cost of care. Bioventus LLC is headquartered in Durham, N.C. and has more than 550 employees.

On October 16, 2014, we filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit us to co-invest with funds or entities managed by the Adviser in certain negotiated transactions where co-investing would otherwise be prohibited under the 1940 Act. Any such order will be subject to certain terms and conditions. Furthermore, there is no assurance that this application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC.

On November 4, 2014, our Board of Directors declared a fourth quarter calendar dividend of $0.34 per share, payable on January 6, 2015 to shareholders of record of December 30, 2014.

On November 13, 2014, we funded a debt investment in NARL Marketing LP of $15,000,000. NARL Marketing LP sells refined petroleum to customers through five segments: retail, commercial, home heat, wharf and wholesale. NARL Marketing LP’s business activities include providing refined petroleum to retail gasoline stations and card lock stations, a branded home heating business, a wharf business and the supply of refined petroleum products to commercial and wholesale customers. NARL Marketing LP is located in Newfoundland, Canada.

On December 2, 2014 we completed a refinancing of Southern Technical Institute, an existing portfolio company, for $12,000,000. Founded in 2000 Southern Technical Institute is a for-profit vocational college with 9 campuses located in Florida. Southern Technical Institute’s academic programs focus on career training and education in applied technology (e.g., heating, ventilation and air conditioning (or HVAC) and electrical trade), medical billing and coding, medical assisting and massage therapy. Southern Technical Institute currently enrolls over 1,000 students. Southern Technical Institute is based in Orlando, Florida.

On December 10, 2014 we funded a debt investment IGT Enterprises, Inc. of $9,000,000. IGT Enterprises, Inc. is a provider of repair and maintenance services and manufacturer of components to the industrial gas turbine market. IGT Enterprises, Inc. primarily serves the power generation, industrial and aerospace end markets. IGT Enterprises, Inc. is located in Houston, TX.

On December 19, 2014, we entered into Amendment No. 1 to our existing Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Revolver Amendment”) and an Incremental Commitment Agreement to our existing Senior Secured Revolving Loan Credit Agreement (the “Incremental Commitment Amendment,” together with the “Revolver Amendment,” the “Amendments”), each with certain lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as administrative agent (the

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Administrative Agent”). The Amendments amend certain provisions of our Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”).

The Credit Facility was amended to, among other things, (i) increase the threshold under which the borrowing base may consist of 12 issuers; (ii) increase the required weighted average leverage ratio from 4.0x to 4.5x; (iii) increase the permitted amount of investments that are not in cash or cash equivalents, first lien bank loans, last-out loans, or second lien bank loans from not more than 40% to not more than 50%; (iv) modify the test for the minimum obligors’ net worth to include unsecured longer term indebtedness not to exceed $50,000,000; and (v) modify the eligibility criteria to permit, under certain circumstances, investments with EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of less than $20,000,000. The Incremental Commitment Agreement provides for increased commitments under the Credit Facility of $35 million.

Concurrently with the effectiveness of the Amendments, we closed on an additional $35 million of commitments under the Credit Facility (which was funded in full on the Closing Date). As of December 19, 2014, total commitments under the Credit Facility were $115 million.

On December 19, 2014, we funded a $1.2 million senior secured debt investment in Triton Technologies, Inc. Triton Technologies, Inc. provides fully integrated call center services including telemarketing, technology services, marketing services and consulting services. Triton Technologies, Inc. performs marketing, sales and customer support services through call centers located in Massachusetts and Arizona.

On January 6, 2015, we committed to fund a $14.0 million second lien debt investment in Alpine Disposal, Inc., of which $9.0 million was initially funded. Alpine Disposal, Inc. is a Denver, Colorado-based waste management and recycling company, serving commercial and multi-tenant residential customers in the greater Denver area. Alpine Disposal, Inc. provides collection services and processes collected waste at its recycling facility, compost processing plant and privately owned landfill.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an emerging growth company, as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, for so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company.

In addition, Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as amended by Section 102(b) of the JOBS Act provide that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

We could remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) up to five years measured from the IPO, (b) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1 billion or more, (c) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (d) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Risk Factors

An investment in our Notes is subject to risks. The following is a summary of the principal risks that you should carefully consider before investing in our Notes. In addition, see “Risk Factors” on page 23 to read about risks you should consider before deciding to invest in our Notes.

The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have outstanding or may incur in the future.
The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.
The indenture under which the Notes will be issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.
We cannot assure you that a trading market for your Notes will ever develop or be maintained.
If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Both we and our Adviser have a limited history of operating and advising a BDC or a RIC, and we may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.
We may not replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or advised by our Adviser.
We are dependent upon key personnel of our Adviser and the Alcentra Group for our future success. If our Adviser or the Alcentra Group were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.
Our business model depends to a significant extent upon our Adviser’s network of relationships with financial sponsors, service providers and other intermediaries. Any inability of our Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.
There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns, including the management of certain private investment funds by Alcentra NY and other investment advisers affiliated with the BNY Mellon Group.
We are restricted in our ability to enter into transactions with entities deemed to be our affiliates, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.
Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to and the way in which we raise additional capital and, as a RIC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.
If we are unable to meet the RIC asset diversification requirements, we may fail to qualify as a RIC.
We finance our investments with borrowed money, which magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.
Because we use debt to finance our investments, changes in interest rates will affect our cost of capital and net investment income.
A general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of increasing our net investment income, which would make it easier for our Adviser to receive incentive fees.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To the extent interest rates increase, this may negatively impact the operating performance of our portfolio companies due to increasing debt service obligations and, therefore, may affect our results of operations.
Adverse developments in the credit markets may impair our ability to borrow money.
Most of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and quoted prices or observable inputs are not generally available to determine such values, resulting in the use of significant unobservable inputs in our quarterly valuation process.
Defaults by our portfolio companies would harm our operating results.
The inability of our portfolio companies to pay interest and principal when due may contribute to a reduction in the net asset value per share of our common stock, our ability to pay dividends and to service our contractual obligations, and may negatively impact the market price of our common stock and other securities that we may issue.
Our activities may be limited as a result of being controlled by a bank holding company.
Investors may lose all or part of their investment in us.

Significant Material Actual and Potential Conflicts of Interest

We have conflicts of interest arising out of the investment advisory activities of our Adviser and other operations of Alcentra Group and BNY Mellon. For example, we are an affiliate of BNY Mellon, which is a leading provider of financial services for institutions, corporations and high net worth individuals, providing asset management and wealth management, asset servicing, issuer services, clearing services and treasury services through a worldwide client-focused team. While we may benefit from BNY Mellon’s relationship and activities, situations will arise in which the interests of BNY Mellon and its affiliates will conflict with our interests and the interests of our stockholders. For example, we face potential conflicts of interest, including those relating to:

advisory services, lending and loan syndication;
conflicting investment interests;
time commitment of professionals;
transactions with BNY Mellon and its affiliates; and
competing funds and allocation policies.

In addition, as a result of restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and entities managed by bank holding companies (including us), our Adviser may be required or may decide to structure an investment in a manner that would be less favorable to us than structures available to a non-regulated entity. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our operations and investment returns.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166, and our telephone number is (212) 922-8240. We maintain a website located at www.alcentracapital.com . Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFIC TERMS OF THE NOTES AND THE OFFERING

This section outlines the specific legal and financial terms of the Notes. You should read this section together with the more general description of the Notes under the heading “Description of Our Notes” before investing in the Notes. We may change the terms of the Notes, including the interest rate, optional redemption and maturity date, from time to time during the course of the offering of the Notes. Any such change will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. Such supplement will be provided to prospective purchasers prior to the offer and sale of any such Notes.

Issuer    
    Alcentra Capital Corporation
Purchasing Agent    
    Incapital LLC
Title of the securities    
    Alcentra Capital InterNotes®
Maximum initial aggregate principal amount being offered    
    up to $40,000,000
Initial public offering price    
    100% of the aggregate principal amount
Principal payable at maturity    
    100% of the aggregate principal amount; the principal amount of each Note will be payable on its stated maturity date at the office of U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee for the Notes, or the Trustee, or at such other office in New York City as we may designate.
Type of Note    
    Fixed rate note
Interest Rate    
    6.500% per year
Day count basis    
    360-day year of twelve 30-day months
Original issue date    
    January 29, 2015
Stated maturity date    
    January 15, 2022
Date interest starts accruing    
    January 29, 2015
Interest payment dates    
    Each July 15 and January 15 commencing July 15, 2015. If an interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment.
Interest periods    
    The initial interest period will be the period from and including January 29, 2015, to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.
Regular record dates for interest    
    Each July 1 and January 1 beginning July 1, 2015
Specified currency    
    U.S. dollars
Place of payment    
    New York City
Suitability standards    
    Although our common stock is listed and traded on a national securities exchange, you should be aware that:
   

•  

the Notes offered hereby are not listed or traded on any securities exchange;

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   

•  

the Notes have not been rated by any credit rating agency; and

   

•  

although the Selling Agent and other broker-dealers may choose to make a market in the Notes, they are not required to do so, and, if they make a market, they may suspend their market making activities at any time.

    As a result, an investment in the Notes may not be appropriate for all investors and the Selling Agent has established suitability standards which require investors to have either (i) a net worth (not including home, furnishings and personal automobiles) of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (ii) a net worth (not including home, furnishings and personal automobiles) of at least $250,000. A broker-dealer may only sell the Notes to an investor if it has reasonable grounds to believe:
   

•  

that the investor is or will be in a financial position appropriate to enable the investor to realize a significant portion of the benefits associated with an investment in the Notes;

   

•  

the investor has a fair market net worth sufficient to sustain the risks inherent in the Notes, including loss of investment and lack of liquidity; and

   

•  

an investment in the Notes is otherwise suitable for the investor.

Ranking of Notes    
    The Notes will be our direct unsecured obligations and will rank:
   

•  

pari passu, or equal in right of payment, with any of our current and future unsecured indebtedness and other unsecured obligations; we have $0.0 existing unsecured indebtedness outstanding and $6.18 million of other unsecured obligations as of September 30, 2014;

   

•  

senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated, or junior in right of payment, to the Notes; we do not have any indebtedness that is subordinated to the Notes as of the date of this prospectus and have no intention of issuing any such subordinated indebtedness;

   

•  

effectively subordinated, or junior in right of payment, to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness including without limitation, $62.5 million outstanding in borrowings under our $115 million senior secured

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    revolving credit facility, or the “Credit Facility,” with ING Capital LLC, as administrative agent and lender, and certain other lenders party thereto from time to time outstanding as of January 8, 2015; and
   

•  

structurally subordinated, or junior in right of payment, to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries; our subsidiaries do not have any indebtedness and have not incurred any other material liabilities as of January 8, 2015.

    The indenture does not contain any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including:
   

•  

any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes;

   

•  

any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt;

   

•  

indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries, that therefore would be structurally senior to the Notes; and

   

•  

securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries or that would be senior to our equity interests in those entities and therefore would rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries.

    In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and any indebtedness of our subsidiaries or any future subsidiaries may assert rights of payment prior to the holders of the Notes. Additionally, the indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we are acquired by another entity, other than as described in “Description of Notes — Merger or Consolidation.” See also, “Risk Factors — The indenture under which the Notes will be issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.”
Denominations    
    We will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.
Business Day    
    Each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
Optional redemption    
    The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after January 15, 2016, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to but not including the date fixed for redemption.
    You may be prevented from exchanging or transferring the Notes when they are subject to written notice of redemption issued by us. In case any Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the redemption notice will provide that, upon surrender of such Note, you will receive, without a charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations representing the principal amount of your remaining unredeemed Notes.
    Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act, to the extent applicable, and any unredeemed Notes will have the same rights and be entitled to the same benefits that the Notes had prior to any such redemption. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.
    If we redeem only some of the Notes, the Trustee will determine the method for selection of the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the indenture governing the Notes, and in accordance with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Notes are listed.
Sinking Fund    
    The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund (i.e., no amounts will be set aside by us to ensure repayment of the Notes at maturity). As a result, our ability to repay the Notes at maturity will depend on our financial condition on the date that we are required to repay the Notes.
Repayment at option of Holders    
    Except for the Survivor’s Option (as discussed below), holders will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.
Defeasance    
    The Notes are subject to defeasance by us. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions required under the indenture and the Notes, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the Notes. We are under no obligation to exercise any rights of defeasance.
Covenant defeasance    
    The Notes are subject to covenant defeasance by us. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying conditions similar to those for defeasance we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the Notes. The consequences to the holders of the Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    under the indenture, and while the Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of Notes nonetheless would be guaranteed to receive the principal and interest owed to them. We are under no obligation to exercise any rights of covenant defeasance.
Form of Notes    
    The Notes will be represented by one or more global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, or its nominee. Except in limited circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in DTC.
Trustee, Paying Agent, and Security Registrar    
    U.S. Bank National Association
Other Limited Covenants    
    In addition to any other limited covenants described in this prospectus, the following additional limited covenants shall apply to the Notes:
   

•  

We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not make additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowings, but giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, if applicable. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Proposed legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.”

   

•  

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, which would only occur if our securities, including shares of our common stock, are no longer listed on a national securities exchange or widely held and we deregister our securities with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the Trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents, and reports which would otherwise have been required to be filed by us if we were still subject to such sections of the Exchange Act, including our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    all material respects, in accordance with applicable U.S. GAAP.
    However, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:
   

•  

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries, that therefore would be structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries or that would be senior to our equity interests in those entities and therefore would rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation at a time when our asset coverage, as defined by the 1940 Act, is below 200% after incurring such indebtedness or obligation but giving effect, in each case, to any exemptive relief granted by the SEC, if applicable.

   

•  

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes, including subordinated indebtedness, in each case other than dividends, purchases, redemptions or payments that occur at a time when our asset coverage is below 200% after deducting the amount of such dividend, purchase, redemption or payment;

   

•  

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

   

•  

enter into transactions with affiliates;

   

•  

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

   

•  

make investments; or

   

•  

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

    See “Risk Factors — The indenture under which the Notes will be issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.”

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Events of Default    
    You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs with respect to the Notes and is not cured.
    The term “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes means any of the following:
   

•  

We do not pay the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note within five days of its due date.

   

•  

We do not pay interest on any Note when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days.

   

•  

We remain in breach of any other covenant with respect to the Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the Trustee or holders of at least 25.0% of the principal amount of the Notes.

   

•  

We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under any bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days.

   

•  

On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the Notes have an asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, of less than 100% after giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

Survivor's Option    
    The Notes contain a provision permitting the optional repayment of those Notes prior to stated maturity, if requested by the authorized representative of the beneficial owner of those Notes, following the death of the beneficial owner of the Notes, so long as the Notes were owned by the beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request. This feature is referred to as a“Survivor's Option.” Your right to exercise the Survivor's Option will be subject to limits set by us on (1) the permitted dollar amount of total exercises by all holders of Notes in any calendar year, and (2) the permitted dollar amount of an individual exercise by a holder of a Note in any calendar year. Additional details on the Survivor's Option are described in the section entitled “Description of Notes — Survivor's Option.”
Further Issuances    
    We have the ability, including while the Notes are outstanding, to issue additional debt securities under the indenture with terms different from the Notes and, without consent of the holders thereof, to reopen the Notes and issue additional Notes. We and our subsidiaries will also have the ability to incur additional substantial amounts of debt and other liabilities that are not subject to an indenture. If we issue additional debt securities, these additional debt securities could have a lien or other

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    security interest greater than that accorded to the holders of the Notes, which are unsecured.
Global Clearance and Settlement Procedures    
    Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any permitted secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the issuer, the Trustee or the paying agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
Use of Proceeds    
    We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering to repay outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P., which is deemed to be a predecessor entity of ours, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The selected financial data for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. The selected financial data for the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014 is derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company. In the opinion of management, the selected financial data for the interim periods reflects all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that are necessary to present fairly the results for such interim period. The selected financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2014, may not be indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other period. This financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus and with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” which follows (dollars in thousands except share and per share data):

         
  Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2014
     Alcentra Capital
Corporation For
the period from
May 8,
2014* through
September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
For the period
from January 1,
2014 through
May 7,
2014
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
for the nine
months ended
September 30,
2013
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
For the year ended
December 31, 2013
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
For the year ended
December 31, 2012
Statement of operations data:
                                            
Total investment income   $ 9,495,811     $ 7,761,894     $ 7,615,671     $ 11,051,383     $ 12,687,061  
Total expenses     2,445,485       834,336       2,421,019       3,541,736       5,052,550  
Net investment income     7,050,326       6,927,558       5,194,652       7,509,647       7,634,511  
Net realized gain from investments     17,875       51,961       2,872,411       3,547,235       3,195,488  
Net increase/decrease in unrealized appreciation on investments     4,620,751       2,974,591       (832,250 )       (1,404,471 )       4,618,531  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 11,688,952     $ 9,954,110     $ 7,234,813     $ 9,652,411     $ 15,448,530  
Per share data:
                                            
Net investment income   $ 0.52       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 0.86       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.  
Dividends declared   $ 0.86       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.  
Net asset value per share   $ 15.00       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.  

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
  September 30, 2014
     Alcentra Capital
Corporation For
the period from
May 8,
2014* through
September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
For the period
from January 1,
2014 through
May 7,
2014
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
September 30,
2013
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.

December 31, 2013
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.

December 31, 2012
Balance sheet data:
                                            
Total assets   $ 236,220,675     $ 175,925,784     $ 106,198,903     $ 126,788,126     $ 101,858,640  
Cash and cash equivalents     19,196,748       10,703,472       6,515,911       729,431       869,836  
Total net assets   $ 202,786,655     $ 175,567,210     $ 94,680,980     $ 110,639,427     $ 96,719,585  

* On May 8, 2014, we purchased a portfolio of approximately $155.9 million in debt and equity investments, which consisted of all of the investment assets of Fund III, except for its equity investment and warrants in GTT Communications, for $64.4 million in cash and $91.5 million in shares of our common stock at the same price as shares issued in the IPO. Concurrent with our acquisition of these investment assets from Fund III, we also purchased approximately $29 million of debt and equity investments held by Alcentra Group for $29 million in cash.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA

The following tables set forth certain quarterly financial information for each of the quarters up to and ended September 30, 2014. This information was derived from our and Fund III’s unaudited consolidated financial statements. Results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the past fiscal year or for any future quarter.

       
    Quarter Ended June 30, 2014
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   Alcentra
Capital
Corporation
for the quarter
ended
September 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  Alcentra Capital Corporation For the period from May 8, 2014 through June 30,
2014
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P. for the period
from April 1,
2014 through
May 7,
2014
(unaudited)
  BNY
Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.
for the quarter ended March 31,
2014
(unaudited)
Total investment income   $ 5,861     $ 3,635     $ 3,766     $ 3,995  
Net investment income   $ 4,596     $ 2,455     $ 3,752     $ 3,176  
Net increase in net assets from operations   $ 7,901     $ 3,787     $ 3,487     $ 6,467  
Net investment income per share   $ 0.34     $ 0.18     $ N.A.     $ N.A.  
Net increase in net assets from operations per share   $ 0.58     $ 0.28     $ N.A.     $ N.A.  
Net asset value per share at end of period   $ 15.00     $ 14.76     $ N.A.     $ N.A.  

       
  BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezannine III, L.P.
for the quarter ended (unaudited)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)   December 31,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  March 31,
2013
Selected Quarterly Data (unaudited):
                                   
Total investment income   $ 3,436     $ 2,226     $ 2,750     $ 2,640  
Net investment income before investment gains and losses     2,315       1,352       1,953       1,889  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     2,418       1,601       3,503       2,131  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations per common share (basic)     N.A.       N.A.       N.A.       N.A.  

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Notes involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our Notes, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our Notes. The risks set out below present the principal risk factors associated with an investment in our Notes as well as those factors generally associated with investment in a company with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structure or trading markets similar to ours. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Business and Structure

Both we and our Adviser have a limited history operating and advising a BDC or a RIC, and we may not be able to operate our business successfully or generate sufficient revenue to make or sustain distributions to our stockholders.

We have limited experience operating as and our Adviser limited experience managing a BDC or a RIC. The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of BDCs and RICs that do not apply to other investment vehicles managed by our Adviser. BDCs are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Both we and our Adviser have limited experience operating and advising under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective. If we are unable to comply with the requirements imposed on BDCs by the 1940 Act, the SEC could bring an enforcement action against us and/or we could be exposed to claims of private litigants. In addition, we could be regulated as a closed-end management investment company under the 1940 Act, which could further decrease our operating flexibility and may prevent us from operating our business as described in this prospectus, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Furthermore, the investment philosophy and techniques used by our Adviser to manage a BDC may differ from the investment philosophy and techniques previously employed by our Adviser in identifying and managing past investments. Accordingly, we can offer no assurance that we will replicate our historical performance or that of other entities that our Adviser has managed or advised in the past, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than our past returns or those achieved by other entities managed or advised by our Adviser.

Finally, given our limited operating history, you will have limited information about us in connection with your decision to invest in our Notes and, in light of the fact that our historical cost structure will substantially increase as a result of our issuance of the Notes in this offering, additionaly borrowings under the Credit Facility and the related management fees payable by us to the Adviser on assets funded thereby, such limited operating history may even be less meaningful in connection with your evaluation of whether to purchase our Notes.

We may not replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or advised by our Adviser.

We may be unable to replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or advised by our Adviser, and our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by our Adviser in prior periods. In particular, our Adviser’s returns from several of its

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

other investment vehicles may not be comparable because of the economic period in which those investments were made; or the compositions of those prior portfolios will be different from prospective portfolios. Our Adviser was not subject to the same tax and regulatory conditions that we operate under. Furthermore, none of the prior results were from BDCs or public reporting companies. Additionally, all or a portion of these prior results may have been achieved in particular market conditions, which may never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty may also have an adverse impact on our future performance.

We are dependent upon key personnel of our Adviser and the Alcentra Group for our future success. If our Adviser or the Alcentra Group were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the investment professionals of our Adviser and the Alcentra Group to achieve our investment objective. Our Adviser’s team of investment professionals evaluates, negotiates, structures, closes and monitors our investments in accordance with the terms of our Investment Advisory Agreement.

Our Investment Committee, which provides oversight over our investment activities, is provided to us by our Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Our Investment Committee consists of Paul J. Echausse, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Paul Hatfield, the Chairman of our board of directors, Kevin Bannon and Graeme Delaney Smith. The loss of any member of our Investment Committee would limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon our Adviser’s network of relationships with financial sponsors, service providers and other intermediaries. Any inability of our Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We depend upon our Adviser to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups and other financial institutions, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If our Adviser fails to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom our Adviser has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will continue to generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to manage our business and to grow our investments and earnings. This depends, in turn, on our Adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor portfolio companies that meet our investment guidelines. The achievement of our investment objective on a cost-effective basis depends upon our Adviser’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. Our Adviser’s investment professionals have substantial responsibilities in connection with the management of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. The personnel of our Adviser may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them from servicing new investment opportunities for us or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our operations and investment returns.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our operations and investment returns. A number of these potential conflicts of interest with affiliates of our Adviser and BNY Mellon are discussed in more detail under “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships,” including those relating to:

advisory services, lending and loan syndication;
conflicting investment interests;
time commitments of professionals;
transactions with BNY Mellon and its affiliates; and
competing funds and allocation policies.

There may be times when our Adviser, our Adviser’s affiliates including BNY Mellon, or its investment professionals have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to conflicts of interest. The members of our Investment Committee and its investment professionals serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by our Adviser. Similarly, our Adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. In addition, our Adviser may enter into fee-sharing arrangements with other entities that may include our affiliates or stockholders.

While we may co-invest with investment entities managed by our Adviser or its affiliates to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, the 1940 Act imposes significant limits on co-investment. As a result, we and our Adviser have applied for exemptive relief from the SEC under the 1940 Act, which, if granted, would allow additional latitude to co-invest. However, there is no assurance that we will obtain such relief. In the event the SEC does not grant us relief, we will be limited in our ability to invest in certain portfolio companies in which the Adviser or any of its respective affiliates are investing or are invested. Even if we are able to obtain exemptive relief, we will be unable to participate in certain transactions originated by the Adviser or its respective affiliates prior to receipt of such relief.

In addition, we are an affiliate of BNY Mellon. While we may benefit from BNY Mellon’s relationships and activities, situations will arise in which the interests of BNY Mellon and its affiliates will conflict with our interests and the interests of our stockholders. Stockholders should note the matters discussed in “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.”

The investment professionals of our Adviser may, from time to time, possess material nonpublic information, limiting our investment discretion.

The investment professionals of our Adviser, including members of our Investment Committee, may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, portfolio companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

Adverse market conditions for debt and equity capital markets in the United States and around the world, may have a negative impact on our business and operations.

From 2007 through 2009, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets,

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the broadly syndicated market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major financial institutions in the United States, led to a decline of general economic conditions. As a result, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited refinancing and loan modification transactions and reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. This economic decline materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms in particular during that time.

If these conditions recur, we and other companies in the financial services sector may have to access, if available, alternative markets for debt and equity capital in order to grow. Equity capital may be difficult to raise because, subject to some limited exceptions, as a BDC, we are generally not able to issue additional shares of our common stock at a price less than net asset value without first obtaining approval for such issuance from our stockholders and our independent directors. In addition, our ability to incur indebtedness (including by issuing preferred stock) is limited by applicable regulations such that our asset coverage, as calculated in accordance with the 1940 Act, must equal at least 200% immediately after each time we incur indebtedness. The debt capital that will be available to us in the future, if at all, may be at a higher cost and on less favorable terms and conditions than what we currently experience. Any inability to raise capital could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Moreover, the re-appearance of market conditions similar to those experienced from 2007 through 2009 for any substantial length of time could make it difficult to extend the maturity of or refinance our existing indebtedness under similar terms and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Changes in interest rates may increase our cost of capital, reduce the ability of our portfolio companies to service their debt obligations and decrease our net investment income.

General interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital, our net investment income, our net asset value and the market price of our securities. A substantial portion of our debt investments have variable interest rates that reset periodically based on benchmarks such as LIBOR and the prime rate, so an increase in interest rates from their historically low present levels may make it more difficult for our portfolio companies to service their obligations under the debt investments that we hold. To the extent that interest rates increase, this may negatively impact the operating performance of our portfolio companies due to increasing debt service obligations and, therefore, may affect our results of operations. In addition, to the extent that an increase in interest rates make it difficult or impossible to make payments on outstanding indebtedness to us or other financial sponsors or refinance debt that is maturing in the near term, some of our portfolio companies may be unable to repay such debt at maturity and may be forced to sell assets, undergo a recapitalization or seek bankruptcy protection. In addition, any such increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt to finance our investments. Decreases in credit spreads on debt that pays a floating rate of return would have an impact on the income generation of our floating rate assets. Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed rate securities that have longer maturities. Although we have no policy governing the maturities of our investments, under current market conditions we expect that we will invest in a portfolio of debt generally having maturities of up to seven years. This means that we will be subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than an entity investing solely in shorter-term securities.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because we may borrow to fund our investments, a portion of our net investment income may be dependent upon the difference between the interest rate at which we borrow funds and the interest rate at which we invest these funds. Portions of our investment portfolio and our borrowings have floating rate components. As a result, a significant change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds could increase, which would reduce our net investment income. We may hedge against such interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as interest rate swap agreements, futures, options and forward contracts, subject to applicable legal requirements, including without limitation, all necessary registrations (or exemptions from registration) with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission or CFTC. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged borrowings. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our incentive fee may induce our Adviser to make speculative investments.

Our Adviser receives an incentive fee based, in part, upon net realized gains on our investments. Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the incentive fee based on net realized gains. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, our Adviser may benefit when capital gains are recognized and, because our Adviser determines when to sell a holding, our Adviser controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. As a result, our investment advisor may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income-producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

We may be obligated to pay our Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss and may pay more than 20.0% of our net capital gains because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

Our Adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay our Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20.0% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

The involvement of our interested directors in the valuation process may create conflicts of interest.

We make many of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which no market based price quotation is available. As a result, our board of directors determines the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described in “Determination of Net Asset Value.” In connection with that determination, investment professionals from our Adviser may provide our board of directors with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. While the valuation for at least a portion of our investment portfolio reviewed by an independent valuation firm quarterly, the ultimate determination of fair value will be made by our board of directors and not by such third party valuation firm. In addition, Mr. Echausse, who is an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in our Adviser. The participation of Mr. Echausse in our valuation process, and his pecuniary interest in our Adviser, could result in a conflict of interest as our Adviser’s base management fee is based, in part, on the value of our gross assets, and our Advisor’s incentive fees are based, in part, on realized gains and realized and unrealized losses.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

There are conflicts related to other arrangements with our Adviser.

We have entered into a License Agreement with our Adviser under which our Adviser has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Alcentra.” See “Management Agreements — License Agreement.” This creates conflicts of interest that our board of directors will continue to monitor. For example, under the terms of the License Agreement, we are unable to preclude our Adviser from licensing or transferring the ownership of the “Alcentra” name to third parties, some of whom may compete against us. Consequently, we are unable to prevent any damage to goodwill that may occur as a result of the activities of our Adviser or others. Furthermore, in the event the License Agreement is terminated, we will be required to change our name and cease using “Alcentra” as part of our name. Any of these events could disrupt our recognition in the market place, damage any goodwill we may have generated and otherwise harm our business.

The Investment Advisory Agreement was not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if it had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

The Investment Advisory Agreement was negotiated between related parties. Consequently, its terms, including fees payable to our Adviser, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under this agreement because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with our Adviser. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders.

The time and resources that our Adviser devotes to us may be diverted, and we may face additional competition due to the fact that our Adviser and its affiliates are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another entity that makes the same types of investments that we target.

Our Adviser and some of its affiliates, including our officers and our interested directors, are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. As a result, the time and resources they could devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities.

Our incentive fee arrangements with our Adviser may vary from those of other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles that our Adviser currently manages or may manage in the future, which may create an incentive for our Adviser to devote time and resources to a higher fee-paying fund.

Our Adviser manages private investment funds, accounts and other investment vehicles and may manage other funds, accounts and investment vehicles in the future. If our Adviser is paid a higher performance-based fee from any other fund that it may manage in the future, it may have an incentive to devote more research and development or other activities, and/or recommend the allocation of investment opportunities, to such higher fee-paying fund. For example, to the extent our Adviser’s incentive compensation is not subject to a hurdle or total return requirement with respect to another fund, it may have an incentive to devote time and resources to such other fund. As a result, the investment professionals of our Adviser may devote time and resources to a higher fee-paying fund.

Our Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement and we have agreed to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement. It will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow our Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser, its officers, members

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by our Adviser will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of the duties that our Adviser owes to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, as part of the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify our Adviser and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead our Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make. We compete with public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC qualification. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

With respect to the investments we make, we do not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss.

Our activities may be limited as a result of being controlled by a bank holding company.

BNY Mellon is a bank holding company, or a BHC, under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHCA, and thereby subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. BNY Mellon is also a financial holding company, or a FHC, under the BHCA, which is a status available to BHCs that meet certain criteria. FHCs may engage in a broader range of activities than BHCs that are not FHCs. However, the activities of FHCs and their affiliates remain subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHCA and related regulations. Because BNY Mellon may be deemed to “control” us within the meaning of the BHCA, these restrictions could apply to us as well. Accordingly, the BHCA and other applicable banking laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, and their interpretation and administration by the appropriate regulatory agencies, including but not limited to the Federal Reserve, may restrict the transactions and relationships between our Adviser, BNY Mellon and their affiliates, on the one hand, and us on the other hand, and may restrict our investments, transactions and operations. For example, the BHCA regulations applicable to BNY Mellon and us may, among other things, restrict our ability to make certain

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investments or the size of certain investments, impose a maximum holding period on some or all of our investments, and restrict our Adviser’s ability to participate in the management and operations of the companies in which we invest. In addition, certain BHCA regulations may require aggregation of the positions owned, held or controlled by related entities. Thus, in certain circumstances, positions held by BNY Mellon and its affiliates (including our Adviser) for client and proprietary accounts may need to be aggregated with positions held by us. In this case, where BHCA regulations impose a cap on the amount of a position that may be held, BNY Mellon may utilize available capacity to make investments for its proprietary accounts or for the accounts of other clients, which may require us to limit and/or liquidate certain investments.

These restrictions may materially adversely affect us by, among other things, affecting our Adviser’s ability to pursue certain strategies within our investment program or trade in certain securities. In addition, BNY Mellon may cease in the future to qualify as an FHC, which may subject us to additional restrictions. Moreover, there can be no assurance that the bank regulatory requirements applicable to BNY Mellon and us will not change, or that any such change will not have a material adverse effect on us.

BNY Mellon may in the future, in its sole discretion and without notice to investors, engage in activities impacting us and/or our Adviser in order to comply with the BHCA or other legal requirements applicable to, or reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability of any bank regulatory or other restrictions on, BNY Mellon, us or other funds and accounts managed by our Adviser and its affiliates. BNY Mellon may seek to accomplish this result by causing Alcentra NY, LLC to resign as our Adviser, voting for changes to our board of directors, causing BNY Mellon personnel to resign from our board of directors, reducing the amount of BNY Mellon’s investment in us (if any), or any combination of the foregoing, or by such other means as it determines in its sole discretion. Any replacement investment adviser appointed by us may be unaffiliated with BNY Mellon.

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to qualify or maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

To obtain and maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we incur debt, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain the necessary distributions, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments will be in private or thinly-traded public companies, any such dispositions may be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. 

If we are unable to meet the RIC asset diversification requirements, we may fail to qualify as a RIC.

No certainty can be provided that we will satisfy the asset diversification requirements or the other requirements necessary to qualify as a RIC. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, the resulting corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to our stockholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Furthermore, if we fail to qualify as a RIC, we may be in default under the terms of the Credit Facility. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We may default under the Credit

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Facility or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows” and “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation as a RIC.”

We may need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we will be required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability on our part to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of original issue discount, or OID. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

Since in certain cases we may recognize income for U.S. federal income tax purposes before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. See “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations — Taxation as a RIC.”

PIK interest payments we receive increases our assets under management and, as a result, increases the amount of base management fees and incentive fees payable by us to our Adviser.

Certain of our debt investments contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest. Because PIK interest results in an increase in the size of the loan balance of the underlying loan, the receipt by us of PIK interest has the effect of increasing our assets under management. As a result, because the base management fee that we pay to our Adviser is based on the value of our gross assets, the receipt by us of PIK interest results in an increase in the amount of the base management fee payable by us. In addition, any such increase in a loan balance due to the receipt of PIK interest causes such loan to accrue interest on the higher loan balance, which will result in an increase in our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees that are payable by us to our Adviser.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

To the extent original issue discount and PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we are exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash representing such income.

Our investments may include OID instruments and contractual PIK interest. To the extent OID or PIK interest constitute a portion of our income, we are exposed to typical risks associated with such income being required to be included in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

OID instruments may have higher yields, which reflect the payment deferral and credit risk associated with these instruments;
Because we may be required to distribute amounts attributable to OID accruals, such OID accruals may create uncertainty about the source of our distributions to stockholders;
OID and PIK instruments may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of the collateral;
PIK interest typically has the effect of increasing the outstanding principal amount of a loan, resulting in a borrower owing more at the end of the term of the loan than what it owed when the loan was originated; and
OID and PIK instruments may represent a higher credit risk than coupon loans.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a BDC to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of our gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous to us in order to repay a portion of our indebtedness. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for principal and interest payments on the Notes. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.

Proposed legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.

As a BDC under the 1940 Act, we are generally not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). Legislation introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives during the 113th Congress proposed to modify this section of the 1940 Act and increase the amount of debt that BDCs may incur by modifying the percentage from 200% to 150%. If such legislation is reintroduced and eventually passed, we may be able to incur additional indebtedness in the future and therefore your risk of an investment in securities may increase.

We finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

Borrowings, also known as leverage, magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and, therefore, increase the risks associated with investing in our securities. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. However, we borrow from, and may in the future issue

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

debt securities to, banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Lenders of these funds will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that may be superior to the claims of our securities holders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments we may enter into with lenders.

In addition, under the terms of the Credit Facility and any borrowing facility or other debt instruments we may enter into, we are likely to be required to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instruments before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes.

Our ability to service any debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the base management fee payable to our Adviser will be payable based on the value of our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, our Adviser will have a financial incentive to incur leverage, which may not be consistent with our stockholders’ interests. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to our Adviser.

Our Credit Facility and any future indebtedness may impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings (other than potential leverage in future SBIC subsidiaries, should we receive an SBIC license(s), subject to exemptive relief) and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we will not be able to incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is otherwise disadvantageous for us to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

We may default under the Credit Facility or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In the event we default under the Credit Facility or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at what may be disadvantageous prices to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the Credit Facility or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the Credit Facility or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Because we use debt to finance our investments, if market interest rates were to increase, our cost of capital could increase, which could reduce our net investment income.

Because we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. There is no limit on our ability to enter derivative transactions.

In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to our Adviser.

Provisions in the Credit Facility or any other future borrowing facility may limit our discretion in operating our business.

The Credit Facility is, and any future borrowing facility may be, backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will or, in the case of a future facility, may have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a guarantee pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, enter into a control agreement that provides that following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, the custodian will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, any security interests granted by us as well as negative covenants under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility may provide may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. For example, under the terms of the Credit Facility, we have agreed not to incur any additional secured indebtedness other than in certain limited circumstances as permitted under the Credit Facility. In addition, if our borrowing base under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility were to decrease, we would be required to secure additional assets in an amount equal to any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility, which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make stockholder distributions.

In addition, under the Credit Facility we are subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations, loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility could result in an accelerated maturity

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under the Credit Facility or any other borrowing facility until the lenders have been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our qualification as a RIC.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to qualify as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. See “Regulation — Qualifying Assets.”

We may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.

A general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of increasing our net investment income, which would make it easier for our Adviser to receive incentive fees.

Given the structure of the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser, any general increase in interest rates will likely have the effect of making it easier for our Adviser to meet the quarterly hurdle rate for payment of income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement without any additional increase in relative performance on the part of our Adviser. In addition, in view of the catch-up provision applicable to income incentive fees under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser could potentially receive a significant portion of the increase in our investment income attributable to such a general increase in interest rates. If that were to occur, our increase in net earnings, if any, would likely be significantly smaller than the relative increase in our Adviser’s income incentive fee resulting from such a general increase in interest rates.

Most of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and quoted prices or observable inputs may not be available to determine such values, resulting in the use of significant unobservable inputs in our quarterly valuation process.

Most of our portfolio investments take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, or ASC Topic 820. This means that our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We have retained the services of an independent service provider to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.

We will adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

We are restricted in our ability to enter into transactions with entities deemed to be our affiliates, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.

As a BDC, we are prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without, among other things, the prior approval of a majority of our independent directors who have no financial interest in the transaction, or in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. For example, any person that owns, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our outstanding voting securities is deemed our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act and, if this is the only reason such person is our affiliate, we are generally prohibited from buying any asset from or selling any asset (other than our capital stock) to such affiliate, absent the prior approval of such directors. The 1940 Act also prohibits “joint” transactions with an affiliate, which could include joint investments in the same portfolio company, without approval of our independent directors or, in some cases, the prior approval of the SEC. Moreover, except in certain limited circumstances, we are prohibited from buying any asset from or selling any asset to a holder of more than 25% of our voting securities, absent prior approval of the SEC. The analysis of whether a particular transaction constitutes a joint transaction requires a review of the relevant facts and circumstances then existing.

We and our Adviser have applied for exemptive relief from the SEC under the 1940 Act, which, if granted, would allow additional latitude to co-invest. However, there is no assurance that we will obtain such relief. In the event the SEC does not grant us relief, we will be limited in our ability to invest in certain portfolio companies in which the Adviser or any of its respective affiliates are investing or are invested. Even if we are able to obtain exemptive relief, we will be unable to participate in certain transactions originated by the Adviser or its respective affiliates prior to receipt of such relief.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the loans and debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such loans and securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30 th , and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the price of our securities may be more volatile.

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company,” we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, securityholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our securities.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm (when undertaken, as noted below), may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.

We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management is required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the market price of our securities. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make principal and interest payments on the Notes.

Our Adviser can resign as our investment adviser upon 60 days’ notice and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, or at all, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our Adviser has the right under the Investment Advisory Agreement to resign as our investment adviser at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our Adviser was to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our Adviser. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are highly dependent on information systems, and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of our Adviser. In addition, certain of these systems are provided to our Adviser by third party service providers. Any failure or interruption of such systems, including as a result of the termination of an agreement with any such third party service provider, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our securities and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

If we receive qualification from the SBA to be licensed as an SBIC but we are unable to comply with SBA regulations after the SBIC subsidiary is licensed as an SBIC, our business plan and investment objective could be adversely affected.

We intend to apply for a license to form an SBIC subsidiary; however, the application is subject to approval by the United States Small Business Administration, or the SBA, and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. If we receive this qualification, we will become subject to SBA regulations that may constrain our activities. We may need to make allowances in our investment activity to comply with SBA regulations. In addition, SBA regulations may impose parameters on our business operations and investment objective that are different than what we otherwise would do if we were not subject to these regulations. Failure to comply with the SBA regulations could result in the loss of the SBIC license and the resulting inability to participate in the SBA-sponsored debenture program. The SBA also limits the maximum amount that may be borrowed by any single SBIC. The SBA prohibits, without prior

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SBA approval, a “change of control” of an SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. A “change of control” is any event which would result in the transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of an SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise. To the extent that we obtain an SBIC license, this would prohibit a change of control of our SBIC subsidiary without prior SBA approval. If we are unable to comply with SBA regulations, our business plan and growth strategy could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to our Investments

Our investments are risky and highly speculative, and the lower middle-market companies we target may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet their future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

Investing in lower middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

these companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
they are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
they generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position;
they may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity; and
a portion of our income may be non-cash income, such as contractual PIK interest, which represents interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Instruments bearing PIK interest typically carry higher interest rates as a result of their payment deferral and increased credit risk. When we recognize income in connection with PIK interest, there is a risk that such income may become uncollectable if the borrower defaults.

In addition to the risks associated with our investments in general, there are unique risks associated with our investments in each of these entities. In this regard, DRC Emergency Services, LLC derives significantly all of its revenue from contracts with federal, state and local governments and governmental agencies. As a result, if it does not comply with the terms of a contract or with regulations or statutes, it could be subject to downward contract price adjustments or refund obligations or could in extreme circumstances be assessed penalties or be debarred or suspended from obtaining future contracts for a specified period of time. Any such suspension or debarment or other sanction could have an adverse effect on its business.

Similarly, the business and growth of FST Technical Services, LLC (FST) depends in large part on the continued trend toward outsourcing of certain services in the semiconductor and biopharmaceutical industries. There can be no assurance that this trend in outsourcing will continue, as companies may elect to perform such services internally. A significant change in the

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

direction of this trend generally, or a trend in the semiconductor and biopharmaceutical industry not to use, or to reduce the use of, outsourced services such as those provided by it, could significantly decrease its revenues and such decreased revenues could have a material adverse effect on it or its results operations or financial condition.

Investing in lower middle-market companies involves a high degree of risk and our financial results may be affected adversely if one or more of our significant portfolio investments defaults on its loans or fails to perform as we expect.

Our portfolio consists primarily of debt and equity investments in lower middle-market companies. Investing in lower middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Typically, the debt in which we invest is not initially rated by any rating agency; however, we believe that if such investments were rated, they would be below investment grade. Compared to larger publicly owned companies, these lower middle-market companies may be in a weaker financial position and experience wider variations in their operating results, which may make them more vulnerable to economic downturns and other business disruptions. Typically, these companies need more capital to compete; however, their access to capital is limited and their cost of capital is often higher than that of their competitors. Our portfolio companies face intense competition from larger companies with greater financial, technical and marketing resources and their success typically depends on the managerial talents and efforts of an individual or a small group of persons. Therefore, the loss of any of their key employees could affect a portfolio company’s ability to compete effectively and harm its financial condition. Further, some of these companies conduct business in regulated industries that are susceptible to regulatory changes. These factors could impair the cash flow of our portfolio companies and result in other events, such as bankruptcy. These events could limit a portfolio company’s ability to repay its obligations to us, which may have an adverse effect on the return on, or the recovery of, our investment in these businesses. Deterioration in a borrower’s financial condition and prospects may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the loan’s collateral and the fair market value of the loan.

Some of these companies cannot obtain financing from public capital markets or from traditional credit sources, such as commercial banks. Accordingly, loans made to these types of companies pose a higher default risk than loans made to companies that have access to traditional credit sources.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair our portfolio companies and harm our operating results.

Portfolio companies are likely to be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. Therefore, the portion of our investment portfolio composed of non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and debt securities and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans and debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company. In addition, lenders in certain cases can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them when they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over a borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we render significant managerial assistance to the borrower. Furthermore, if one of our portfolio companies were to file for bankruptcy protection, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to claims of other creditors, even though we may have structured our investment as senior secured debt. The likelihood of such a re-characterization would depend on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company.

Our investments in leveraged portfolio companies may be risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.

We may hold the loans and debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant operating volatility typical of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.

Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect that company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the portfolio company may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

Our investments in private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will rely on the ability of our Adviser’s investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on one or more of the portfolio companies we invest in and, in turn, on us. Middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and Adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in portfolio companies.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

All of our assets may be invested in illiquid loans and securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. Also, as noted above, we may be limited or prohibited in our ability to sell or otherwise exit certain positions in our initial portfolio as such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables;
applicable market yields and multiples;
security covenants;
call protection provisions;
information rights;
the nature and realizable value of any collateral;
the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business;
comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public;
comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and
the principal market and enterprise values.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or our investments are concentrated in relatively few industries, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in seeking to:

increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;
exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or
preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements of the 1940 Act or the desire to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not generally hold controlling equity positions in the majority of the portfolio companies included in our portfolio. In addition, we expect to not hold controlling equity positions in portfolio companies in which we will make future investments. As a result, we are subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we expect to hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans or debt or equity securities that we hold.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to make stockholder distributions and result in a decline in the market price of our shares.

We are subject to the risk that the debt investments we make in our portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. We expect that our investments will generally allow for repayment at any time subject to certain penalties. When this occurs, we intend to generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in accordance with our investment strategy. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid, and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elects to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our ability to make, or the amount of, principal and interest payments on the Notes, which could result in a decline in the market price of our securities.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We invest a in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the loans in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the loans in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, a portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with loans in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we may make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;
the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;
the approval of amendments to collateral documents;
releases of liens on the collateral; and
waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

If we make subordinated investments, the obligors or the portfolio companies may not generate sufficient cash flow to service their debt obligations to us.

We may make subordinated investments that rank below other obligations of the obligor in right of payment. Subordinated investments are subject to greater risk of default than senior obligations as a result of adverse changes in the financial condition of the obligor or economic conditions in general. If we make a subordinated investment in a portfolio company, the portfolio company may be highly leveraged, and its relatively high debt-to-equity ratio may create increased risks that its operations might not generate sufficient cash flow to service all of its debt obligations.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

We currently expect that substantially all of our investments will continue to involve loans and private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in loans and private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in loans and debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities of portfolio companies as well. We may also invest in equity securities directly. To the extent we hold equity investments, we will attempt to dispose of them and realize gains upon our disposition of them. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and may decline in value. As a result, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our investments in non-U.S. companies may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

Our investment strategy contemplates potential investments in securities of non-U.S. companies to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act. See “Regulation — Qualifying Assets” for a discussion of our ability, as a BDC, to invest in securities of non-U.S. companies. Investing in non-U.S. companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of non-U.S. taxes (potentially at confiscatory levels), less liquid markets, less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.

Our investments that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to the U.S. dollar. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation and political developments.

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

If we engage in hedging transactions we may expose us to risks associated with such transactions. Such hedging may utilize instruments such as forward contract currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Use of these hedging instruments may include counter-party credit risk.

Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

The success of any hedging transactions we may enter into will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currencies and interest rates. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to (or be able to) establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

The effect of global climate change may impact the operations of our portfolio companies.

There may be evidence of global climate change. Climate change creates physical and financial risk and some of our portfolio companies may be adversely affected by climate change. For example, the needs of customers of energy companies vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. To the extent weather conditions are affected by climate change, energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of any changes. Increases

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in the cost of energy could adversely affect the cost of operations of our portfolio companies if the use of energy products or services is material to their business. A decrease in energy use due to weather changes may affect some of our portfolio companies’ financial condition, through decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stresses, including service interruptions. Energy companies could also be affected by the potential for lawsuits against or taxes or other regulatory costs imposed on greenhouse gas emitters, based on links drawn between greenhouse gas emissions and climate change.

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations or the operations of our portfolio companies, changes in the interpretation thereof or newly enacted laws or regulations and any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain business practices of us or our portfolio companies, negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us or our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

We and our portfolio companies are subject to regulation by laws and regulations at the local, state, federal and, in some cases, foreign levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may be changed from time to time, and new laws and regulations may be enacted. Accordingly, any change in these laws or regulations, changes in their interpretation, or newly enacted laws or regulations and any failure by us or our portfolio companies to comply with these laws or regulations, could require changes to certain business practices of us or our portfolio companies, negatively impact the operations, cash flows or financial condition of us or our portfolio companies, impose additional costs on us or our portfolio companies or otherwise adversely affect our business or the business of our portfolio companies.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of our Adviser to other types of investments in which our Adviser may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Our portfolio companies in the healthcare and pharmaceutical services industry sector are subject to extensive government regulation and certain other risks particular to that industry.

One of our key industry sectors for investment is healthcare and pharmaceutical services. Our investments in portfolio companies that operate in this sector are subject to certain significant risks particular to that industry. The laws and rules governing the business of healthcare companies and interpretations of those laws and rules are subject to frequent change. Broad latitude is given to the agencies administering those regulations. Existing or future laws and rules could force our portfolio companies engaged in healthcare to change how they do business, restrict revenue, increase costs, change reserve levels and change business practices. Healthcare companies often must obtain and maintain regulatory approvals to market many of their products, change prices for certain regulated products and consummate some of their acquisitions and divestitures. Delays in obtaining or failing to obtain or maintain these approvals could reduce revenue or increase costs. Policy changes on the local, state and federal level, such as the expansion of the government’s role in the healthcare arena and alternative assessments and tax increases specific to the healthcare industry or healthcare products as part of federal health care reform initiatives, could fundamentally change the dynamics of the healthcare industry. In particular, recently enacted health insurance reform, including The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or Health Insurance Reform Legislation, could have a significant effect on our portfolio companies in this industry sector. As Health Insurance Reform Legislation is implemented, our portfolio companies in this industry sector may be forced

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to change how they do business. We can give no assurance that these portfolio companies will be able to adapt successfully in response to these changes. Any of these factors could materially adversely affect the operations of a portfolio company in this industry sector and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us.

Any of these factors could materially adversely affect the operations of a portfolio company in this industry sector and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us.

Our portfolio companies in the defense, homeland security and government services industry sector are subject to certain risks particular to that industry.

One of our key industry sectors for investment is defense, homeland security and government services. Investments in this sector are subject to certain significant risks particular to that industry. These businesses depend upon continued U.S. government expenditures on defense, homeland security and other services. These expenditures have not remained constant over time, have been reduced in certain periods and, recently, have been affected by the U.S. government’s efforts to improve efficiency and reduce costs affecting federal government programs generally. These expenditures are also subject to budgetary constraints affecting U.S. government spending generally or specific agencies in particular. Furthermore, these businesses are generally subject to changes in the political climate and general economic conditions, including a slowdown of the economy or unstable economic conditions and responses to conditions, such as emergency spending, that reduce funds available for other government priorities.

Portfolio companies operating in the defense, homeland security and government services industry sector may be required to comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration, and performance of U.S. government contracts. Such laws and regulations may potentially impose added costs on these businesses and may subject them to civil or criminal penalties, termination of U.S. government contracts, and/or suspension or debarment from contracting with federal agencies, in the event they fail to comply. Further, these portfolio companies may derive significant amounts of their revenue from contracts awarded through a competitive bidding process. Their revenue may be adversely affected if they are unable to compete effectively in the process or there are delays caused by their competitors protecting contract awards.

On August 29, 2014, DRC Emergency Services LLC (“DRC ES” or the “Company”) was suspended from Federal Government contracting and from directly or indirectly receiving the benefits of federal assistance programs. In DRC ES’s opinion the suspension primarily resulted from alleged actions taken by former employees and subcontractors related to two particular contracts. None of the employees in question work for DRC ES or any of its affiliates. The Company is fully cooperating with all Government investigations. The suspension was terminated on October 1, 2014. At this time we believe the Company’s contracts and customer relationships were not materially impacted by the suspension.

Any of these factors could materially adversely affect the operations of a portfolio company in this industry sector and, in turn, impair our ability to timely collect principal and interest payments owed to us.

Risks Relating to the Notes

The Notes will be unsecured and therefore will be effectively subordinated to the secured indebtedness we have outstanding and may incur in the future.

The Notes will not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of any future subsidiaries and will rank equally in right of payment of our future unsubordinated, unsecured senior indebtedness. As a result, the Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have currently outstanding and may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our existing or future secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of any future subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. As of January 8, 2015 we had $62.5 million outstanding under the Credit Facility. The indebtedness under the Credit Facility is effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.

The Notes will be structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of any future subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of Alcentra Capital Corporation and not of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries will be a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes are not required to be guaranteed by any subsidiaries we may acquire or create in the future. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such subsidiaries (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to the assets of such subsidiaries. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of our subsidiaries, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such subsidiary senior to our claims. Consequently, the Notes will be structurally subordinated to all indebtedness, including any future SBA-guaranteed debentures, and other liabilities of any of our subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish. In addition, our subsidiaries may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, all of which would be structurally senior to the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes will be issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The indenture under which the Notes will be issued offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have an adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the indenture and the Notes will not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries or that would be senior to our equity interests in those entities and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation at a time when our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is below 200% after incurring such indebtedness or obligation, but giving effect, in each case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.
pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes, including subordinated indebtedness.
sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);
enter into transactions with affiliates;
create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

make investments; or
create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

In addition, the indenture will not require us to offer to purchase the Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

Furthermore, the terms of the indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow, or liquidity other than as described under “Description of Our Notes — Events of Default.”

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. For example, the indenture under which the Notes will be issued does not contain cross-default provisions that are contained in the Credit Facility. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for and trading levels and prices of the Notes.

We cannot assure that a trading market for your Notes will ever develop or be maintained.

In evaluating the Notes, you should assume that you will be holding the Notes until their stated maturity. The Notes are a new issue of securities and will not be listed on an exchange or quoted through a quotation system. We cannot assure you that a trading market for your Notes will ever develop, be liquid or be maintained. Many factors independent of our creditworthiness affect the trading market for and market value of your Notes. Those factors include, without limitation:

the method of calculating the principal and interest for the Notes;
the time remaining to the stated maturity of the Notes;
the outstanding amount of the Notes;
the redemption or repayment features of the Notes; and
the level, direction and volatility of interest rates generally.

There may be a limited number of buyers when you decide to sell your Notes. This may affect the price you receive for your Notes or your ability to sell your Notes at all.

Survivor’s Option may be limited in amount.

We will have a discretionary right to limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes subject to the Survivor's Option that may be exercised in any calendar year to an amount equal to 2% of the outstanding principal amount of all Notes outstanding as of the end of the most recent calendar year. We also have the discretionary right to limit to $250,000 in any calendar year the aggregate principal amount of Notes subject to the Survivor's Option that may be exercised in such calendar year on behalf of any individual deceased beneficial owner of Notes. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that exercise of the Survivor's Option for the desired amount will be permitted in any single calendar year.

We may choose to redeem the Notes when prevailing interest rates are relatively low.

After the first anniversary of the issuance of the Notes, we may choose to redeem the Notes from time to time, especially when prevailing interest rates are lower than the rate borne by the Notes. If prevailing rates are lower at the time of redemption, you would not be able to reinvest the

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

redemption proceeds in a comparable security at an effective interest rate as high as the interest rate on the Notes being redeemed. Our redemption right also may adversely impact your ability to sell the Notes as the optional redemption date or period approaches.

Our amount of debt outstanding will increase as a result of this offering, and if we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

As of January 8, 2015, we had approximately $62.5 million of indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility. Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Credit Facility or other indebtedness to which we may be a party that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including the Credit Facility), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Credit Facility or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitments, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow in the future is, to some extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from operations, or that future borrowings will be available to us under the Credit Facility or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt and to fund other liquidity needs.

If our operating performance declines and we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may in the future need to refinance or restructure our debt, including any Notes sold, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, seek to raise additional capital or seek to obtain waivers from the required lenders under the Credit Facility or other debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt. If we breach our covenants under the Credit Facility or other debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Credit Facility or other debt, the lenders could exercise their rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt. Because the Credit Facility has, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if the indebtedness under the Notes, the Credit Facility or under any future credit facility is accelerated, we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

our future operating results;
our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;
the effect of investments that we expect to make;
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
actual and potential conflicts of interest with our Adviser;
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its effect on the industries in which we invest;
the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;
the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;
the ability of our Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;
the ability of our Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;
our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC; and
the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position.

Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan” or similar words.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from historical performance. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law or SEC rule or regulation.

You should understand that, under Sections 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)B of the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in connection with any offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus or in any report that we file under the Exchange Act.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the Notes, assuming that we sell all of the Notes offered hereby and that all of such Notes are sold at 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, will be approximately $38.4 million, after deducting the estimated sales load of $780,000 payable by us and estimated offering expenses of approximately $276,148 payable by us.

We intend to use all of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to repay the outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facility. As of January 8, 2015, we had $62.5 million outstanding under our Credit Facility. We intend to reborrow under our Credit Facility to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objective and market conditions.

Outstanding indebtedness under our Credit Facility bears interest, as of January 8, 2015, at our election, at a rate per annum equal to (i) LIBOR plus 3.25% or (ii) 2.25% plus the highest of (A) a prime rate, (B) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5% and (C) three month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The indebtedness under the Credit Facility was incurred to make investments in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective.

Although the interest rate under the Credit Facility is lower than the interest rate on the Notes, we are issuing the Notes because it allows us to diversify our funding sources beyond traditional bank financing. Given that we may not have investments to fund immediately after the completion of this offering, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility and then reborrow under the Credit Facility to the extent necessary to fund future investments.

Pending such use, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These temporary investments may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Regulation — Temporary Investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization:

on an actual basis as of September 30, 2014;
as adjusted, assuming the sale of $40 million aggregate principal amount of Notes in this offering at public offering price of 100% of par, after deducting the sales load and the estimated offering expenses of approximately $276,148 payable by us.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Use of Proceeds” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This table does not assume the application of the net proceeds from the offering as set forth in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

   
  As of September 30, 2014
(unaudited)
     Actual   As Adjusted
Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 19,196,748     $ 58,140,600  
Investments   $ 214,215,740     $ 214,215,740  
Other assets   $ 2,808,187     $ 3,864,335  
Total assets   $ 236,220,675     $ 276,220,675  
Liabilities:
                 
Credit Facility (1)   $ 26,939,154     $ 26,939,154  
Alcentra Capital Internotes®   $     $ 40,000,000  
Other liabilities   $ 6,494,866     $ 6,494,866  
Total liabilities   $ 33,434,020     $ 73,434,020  
Stockholder’s equity:
                 
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share 100,000,000 authorized; 13,516,766 issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted   $ 13,517     $ 13,517  
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 202,786,655     $ 202,786,655  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 236,220,675     $ 276,220,675  

(1) Since September 30, 2014 and up to January 8, 2015, we incurred an additional $35.56 in indebtedness under the Credit Facility. As of January 8, 2015, we had approximately $62.5 million outstanding under the Credit Facility.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The following table contains our ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the periods indicated, computed as set forth below. You should read these ratios of earnings to fixed charges in connection with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes to those statements, included in this prospectus.

       
  Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014    
     Alcentra Capital Corporation
May 8, 2014
to September 30, 2014 (2)
(unaudited)
  BNY Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
January 1, 2014
to May 7, 2014
(unaudited)
  BNY Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
December 31,
2013
(unaudited)
  BNY Mellon-Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
December 31,
2012
(unaudited)
Earnings to Fixed Charges (1)     13.78       199.23       70.83       173.02  

(1) Earnings include net realized and unrealized gains or losses. Net realized and unrealized gains or losses can vary substantially from period to period.
(2) Commencement of operations of the Company.

For purposes of computing the ratios of earnings to fixed charges, earnings represent net increase in net assets resulting from operations plus (or minus) income tax expense (benefit) including excise tax expense plus fixed charges. Fixed charges include interest and amortization of debt issuance costs. Fixed charges do not include interest and amortization of offering expenses associated with this offering of our Notes, which, if included, would substantially decrease our ratio of earnings to fixed charges as set forth in the table above.

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

When reading this prospectus, it is important to note that the historical financial statements and other historical financial information included herein are those of Fund III. Prior to our initial public offering, Fund III did not pay any advisory fees and was not regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. Therefore, Fund III has not been subject to certain restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act on BDCs prior to our initial public offering and our acquisition of the Fund III Acquired Assets and the Warehouse Portfolio. If Fund III had been regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act, Fund III’s performance may have been adversely affected.

Overview

Alcentra Capital Corporation (the “Company”, “Alcentra”, “ACC”, “we”, “us” or “our”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on June 4, 2013 as an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Alcentra is managed by Alcentra NY, LLC (the “Adviser”, or “Alcentra NY”), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) provides us with financial reporting, post-trade compliance, and treasury services. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Alcentra intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”), commencing with its tax year ending December 31, 2014, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code.

BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. (the “Partnership” or “Fund III”) is a Delaware limited partnership, which commenced operations on May 14, 2010. The Partnership was formed for the purpose of seeking current income and long-term capital appreciation by making investments in senior debt securities, subordinated debt securities, and common and preferred equity securities with equity rights or participations in U.S.-based middle market companies. BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III (GP), L.P. (the “General Partner”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the General Partner of the Partnership. BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine Partners (the “Manager”), a division of Alcentra NY, LLC and an affiliate of the General Partner, manages the investment activities of the Partnership. Alcentra NY, LLC is wholly owned by BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. (“Alcentra Group”) which is wholly owned by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

On May 14, 2014, Alcentra completed its initial public offering (the “IPO”), at a price of $15.00 per share. Through the IPO the Company sold 6,666,666 shares for gross proceeds of approximately $100,000,000. On June 6, 2014, Alcentra sold 750,000 shares through the underwriters’ exercise of the overallotment option for gross proceeds of $11,250,000.

Immediately prior to the the IPO, Fund III sold all of its assets other than its investment in the shares of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock of GTT Communications (the “Fund III Acquired Assets”) to the Company for $64.4 million in cash and $91.5 million in shares of the Company’s common stock at the same price as shares sold in the IPO. Concurrent with the acquisition of the Fund III Acquired Assets from Fund III, the Company also purchased for $29 million in cash certain additional investments (the “Warehouse Portfolio”) from Alcentra Group. The Warehouse Portfolio consisted of approximately $29 million in debt investments originated by the investment professionals of the Manager and purchased by Alcentra Group using funds under a warehouse credit facility provided by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation in anticipation of the the IPO.

The Company entered into a senior secured term loan agreement (the “Bridge Facility”) with ING Capital LLC as lender that it used to fund the purchase of the Warehouse Portfolio and to fund

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the cash portion of the consideration paid to Fund III. In May 2014, the Company used $94.2 million of the proceeds from the IPO to repay the Bridge Facility in full.

The Company’s investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation through debt and equity investments by targeting investment opportunities with favorable risk-adjusted returns. The Company invests primarily in middle-market companies in the form of mezzanine and senior secured loans, each of which may include an equity component, and, to a lesser extent, by making direct equity investments in such companies.

The Company is required to comply with certain regulatory requirements such as not acquiring any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant SEC rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private operating companies, operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public operating companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case organized and with their principal of business in the United States.

Since Alcentra did not commence investment operations until May 8, 2014, the discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations through May 7, 2014 described in this section pertains to the historical operations of Fund III given that the Company acquired substantially all of Fund III’s investment portfolio. However, no liabilities of Fund III were assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of the Fund III Acquired Assets other than to fund $2.6 million under revolving lines of credit. As a result, you should be mindful of the foregoing facts when reviewing the discussion and analysis set forth in this section as well as in connection with reviewing the financial information contained elsewhere in this Form 10-Q.

As used in this section, the terms “we” and “us” refer to Fund III for the periods prior to the IPO and refer to Alcentra for the period after the IPO.

Portfolio Composition and Investment Activity

Portfolio Composition

We originate and invest primarily in middle-market companies (typically those with $5.0 million to $15.0 million of EBITDA) through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment.

As of September 30, 2014, we had $214.2 million (at fair value) invested in 24 companies. Our portfolio consists of approximately 35.6% of first lien debt, 6.3% of second lien debt, 30.1% of mezzanine debt and 27.9% of equity investments at fair value. The composition of our investments as of September 30, 2014 was as follows:

   
  Cost   Fair Value
Senior Secured – First Lien   $ 76,199,078     $ 76,448,740  
Senior Secured – Second Lien     13,566,597       13,566,597  
Unsecured Debt     64,607,950       64,374,007  
Equity     55,221,364       59,826,396  
Total Investments   $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740  

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2013, we had $124.9 million (at fair value) invested in 14 portfolio companies, including amortized cost of $2.4 million and $6.2 million (at fair value) relating to the shares of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock of GTT Communications (“Excluded Assets”) which were not acquired by Alcentra in connection of the Fund III Acquired Assets. As of December 31, 2013, our portfolio included approximately 23% of first lien debt, 39% of mezzanine debt and 38% of equity investments at fair value. The composition of our investments as of December 31, 2013 was as follows:

   
  Cost   Fair Value
Senior Secured – First Lien   $ 29,925,987     $ 29,151,237  
Unsecured Debt     48,309,176       48,309,176  
Equity*     42,138,355       47,505,424  
Total Investments   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837  

* Includes the Excluded Assets. The aggregate cost basis and fair value of the Excluded Assets at December 31, 2013 was $2.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

Our investment portfolio may contain loans that are in the form of lines of credit or revolving credit facilities, which require us to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with the terms of the underlying loan agreements. As of September 30, 2014 we had four such investments with an aggregate unfunded commitment of $7.9 million and at December 31, 2013, we had one such investment with aggregate unfunded commitments of $2.6 million.

The following is a summary of geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of September 30, 2014:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of Total
Net Assets
Connecticut   $ 23,605,360     $ 23,870,396       11.77 %  
Texas     21,495,325       21,960,000       10.84 %  
California     17,501,819       18,186,375       8.98 %  
Florida     16,937,612       17,430,800       8.59 %  
Arizona     14,306,542       16,839,000       8.30 %  
Georgia     16,628,405       16,713,405       8.24 %  
Pennsylvania     15,591,954       16,289,783       8.03 %  
Alabama     15,986,863       16,288,224       8.03 %  
Michigan     14,278,137       13,226,444       6.52 %  
North Carolina     12,014,349       12,012,000       5.92 %  
Tennessee     11,697,815       11,697,815       5.77 %  
New Jersey     8,112,000       9,437,000       4.65 %  
Puerto Rico     7,392,799       7,392,799       3.65 %  
Colorado     7,130,699       7,130,699       3.52 %  
Nevada     6,915,310       5,741,000       2.83 %  
Total   $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740       105.64 %  

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following is a summary of geographical concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets
Connecticut   $ 20,135,262     $ 21,305,262       19.25 %  
Arizona     14,034,723       14,034,723       12.69 %  
Texas     12,391,569       13,184,564       11.92 %  
California     12,734,744       12,377,994       11.19 %  
Georgia     12,122,797       12,325,797       11.14 %  
New Jersey     6,852,457       11,964,457       10.81 %  
Alabama     13,239,853       11,906,520       10.76 %  
Florida     11,590,021       10,702,958       9.67 %  
Virginia*     6,754,123       10,493,184       9.48 %  
Michigan     10,017,969       6,075,969       5.49 %  
Pennsylvania     500,000       594,409       0.54 %  
     $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  

* Includes the Excluded Assets. The aggregate cost basis and fair value of the Excluded Assets at December 31, 2013 was $2.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

The following is a summary of industry concentration of our investment portfolio as of September 30, 2014:

     
Industry   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets
Healthcare Services   $ 22,796,405     $ 22,887,404       11.29 %  
Technology & Telecom     14,306,542       16,839,000       8.30 %  
Infrastructure Maintenance     15,591,954       16,289,783       8.03 %  
Disaster Recovery Services     15,986,863       16,288,224       8.03 %  
Automotive     14,210,242       14,210,242       7.01 %  
Oil & Gas Services     13,495,325       14,164,000       6.99 %  
Wholesale     11,333,819       12,012,375       5.92 %  
Restoration Services     12,014,349       12,012,000       5.92 %  
Media & Entertainment     12,262,274       11,353,000       5.60 %  
Waste Management     11,258,396       11,258,396       5.55 %  
Education     10,763,814       11,257,002       5.55 %  
Technology     8,112,000       9,437,001       4.65 %  
Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals     8,000,000       8,000,000       3.95 %  
Media: Broadcasting & Subscription     7,392,799       7,392,799       3.65 %  
Consumer Services     7,130,699       7,130,699       3.52 %  
Wholesale/Distribution     7,000,000       7,000,000       3.45 %  
Environmental/Energy Services     6,241,693       5,190,000       2.56 %  
Food & Beverage     5,000,000       4,796,000       2.37 %  
Packaging     3,697,815       3,697,815       1.82 %  
Business Services     3,000,000       3,000,000       1.48 %  
Total   $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740       105.64 %  

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following is a summary of industry concentration of our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2013:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets
Technology and Telecom*   $ 27,641,303     $ 36,492,364       32.98 %  
Healthcare     17,788,791       18,409,791       16.64 %  
Media and Entertainment     16,401,228       16,796,478       15.18 %  
Food and Beverage     12,391,564       12,391,564       11.20 %  
Disaster Recovery Services     13,239,853       11,906,520       10.76 %  
Waste Management Services     10,802,784       10,802,784       9.76 %  
Education     11,590,021       10,702,958       9.68 %  
Energy Service Company     10,017,974       6,868,969       6.21 %  
Defense Services     500,000       594,409       .54 %  
     $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  

* Includes the Excluded Assets. The aggregate cost basis and fair value of the Excluded Assets at December 31, 2013 was $2.4 million and $6.2 million, respectively.

At September 30, 2014, our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost and fair value was approximately $8.7 million and $8.9 million, respectively, and our largest portfolio company investment by amortized cost and fair value was approximately $16.6 million and $16.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2013, our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost and fair value was approximately $8.5 million and $8.9 million, respectively, and our largest portfolio company investment by amortized cost and fair value was approximately $14.0 million and $14.0 million, respectively.

At September 30, 2014, 21.3% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 78.7% bore interest at fixed rates. At December 31, 2013, 100% of our debt investments bore interest at fixed rates.

The weighted average yield on all of our debt investments as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was approximately 12% and 12.4%, respectively. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments, including accretion of original issue discount.

$91.1 million of the portfolio (45%) had a first dollar loss at 0.0x-1.0x EBITDA; $60.3 million of the portfolio (30%) had a first dollar loss at 1.0x-3.0x EBITDA; $33.8 million of the portfolio (16%) had a first dollar loss of 3.0x-4.0x EBITDA; and $18.3 million of the portfolio (9%) had a first dollar loss of 4.0x-4.5x EBITDA; and $0.5 million of the portfolio (<1%) had a first dollar loss >4.5x EBITDA;

As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had cash of $19.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

Investment Activity

During the period January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, the Partnership invested $48.7 million in new investments and $15.7 million of repayments were received.

From May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014, Alcentra invested $45.6 million in seven new portfolio companies and $4.1 million of add on investments. We also received $27.4 million in paydowns. $19.3 million was repaid by Net Access Corp ($3.9 million), GTT Communications ($6.3 million) and Wholesome Sweeteners ($9.0 million). $8.1 million was due to principal paydowns.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Partnership invested $0 million and $15.0 million, respectively. During the same period we received $17.5 million and $18.8 million in proceeds from repayments, respectively.

Our level of investment activity can vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount of debt and equity capital to middle market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

Asset Quality

We currently do not use a rating system to monitor portfolio performance. As the portfolio grows in size, we would expect to implement a portfolio rating system.

Loans and Debt Securities on Non-Accrual Status

We will generally not accrue interest on loans and debt securities if principal or interest cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, we had no loans on non-accrual status.

Results of Operations

An important measure of our financial performance is net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations, which includes net investment income (loss), net realized gain (loss) and net unrealized appreciation (depreciation). Net investment income (loss) is the difference between our income from interest, dividends, fees and other investment income and our operating expenses including interest on borrowed funds. Net realized gain (loss) on investments is the difference between the proceeds received from dispositions of portfolio investments and their amortized cost. Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments is the net change in the fair value of our investment portfolio.

Comparison of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013

Revenues

We generate revenue in the form of interest income on debt investments and capital gains and distributions, if any, on investment securities that we may acquire in portfolio companies. Our debt investments typically have a term of five to seven years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest on our debt securities is generally payable quarterly. Payments of principal on our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt investments may pay interest in-kind, or PIK. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. The level of interest income we receive is directly related to the balance of interest-bearing investments multiplied by the weighted average yield of our investments. We expect that the total dollar amount of interest and any dividend income that we earn to increase as the size of our investment portfolio increases. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of prepayment fees, commitment, loan origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance and consulting fees. Total investment income for the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014 totaled $9.5 million and was primarily composed of interest income, including $1.7 million of PIK income. Total investment income on the Partnership from January 1, 2014 through May 7, 2014 was $7.8 million and was primarily composed of $4.2 million of interest income, including $1.4 million of PIK income, $1.9 million of other income and $0.2 million of dividend income.

Total investment income for the three month period ended September 30, 2013 was $2.2 million, including $0.126 million of PIK interest and $0.088 million of other income.

Total investment income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was $7.6 million including $.483 million of PIK interest and $0.182 million of other income.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Expenses

Operating expenses for the Partnership for the period January 1, 2014 through May 7, 2014 totaled $0.8 million (inclusive of a management fee of $0.7 million).

Operating expenses for Alcentra for the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014 totaled $2.4 million (inclusive of a management fee of $0.9 million).

Operating expenses for the Partnership for the period July 1, 2013 through September 30, 2013 totaled $0.873 million (including $0.715 million in management fees).

Operating expenses for the Partnership for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 totaled $2.4 million (inclusive of $2.1 million of management fees).

Operating expenses consist of base management fees, administrative services expenses, professional fees, and other general and administrative expenses.

The Partnership had entered into a credit agreement under which it could borrow an aggregate principal amount of $15 million for the financing of portfolio investments. Borrowings under the credit agreement were $0 million and $15.0 million as of May 7, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Interest is charged at the Alternative Rate, defined as the higher of (a) the Federal Fund Rate and (b) the Overnight LIBOR Rate, plus 130 basis points. The interest rate, period to date, ranged from 1.39% to 1.40%. Fund III recorded interest and fee expense of $0.032 million for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The average borrowings under the credit agreement for the period ended May 7, 2014 was $10.3 million. The credit agreement, which was not assumed by Alcentra in connection with the acquisition of Fund III Acquired Assets, terminated on April 24, 2014.

For the period January 1, 2014 through May 7, 2014 interest expense was $0.050 million.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, interest expense was $0.097 million.

Interest expense for the period May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014 was $.790 million.

In connection with the IPO, Alcentra entered into a senior secured revolving credit agreement (“Credit Facility”) with ING Capital LLC, as administrative agent and lender. The Credit Facility has an initial commitment of $80 million with an accordion feature that allows for an increase in total commitments to $160 million. The Credit Facility has a maturity date of May 8, 2018 and bears interest, at Alcentra’s election, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the one, three or six month LIBOR, as applicable, plus 3.25% or (ii) 2.25% plus the highest of (A) a prime rate, (B) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5% and (C) three month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in all of Alcentra’s portfolio investments, the equity interests in certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries and substantially all of its other assets. Alcentra is also subject to customary covenants and events of default typical of a facility of this type.

Under the Advisory Agreement, Alcentra pays Alcentra NY, LLC (the “Adviser”) a base management fee calculated at an annual rate as follows: 1.75% of its gross assets (i.e., total assets held before deduction of any liabilities), including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents (such as investments in U.S. Treasury Bills), if its gross assets are below $625 million; 1.625% of its total gross assets if our gross assets are between $625 million and $750 million; and 1.5% of its gross assets if its assets are greater than $750 million. These various management fee percentages (i.e., 1.75%, 1.625% and 1.5%) would apply to ACC’s entire gross assets in the event its gross assets exceed the various gross asset thresholds.

In addition, ACC pays the Adviser an incentive fee under the Advisory Agreement which consists of two parts. The first part, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20% of ACC’s “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a hurdle rate of 2% per quarter (8% annualized), and is subject to a “catch-up” feature.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The second part is calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or, upon termination of the Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20% of ACC’s aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.

The Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee), without recourse against or reimbursement by ACC, for the remainder of the quarter in which the IPO is completed and the subsequent four quarters to the extent required in order for ACC to earn a quarterly net investment income to maintain a targeted dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis).

Alcentra’s primary operating expenses will include the payment of fees to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement and ACC’s allocable portion of overhead expenses under the Advisory Agreement, including payments under the administration agreement with the Administrator.

Aside from these operating expenses, ACC will bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of its operations and transactions, including:

future offering expenses;
the cost of calculating its net asset value;
the cost of effecting sales and repurchases of shares of its common stock and other securities;
fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms);
transfer agent and custodial fees;
fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts (including attendance at industry and investor conferences and similar events);
federal and state registration fees;
any exchange listing fees;
federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses;
brokerage commissions;
costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices;
costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC;
fidelity bond, liability insurance and other insurance premiums; and
printing, mailing, independent accountants and outside legal costs and all other direct expenses incurred by either our Adviser or Alcentra in connection with administering Alcentra’s business, including the compensation of Alcentra’s Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, and their respective staffs that will be based upon Alcentra’s allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its obligations under the Advisory Agreement.

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net Investment Income

For the period January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, net investment income was $6.9 million.

For the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014, net investment income was $7.1 million.

For the three and nine month period ended September 30, 2013, net investment income was $1.4 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

Net Realized Gains and Losses

We measure realized gains or losses by the difference between the net proceeds from the repayment or sale and the amortized cost basis of the investment, using the specific identification method, without regard to unrealized appreciation or depreciation previously recognized.

For the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014, there were $27.4 million in paydowns on investments, there were no realized gains.

For the period January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, there was a realized gain of $0.05 million.

For the three and nine month period ended September 30, 2013 realized gains totaled $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively.

Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Investments

Net change in unrealized appreciation primarily reflects the change in portfolio investment values during the reporting period, including the reversal of previously recorded appreciation or depreciation when gains or losses are realized.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the period January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 totaled $3.0 million.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the period July 1, 2014 to September 30, 2014 totaled $3.2 million.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014 totaled $4.6 million.

Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013 were $(2.6) million and $(.832) million, respectively.

Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations

For the period January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $9.9 million.

For the period July 1, 2014 through September, 2014, net increase in assets resulting from operations totaled $7.9 million.

For the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014, net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $11.6 million.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, net increase in net assets resulting from operations totaled $1.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively.

Financial condition, liquidity and capital resources

Cash Flows from Operating and Financing Activities

The Partnership’s net cash used in operating activities amounted to $29.9 million for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, primarily in connection with the purchase of investments. Financing activities for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 provided cash of $39.9 million primarily from capital contributions received from limited partners.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014, Alcentra’s operating activities used cash of $113 million, primarily in connection with the initial purchase of investments. Financing activities for the same period provided $132 million primarily through the IPO.

The Partnership’s operating activities provided cash of $8.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2013, primarily in connection with purchases of investments. Financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 decreased cash by $2.9 million primarily from capital distributions made to limited partners.

Our liquidity and capital resources are derived from the capital contributions and cash flows from operations, including investment sales and repayments, and income earned. Our primary use of funds from operations includes investments in portfolio companies and other operating expenses we incur, as well as distributions to our stock holders. We expect to use these capital resources as well as proceeds from turnover within our portfolio, borrowings under the Credit Facility and from public and private offerings of securities to finance our investment activities.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We may be a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. As of September 30, 2014, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of $7.9 million of unfunded commitments to provide debt financing to two of our portfolio companies. As of December 31, 2013, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of $2.6 million of unfunded commitments to provide debt financing to one of our portfolio companies.

Recent Developments

Subsequent to September 30, 2014, the following activity occurred:

On October 1, 2014, Alcentra committed to fund $20,000,000 to Hotel SystemsPro. Hotel SystemsPro, headquartered in Atlanta, GA, is an enterprise application provider for the hospitality industry. Hotel SystemsPro offers software-as-a-service to mid-tier hotels operators and management companies with group sales tracking, contact management and reporting across multiple hotel properties. Hotel SystemsPro offers a full suite of hospitality-focused software solutions, including its primary software products: “Hotel SalesPro” and “Hotel ServicePro.”

On October 6, 2014, a dividend of $0.34 per share was paid to shareholders of record as of September 30, 2014 in the amount of $4,595,700.

On October 10, 2014, Bioventus LLC was funded for $12,000,000. Bioventus LLC is a global leader in orthopedic healing products, offering active healing therapies in a growing end-market. Bioventus LLC is a market leader in low intensity pulsed ultrasound (LIPUS) technology bone stimulation devices and among the leading distributors of osteoarthritis injection treatments. Bioventus LLC's active healing therapies aim to work together with the body's natural healing process, thereby shortening recovery time and potentially minimizing the overall cost of care. Bioventus LLC is headquartered in Durham, N.C. and has more than 550 employees.

On October 16, 2014, Alcentra recently filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit it to co-invest with funds or entities managed by the Adviser in certain negotiated transactions where co-investing would otherwise be prohibited under the 1940 Act.

Any such order will be subject to certain terms and conditions. Furthermore, there is no assurance that this application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC.

On November 4, 2014, Alcentra’s Board of Directors declared a fourth quarter calendar dividend of $0.34 per share, payable on January 6, 2015 to shareholders of record of December 30, 2014.

On November 13, 2014, Alcentra funded a debt investment in NARL Marketing LP of $15,000,000. NARL Marketing LP sells refined petroleum to customers through five segments: retail, commercial, home heat, wharf and wholesale. NARL Marketing LP’s business activities

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

include providing refined petroleum to retail gasoline stations and card-lock stations, a branded home heating business, a wharf business and the supply of refined petroleum products to commercial and wholesale customers. NARL Marketing LP is located in Newfoundland, Canada.

On December 2, 2014 Alcentra completed a refinancing of Southern Technical Institute, an existing portfolio company, for $12,000,000. Founded in 2000 Southern Technical Institute is a for-profit vocational college with 9 campuses located in Florida. Southern Technical Institute’s academic programs focus on career training and education in applied technology (e.g., heating, ventilation and air conditioning (or HVAC) and electrical trade), medical billing and coding, medical assisting and massage therapy. Southern Technical Institute currently enrolls over 1,000 students. Southern Technical Institute is based in Orlando, Florida.

On December 10, 2014 Alcentra funded a debt investment IGT Enterprises, Inc. of $9,000,000. IGT Enterprises, Inc. is a provider of repair and maintenance services and manufacturer of components to the industrial gas turbine market. IGT Enterprises, Inc. primarily serves the power generation, industrial and aerospace end markets. IGT Enterprises, Inc. is located in Houston, TX.

On December 19, 2014, Alcentra entered into Amendment No. 1 to its existing Revolver and the Incremental Commitment Amendment, each with certain lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC. The Amendments amend certain provisions of Alcentra’s Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility was amended to, among other things, (i) increase the threshold under which the borrowing base may consist of 12 issuers; (ii) increase the required weighted average leverage ratio from 4.0x to 4.5x; (iii) increase the permitted amount of investments that are not in cash or cash equivalents, first lien bank loans, last-out loans, or second lien bank loans from not more than 40% to not more than 50%; (iv) modify the test for the minimum obligors’ net worth to include unsecured longer term indebtedness not to exceed $50,000,000; and (v) modify the eligibility criteria to permit, under certain circumstances, investments with EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of less than $20,000,000. The Incremental Commitment Agreement provides for increased commitments under the Credit Facility of $35 million.

Concurrently with the effectiveness of the Amendments, Alcentra closed on an additional $35 million of commitments under the Credit Facility (which was funded in full on the Closing Date). As of December 19, 2014, total commitments under the Credit Facility were $115 million.

On December 19, 2014, Alcentra funded a $1.2 million senior secured debt investment in Triton Technologies, Inc. Triton Technologies, Inc. provides fully integrated call center services including telemarketing, technology services, marketing services and consulting services. Triton Technologies, Inc. performs marketing, sales and customer support services through call centers located in Massachusetts and Arizona.

On January 6, 2015, Alcentra committed to fund a $14.0 million second lien debt investment in Alpine Disposal, Inc., of which $9.0 million was initially funded. Alpine Disposal, Inc. is a Denver, Colorado-based waste management and recycling company, serving commercial and multi-tenant residential customers in the greater Denver area. Alpine Disposal, Inc. provides collection services and processes collected waste at its recycling facility, compost processing plant and privately owned landfill.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ.

Valuation of portfolio investments

We generally invest in illiquid loans and securities including debt and equity securities of middle-market companies. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market prices are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by Alcentra’s board of directors. Such determination of fair values may involve subjective judgments and estimates, although we engage independent valuation providers to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that does not have a readily available market quotation at least once annually.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With respect to unquoted securities, we value each investment considering, among other measures, discounted cash flow models, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies and other factors.

Because there is not a readily available market for substantially all of the investments in our portfolio, we value most of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by Alcentra’s board of directors using a documented valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process. Due to the inherent uncertainty of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments, and the differences could be material.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, Alcentra’s board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and the Adviser committee;
The audit committee of Alcentra’s board of directors then reviews these preliminary valuations;
At least once quarterly, independent valuation firms engaged by Alcentra’s board of directors will prepare valuations on a selected basis and submit reports to the board of directors; and
The board of directors then discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of Adviser, the independent valuation firm and the audit committee.

Revenue recognition

We record interest income on an accrual basis to the extent that we expect to collect such amounts. For loans and debt securities with contractual PIK interest, which represents contractual interest accrued and added to the loan balance that generally becomes due at maturity, we do not accrue PIK interest if the portfolio company valuation indicates that such PIK interest is not collectible. We will not accrue interest on loans and debt securities if principal or interest cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or we have reason to doubt our ability to collect such interest.

Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount or premium are capitalized, and we then accrete or amortize such amounts using the effective interest method as interest income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any unamortized loan origination is recorded as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. For the period ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, 15.5% and 0%, or 5 and 0 of the loans in our portfolio bore interest at floating rates, respectively. In the future, we expect other loans in our portfolio will have floating rates. For the six months ended September 30, 2014 and September 30, 2013, we did not engage in hedging activities.

Changes in interest rates will affect our cost of funding. Our interest expense will be affected by changes in certain published indices such as the LIBOR rate in connection with the Credit Facility.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Alcentra Capital Corporation

We are a specialty finance company that operates as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, we intend to elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

We provide customized debt and equity financing solutions to lower middle-market companies, which we define as companies having annual earnings, before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, of between $5 million and $15 million, and/or revenues of between $10 million and $100 million, although we may opportunistically make investments in larger or smaller companies. Our investments typically range in size from $5 million to $15 million.

Our investment objective is to generate both current income and capital appreciation primarily by making direct investments in lower middle-market companies in the form of subordinated debt and, to a lesser extent, senior debt and minority equity investments. The companies in which we invest are typically highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies will not be rated by any rating agency. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating below investment grade (i.e., below a Standard & Poor’s rating of BBB- or a Moody’s rating of Baa3), which is often referred to as “high-yield” or “junk.” While our primary investment focus is to make loans to, and selected equity investments in, privately held lower-middle-market companies, we may also make opportunistic investments in larger or smaller companies.

Our Adviser has a history of investing in companies that seek capital to use for growth initiatives or a generational change of ownership, or what we refer to as Growth Companies. We define a Growth Company as a company that has experienced growth of at least two to three times the rate of gross domestic product, or GDP. It has been the experience of our Adviser’s investment team that Growth Companies typically incur less leverage than larger companies in order to maintain the financial flexibility to continue to invest in the growth of their businesses. In the experience of our Adviser’s investment team, our targeted industry sectors tend to have a greater proportion of Growth Companies and therefore offer greater investment opportunities to pursue. Our targeted industry sectors are: healthcare and pharmaceutical services; defense, homeland security and government services; business and outsourced services; and energy services. We may also make investments in portfolio companies that do not possess these characteristics or are outside of these industry sectors.

Our investment activities are managed by our Adviser pursuant to the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. We expect to source investments primarily through the extensive network of relationships that the principals of our Adviser have developed with financial sponsor firms, financial institutions, middle-market companies, management teams and other professional intermediaries.

On May 14, 2014, we completed the IPO, at a price of $15.00 per share. Through the IPO we sold 6,666,666 shares for gross proceeds of approximately $100,000,000. On June 6, 2014, we sold 750,000 shares through the underwriters’ exercise of the overallotment option for gross proceeds of $11,250,000.

Formation Transactions

On May 8, 2014, we purchased a portfolio of approximately $155.9 million in debt and equity investments which consisted of all of the investment assets of Fund III, except for its equity investment and warrants in GTT Communications. We purchased from Fund III for $64.3 million in cash and $91.5 million in shares of our common stock . Concurrent with our acquisition of these

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment assets from Fund III Acquired Assets, we also purchased approximately $29 million of debt and equity investments which consisted of assets held by Alcentra Group for $29 million in cash.

Portfolio Composition

We originate and invest primarily in middle-market companies (typically those with $5.0 million to $15.0 million of EBITDA) through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, often times with a corresponding equity investment. Our internal target on leverage is in the 0.65-0.75x range.

As of September 30, 2014, we had approximately $214.2 million (at fair value) invested in 24 portfolio companies. Our portfolio included approximately 35.6% of first lien debt, 6.3% of second lien debt, 30.1% of mezzanine debt and 27.9% of equity investments at fair value. Going forward we intend to reduce our equity allocation to 15-20% of our portfolio investments. At September 30, 2014, our average portfolio company investment at amortized cost and fair value was approximately $8.7 million and $8.9 million, respectively, and our largest portfolio company investment by amortized cost and fair value was approximately $16.6 million and $16.8 million, respectively. At September 30, 2014, 21.3% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates (subject to interest rate floors), such as LIBOR, and 78.7% bore interest at fixed rates. We intend to re-balance our portfolio investments with more floating rate loans.

The weighted average yield on all of our debt investments as of September 30, 2014 was approximately 12.0%. The weighted average yield of our debt investments is not the same as a return on investment for our stockholders but, rather, relates to a portion of our investment portfolio and is calculated before the payment of all of our and our subsidiaries’ fees and expenses. The weighted average yield was computed using the effective interest rates for all of our debt investments, which represents the interest rate on our debt investment restated as an interest rate payable annually in arrears and is computed including cash and payment in kind, or PIK interest, as well as accretion of original issue discount. There can be no assurance that the weighted average yield will remain at their current levels.

The companies in which we invest are typically highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies are not rated by any rating agency. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a below-investment grade rating from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, which is often referred to as “high-yield” or “junk.” Exposure to below-investment grade securities involves certain risks, and those securities are viewed as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. In addition, a substantial portion of our investment portfolio consists of debt investments for which issuers are not required to make principal payments until the maturity of the loans, which may result in a substantial loss to us if such issuers are unable to refinance or repay their debt at maturity. As of September 30, 2014, approximately 25% of the income we received from our portfolio companies was in the form of non-cash income, such as contractual pay-in-kind, or PIK, interest. This percentage is likely to increase in future periods as a result of investments made by us subsequent to September 30, 2014. Since PIK interest involves us recognizing income without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the annual distribution requirement applicable to RICs. Our failure to meet the annual distribution requirements could reduce the amounts available for distributions. In addition, the PIK feature of our subordinated debt and preferred equity investments increases our credit risk exposure over the life of the investments given that it increases the amounts that our portfolio companies will ultimately be required to pay us. Furthermore, we have not previously been required to manage our portfolio in accordance with the RIC asset diversification requirements. See “Risk Factors — If we are unable to meet the RIC asset diversification requirements, we may fail to qualify as a RIC” and “Risk Factors — PIK interest payments we receive increase our assets under management and, as a result, increases the amount of base management fees and incentive fees payable by us to our Adviser”.

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Organizational Structure

The following chart shows the ownership structure and various entities affiliated with us and our Adviser.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

(1) For tax purposes, certain of our equity investments purchased are held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours.

Our Adviser

Alcentra NY, our investment adviser, is the U.S. subsidiary of Alcentra Group, an asset management platform focused on below-investment grade credit, often referred to as “high-yield” or “junk.” Alcentra has offices in London, New York and Boston and manages more than 76 separate investment funds totaling more than $23.3 billion in assets. The Alcentra Mezzanine professionals of our Adviser have worked together for more than 8 years and as of September 30, 2014, have invested more than $500 million in lower middle-market companies. Alcentra Mezzanine combines significant credit analysis, structuring capability and transactional experience within the larger credit investment platform of Alcentra.

Our Adviser is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis through a team of investment professionals.

Our Adviser’s investment team is led by Paul J. Echausse, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Scott Gold, our Senior Vice President. Messrs. Echausse and Gold were founders of Alcentra Mezzanine in 1998 through the investment of subordinated debt investments on the Bank of New York platform. Our Investment Committee is comprised of Paul J. Echausse, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Paul Hatfield, Chairman of our board of directors, Kevin Bannon and Graeme Delaney Smith. Members of our Investment Committee each have at least 20 years of experience investing and lending across changing market cycles, and, with other investment professionals of our Adviser collectively have more than 60 years of such experience. As of September 30, 2014, the investment professionals of our Adviser have invested more than $500 million in debt and equity securities of primarily lower middle-market companies. The biographies and experience of the members of our Investment Committee are included under “Portfolio Management — Investment Committee.”

Our Adviser combines significant credit analysis, structuring capability and transactional experience within the larger credit investment platform of the Alcentra Group. As a wholly owned subsidiary of BNY Mellon, the Alcentra Group manages approximately $23.3 billion in

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

sub-investment grade debt assets across more than 76 credit-focused funds and managed accounts. The Alcentra Group collectively employed 107 investment professionals as of September 30, 2014.

We have entered into an the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser pursuant to which we pay a base management fee and incentive fees to our Adviser for its services under the agreement. See “Management Agreements — Investment Advisory Agreement —  Management Fees.” Our Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee), without recourse against or reimbursement by us, for the remainder of the quarter in which the IPO was completed and the subsequent four quarters to the extent required in order for us to earn a quarterly net investment income to maintain a targeted dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis).

Our Administrator

We have entered into a fund administration and accounting agreement, or the Administration Agreement, with State Street Bank and Trust Company, or State Street, pursuant to which State Street provides us with financial reporting, post-trade compliance, and treasury services. Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, we pay a fixed annual fee, paid in monthly installments in arrears, along with additional fees and expenses as incurred each month. See “Management Agreements — Administration Agreement.”

Alcentra Mezzanine

Alcentra Mezzanine has sponsored three private investment funds that focus on subordinated debt and equity investments in middle market companies, each of which is managed by Alcentra NY. Fund III, the last of the private investment funds, was formed in 2010 and is owned by institutional, family office and private wealth investors.

Alcentra Mezzanine combines significant credit analysis, structuring capability and transactional experience within the larger credit investment platform of the Alcentra Group. As a wholly-owned subsidiary of BNY Mellon, the Alcentra Group manages approximately $23.3 billion in below-investment grade debt assets across more than 76 credit-focused funds and managed accounts. The Alcentra Group collectively employed 107 investment professionals as of September 30, 2014.

Alcentra Group and BNY Mellon

The Alcentra Group was formed in 2002 through the merger of two asset management divisions from Barclays Bank Plc in the United Kingdom and Imperial Credit Industries, Inc. In January 2006, Alcentra Group was purchased by BNY Mellon. Alcentra Group is the specialist below-investment grade debt manager within BNY Mellon’s group of asset management boutiques.

BNY Mellon is one of the largest bank holding companies in the U.S. with a market capitalization of approximately $43.6 billion and is also one of the largest securities servicing organizations with $28.3 trillion of assets under custody and administration and boasts a global platform across 35 countries as of September 30, 2014. BNY Mellon is a substantial player in asset management with approximately $1.65 trillion of assets under management as of September 30, 2014. Currently BNY Mellon is the principal owner of the Alcentra Group.

BNY Mellon also maintains a substantial “Wealth Management” business that provides investment advisory services to high net worth individuals, families and family offices. As of September 30, 2014, BNY Mellon’s Wealth Management business has 42 offices, many of which are in major metropolitan offices throughout the country, and manages more than $180 billion on behalf of their clients. BNY Mellon’s Wealth Management group interacts regularly with privately owned businesses and the family owners thereof. The Alcentra Mezzanine team maintains an active calling program on these offices as a source of deal flow and deal referrals. We utilize our access to the BNY Wealth Management platform as an important component of our network of relationships in sourcing investment opportunities.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Market Opportunity

We believe that the limited amount of capital available to lower middle-market companies, coupled with the desire of these companies for flexible and partnership-oriented sources of capital, creates an attractive investment environment for us. We believe the following factors will continue to provide us with opportunities to grow and deliver attractive returns to our stockholders.

The Lower Middle-market Represents a Large, Underserved Market.   We believe that lower middle-market companies, most of which are privately held, are relatively underserved by traditional capital providers such as commercial banks, finance companies, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation funds. Further, we believe that companies of this size generally are less leveraged relative to their enterprise value, as compared to larger companies with a greater range of financing options.

Reduced Availability of Capital for Lower Middle-market Companies Presents Opportunity for Attractive Risk-adjusted Returns.   Beginning with the credit crisis that began in 2007, we believe that the subsequent exit of traditional capital providers from lower middle-market lending created a less competitive market and an increased opportunity for alternative funding sources like us to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns. The remaining lenders and investors in the current environment require lower levels of senior and total leverage, increased equity commitments and more comprehensive covenant packages than were customary prior to the credit crisis. We believe that our ability to offer flexible financing solutions positions us to take advantage of this dislocation.

Regulatory Changes have Decreased Competition among Lower Middle-market Lenders.   We believe recent regulatory changes, including the adoption of the Dodd-Frank Act and the introduction of new international capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel III Accords have caused banking institutions to curtail their lending to lower middle-market companies. As a result, we believe that less competition will facilitate higher quality deal flow and allow for greater selectivity for us throughout the investment process.

Large Pools of Uninvested Private Equity Capital should Drive Future Transaction Velocity.   We expect that private equity firms will remain active investors in lower middle-market companies. Private equity funds generally seek to leverage their investments by combining their equity capital with senior secured loans and/or mezzanine debt provided by other sources, and we believe that our investment strategy positions us well to partner with such private equity investors, although there can be no assurance that we will be successful in this regard. Although our interests may not always be aligned with the private equity sponsors of our portfolio companies given their positions as the equity holders and our position as the debt holder in our portfolio companies, we believe that private equity sponsors will provide significant benefits including incremental due diligence, additional monitoring capabilities and a potential source of capital and operational expertise for our portfolio companies.

Growth Companies Typically Pursue Mezzanine Debt as an Efficient Cost of Capital.   Mezzanine debt can be an effective source of capital for companies experiencing rapid growth. We typically focus on companies that can achieve a revenue growth rate of at least two to three times the rate of GDP growth. It is not uncommon for Growth Companies to grow faster than their bank can provide debt to support that growth. Growth Companies therefore have two primary capital market options to fund that growth: (i) raise private equity from individuals or institutions; or (ii) raise mezzanine debt capital. We believe that mezzanine debt capital can be a more cost effective alternative for Growth Companies, and can be more competitive than raising private equity capital.

Competitive Advantages

Experienced Management Team.   Members of our Adviser’s investment committee and other investment professionals of our Adviser collectively have more than 60 years of experience investing and lending across changing market cycles. These professionals have diverse backgrounds with prior experience in investment and management positions at investment banks, SBICs, commercial banks and privately held companies. The investment professionals of our

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adviser have invested more than $500 million in debt and equity securities of primarily lower middle-market companies. We believe this experience provides our Adviser with an in-depth understanding of the strategic, financial and operational challenges and opportunities of lower middle-market companies. Further, we believe this positions our Adviser to effectively identify, assess, structure and monitor our investments.

Strong Transaction Sourcing Network.    Our Adviser’s investment professionals possess an extensive network of long-standing relationships with private equity firms, middle-market senior lenders, junior-capital partners, SBICs, financial intermediaries, law firms, accountants and management teams of privately owned businesses. We believe that the combination of these relationships and our reputation as a reliable, responsive and value-added financing partner will generate a steady stream of new investment opportunities and proprietary deal flow.

Access to the BNY Wealth Management Platform.   BNY Mellon maintains a substantial Wealth Management business that provides investment advisory and other services to high net worth individuals, families and family offices. BNY Mellon’s Wealth Management group interacts regularly with privately owned businesses and the family owners thereof. The Alcentra Mezzanine team maintains an active calling program on these offices as a source of deal flow and deal referrals. We utilize our access to the BNY Wealth Management platform as an important component of our network of relationships in sourcing investment opportunities.

Flexible Financing Solutions.   We offer a variety of financing structures and have the flexibility to structure our investments to meet the custom needs of our portfolio companies, including among investment types and investment terms. Typically we invest in subordinated debt, coupled with an equity or equity-like component to increase the total investment return profile. We believe our ability to offer a variety of financing arrangements makes us an attractive partner to lower middle-market companies and enables our Adviser to identify attractive investment opportunities throughout economic cycles and across a company’s capital structure.

Rigorous Underwriting Policies and Active Portfolio Management.   Our Adviser has implemented rigorous underwriting policies that are followed in each transaction. These policies include an extensive review and credit analysis of portfolio companies, historical and projected financial performance as well as an assessment of the portfolio company’s business model and forecasts which are designed to assess investment prospects via a thorough analysis of each potential portfolio company’s competitive position, financial performance, management team operating discipline, growth potential and industry attractiveness. In addition, we structure our debt investments with protective financial covenants, designed to proactively address changes in a portfolio company’s financial performance. Covenants are negotiated before an investment is completed and are based on the projected financial performance of the portfolio company. These processes are designed to, among other things, provide us with an assessment of the ability of the portfolio company to repay its debt at maturity. After investing in a portfolio company, we monitor the investment closely, receiving financial statements on at least a quarterly basis as well as annual audited financial statements. We analyze and discuss in detail the portfolio company’s financial performance with management in addition to attending regular board meetings. We believe that our initial and ongoing portfolio review process allows us to identify and maintain superior risk adjusted return opportunities in our target portfolio companies.

Minimize Portfolio Concentration.   While we focus our investments in lower middle-market companies, we seek to diversify our portfolio across various industries, geographic sectors and private equity or other sponsors. We actively monitor our investment portfolio to ensure we are not overly concentrated across industries, geographic sectors or financial sponsors. By monitoring our investment portfolio in this manner we seek to reduce the effects of economic downturns associated with any particular industry sector or geographic region.

Access to the Alcentra Group Platform.   We seek to leverage the depth and breadth of resources of the Alcentra Group platform across all aspects of its operations, benefiting from the Alcentra Group’s investment professionals, who in addition to their credit expertise, possess

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

industry expertise. As of September 30, 2014, the Alcentra Group employs more than 21 senior analysts that closely follow a variety of industries, including healthcare, defense and business services. This unique access to in-house expertise will also be utilized in the ongoing monitoring of our investments.

Investment Guidelines for Evaluating Investment Opportunities

We believe that investing in debt of privately held companies provides several potential benefits, including:

current income;
priority in capital structure;
covenants and portfolio monitoring; and
predictable exits.

Current Income.   Senior term loans and mezzanine securities contractually provide either a fixed or variable coupon payable on a monthly or quarterly basis. We will seek to invest in debt securities that generate interest rate coupons of between 8 – 10% on our senior term loan investments, and total coupons of between 12 – 15% on our mezzanine investments, comprised of 10 – 12% paid in cash plus 2 – 3% paid in PIK interest.

Priority in Capital Structure.   In liquidation, debt holders typically are repaid first, with the remaining capital distributed to the equity holders. The structural priority of debt investing is a key component of our investment strategy to preserve capital.

Covenant and Portfolio Monitoring.   We seek debt investments with financial covenants, which are used to proactively address changes in a company’s financial performance. Typical financial covenant tests include minimum EBITDA, total debt/EBITDA and fixed charge coverage. Covenants are negotiated before an investment is completed and are set based on the projected financial performance of the portfolio company. As the portfolio company reports monthly, quarterly or annual results, covenants are tested for compliance. If a portfolio company breaches a covenant, debt holders have several options available including waiving the covenant default, demanding repayment in full or modifying the terms of the debt in exchange for a fee or enhanced economic features, amongst others.

Predictable Exit.   We execute each investment with a particular exit strategy determined by a variety of factors, including the portfolio company’s financial position, anticipated growth dynamics and the existing mergers & acquisitions environment. Mezzanine investments are typically structured with a bullet maturity, which is typically one year greater than the maturity on the senior debt facility. With either security, the investment will have a finite life, whereby the portfolio company is contractually required to repay the loan. Repayment typically occurs in the event of a refinancing, recapitalization or sale/merger of the company.

Investment Process

Transaction Sourcing

We source portfolio of investments from a variety of different investment sources, including private equity sponsors, fundless sponsors, family offices, management teams, financial institutions, investment bankers, accounting firms and law firms. We have and will continue to source deal flow and referrals from the BNY Wealth Management Platform. Alcentra Mezzanine has actively marketed its resources and capabilities in the middle-market for nearly 15 years, developing a network of over 3,000 transaction sources as of September 30, 2014, We believe that the breadth and depth of experience of the principals of our Adviser across different industries and transaction types, coupled with their strong relationships built from managing private funds with similar investment objectives, make the principals particularly qualified to source, analyze and execute investment opportunities.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Process

Our Adviser maintains a rigorous and disciplined investment process, which initiates with the sourcing of a potential transaction. Upon receiving information on a potential transaction, the information is circulated amongst the principals and the investment professionals of our Adviser and discussed during weekly investment meetings. Upon determination that a potential target has investment merit, our Adviser will schedule a meeting with the management team, investment bank, or private equity sponsor.

Typically, after completing a preliminary analysis of the target’s information, the principals of our Adviser will decide whether to “Phase I” the deal for the Investment Committee. A Phase I consists of a situation overview, a company overview, key investment considerations, investment risks, information on the management team, financial data, a financial model and investment return information. If the Phase I memorandum is approved by our Adviser’s Investment Committee, a term sheet will be issued to the target company. Upon mutual acceptance of the term sheet, our Adviser will proceed with extensive due diligence and prepare a more substantive “Phase II” memorandum that is the basis for receiving a formal approval from our Adviser’s Investment Committee. The Phase II memorandum is a comprehensive document, typically 40 – 50 pages in length, which summarizes the results of our Adviser’s due diligence, investment thesis, investment risks and investment return projections. Investment Committee approval of the Phase II memorandum is required prior to issuing a commitment letter. Further, at least two principals of our Adviser will meet the target company’s management team prior to issuing a commitment letter. Additionally, updates are provided to the Investment Committee as to any material changes in the transaction, investment thesis, or any other relevant deal point, ensuring decisions are made utilizing the most current information.

Deal Analysis

For each investment opportunity that includes a Phase II memorandum, our Adviser conducts rigorous in-house analytics, including a comprehensive analysis of market and operational dynamics as well as historical and projected financial information. Specific attention is given to management and sponsor experience and track record, industry dynamics, revenue growth drivers and valuations and general macroeconomic conditions. Additionally, background checks on company management teams are completed prior to an investment. Our Adviser, typically in conjunction with the control equity investor, often will engage a consultant to interview a range of key customers, suppliers, competitors and other parties deemed relevant to the ongoing performance of the target company. The consultant will typically prepare a report that generally includes a quality of earnings report, a market study and information technology and environmental assessments. Finally, in reviewing each anticipated investment, investment professionals of our Adviser will conduct visits to the target company’s headquarters and potentially auxiliary sites (e.g. factories, distribution centers, international locations).

Issuance of Formal Commitment

Once we have determined that a potential transaction is suitable for investment, we work with the management and/or sponsor of the target company and its other capital providers, including senior, junior and equity capital providers, if any, to finalize the structure of the investment. We expect that approximately 2% to 4% of the investments initially reviewed by us eventually result in the issuance of formal commitments.

We expect our debt investments to typically have a term of five to seven years and bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. We expect the average investment holding period to be between three and five years, depending upon portfolio company objectives and conditions in the capital markets.

Ongoing Relationship with and Monitoring of Portfolio Companies

Our Adviser employs rigorous portfolio monitoring of portfolio companies following an investment. The monitoring process is driven by frequent interaction and discussion with target

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company management, attending operating meetings and board of director meetings, interacting with industry experts and third party sources for market information and working with third-party consultants. Our Adviser works with management and other investors to develop and continually refine the company’s strategic plan as well as to monitor and evaluate the effects of macro-level industry factors. Additionally, our Adviser receives and analyzes monthly financial data and operating metrics and maintains an active database of historical company information. Finally, our Adviser performs regular detailed portfolio valuation analyses and monitors current and future liquidity needs and covenant compliance.

Managerial Assistance

As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse our Adviser or an affiliate of our Adviser for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review by our board of directors, including our independent directors.

SBIC License

We intend to apply for a license to form a small business investment company subsidiary, or SBIC subsidiary; however, the application is subject to approval by the SBA and we can make no assurances that the SBA will approve our application. The SBIC subsidiary would be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures up to a maximum of $150 million under current SBIC regulations, subject to required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary and other requirements. SBA guaranteed debentures generally have longer maturities and lower interest rates than other forms of debt that may be available to us, and we believe therefore would represent an attractive source of debt capital. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — If we receive qualification from the SBA to be licensed as an SBIC but we are unable to comply with SBA regulations after the SBIC subsidiary is licensed as an SBIC, our business plan and investment objective could be adversely affected.”

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle-market companies include public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

We use the expertise of the investment professionals of our Adviser to which we have access to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, the relationships of the investment professionals of our Adviser enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.”

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Administration

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by our Adviser. We have a president, a chief executive officer, a chief accounting officer and a chief compliance officer. To the extent necessary, our board of directors may hire additional personnel going forward. Our officers are employees of our Adviser and our allocable portion of the cost of our Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Compliance Officer and their respective staffs will be paid by us pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166, and our telephone number is (212) 922-8240.

Properties

We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. Our headquarters are located at 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate conducting it.

Legal Proceedings

Neither we nor our Adviser are currently subject to any material legal proceedings, although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation arising out of operations in the normal course of business or otherwise.

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited) for each of our portfolio companies. The general terms of our debt and equity investments are described in “Business —  Investments.” Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies will be the managerial assistance we may provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. Other than as indicated in the table below, we do not “control” and are not an “affiliate” of any of these portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25% of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned more than 5% of its voting securities.

           
Description   Industry   Type of Investment*   Percentage of Class
Owned
  Maturity   Cost as of
September 30,
2014 (1)
  Fair Value
as of
September 30,
2014
A.C.T. Lighting, Inc.
5308 Derry Ave. Unit R
Agoura Hills, CA 06468
    Wholesale       Senior Subordinated Note
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
            7/24/2019     $ 9,592,375     $ 9,787,375  
             Junior Subordinated PIK
Note (8% PIK)
            7/24/2020       1,598,444       1,638,000  
             Warrants (4)       12.5 %             143,000       587,000  
American Addiction Centers
115 East Park Drive
Second Floor
Brentwood, TN 37027
    Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals       Series A Redeemable Preferred Equity (12% Cash) (3)                   8,000,000       8,000,000  
Aphena Pharma Solutions (2)
One Northbrook
Corporate Center
1210 Northbrook Drive,
Suite 420
Trevose, PA 19053
    Packaging       Senior Secured First Lien Note (7% Cash and 3.5% PIK)             3/3/2019       3,697,815       3,697,815  
Battery Solutions, Inc.
5900 Brighton Pines Ct.
Howell, MI 48843
    Energy Services       Senior Subordinated Note
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
            12/20/2018       5,183,693       4,665,000  
             Class A Units (4)(6)       18.2 %             1,058,000       525,000  
Black Diamond Oilfield Rentals, LLC
Black Diamond Oilfield Lexington Avenue,
71 st Floor
New York, NY 10174
    Energy Services       Senior Secured First Lien Note (12% Cash and 2% PIK)             7/8/2018       12,702,325       13,421,000  
City Carting Holding
Company, Inc.
8 Viaduct Road
Stamford, CT 06907
    Waste Management       Series A Preferred Shares
(7% Cash, 15% PIK) (4)
            4/30/2015       7,381,556       7,381,556  
             Series B Preferred Shares
(10% Cash, 8% PIK) (4)
            4/30/2015       3,876,840       3,876,840  
Datascan Holdings
2210 Hutton Drive
Suite 100
Carrollton, TX 75006
    Business Services       Senior Secured First Lien Note
(LIBOR + 9.50% Cash with 1% floor)
            12/17/2018       3,000,000       3,000,000  
DBI Holdings, LLC
100 North Conahan Drive
Hazleton, PA 18201
    Infrastructure Maintenance
      Senior Subordinated Note
(12% Cash, 1% PIK)
            9/6/2019       8,609,783       8,609,783  
             Senior Secured PIK Notes
(13% PIK)
            9/6/2019
      6,462,759       6,480,000  
             Warrants (4)       6.4 %       3/6/2024       519,412       1,200,000  
Dentistry for Children, Inc.
1350 Spring Street, NW
Suite 750
Atlanta, GA 30309
    Healthcare Services
      Senior Subordinated Note
(11% Cash, 2.25% PIK)
            9/1/2017       14,425,405       14,425,405  
             Class A-1 Units (6)       4.5 %             2,203,000       2,287,999  
DRC Emergency (7)
Services, LLC
740 Museum Drive
Mobile, AL 36608
    Disaster Recovery
Services
      Senior Secured First Lien Note
(10% Cash)
            1/11/2020       5,000,000       5,000,000  
             (8% Cash)             6/30/2016       3,333,226       3,333,226  
             Preferred Shares
(10% PIK) (4)
      66.7 %             7,653,637       7,954,998  

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
Description   Industry   Type of Investment*   Percentage of Class
Owned
  Maturity   Cost as of
September 30,
2014 (1)
  Fair Value
as of
September 30,
2014
FST Technical Services, LLC (7)
c/o Caymus Equity Partners
3490 Piedmont Rd NE,
Suite 1040
Atlanta, GA 30305
    Technology and Telecom       Senior Secured First Lien Note
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
            11/18/2018       12,500,000       12,879,000  
             Common Shares (4)       21.4 %             1,806,542       3,960,000  
GST Autoleather
20 Oak Hollow Drive
Suite 300
Southfield, MI 48033
    Automotive
      Senior Subordinated Note
(11% Cash, 2%PIK)
            1/11/2021       8,036,444       8,036,444  
Health Fusion Inc.
100 North Rios Avenue
Solana Beach, CA 92075
    Healthcare Services       Senior Secured First Lien Note
(13% Cash)
            10/7/2018       5,750,000       5,750,000  
             Warrants (4)       1.79 %             418,000       424,000  
Media Storm, LLC
c/o Media Storm LLC
99 Washington Street
S. Norwalk, CT 06854
    Media & Entertainment       Senior Subordinated Note
(10% Cash)
            8/28/2019       3,000,000       3,000,000  
             Preferred Shares (4)
      1.6 %             2,346,964       2,612,000  
Nation Safe Drivers (NSD) (2)
800 Yamato Road
Boca Raton, FL 33431
    Automotive       Senior Secured Second Lien Note
(LIBOR + 8.0%
with 2% Floor)
            9/29/2020       6,173,798       6,173,798  
Net Access Corporation
9 Wing Drive
Cedar Knolls, NJ 07927
    Technology       Class A Units (4) (6)
      10.1 %             8,112,000       9,437,001  
ProServ Offshore Group
13105 Northwest Freeway Suite 250
Houston, TX 77040
    Energy Services       Warrant (4)       .2 %       6/21/2018       793,000       743,000  
Puerto Rico Cable
Acquisition Company
d/b/a Choice Cable TV
X1 Vayas Torres
Ponce, PR 00715
    Media: Broadcasting & Subscriptions       Senior Secured Second Lien Note
(LIBOR + 8.50% with 1.00% floor)
            5/30/2019       7,392,799       7,392,799  
Response Team 1
850 W. Adams St.
Chicago, IL 60607
    Government Services       Senior Secured First Lien Note
(LIBOR + 8.50% with 2% floor, 1% PIK)
            3/28/2019       9,494,024       9,496,000  
             Preferred Units
(12.0% PIK) (4)
      21 %             2,520,325       2,516,000  
          Warrants       3.1 %             (8)        
Stancor, Inc. (2)
515 Fan Hill Road
Monroe, CT 06468
    Wholesale/ Distribution
      Senior Secured First Lien Note (LIBOR + 8.00% with 0.75% Floor)             8/19/2019       7,000,000       7,000,000  
Show Media, Inc.
1100 Glendon Ave
Los Angeles, CA 90024
    Media and
Entertainment
      Senior Secured First Lien Note
(5.5% Cash, 5.5% PIK)
            8/10/2017       6,590,989       5,741,000  
             Preferred Units
(12.0% PIK) (4)(5)
      18 %             324,321        
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.
1485 Florida Mall Ave.
Orlando, FL 32809
    Education       Senior Secured Second Lien
(12.5% Cash)
            10/15/2016       7,699,047       7,732,000  
             Class A Units (4)(6)       8.6 %             2,954,500       3,414,735  
             Warrants (4)             10/15/2022       110,267       110,267  
Well Biz Brands, Inc.
9092 Ridgeline Blvd. Suite A
Highlands Ranch, CO 80129
    Consumer Services       Senior Secured First Lien Note
(7% Cash, 3.5% PIK)
            10/23/2018       7,130,699       7,130,699  
Wholesome Sweeteners, Inc.
8016 Highway 90A
Sugar Land, TX
    Food Distribution       Common Shares (4)       5.1 %             5,000,000       4,796,000  
                             $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740  

* All of our portfolio investments have been pledged as collateral under the Credit Facility.
(1) The cost of debt securities is adjusted for accretion of discount and interest paid in-kind on such securities.
(2) The investment has an unfunded commitment as of September 30, 2014 which is excluded from the presentation (see Note 12 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 included in this prospectus).
(3) Behavioral Healthcare Realty is a wholly owned subsidiary of American Addiction Centers.
(4) Non-income producing security.
(5) As part of the December 2013 amendment, the senior secured notes of Show Media, Inc. contain a provision that, under certain circumstances, allow the holder to convert a portion of the notes into equity, subject to a maximum ownership of 49% of the Common Stock of the business.
(6) The investment in units is composed of membership units in a limited liability company of the portfolio company listed.
(7) As defined in the 1940 Act, we are deemed to “Control” these portfolio companies because we own more than 25% of the portfolio company’s outstanding voting securities.
(8) Warrants were received as part of our investment in the Preferred Units of Response Team 1.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Set forth below is a brief description of each portfolio company representing greater than 5% of the fair value of our portfolio as of September 30, 2014:

ACT Lighting is a value-added distributor of top-of-the line, lighting control consoles, lighting fixtures and cable assemblies for live entertainment events (e.g. concerts, theater, corporate/ trade shows). ACT’s services include marketing, selling, supporting and servicing critical equipment used by rental companies and tour operators to stage live events; as well as training operators on the equipment they sell. ACT sells to over 1,600 customers and serves over 700 customers annually. ACT is headquarted in Los Angeles, CA.

Battery Solutions, Inc. established in 1991, is one of the largest providers of battery recycling solutions in the U.S. Battery provides cost-effective fully-managed battery-recycling kits, systems, and services to corporations, governments, municipalities, and households across the country to serve environmentally conscious individuals and businesses and satisfy compliance with government regulations. Battery Solutions sorts and processes batteries in its two facilities located in Michigan and Arizona before distributing disassembled batteries sorted by chemistries to its customers, which include smelters and battery manufacturers. Battery Solutions is headquartered in Howell, MI.

Black Diamond Oilfield Rentals, LLC , established in 2012, is a supplier of drill string equipment to exploration and production operators on a rental basis. Black Diamond operates in the U.S. and Mexico and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Basin Holdings. Basin Holdings is focused on worldwide distribution of oil field parts (Pipe, fittings, collars, motors, tools, etc) and services. Black Diamond is headquartered in Houston, TX.

DBI Holdings, LLC , founded in 1978, provides transportation infrastructure operations management and maintenance services through its three core business units, which include: Asset Management, General Services and Road Management (where is specializes in vegetation management). The Company’s primary customers are states and municipalities, railroads, industrial, and energy companies. DBI is headquartered in Hazelton, PA.

City Carting Holding Company, Inc. was established in 1976. City Carting provides non-hazardous solid waste management services including collection, transfer and recycling. Through its collection operations and transfer stations, the company services more than 5,000 accounts and 20,000 collection and delivery customers that furnish the company with municipal solid waste as well as construction and demolition waste. The company maintains a leading position throughout its served markets which include three contiguous counties: Connecticut’s Fairfield and New Haven Counties as well as New York’s Westchester County. They are headquartered in Stamford, CT.

Dentistry for Children, Inc. operates 50 affiliated pediatric dental care centers located in the Southeast U.S. The company focuses on children’s oral health services by providing the complete range of care, including pediatric dentistry, orthodontics, and oral surgery. Dentistry for Children was initially formed through the simultaneous purchase of two Atlanta-based pediatric dental care companies in November 2010. Dentistry for Children is headquartered in Atlanta, GA.

DRC Emergency Services, LLC was established in 1989 and operates as a disaster management company in the United States. DRC provides a range of services, including natural disaster response, debris cleanup, including for marine environments and hazardous waste response in 20 U.S. States, primarily in the Southeast and Gulf of Mexico coastal region. DRC operates an asset light model, acting as the sales and marketing arm and the customer liaison, by subcontracting out the majority of work to local service providers. DRC is headquartered in Mobile, AL.

FST Technical Services, LLC was founded in 1984 and is an outsourced business service provider to the semiconductor and biopharmaceutical industries. The company provides quality assurance / quality control and analytical testing for ultra-pure gas delivery tubing in semiconductor and biopharmaceutical production facilities, equipment services, specialty equipment sales, and technical staffing for its customers. FST is headquartered in Phoenix, AZ.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Response Team I was founded in 2010 and provides mitigation and restoration services for non-catastrophe projects (e.g., falling branches, frozen pipes, mold removal, fire damage and flooded basements) to single-family, multifamily and commercial customers throughout the Southeast, Southwest and Midwest. Response Team I is headquartered in Raleigh, NC.

Southern Technical Institute, Inc. was founded in 2000 and is a for-profit vocational college with nine campuses located in Florida. The company’s academic programs focus on career training and education in applied technology, such as heating, ventilation, and air conditioning technology and electrical trade technology, medical billing and coding, medical assisting, and massage therapy. The Company currently enrolls over 1,000 students. They are headquartered in Orlando, FL.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SENIOR SECURITIES

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of September 30, 2014. This information has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations —  Results of Operations” for more detailed information regarding the senior securities.

     
  Total Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities (1)
  Asset
Coverage
per Unit (2)
  Average
Market
Value
per Unit (3)
Class and Year
                          
Credit Facility
                          
2014 (as of September 30, 2014) (4)   $ 26,939,154     $ 8,527.58       N/A  

(1) Total amount of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.
(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.
(3) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.
(4) During the period from September 30, 2014 to January 8, 2015, we have issued additional $35.56 million of senior securities.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Board of Directors and Executive Officers

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors consists of five members, three of whom are not “interested persons” of our Adviser or its affiliates, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. We refer to these individuals as our “independent directors.” The board of directors elects our officers, who serve at the discretion of the board of directors. The responsibilities of the board of directors include oversight of our investment activities, the quarterly valuation of our assets, oversight of our financing arrangements and corporate governance activities.

Board of Directors

We have adopted provisions in our articles of incorporation that divide our board of directors into three classes. At each annual meeting, directors will be elected for staggered terms of three years (other than the initial terms, which extend for up to three years), with the term of office of only one of these three classes of directors expiring each year. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Information regarding the board of directors is as follows:

       
Name   Age   Position   Director
Since
  Term
Expires
Interested Directors
                   
Paul J. Echausse   53   President and Chief
Executive Officer
  2013   2017
Paul Hatfield   52   Chairman of the Board   2013   2016
Independent Directors
                   
T. Ulrich Brechbühl   50   Director   2014   2015
Douglas J. Greenlaw   70   Director   2014   2016
Rudolph L. Hertlein   74   Director   2014   2017

The address for each of our directors is c/o Alcentra Capital Corporation, 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

   
Name   Age   Position
Scott Gold   41   Senior Vice President
Steven Levinson   47   Chief Compliance Officer
Ellida McMillan   47   Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

The address for each of our executive officers is c/o Alcentra Capital Corporation, 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166.

Biographical Information

The board of directors considers whether each of the directors is qualified to serve as a director, based on a review of the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills of each director, including those described below. The board of directors also considers whether each director has significant experience in the investment or financial services industries and has held management, board or oversight positions in other companies and organizations. For the purposes of this presentation, our directors have been divided into two groups — independent directors and interested directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Independent Directors

T. Ulrich Brechbühl.   Mr. Brechbühl currently serves as both the Executive Vice President for Emdeon’s provider business as well as the Chief Executive Officer of Chamberlin Edmonds and Associates Inc. (CEA), an Emdeon Company. Ulrich joined CEA in 2004 as the company’s COO. Shortly thereafter he became the President and Chief Executive Officer and was appointed to the board. In 2010 he joined the Emdeon executive team upon the sale of CEA to Emdeon. Prior to joining CEA, Mr. Brechbühl served as a director and as the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of MigraTEC, Inc., a publicly traded software business. He joined MigraTEC in 2000 as the Chief Financial Officer and was soon elected to the board and promoted to Chief Executive Officer, serving in those capacities until the end of 2003. From 1998-2000 he was a founder and the Chief Financial Officer of Thayer Aerospace, a provider of structural components to the aerospace and defense industries. Mr. Brechbühl previously served as a Manager of Bain & Company from 1994 to 1998, during which time he led teams in a variety of assignments in high tech, aerospace and defense, and construction. Mr. Brechbühl is a graduate with distinction from the United States Military Academy at West Point and received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Brechbühl’s extensive finance and corporate leadership experience bring important and valuable skills to the Board.

Douglas J. Greenlaw.   Mr. Greenlaw is currently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Greenlaw Communications, a company that operates small market television companies utilizing digital spectrum and the internet to enhance profitability, and has since 2007. Mr. Greenlaw also currently serves as Chairman of Community Journals, LLC, a community newspaper, and has since 1999. Mr. Greenlaw previously served as the Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Switchboard, Inc. from 1999 until 2004, during which time he led the company’s post-IPO turn-around during the tech crash and eventual sale to InfoSpace. Mr. Greenlaw also previously served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Multimedia, Inc. from 1994 until 1997, during which time he led all divisions of the public broadcast, print, cable, and entertainment media company. Mr. Greenlaw also served as Chief Executive Officer of the Venture Division of Whittle Communications from 1991 until 1994 and also previously served as President of Advertising and Marketing at MTV Network from 1986 until 1991. Mr. Greenlaw received a B.S. from Indiana University, and is a former U.S. Army Company Commander, receiving two Purple Hearts, One Silver Star and 2 Bronze Stars for valor in combat in Vietnam.

We believe that Mr. Greenlaw’s depth of experience in corporate managerial positions brings important and valuable skills to the Board.

Rudolph L. Hertlein, CPA.   Mr. Hertlein is currently the Managing Director of Hertlein & Associates LLC, which provides consulting services to small businesses. He has over 45 years of experience in accounting and auditing, including the financial services industry and an understanding of the complex accounting matters for financial service companies. Mr. Hertlein served as a Senior Vice President, Corporate Development – Viacom Inc. from 1994 until 2000. He previously served as Senior Vice President and Controller of Paramount Communications Inc. from 1993 until 1994, during which time as chief accounting officer was responsible for SEC financial reporting for the company. Mr. Hertlein previously served as a Director of Rogar Studios Inc., a creative programming company, from 2004 until 2009. He currently serves as an Independent Director, and Chairman of the Board of Directors of CPA2BIZ.com (a for profit subsidiary of the AICPA) and has served in this position since 2003. Mr. Hertlein also serves as an Independent Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Abacus Federal Savings Bank since 2011, a full service Bank. Mr. Hertlein received a B.B.A. from St. John’s University and is a licensed CPA in the state of New York since 1968.

We believe that Mr. Hertlein’s extensive experience in accounting and auditing, corporate governance, and leadership brings important and valuable skills to the Board.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interested Directors

Paul J. Echausse.   Mr. Echausse has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Echausse serves on the Investment Committee of BNY Mellon Private Equity and European Direct Lending. Mr. Echausse is responsible for the overall management and direction of our investment operations, including transaction sourcing, deal execution and the monitoring of our portfolio companies. Mr. Echausse brings more than 20 years of leveraged finance experience to the origination and management of the Alcentra Mezzanine’s investment portfolios. Prior to joining BNY Capital Markets, Inc., a predecessor of BNY Mellon Capital Markets, LLC, in 1998, Paul was President of Kisco Capital Corporation, the growth capital SBIC affiliate of Kohlberg & Co. L.L.C. Previously, he was Chief Operating Officer of IBJS Capital Corporation, the junior capital investment affiliate of IBJ Schroder Bank. Prior to IBJ Schroder Bank, Mr. Echausse was the Assistant Division Head of Southeast Banking for the Bank of New York. Mr. Echausse previously served as President of the Northeast Regional Association of Small Business Investment Companies and on the national board of the National Association of Small Business Investment Companies. Mr. Echausse serves on the board of directors of CYO of Nassau-Suffolk and Emerald Waste and Terresentia Corp. Mr. Echausse received a B.S. from Fordham University (magna cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa), an M.B.A. from New York University and a J.D. from Fordham Law School and is a member of the New York State Bar.

We believe Mr. Echausse’s extensive leveraged finance experience, especially in connection with originating and managing investments for funds managed by our Adviser, bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Paul Hatfield.   Mr. Hatfield has been Chairman of the board of directors since March 2014 and a director since June 2013. Mr. Hatfield joined Alcentra in 2003 and was the senior portfolio manager for the European CLOs at Alcentra Ltd., until moving to head Alcentra NY’s U.S. business in July 2008. From April 2002 to March 2003, Mr. Hatfield was a senior analyst for the CDO operations of Intermediate Capital Group, where he covered building products and construction, aerospace and consumer credits. Between 1995 and 2001, Mr. Hatfield worked at Deutsche Bank in London for the Leveraged Finance Group. In 1998, while at Deutsche Bank, Mr. Hatfield worked in New York where he supervised Leveraged Finance and the telecom division. Before joining Deutsche Bank, Mr. Hatfield originated a portfolio of mezzanine and development capital loans at FennoScandia Bank. He originally trained as a chartered accountant in the audit division of Arthur Andersen. Mr. Hatfield received a B.A. (Honors) in Economics from Cambridge University.

We believe Mr. Hatfield’s extensive experience in leveraged finance and as a portfolio manager for funds managed by Alcentra Ltd., bring important and valuable skills to our board of directors.

Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

Steven Levinson.   Mr. Levinson has served as our Chief Compliance Officer since March 2014. Mr. Levinson joined Alcentra in October 2011 and has served as Chief Compliance Officer for Alcentra NY since 2011. Prior to joining Alcentra, Mr. Levinson spent four years at Stone Tower Capital where he served as Director of Compliance. From March 2003 to December 2006, Mr. Levinson was the Chief Audit Executive at IDT Corporation. He began his career at Price Waterhouse and spent fourteen years in the Internal Audit departments of major financial institutions. Mr. Levinson received a B.A. in Accounting and Economics from Queens College of the City University of New York and an M.B.A. with a concentration in Financial Management from Pace University.

Scott Gold.   Mr. Gold has served as our Senior Vice President since March 2014 and Senior Vice President of Alcentra since 2011, and is responsible for transaction sourcing, deal execution and monitoring of portfolio companies. Prior to joining Alcentra, Mr. Gold spent three years with Islanet, a wireless telecommunication service provider, recapitalizing the company, acquiring a competitor and launching a new wireless product line and operating subsidiary. Prior to Islanet, Mr. Gold was an associate at a lower middle-market mezzanine and equity-focused family office based in New York. In 1998, Mr. Gold was at BNY Capital Markets, Inc., a predecessor of BNY

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mellon Capital Markets, LLC, where he was a founding member of Alcentra Mezzanine, and was responsible for transaction execution, due diligence and portfolio company monitoring for Alcentra’s legacy mezzanine funds. Mr. Gold received a B.S. from New York University and an M.B.A. (summa cum laude, Phi Beta Kappa) from Fordham University.

Ellida McMillan.   Ms. McMillan has served as our Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer and Secretary since March 2014. Since 2012, Ms. McMillan has served as a CFO Partner of Tatum US, a financial and technology consulting and advisory firm. Prior to joining Tatum US, Ms. McMillan owned McMillan Consulting, which provided management and financial consulting for small to medium sized businesses, including advising on accounting, financial reporting and analysis, and other financial matters. Previously, Ms. McMillan was a corporate controller at KBC Financial Holdings, a subsidiary of KBC Financial Products UK Ltd, which engaged in the sales, structuring and risk management of equity linked and equity derivatives instruments, from 2000 until 2004. Prior to KBC, Ellida was an associated director of Fixed Income Derivatives at Bear Stearns & Co. from 1999 until 2000. Ellida began her career as an auditor at Arthur Andersen in the financial service sector. Ellida holds a B.S. from Fairfield University and is a licensed CPA.

Board Leadership Structure

The board of directors does not have a lead independent director. We are aware of the potential conflicts that may arise when an interested director is Chairman of the Board, but believe these potential conflicts are offset by our strong corporate governance practices. Our corporate governance practices include regular meetings of the independent directors in executive session without the presence of interested directors and management, the establishment of an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which is comprised solely of independent directors, and the appointment of a Chief Compliance Officer, with whom the independent directors meet without the presence of interested directors and other members of management, for administering our compliance policies and procedures.

The board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate in light of our characteristics and circumstances because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that affords effective oversight. Specifically, the board of directors believes that the relationship of Mr. Hatfield with our Adviser provides an effective bridge between the board of directors and management, and encourages an open dialogue between management and our board of directors, ensuring that these groups act with a common purpose. The board of directors also believes that its small size creates a highly efficient governance structure that provides ample opportunity for direct communication and interaction between our management, our Adviser and the board of directors.

Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by our Adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of our Adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of directors’ risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of investments.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our Board met 10 times during the fiscal year 2014. Each director attended at least 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board and the committees on which the director served that were held while the director was a member. The board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of the responsibilities assigned to each of these committees is discussed in greater detail below.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Audit Committee

The members of the audit committee are Messrs. Brechbühl, Greenlaw, and Hertlein, each of whom meets the independence standards established by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Select Market regulations for audit committees and is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act. Mr. Hertlein serves as chairman of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Hertlein is an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined under Item 407 of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee utilizes the services of an independent valuation firm to help them determine the fair value of these securities. The Audit Committee met 3 times during the 2014 fiscal year.

Compensation Committee

The members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Brechbühl, Greenlaw, and Hertlein, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules. Mr. Brechbühl serves as chairman of the Compensation Committee. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing our compensation policies generally and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our incentive compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval, evaluating executive officer performance, overseeing and setting compensation for our directors and, as applicable, our executive officers and, as applicable, preparing the report on executive officer compensation that SEC rules require to be included in our annual proxy statement. Currently, none of our executive officers is compensated by us and as such the compensation committee is not required to produce a report on executive officer compensation for inclusion in our annual proxy statement.

The compensation committee has the sole authority to retain and terminate any compensation consultant assisting the compensation committee, including sole authority to approve all such compensation consultants’ fees and other retention terms. The compensation committee may delegate its authority to subcommittees or the chairman of the compensation committee when it deems appropriate and in our best interests. The Compensation Committee did not meet during the 2014 fiscal year.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Brechbühl, Greenlaw, and Hertlein, each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the NASDAQ Global Select Market regulations. Mr. Greenlaw serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board or a committee of the board, developing and recommending to the board a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board and our management.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders must deliver written notice to our corporate secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our corporate secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements or any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the board of directors, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

The nominating and corporate governance committee has not adopted a formal policy with regard to the consideration of diversity in identifying individuals for election as members of the board of directors, but the committee considers such factors as it may deem are in our best interests and those of our stockholders. Those factors may include a person’s differences of viewpoint, professional experience, education and skills, as well as his or her race, gender and national origin. In addition, as part of the board’s annual-self assessment, the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will evaluate the membership of the board of directors and whether the board maintains satisfactory policies regarding membership selection. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee did not meet during the 2014 fiscal year.

Compensation of Directors

The following table sets forth compensation of the Company’s directors for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

           
  For the year ended December 31, 2014   For the year ended December 31, 2013
Name   Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash (1)
  All Other Compensation (2)   Total   Fees Earned or Paid
in Cash (1)
  All Other Compensation (2)   Total
Interested Directors
                                                     
Paul J. Echausse                                    
Paul Hatfield                                    
Independent Directors
                                                     
T. Ulrich Brechbühl   $ 58,500           $ 58,500     $           $  
Douglas J. Greenlaw   $ 61,000           $ 61,000     $           $  
Rudolph L. Hertlein   $ 66,000           $ 66,000     $           $  

(1) For a discussion of the independent directors’ compensation, see below.
(2) We do not maintain a stock or option plan, non-equity incentive plan or pension plan for our directors.

The independent directors receive an annual fee of $40,000. They also receive $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person each board of directors meeting and $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting telephonically. They also receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended in person and each telephonic committee meeting. The chairmen of the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee receive an annual fee of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

No compensation was paid to our directors during the year ended December 31, 2013. Upon commencement of our operations, our directors began earning fees for attending board of directors meetings.

Compensation of Executive Officers

None of our executive officers receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our principal financial officer and Chief Compliance Officer and their respective staffs is paid by our Adviser, subject to reimbursement by us of the allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by them to us.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

Each investment opportunity requires the unanimous approval of our Adviser’s Investment Committee, which is comprised of Messrs. Echausse, Hatfield, Bannon and Delaney Smith. Follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies requires the Investment Committee’s approval beyond that obtained when the initial investment in the company was made. In addition, temporary investments, such as those in cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high quality debt investments that mature in one year or less, may require approval by the Investment Committee. The day-to-day management of investments approved by the Investment Committee are overseen by our Adviser’s Investment Committee.

Each of Messrs. Echausse, Hatfield, Bannon and Delaney Smith has an indirect ownership and financial interests in, and may receive compensation and/or profit distributions from, our Adviser. None of Messrs. Echausse, Hatfield, Bannon and Delaney Smith receives any direct compensation from us. Messrs. Echausse, Hatfield, Bannon and Delaney Smith also serve on the investment committees of Fund III and BNY Mezzanine Partners, L.P.

Investment Committee

Our Adviser’s Investment Committee meets regularly to consider our investments, direct our strategic initiatives and supervise the actions taken by our Adviser on our behalf. In addition, the Investment Committee reviews and determine by unanimous vote whether to make prospective investments identified by our Adviser and monitor the performance of our investment portfolio.

The members of our Adviser’s Investment Committee receive compensation by our Adviser that includes an annual base salary, an annual individual performance bonus, contributions to 401(k) plans, and a portion of the incentive fee or carried interest earned in connection with their services.

Biographical information for Messrs. Echausse and Hatfield may be found at “Management — Biographical Information.” Biographical information for Messrs. Bannon and Delaney Smith is as follows:

Kevin Bannon.   Mr. Bannon currently serves as a member of the investment committee of our Adviser. Mr. Bannon also serves as a Managing Director of Highmount Capital, a New York based wealth management firm. He previously also served as Chief Investment Officer and Chairman of the firm’s Investment Policy Committee and was actively involved in expanding Highmount’s capabilities in the alternative investments area. Kevin retired from The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation in 2007 after a 28 year career, serving as the Bank’s Chief Investment Officer from 1993 – 2007. In this role, he was responsible for establishing the investment framework for managing assets in excess of $100 billion for institutional and private clients. He was BNY Mellon’s chief spokesperson on economic and financial market issues and has appeared regularly in the financial media. He began his career in 1974 at U.S. Trust. Mr. Bannon is a Director of the Prudential Retail Mutual Funds and Urstadt Biddle Properties. He serves on the Boards of the Boys and Girls Clubs of Northern Westchester and the Hundred Year Association of New York. He has previously served on the Boards of Shorewood Packaging Corp., Regis High School and the Lyndhurst Council of the National Trust for Historic Preservation. He represented BNY Mellon on the Board of the W.K. Kellogg Foundation Trust and was the President of the BNY Hamilton Funds, the Bank’s proprietary mutual fund family, and BNY Private Investment Management, Inc., overseeing the Bank’s BNY Partners Funds for alternative investments. Mr. Bannon received a B.S. in Economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. in Finance from the Stern School of New York University. He holds a Chartered Financial Analyst designation.

Graeme Delaney Smith.   Mr. Delaney Smith serves as a member of the investment committee of our Adviser. Mr. Delaney Smith joined Alcentra Ltd. in 2004 to lead the European Mezzanine operation of Alcentra. He raised two €500m mezzanine funds for the European market in 2005 and 2007. The second fund remains open for new investments. Mr. Delaney Smith is Head

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of Direct Lending for Alcentra in the European market as a further development of the private debt strategy for Alcentra in this region. He currently serves on the board of directors for Almatis and Lighthouse Ltd, two current mezzanine fund investments. Prior to joining Alcentra, Mr. Delaney-Smith was an Investment Director at Intermediate Capital Group PLC, or ICG, where he marketed ICG’s capabilities to private equity firms and originated and invested in numerous successful European mezzanine financings. Prior to joining ICG in 1998, he worked at the Royal Bank of Scotland for five years, with two years in the leveraged finance team in London. Mr. Delaney-Smith is a graduate of Napier University and a qualified accountant. He also received an M.B.A. from Heriot-Watt University Business School in Edinburgh, Scotland.

The following table sets out the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our portfolio managers as of January 8, 2015.

 
Name of Portfolio Manager   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in
the Company (1)(2)(3)
Paul J. Echausse     $500,001 – $1,000,000  
Paul Hatfield     $100,001 – $500,000  
Kevin Bannon     $100,001 – $500,000  
Graeme Delaney Smith     $50,001 – $100,000  

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001-$500,000, $500,001-$1,000,000, or over $1,000,000.
(2) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(3) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned is based on a stock price of $15.00 per share.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

Alcentra NY serves as our investment adviser and is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations and provide investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser:

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make;
executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make;
determines the securities and other assets that we purchase, retain or sell;
performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and
provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay our Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders. Our Adviser has agreed to waive its fees (base management and incentive fee), without recourse against or reimbursement by us, for the remainder of the quarter in which the IPO is completed and the subsequent four quarters to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to maintain a targeted dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis).

Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate as follows: 1.75% of our gross assets (i.e., total assets held before deduction of any liabilities), including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents (such as investments in U.S. Treasury Bills), if our gross assets are below $625 million; 1.625% of our total gross assets if our gross assets are between $625 million and $750 million; and 1.5% of our total gross assets if our assets are greater than $750 million. These various management fee percentages (i.e. 1.75%, 1.625% and 1.5%) would apply to our entire gross assets in the event our gross assets exceed the various gross asset thresholds. For example, if our gross assets were $800 million, we would pay the Adviser a management fee of 1.5% on the entire $800 million of gross assets. Although we do not anticipate making significant investments in derivative financial instruments, the fair value of any such investments, which will equal their current market value, not their notional value, will be included in our calculation of gross assets. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents (such as investments in U.S. Treasury Bills), at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

Incentive Fee

We pay our Adviser an incentive fee. Incentive fees are calculated as below and payable quarterly in arrears. The incentive fee, which provides the Adviser with a share of the income that it generates for us, has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The ordinary income component is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts, and is 20.0% of the amount, if any, by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, exceeds a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, our Adviser receives no incentive fee until our pre-incentive fee net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 50% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5%. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income (including on our investments in U.S. Treasury Bills), dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, administrative expenses payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee. Pre-incentive fee net investment income excludes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income until we have received such income in cash.

The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of Alcentra Capital’s pre-incentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20.0% of the amount by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of pre-incentive fee net investment income, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of Alcentra Capital for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) is paid to the Adviser, without any interest thereon, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possible elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. There is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter, and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle, and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

[GRAPHIC MISSING]  

Percentage of Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income
Allocated to Income-Related Portion of Incentive Fee

The capital gains component of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2014, and is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees, provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2014 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2014. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle rate (1) = 2.0%
Management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 0.6125%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no income-related incentive fee.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.9%
Hurdle rate (1) = 2.0%
Management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.2625%

Incentive fee = 50% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”) (4)
= 50% × (2.2625% – 2.0%)
= 0.13125%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, but does not fully satisfy the “catch-up” provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.2625%.

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%
Hurdle rate (1) = 2.0%
Management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.20%
Pre-incentive fee net investment income
(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%

Incentive fee = 50% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”) (4)
Incentive fee = 50% × “catch-up” + (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment
  Income – 2.5%))
“Catch-up” = 2.5% – 2.0%
= 0.5%
Incentive fee = (50% × 0.5%) + (20% × (2.8625% – 2.5%))
= 0.25% + (20% × 0.3625%)
= 0.25% + 0.0725%
= 0.3225%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, and fully satisfies the “catch-up” provision, therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.5725%.

(1) Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.
(2) Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee. For purposes of these examples, we have assumed the maximum amount of Base Management Fees that may be paid, or 1.75% of our gross assets.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.
(4) The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide our Adviser with an incentive fee of 20% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter.

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee(*):

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

Year 1: $2.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $3.0 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)

Year 2: Investment A sold for $5.0 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $3.5 million

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $2.0 million

Year 4: Investment B sold for $3.25 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1: None

Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $0.6 million — ($3.0 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20%)

Year 3: None — $0.4 million (20% multiplied by ($3.0 million cumulative capital gains less $1.0 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $0.6 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $50,000 — $0.65 million ($3.25 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $0.6 million (capital gains incentive fee taken in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Year 1: $2.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $5.25 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $4.5 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

Year 2: Investment A sold for $4.5 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $4.75 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $4.5 million

Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $5.0 million and Investment C sold for $5.5 million

Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.0 million

Year 5: Investment B sold for $4.0 million

The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:

Year 1: None

Year 2: $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee — 20% multiplied by $2.0 million ($2.5 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $0.5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

Year 3: $0.25 million capital gains incentive fee (1)  — $0.65 million (20% multiplied by $3.25 million ($3.5 million cumulative realized capital gains less $0.25 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee received in Year 2

Year 4: $0.05 million capital gains incentive fee — $0.7 million ($3.50 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $0.65 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

Year 5: None — $0.45 million (20% multiplied by $2.25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $3.5 million less realized capital losses of $1.25 million)) less $0.7 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4 (2)

* The hypothetical amounts of returns shown are based on a percentage of our total net assets and assume no leverage. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in this example.
(1) As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 1 above, if a portfolio company were to be wound up on a date other than its fiscal year end of any year, it may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if such portfolio company had been wound up on its fiscal year end of such year.
(2) As noted above, it is possible that the cumulative aggregate capital gains fee received by our Adviser ($0.70 million) is effectively greater than $0.45 million (20% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less net realized capital losses or net unrealized depreciation ($2.25 million)).

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Payment of Our Expenses

All investment professionals of our Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services to us, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of personnel allocable to these services to us, are provided and paid for by our Adviser and not by us. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:

organization and offering expenses;
the investigation and monitoring of our investments;
the cost of calculating our net asset value;
management and incentive fees payable pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement;
fees payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, making investments and valuing investments (including third-party valuation firms);
transfer agent and custodial fees;
federal and state registration fees;
any exchange listing fees;
federal, state and local taxes;
independent directors’ fees and expenses;
brokerage commissions;
costs of proxy statements, stockholders’ reports and notices;
costs of preparing government filings, including periodic and current reports with the SEC;
fidelity bond, liability insurance and other insurance premiums; and
printing, mailing, independent accountants and outside legal costs and all other direct expenses incurred by either our Adviser or us in connection with administering our business, including the compensation of our Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, and their respective staffs, that will be based upon our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Administrative Services

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides us with clerical, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser also provides managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance.

Payments under the Investment Advisory Agreement are equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of our Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including rent and the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, our Adviser will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance.

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by our Adviser and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We are dependent upon key personnel of our Adviser and the Alcentra Group for our future success. If our Adviser or the Alcentra Group were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.”

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of our Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as our investment adviser.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board of directors approved the Investment Advisory Agreement at an in-person meeting of the board of directors held on March 6, 2014. In its consideration of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by our investment adviser, Alcentra NY; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other business development companies with similar investment objectives; (c) our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives; (d) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to Alcentra NY from its relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships; (e) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (f) the organizational capability and financial condition of Alcentra NY and its affiliates; and (g) various other factors.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussions, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment management fee rates and terms are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of our stockholders. Specifically the board of directors approved the Investment Advisory Agreement for a period of one year beginning on March 6, 2014.

Administration Agreement

Under the Administration Agreement, State Street provides us with financial reporting, post-trade compliance, and treasury services. In providing these services, State Street oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which includes being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC. State Street provides post-trade compliance services including performing the applicable SEC, IRS, and BDC compliance testing, provide monthly and quarterly reporting and maintain a compliance testing matrix and perform an

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

annual update. In addition, State Street assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, overseeing the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others.

Payments under the administration agreement equal a fixed annual fee, paid in monthly installments in arrears, along with additional fees and expenses as incurred each month. Under the Administration Agreement, we reimburse State Street for out-of-pocket expenses incurred on our behalf for services, as well as direct pass-through vendor fees incurred on our behalf.

License Agreement

We have entered into a License Agreement with our Adviser under which our Adviser has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Alcentra.” Under this agreement, we have a right to use the “Alcentra” name for so long as our Adviser or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “Alcentra” name. The License Agreement will remain in effect for so long as the Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser is in effect.

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts; Co-investment Opportunities

We have entered into agreements with our Adviser, in which our senior management and members of our Adviser’s Investment Committee have indirect ownership and other financial interests. Our Adviser may in the future manage other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles that invest or may invest in assets eligible for purchase by us. To the extent that we compete with entities managed by our Adviser or any of its affiliates for a particular investment opportunity, our Adviser will allocate investment opportunities across the entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (a) its internal investment allocation policies, (b) the requirements of the Advisers Act, and (c) certain restrictions under the 1940 Act regarding co-investments with affiliates. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns.”

The 1940 Act prohibits us from making certain negotiated co-investments with affiliates unless we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. In the absence of receiving exemptive relief from the SEC that would permit greater flexibility relating to these kinds of co-investments, our Adviser will determine whether these kinds of potential negotiated investments are more appropriate for us or for one of the funds managed by our Adviser or its affiliates and which entity will proceed with the investment. We generally will not make an investment in any company in which any fund managed by our Adviser holds an investment in a different class of such company’s debt or equity securities or obligations unless we also acquire or own the same class of such company’s debt or equity securities as such fund managed by our Adviser or our Adviser determines that (a) the investment is in our best interests and (b)(i) the possibility of a conflict between the interests of such different classes is remote, (ii) either the potential investment by us or the investment of such other fund managed by our Adviser is not large enough to control any actions taken by the collective holders of securities of such company, or (iii) in light of the particular circumstances, our Adviser believes such investment is appropriate for us, notwithstanding the potential for conflict.

See also “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns” and “— The incentive fee structure we have with our Adviser may create incentives that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders” for the risks related to our incentive fee structure.

Investment Advisory Agreement

We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with our Adviser. Pursuant to this agreement, we have agreed to pay to our Adviser a base management fee and incentive fee. Mr. Echausse is an interested member of our board of directors and has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in our Adviser. See “Management Agreements — Investment Advisory Agreement.” The incentive fee is computed and paid on income that we may not have yet received in cash at the time of payment. This fee structure may create an incentive for our Adviser to invest in certain types of speculative securities. Additionally, we rely on investment professionals from our Adviser to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. Our Adviser’s base management fee and incentive fee is based on the value of our investments and, therefore, there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of our Adviser are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments.

License Agreement

We have entered into a License Agreement with our Adviser pursuant to which our Adviser has granted us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Alcentra.” See “Management Agreements — License Agreement.”

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Registration Rights

Following the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period which commenced upon the completion of the IPO, Fund III intends to distribute the shares of our common stock received by it in connection with the Formation Transactions to its limited partners. We granted certain registration rights to the limited partners of Fund III pursuant to which we have agreed to use our reasonable best efforts to file within 720 days following the completion of our initial public offering a registration statement on Form N-2 pursuant to Rule 415 with the SEC to register the resale of the shares of our common stock received by such limited partners. We have also agreed to use our efforts to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective by the SEC within 840 days following the completion of the IPO. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such registration statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) the date on which there are no longer any registrable shares (as defined in the registration rights agreement) and (ii) the third anniversary of the registration rights agreement. The costs associated with filing the resale registration statement and having it declared effective by the SEC will be borne by us.

Relationship with BNY Mellon Group

Conflicts of interest may arise between the BNY Mellon Group, on the one hand, and us, on the other hand. We are an affiliate of BNY Mellon. BNY Mellon Group is a leading provider of financial services for institutions, corporations and high-net-worth individuals, providing asset management and wealth management, asset servicing, issuer services, clearing services and treasury services through a worldwide client-focused team. We may benefit from the relationships and activities resulting from these services. However, situations will arise in which the interests of BNY Mellon Group will conflict with our interests and the interests of our stockholders. See “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships.”

Affiliation with BNY Mellon

We are an affiliate of the BNY Mellon Group. The BNY Mellon Group is a leading provider of financial services for institutions, corporations and high net worth individuals, providing asset management and wealth management, asset servicing, issuer services, clearing services and treasury services through a worldwide client-focused team. We may benefit from the relationships and activities resulting from these services. However, situations will arise in which the interests of BNY Mellon Group will conflict with our interests and the interests of our stockholders.

Transactions with the BNY Mellon Group

BNY Mellon Group may, but is not required to, extend credit to us under credit facilities, derivative instruments or otherwise. The interest of BNY Mellon Group as a creditor of us may conflict with the interests of our investors. BNY Mellon Group, with respect to any such extension of credit, will deal with us on an arm’s-length basis and will be entitled to exercise its rights as a creditor of us without regard to any potential impact therefrom on the interests of our investors.

BNY Mellon Group currently owns or operates, directly or indirectly, several registered investment advisers, registered investment companies, broker-dealers and service providers, or, collectively, the BNYM Affiliates. To the extent permitted by law, BNY Mellon and/or one or more of the BNYM Affiliates may provide us; our Adviser; Alcentra Mezzanine; one or more investments funds or accounts or similar investment vehicles that BNY Mellon Group provides advice to or manages or that may in the future provide advice to or manage as a result of acquiring or merging with an entity that owns or manages such vehicles, or, collectively, the Related Funds; and our portfolio companies with certain non-investment management services and facilities, including, without limitation, administrative, custodial, trustee, distribution, banking, lending, short-term credit, and other financial and securities services. Specifically, BNY Mellon Group may provide administrative, custodial and credit facilities to us.

Neither BNY Mellon Group nor any of the BNYM Affiliates providing these services and facilities to us, our Adviser, Alcentra Mezzanine and/or Related Funds, bear any responsibility for selecting the investments of such entities or for their performance. BNY Mellon Group or the

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNYM Affiliates may charge arm’s length fees to our Adviser to the extent they perform any services that are included in the operating expenses of our Adviser. Additionally, BNY Mellon Group may recommend to its clients and to our investors that they invest some of their assets in us and Related Funds and may have financial interests in promoting investment in such entities.

To the extent permitted by applicable law and our governing documents, we may enter into transactions and invest in futures, securities, currencies, swaps, options, forward contracts or other instruments in which a BNY Mellon Group entity acts as a principal or, on a proprietary basis for its customers, serves as the counterparty.

Competing Funds and Allocation Policies

Certain Related Funds may in the future have investment objectives and utilize strategies similar to or that overlap with our investment objective and strategies. In such instances our Adviser will be permitted to allocate, in its sole discretion, eligible investments and exit opportunities between such investment funds (and their successors) on the one hand and us on the other hand in a manner it deems equitable to the extent possible under the prevailing facts and circumstances considering various factors including those set out in the paragraph below.

Conflicts (and potential conflicts) may arise when we are competing with the Related Funds for investment opportunities and exits. To address these potential conflicts, our Adviser has developed allocation policies and procedures that provide that personnel of our Adviser making portfolio decisions for us and the Related Funds will make purchase and sale decisions and allocate investment opportunities among us and the Related Funds consistent with its fiduciary obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law, these policies and procedures may result in the pro rata allocation of limited opportunities across us and the Related Funds. However, in many other cases the investment opportunities will be allocated based on other factors. Related Funds managed by different portfolio management teams are generally viewed separately for allocation purposes. There will be cases where certain Related Funds may receive an allocation of an investment opportunity when we do not and vice versa.

Our Adviser’s investment allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and other eligible accounts will generally be made in accordance with SEC interpretive positions. Our Adviser seeks to treat all clients fairly and equitably in a manner consistent with its fiduciary duty to each of them; however, in some instances, especially in instances of limited liquidity, the factors may not result in pro rata allocations or may result in situations where certain accounts receive allocations where others do not.

In addition, we, or any of our portfolio companies, Related Funds, and/or one or more of their affiliates may have relationships with, invest in, engage in transactions with, make voting decisions with respect to, and/or obtain services from, entities for which BNY Mellon Group performs or seeks to perform services or with which BNY Mellon Group engages in or seeks to engage in transactions. Such relationships may provide our Adviser with an incentive to allocate, directly or indirectly, investments to certain of the funds managed by BNY Mellon Group and not others.

Fees From Services to Portfolio Companies

BNY Mellon Group may receive significant advisory, underwriting, or other fees from portfolio companies. Services for advisory fees may range from general corporate financial advice to restructuring advice to merger and acquisition representation. For example, BNY Mellon Group may be compensated as an advisor to a person who sold an investment to us, BNY Mellon Group may earn fees for obtaining equity or debt financing for an investor attempting to consummate an acquisition in which we are a co-investor, or BNY Mellon Group may earn fees acting as a lender, advisor or underwriter to one of our portfolio companies. None of the fees paid to BNY Mellon Group or its affiliates will be shared with us.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Regulated Investor

As a result of restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and entities managed by bank holding companies (including us), our Adviser, through Alcentra Mezzanine, may be required or may decide to structure an investment in a manner that would be less favorable to us than structures available to a non-regulated entity. Consequently, our Adviser may choose a structure which may be less favorable to us than other structures. In addition, we may be restricted from making an investment or limited in the amount or may be required to divest an investment as a result of such restriction. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Our activities may be limited as a result of being controlled by a bank holding company.”

BNY Mellon has put in place policies and procedures to seek to manage and mitigate the potential conflicts of interests described above.

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets out, as of January 8, 2015, certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote five percent or more of our outstanding common stock, each of our directors and officers and all officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Ownership information for those persons who beneficially own 5% or more of our shares of common stock, if any, is based upon Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings by such persons with the SEC and other information obtained from such persons, if available.

   
Name and Address   Number of Shares
Owned
  Percentage of class outstanding
5% Owners
                 
The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation (1)     1,511,499       11.18 %  
United Insurance Company     1,102,759       8.16 %  
Interested Directors
                 
Paul J. Echausse     60,339       .45 %  
Paul Hatfield     7,255       .05 %  
Independent Directors
                 
T. Ulrich Brechbühl            
Douglas J. Greenlaw            
Rudolph L. Hertlein     3,600       .03 %  
Executive Officers
                 
Steven Levinson            
Scott Gold     8,706       .06 %  
Ellida McMillan            
All officers and directors as a group (8 persons)     77,600       .57 %  

* Less than 1.0%
(1) Entities controlled by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation are the direct and indirect parent companies of the direct holders of these shares of our common stock.

The following table sets out the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors as of January 8, 2015.

 
Name of Director   Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in
the Company (1)(2)(3)
Paul J. Echausse     over $100,000  
Paul Hatfield   $ 50,001 – $100,000  
T. Ulrich Brechbühl     *  
Douglas J. Greenlaw     *  
Rudolph L. Hertlein     *  

* Represents less than one percent.
(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: none, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, or over $100,000.
(2) Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.
(3) The dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned is based on a closing price of $13.09 on January 8, 2015 on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Exchange Act.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following summary describes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations (and, in the case of a non-U.S. holder (as defined below), certain U.S. federal estate tax consequences) applicable to an investment in the Notes. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income and estate tax considerations applicable to such an investment. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, potentially with retroactive effect, or to differing interpretations. You should consult your own tax advisor with respect to tax considerations that pertain to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Notes.

This summary discusses only Notes held as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment purposes) and does not purport to address persons in special tax situations, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and regulated investment companies (and shareholders of such corporations), dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities, former citizens of the United States, persons holding the Notes as a hedge against currency risks or as a position in a “straddle,” “hedge,” “constructive sale transaction” or “conversion transaction” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, entities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts, tax-deferred accounts, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, pass-through entities (including partnerships and entities and arrangements classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and beneficial owners of pass-through entities, or persons whose functional currency (as defined in Section 985 of the Code) is not the U.S. dollar. It also does not address beneficial owners of the Notes other than original purchasers of the Notes who acquire the Notes in this offering for a price equal to their original issue price ( i.e. , the first price at which a substantial amount of the Notes are sold other than to bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers).

For purposes of this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
a trust (i) subject to the control of one or more U.S. persons and the primary supervision of a court in the United States, or (ii) that existed on August 20, 1996 and has made a valid election (under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) to be treated as a domestic trust; or
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

The term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of a Note that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes). An individual may, subject to exceptions, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a non-resident alien, by, among other ways, being present in the United States (i) on at least 31 days in the calendar year, and (ii) for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year, counting for such purposes all of the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds any Notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner of the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partners of partnerships holding Notes should consult their own tax advisors.

If you are considering purchasing the Notes, you should consult your own tax advisor concerning the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to you in light of your particular situation, as well as any consequences to you of acquiring, owning and disposing of the Notes under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

Taxation of Note Holders

Taxation of U.S. Holders

Payments of Interest

Payments or accruals of interest on a Note generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income at the time they are received (actually or constructively) or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of a Note

Upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of a Note, a U.S. holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition (excluding amounts representing accrued and unpaid interest, which are treated as ordinary income to the extent not previously included in income) and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Note. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in a Note generally will equal the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the Note. Capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the Note was held for more than one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by individuals and certain other non-corporate U.S. holders generally are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. The distinction between capital gain or loss and ordinary income or loss is also important in other contexts; for example, for purposes of the limitations on a U.S. holder’s ability to offset capital losses against ordinary income.

Unearned Income Medicare Contribution

A tax of 3.8% is imposed on certain “net investment income” (or “undistributed net investment income,” in the case of estates and trusts) received by certain taxpayers with adjusted gross income above certain threshold amounts. “Net investment income” as defined for U.S. federal Medicare contribution purposes generally includes interest payments and gain recognized from the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of the Notes. Tax-exempt trusts, which are not subject to income taxes generally, and foreign individuals will not be subject to this tax. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of the Notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, a U.S. holder that is not an “exempt recipient” will be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding tax at the applicable rate (currently 28%) with respect to payments on the Notes and the proceeds of a sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of the Notes, unless the U.S. holder provides its U.S. taxpayer identification number to the paying agent and certifies, under penalty of perjury, that it is not subject to backup withholding on an IRS Form W-9 (Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification) or a suitable substitute form (or other applicable certificate) and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against such U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such U.S. holder to a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner. In addition, payments on the

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes made to, and the proceeds of a sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition by, a U.S. holder generally will be subject to information reporting requirements, unless such U.S. holder is an exempt recipient and appropriately establishes that exemption.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

Payments of Interest

Subject to the discussion below under “— Information Reporting and Backup Withholding,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on interest paid on the Notes as long as that interest is not “effectively connected” with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States and:

the non-U.S. holder does not, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;
the non-U.S. holder is not a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is related to us, actually or by attribution, through stock ownership;
the non-U.S. holder is not a bank receiving the interest pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of the non-U.S. holder’s trade or business; and
either (i) the non-U.S. holder certifies under penalties of perjury on IRS Form W-8BEN (Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Tax Withholding and Reporting (Individuals)), IRS Form W-8BEN-E (Certificate of Status of Beneficial Owner for United States Withholding and Reporting (Entities)), or a suitable substitute form (or other applicable certificate) that it is not a U.S. person, and provides its name, address and certain other required information or (ii) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customers’ securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the Notes on behalf of the non-U.S. holder, certifies under penalties of perjury that the certification referred to in clause (i) has been received from the non-U.S. holder or an intermediate financial institution and furnishes to us a copy thereof.

A non-U.S. holder that does not qualify for exemption from withholding as described above will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on payments of interest on the Notes (except as described below with respect to effectively connected income). A non-U.S. holder may be entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty under which interest on the Notes is subject to a reduced rate of withholding tax or is exempt from U.S. withholding tax, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or a suitable substitute form (or other applicable certificate) claiming the reduction or exemption and the non-U.S. holder complies with any other applicable procedures.

Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of a Note

Generally, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding taxes on any amount that constitutes capital gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption, or other taxable disposition of a Note, provided that:

the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by the non-U.S. holder (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a United States “permanent establishment” maintained by the non-U.S. holder); and
the non-U.S. holder is not an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange, or other taxable disposition and meets certain other conditions (unless such holder is eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty).

Certain other exceptions may be applicable, and a non-U.S. holder should consult its tax advisor in this regard.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Effectively Connected Income

In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation and that receives income that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, such income may also be subject to a branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a non-U.S. corporation on the actual or deemed repatriation from the United States of earnings and profits attributable to a U.S. trade or business) at a 30% rate. The branch profits tax may not apply (or may apply at a reduced rate) if the non-U.S. holder is a qualified resident of a country with which the United States has an income tax treaty.

To claim the benefit of an income tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, the non-U.S. holder must timely provide the appropriate, properly executed IRS forms. The non-U.S. holder must inform the recipient of any changes on these forms within 30 days of such change. These forms may be required to be periodically updated. Also, a non-U.S. holder who is claiming the benefits of a treaty may be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and to provide certain documentary evidence issued by foreign governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Under current U.S. Treasury regulations, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of interest paid to the non-U.S. holder and the amount of tax withheld, if any, from those payments. These reporting requirements apply regardless of whether U.S. withholding tax on such payments was reduced or eliminated by any applicable tax treaty or otherwise. Copies of the information returns reporting those payments and the amounts withheld may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country where a non-U.S. holder is a resident under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

Under some circumstances, U.S. Treasury regulations require backup withholding and additional information reporting on payments of interest and other “reportable payments.” Such backup withholding and additional information reporting will not apply to payments on the Notes made by us or our paying agent to a non-U.S. holder if the certification described above under “— Payments of Interest” is received from the non-U.S. holder.

Backup withholding and information reporting will generally not apply to payments of proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of a Note made to a non-U.S. holder by or through the foreign office of a broker. However, information reporting requirements, and possibly backup withholding, will apply if such broker is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a “United States person” (as defined in the Code) or has certain other enumerated connections with the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a “United States person” (as defined in the Code) and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Payments of proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of a Note made to a non-U.S. holder by or through the U.S. office of a broker are subject to information reporting and backup withholding at the applicable rate unless the non-U.S. holder certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a “United States person” (as defined in the Code) and it satisfies certain other conditions, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, in a timely manner.

Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of information reporting and backup withholding in their particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom, and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if available.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Estate Tax

A Note that is held by an individual who, at the time of death, is not a citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) generally will not be subject to the U.S. federal estate tax, unless, at the time of death, (i) such individual directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, owns ten percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) of the Code and the U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder or (ii) such individual’s interest in the Notes is effectively connected with the individual’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (“FATCA”) generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on payments of interest or gross proceeds from the disposition of a debt instrument to certain non-U.S. entities, including certain foreign financial institutions and investment funds, unless such non-U.S. entity complies with certain reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners. Pursuant to U.S. Treasury regulations and other Treasury guidance, these rules generally are not effective for payments of gross proceeds until January 1, 2017.

Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding FATCA and whether it may be relevant to their acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Notes. You should consult your own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to you of an investment in the Notes, including the possible effect of any pending legislation or proposed regulations.

Election to be Taxed as a RIC

As a BDC, we intend to elect to be treated effective as of our taxable year ended December 31, 2014, and qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To obtain and maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which generally is our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

Taxation as a RIC

If we:

qualify as a RIC; and
satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (iii) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year and on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). For this purpose, however, any net ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by us that is subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax for the tax year ending in that calendar year will be considered to have been distributed by year end (or earlier if estimated taxes are paid). We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

qualify to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (which generally are partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income) (the “90% Income Test”); and
diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:
at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and
no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”).

We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.

We may be required to recognize taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount. If we are not able to obtain sufficient cash from other sources to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify as a RIC and become subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on all of our taxable income without the benefit of the dividends-paid deduction.

We are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order (i) to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and to otherwise eliminate our liability for U.S. federal income and excise taxes and (ii) to satisfy the Diversification Tests. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted to borrow additional funds or to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See “Regulation — Senior Securities.” Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement or the Diversification Tests may be limited by (i) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (ii) other requirements relating to our qualification as a RIC. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement, the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, or the Diversification Tests, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (ii) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

treatment, (iii) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (iv) convert lower-taxed long term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (v) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (vi) cause us to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (vii) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (viii) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (ix) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

Gain or loss realized by us from warrants acquired by us as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of such warrants generally will be treated as capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long term or short term, depending on how long we held a particular warrant.

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may hold assets that generate such income and provide services that generate such fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, and if certain remedial provisions are not available, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such distributions, non-corporate stockholders would be able to treat such dividend income as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN CONSIDERATIONS APPLICABLE TO ERISA,
GOVERNMENTAL AND OTHER PLAN INVESTORS

A fiduciary of a pension plan or other employee benefit plan (including a governmental plan, an individual retirement account or a Keogh plan) proposing to invest in the Notes should consider this section carefully.

A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (commonly referred to as “ERISA”), should consider fiduciary standards under ERISA in the context of the particular circumstances of such plan before authorizing an investment in the Notes. Such fiduciary should consider whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan.

In addition, ERISA and the Code prohibit certain transactions (referred to as “prohibited transactions”) involving the assets of a plan subject to ERISA or the assets of an individual retirement account or plan subject to Section 4975 of the Code (referred to as an “ERISA plan”), on the one hand, and persons who have certain specified relationships to the plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA or “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code), on the other. If we (or an affiliate) are considered a party in interest or disqualified person with respect to an ERISA plan, then the investment in Notes by the ERISA plan may give rise to a prohibited transaction. The purchase and holding of Notes by an ERISA plan may be subject to one or more statutory or administrative exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules under ERISA and the Code. Even if the conditions for relief under such exemptions were satisfied, however, there can be no assurance that such exemptions would apply to all of the prohibited transactions that may be deemed to arise in connection with a plan's investment in the Notes.

By purchasing and holding the Notes, the person making the decision to invest on behalf of an ERISA plan is representing that the purchase and holding of the Notes will not result in a prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code. Therefore, an ERISA plan should not invest in the Notes unless the plan fiduciary or other person acquiring securities on behalf of the ERISA plan determines that neither we nor an affiliate is a party in interest or a disqualified person or, alternatively, that an exemption from the prohibited transaction rules is available. If an ERISA plan engages in a prohibited transaction, the transaction may require “correction” and may cause the ERISA plan fiduciary to incur certain liabilities and the parties in interest or disqualified persons to be subject to excise taxes.

Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans and non-U.S. plans are not subject to ERISA requirements. However, non-U.S., federal, state or local laws or regulations governing the investment and management of the assets of governmental or non-U.S. plans may contain fiduciary and prohibited transaction requirements similar to those under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code discussed above. By purchasing and holding the Notes, the person making the decision to invest on behalf of such plans is representing that the purchase and holding of the Notes will not violate any law applicable to such governmental or non-U.S. plan that is similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA or the Code.

If you are the fiduciary of an employee benefit plan or ERISA plan and you propose to invest in the Notes with the assets of such employee benefit plan or ERISA plan, you should consult your own legal counsel for further guidance. The sale of Notes to an employee benefit plan is in no respect a representation by us, the Purchasing Agent or any other person that such an investment meets all relevant legal requirements with respect to investments by employee benefit plans generally or any particular plan or that such an investment is appropriate for employee benefit plans generally or any particular plan.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF OUR NOTES

The Notes will be issued under an indenture and the first supplemental indenture thereto, to be entered into between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. We refer to the indenture, along with the first supplemental indenture thereto, as the indenture and to U.S. Bank National Association as the trustee. The Notes are governed by the indenture, as required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered. An indenture is a contract between us and the financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf, and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “—  Events of Default — Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us with respect to our Notes.

This section includes a description of the material terms of the Notes and the indenture. Because this section is a summary, however, it does not describe every aspect of the Notes and the indenture. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as a holder of the Notes. The indenture has been attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and filed with the SEC. See “Available Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the indenture. We may change the terms of the Notes, including the interest rate and maturity date, from time to time during the course of the offering of the Notes. Any such change will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus.

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance, after giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC, if applicable. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary purposes without regard to asset coverage.

General

The Notes will mature on January 15, 2022. The principal payable at maturity will be 100% of the aggregate principal amount. The interest rate of the Notes is 6.500% per year and will be paid every July 15, and January 15, beginning July 15, 2015, and the regular record dates for interest payments will be every July 1 and January 1, commencing July 1, 2015. If an interest payment date falls on a non-business day, the applicable interest payment will be made on the next business day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment. The initial interest period will be the period from and including January 29, 2015, to, but excluding, the initial interest payment date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an interest payment date to, but excluding, the next interest payment date or the stated maturity date, as the case may be.

We will issue the Notes in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Notes will not be subject to any sinking fund and except as may be provided by the Survivor’s Option holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the stated maturity date.

Except as set forth below under “Merger or Consolidation” and “Other Covenants,” the indenture does not contain any provisions that give you protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are acquired by another entity.

We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms different from the Notes and, without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen the Notes and issue additional Notes.

Optional Redemption

The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after January 15, 2016 upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days written notice by mail prior to the date fixed for redemption thereof, at a redemption price of 100% of the

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

outstanding principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable thereon for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to the date fixed for redemption.

You may be prevented from exchanging or transferring the Notes when they are subject to redemption. In case any Notes are to be redeemed in part only, the redemption notice will provide that, upon surrender of such Note, you will receive, without a charge, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations representing the principal amount of your remaining unredeemed Notes. Any exercise of our option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the 1940 Act.

If we redeem only some of the Notes, the trustee will determine the method for selection of the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with the indenture and in accordance with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Notes are listed. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price, on and after the date of redemption, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.

Global Securities

Each Note will be issued in book-entry form and represented by a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, known as DTC, or its nominee. A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless special termination situations arise. As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all the Notes represented by a global security, and investors will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global security. For more information about these arrangements, see “— Book-Entry Procedures” below.

Termination of a Global Security

If a global security is terminated for any reason, interests in it will be exchanged for certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities). After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated Notes directly or in street name will be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on termination to their own names, so that they will be holders.

Payment and Paying Agents

We will pay interest to the person listed in the trustee’s records as the owner of the Notes at the close of business on a particular day in advance of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer owns the Note on the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on the record date, holders buying and selling the Notes must work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the Notes to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller based on their respective ownership periods within the particular interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued interest.”

Payments on Global Securities

We will make payments on the Notes so long as they are represented by a global security in accordance with the applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices of the depositary and its participants, as described under “— Book-Entry Procedures.”

Payments on Certificated Securities

In the event the Notes become represented by certificated securities, we will make payments on the Notes as follows. We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date to the holder of the Notes as shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date.

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will make all payments of principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the applicable trustee in New York, New York and/or at other offices that may be specified in the indenture or a notice to holders against surrender of the Note.

Alternatively, at our option, we may pay any cash interest that becomes due on the Notes by mailing a check to the holder at his, her or its address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of business on the regular record date or by transfer to an account at a bank in the United States, in either case, on the due date.

Payment When Offices Are Closed

If any payment is due on the Notes on a day that is not a business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a business day. Payments made on the next business day in this situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made on the original due date. Such payment will not result in a default under the Notes or the indenture, and no interest will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the next day that is a business day.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on the Notes.

Events of Default

You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of the Notes and is not cured, as described later in this subsection.

The term “Event of Default” in respect of the Notes means any of the following:

We do not pay the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note within five days of its due date.
We do not pay interest on any Note when due, and such default is not cured within 30 days.
We remain in breach of any other covenant with respect to the Notes for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or holders of at least 25.0% of the principal amount of the Notes.
We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur and in the case of certain orders or decrees entered against us under any bankruptcy law, such order or decree remains undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days.
On the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the Notes have an asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, of less than 100% after giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC.

An Event of Default for the Notes does not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture. The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the Notes of any default, except in the payment of principal or interest, if it in good faith considers the withholding of notice to be in the best interests of the holders.

Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes may declare the entire principal amount of all the Notes to be due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of maturity. In certain circumstances, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes if (1) we have deposited with the trustee all amounts due and owing with respect to the Notes (other than principal that has become due solely by reason of such acceleration) and certain other amounts, and (2) any other Events of Default have been cured or waived.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The trustee is not required to take any action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer the trustee protection from expenses and liability reasonably satisfactory to it (called an “indemnity”). If indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.

Before you are allowed to bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the Notes, the following must occur:

you must give the trustee written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and remains uncured;
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all the Notes must make a written request that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer the trustee indemnity, security or both reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses, and liabilities of taking that action;
the trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity and/or security; and
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent with the above notice during that 60-day period.

However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the payment of money due on your Notes on or after the due date.

Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an acceleration of maturity.

Each year, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the indenture and the Notes, or else specifying any default.

Waiver of Default

The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may waive any past defaults other than a default:

in the payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest; or
in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each holder.

Merger or Consolidation

Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the following conditions are met:

where we merge out of existence or convey or transfer our assets substantially as an entirety, the resulting entity must agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under the Notes;
the merger or sale of assets must not cause a default on the Notes and we must not already be in default (unless the merger or sale would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would include an Event of Default that has occurred and has not

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

been cured, as described under “Events of Default” above. A default for this purpose would also include any event that would be an Event of Default if the requirements for giving us a notice of default or our default having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded; and
we must deliver certain certificates and documents to the trustee.

Modification or Waiver

There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and the Notes issued thereunder.

Changes Requiring Your Approval

First, there are changes that we cannot make to your Notes without your specific approval. The following is a list of those types of changes:

change the stated maturity of the principal of or interest on the Notes;
reduce any amounts due on the Notes;
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of a Note following a default;
change the place or currency of payment on a Note;
impair your right to sue for payment;
reduce the percentage of holders of Notes whose consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture; and
reduce the percentage of holders of Notes whose consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or to waive certain defaults.

Changes Not Requiring Approval

The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders of the Notes. This type is limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of the Notes in any material respect.

Changes Requiring Majority Approval

Any other change to the indenture and the Notes would require the following approval:

if the change affects only the Notes, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes; and
if the change affects more than one series of debt securities issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by the change, with all affected series voting together as one class for this purpose.

In each case, the required approval must be given by written consent.

The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet points included above under “— Changes Requiring Your Approval.”

Further Details Concerning Voting

When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much principal to attribute to the Notes:

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Notes will not be considered outstanding, and therefore not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust money for their payment or redemption. The Notes will also not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as described later under “— Defeasance — Full Defeasance.”

We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of the Notes that are entitled to vote or take other action under the indenture. However, the record date may not be more than 30 days before the date of the first solicitation of holders to vote on or take such action. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be taken by holders of the Notes, that vote or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of the Notes on the record date and must be taken within eleven months following the record date. Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied if we seek to change the indenture or the Notes or request a waiver.

Defeasance

The following defeasance provisions will be applicable to the Notes. “Defeasance” means that, by depositing with a trustee an amount of cash and/or government securities sufficient to pay all principal and interest, if any, on the Notes when due and satisfying any additional conditions noted below, we will be deemed to have been discharged from our obligations under the Notes. In the event of a “covenant defeasance,” upon depositing such funds and satisfying similar conditions discussed below we would be released from certain covenants under the indenture relating to the Notes. The consequences to the holders of the Notes would be that, while they would no longer benefit from certain covenants under the indenture, and while the Notes could not be accelerated for any reason, the holders of Notes nonetheless would be guaranteed to receive the principal and interest owed to them.

Covenant Defeasance

Under current U.S. federal income tax law and the indenture, we can make the deposit described below and be released from some of the restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the Notes were issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants but would gain the protection of having money and government securities set aside in trust to repay your Notes. In order to achieve covenant defeasance, the following must occur:

Since the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of cash and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates;
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel confirming that, under current U.S. federal income tax law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit;
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant defeasance have been complied with;
defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or result in a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments; and
no default or event of default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for repayment of the Notes if there were a shortfall in the trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. In fact, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as our bankruptcy) and the Notes became

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

immediately due and payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.

Full Defeasance

If there is a change in U.S. federal income tax law, as described below, we will be able to legally release ourselves from all payment and other obligations on the Notes (called “full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other arrangements for you to be repaid:

Since the Notes are denominated in U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the Notes a combination of money and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or bonds that will generate enough cash to make interest, principal and any other payments on the Notes on their various due dates;
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that there has been a change in current U.S. federal income tax law or an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed on the Notes any differently than if we did not make the deposit. Under current U.S. federal income tax law the deposit and our legal release from the Notes would be treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in trust in exchange for your Notes and you would recognize gain or loss on the Notes at the time of the deposit;
we must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel stating that the above deposit does not require registration by us under the 1940 Act, and a legal opinion and officers’ certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance have been complied with;
defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, of the indenture or any of our other material agreements or instruments; and
no default or event of default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or events of default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.

If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the Notes. You could not look to us for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If your Notes were subordinated as described later under “— Indenture Provisions — Ranking,” such subordination would not prevent the trustee under the Indenture from applying the funds available to it from the deposit referred to in the first bullet of the preceding paragraph to the payment of amounts due in respect of such Notes for the benefit of the subordinated debtholders.

Other Covenants

In addition to any other covenants described in this prospectus, as well as standard covenants relating to payment of principal and interest, maintaining an office where payments may be made or securities can be surrendered for payment, payment of taxes by the Company and related matters, the following covenants will apply to the Notes:

We agree that for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, we will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the 1940 Act or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after such borrowings. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Pending legislation may allow us to incur additional leverage.”

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If, at any time, we are not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the SEC, we agree to furnish to holders of the Notes and the trustee, for the period of time during which the Notes are outstanding, our audited annual consolidated financial statements, within 90 days of our fiscal year end, and unaudited interim consolidated financial statements, within 45 days of our fiscal quarter end (other than our fourth fiscal quarter). All such financial statements will be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with applicable U.S. GAAP.

Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered Securities

If registered Notes cease to be issued in book-entry form, they will be issued:

only in fully registered certificated form;
without interest coupons; and
unless we indicate otherwise, in denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of $1,000.

Holders may exchange their certificated securities for Notes of smaller denominations or combined into fewer Notes of larger denominations, as long as the total principal amount is not changed and as long as the denomination is equal to or greater than $1,000.

Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at the office of the trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act as our agent for registering Notes in the names of holders transferring Notes. We may appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.

Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal ownership.

We may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the office through which any transfer agent acts.

If we redeem any of the Notes, we may block the transfer or exchange of those Notes selected for redemption during the period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to determine and fix the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of any certificated Notes selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any Note that will be partially redeemed.

If registered Notes are issued in book-entry form, only the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the Notes as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole holder of the Notes.

Resignation of Trustee

The trustee may resign or be removed with respect to the Notes provided that a successor trustee is appointed to act with respect to the Notes. In the event that two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the trust administered by any other trustee.

Indenture Provisions — Ranking

The Notes will be designated as Senior Securities and, therefore, Senior Indebtedness under the indenture. Senior Indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that we have designated as “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the indenture and in accordance with the terms of the indenture (including any indenture securities designated as Senior Indebtedness), and
renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this indebtedness.

As unsecured obligations of the Company designated as Senior Indebtedness under the indenture, the Notes will rank:

º pari passu , or equal, with any of our future unsecured indebtedness;
º senior to any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides it is subordinated to the Notes;
º effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured indebtedness (including indebtedness that is initially unsecured to which we subsequently grant security), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, including without limitation, borrowings under our Credit Facility; and
º structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries.

In particular, as designated Senior Indebtedness under the indenture, the Notes will rank senior to any future securities we issue under the indenture that are designated as subordinated debt securities. Any such indenture securities designated as subordinated debt securities will be subordinated in right of payment of the principal of (and premium if any) and interest, if any, on such subordinated debt securities to the prior payment in full of the Notes, and all other Senior Indebtedness under the indenture, upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization. In addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and interest on the Notes, and all other Senior Indebtedness, has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt securities, upon our dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization before the Notes, and all other Senior Indebtedness, are paid in full, the payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of our Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, or on their behalf for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, remaining unpaid until all Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of our Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes. Subject to the payment in full of the all Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, upon this distribution by us, the holders of such subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of our Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, to the extent of payments made to the holders of our Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, out of the distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.

By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of our assets upon our insolvency, our Senior Indebtedness, including the Notes, and certain of our senior creditors, may recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt securities or the holders of any indenture securities that are not Senior Indebtedness. The indenture provides that these subordination provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.

Book-Entry Procedures

The Notes will be represented by global securities that will be deposited and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee. This means that, except in limited

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

circumstances, you will not receive certificates for the Notes. Beneficial interests in the Notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may elect to hold interests in the Notes through either DTC, if they are a participant, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in DTC.

The Notes will be issued as fully registered securities registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered certificate will be issued for each issuance of the Notes, in the aggregate principal amount thereof, and will be deposited with DTC. Interests in the Notes will trade in DTC’s Same Day Funds Settlement System, and any secondary market trading activity in such Notes will, therefore, be required by DTC to be settled in immediately available funds. None of the Company, the trustee or the Paying Agent will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants (“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”).

DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”). DTC has Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services’ highest rating: AAA. The DTC Rules applicable to its participants are on file with the SEC. More information about DTC can be found at www.dtcc.com and www.dtc.org.

Purchases of the Notes under the DTC system must be made by or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the Notes on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each security, or the “Beneficial Owner,” is in turn to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records. Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the Notes are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the Notes, except in the event that use of the book-entry system for the Notes is discontinued.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all Notes deposited by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of the Notes with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of the Notes; DTC’s

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

records reflect only the identity of the Direct Participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the Notes within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct Participant in such issue to be redeemed.

Redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments on the Notes will be made to Cede & Co., or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC nor its nominee, the trustee, or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds, distributions, and interest payments to Cede & Co. (or such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee, but disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the Notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates are required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will be printed and delivered to DTC.

The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy thereof.

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Survivor’s Option

The Notes contain a provision permitting the repayment of those Notes prior to stated maturity, if requested by the authorized representative of the beneficial owner of those Notes, following the death of the beneficial owner of the Notes, so long as the Notes were owned by the beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request. This feature is referred to as a“Survivor's Option.” Upon the valid exercise of the Survivor's Option and the proper tender of that Note for repayment, we will, subject to certain limitations set forth below, repay or repurchase that Note, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the deceased beneficial owner's interest in that Note plus unpaid interest accrued to the date of repayment. To be valid, the Survivor's Option must be exercised by or on behalf of the person who has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner of the Note (including, without limitation, the personal representative or executor of the deceased beneficial owner or the surviving joint owner with the deceased beneficial owner) under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction.

The death of a person who, during his or her lifetime, was entitled to substantially all of the beneficial ownership interests in a Note will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of that Note for purposes of the Survivor's Option, regardless of whether that beneficial owner was the registered holder of that Note, if entitlement to those interests can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. A beneficial ownership interest will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife. In addition, a beneficial ownership interest will be deemed to exist in custodial and trust arrangements where one person has all of the beneficial ownership interests in the applicable Note during his or her lifetime.

We have the discretionary right to limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option shall be accepted by us from authorized representatives of all deceased beneficial owners in any calendar year to an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of all Notes outstanding as of the end of the most recent calendar year. We also have the discretionary right to limit to $250,000 in any calendar year the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option shall be accepted by us from the authorized representative of any individual deceased beneficial owner of Notes in such calendar year. In addition, we will not permit the exercise of the Survivor's Option except in principal amounts of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000.

An otherwise valid election to exercise the Survivor's Option may not be withdrawn. Each election to exercise the Survivor's Option will be accepted in the order that elections are received by the Trustee, except for any Note the acceptance of which would contravene any of the limitations described in the preceding paragraph. Notes accepted for repayment through the exercise of the Survivor's Option normally will be repaid on the first interest payment date that occurs 20 or more calendar days after the date of the acceptance.

For so long as the Notes are represented by global securities deposited with and registered in the name of DTC, DTC or its nominee will be treated as the holder of the Notes and will be the only entity that can exercise the Survivor's Option for such Notes. To obtain repayment pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option for a Note, the deceased beneficial owner's authorized representative must provide the following items to the broker or other entity through which the beneficial interest in the Note is held by the deceased beneficial owner:

•   a written instruction to such broker or other entity to notify DTC of the authorized representative's desire to obtain repayment pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option;
•   appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Trustee (a) that the deceased was the beneficial owner of the Note at the time of death and his or her interest in the Note was owned by the deceased beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

for repayment, (b) that the death of the beneficial owner has occurred, (c) of the date of death of the beneficial owner, and (d) that the representative has authority to act on behalf of the beneficial owner;
•   if the interest in the Note is held by a nominee of the deceased beneficial owner, a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from the nominee attesting to the deceased's beneficial ownership of such Note;
•   written request for repayment signed by the authorized representative of the deceased beneficial owner with the signature guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States;
•   if applicable, a properly executed assignment or endorsement;
•   tax waivers and any other instruments or documents that the Trustee reasonably requires in order to establish the validity of the beneficial ownership of the Note and the claimant's entitlement to payment; and
•   any additional information the Trustee reasonably requires to evidence satisfaction of any conditions to the exercise of the Survivor's Option or to document beneficial ownership or authority to make the election and to cause the repayment of the Note.

In turn, the broker or other entity will deliver each of these items to the Trustee, together with evidence satisfactory to the Trustee from the broker or other entity stating that it represents the deceased beneficial owner. The broker or other entity will be responsible for disbursing payments received from the Trustee to the authorized representative.

The death of a person owning a Note in joint tenancy or tenancy by the entirety with another or others shall be deemed the death of the holder of the Note, and the entire principal amount of the Note so held shall be subject to repayment, together with interest accrued thereon to the repayment date. The death of a person owning a Note by tenancy in common shall be deemed the death of a holder of a Note only with respect to the deceased holder's interest in the Note so held by tenancy in common; except that in the event a Note is held by husband and wife as tenants in common, the death of either shall be deemed the death of the holder of the Note, and the entire principal amount of the Note so held shall be subject to repayment. The death of a person who, during his or her lifetime, was entitled to substantially all of the beneficial interests of ownership of a Note, shall be deemed the death of the holder thereof for purposes of this provision, regardless of the registered holder, if such beneficial interest can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee and us. Such beneficial interest shall be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife and trust arrangements where one person has substantially all of the beneficial ownership interest in the Note during his or her lifetime.

All other questions regarding the eligibility or validity of any exercise of the Survivor's Option will be determined by the Trustee, in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.

Forms for the exercise of the Survivor's Option may be obtained from the Trustee at U.S. Bank National Association, 111 Filmore Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107-1402, Attention: Survivor Options, by email at cts.survivor.options@usbank.com, by telephone at (800) 934-6802 or by fax at (651) 466-7367.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

We have elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act and intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also may not acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval upon 60 days’ prior written notice to stockholders.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the Company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
satisfies either of the following:
º has a market capitalization of less than $250 million or does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange; or
º is controlled by a BDC or a group of companies including a BDC, the BDC actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

eligible portfolio company, and, as a result thereof, the BDC has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.
(2) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
(3) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
(4) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.
(5) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In addition, a business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described above in Qualifying Assets categories 1, 2 or 3. Business development companies generally must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance, except in circumstances where either (i) the business development company controls such issuer of securities or (ii) the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together and one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby the BDC, through its directors, officers, employees or agents, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. Our Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a BDC will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”

Codes of Ethics

We and our Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with such code’s requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, our code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form N-2 (file number 333-199622) filed on January 14, 2015, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of our code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to our Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of our Adviser are set out below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by our Adviser and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change.

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, our Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, our Adviser recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.

Our Adviser’s policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

Our Adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. Our Adviser reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases our Adviser will vote in favor of proposals that our Adviser believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although our Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, our Adviser may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our Adviser has established a proxy voting committee and adopted proxy voting guidelines and related procedures. The proxy voting committee establishes proxy voting guidelines and procedures, oversees the internal proxy voting process, and reviews proxy voting issues. To ensure that our Adviser’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, our Adviser requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision-making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how our Adviser intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, our Adviser will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information about how our Adviser voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Alcentra Capital Corporation, 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166, or by telephone at (212) 922-8240. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains this information.

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of our Adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

Other

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and our Adviser are each required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

We are also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the BDC prohibition on transactions with affiliates to prohibit all “joint transactions” between entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. As a result, we only expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by our Adviser when each of us and such investment fund, account or investment vehicle will own the same securities of the issuer and when no term is negotiated other than price. Any such investment would be made, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. If opportunities arise that would otherwise be appropriate for us and for an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by our Adviser to invest in different securities of the same issuer, our Adviser will need to decide which

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fund will proceed with the investment. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by our Adviser has previously invested.

We and our Adviser have submitted an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments because we believe that it will be advantageous for us to co-invest with investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by our Adviser where such investment is consistent with our investment objective, investment positions, investment policies, investment strategies, investment restrictions, regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors. We believe that co-investment by us and investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by our Adviser may afford us additional investment opportunities and the ability to achieve greater diversification. Accordingly, any application would seek an exemptive order permitting us to negotiate more than price terms when investing with investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by our Adviser in the same portfolio companies.

Moreover, under the terms of the exemptive relief we have requested, it is expected that we would undertake that, in connection with any commitment to a co-investment, a “required majority” (as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of our independent directors would make certain conclusions, including that (1) the terms of the proposed transaction are reasonable and fair to us and our stockholders and do not involve overreaching of us or our stockholders on the part of any person concerned and (2) the transaction is consistent with the interests of our stockholders and is consistent with our investment strategies and policies. There is no assurance that an application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC or that, if granted, it will be on the terms set forth above.

Compliance with NASDAQ Global Select Market Listing Requirements

Our shares of common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ABDC.” As a listed company on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, we are subject to various listing standards, including corporate governance listing standards. We will monitor our compliance with all listing standards and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance therewith.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;
pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and
pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated under such act. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance with that act.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compliance with the Bank Holding Company Act

As a BHC and FHC, the activities of BNY Mellon and its affiliates are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHCA and related regulations. BHCs and FHCs are subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Reserve. Because BNY Mellon may be deemed to “control” us within the meaning of the BHCA, restrictions under the BHCA could apply to us. Accordingly, the BHCA and other applicable banking laws, rules, regulations and guidelines, and their interpretation and administration by the appropriate regulatory agencies, including, but not limited to, the Federal Reserve, may restrict the transactions and relationships between our Adviser, BNY Mellon and their affiliates, on the one hand, and us on the other hand, and may restrict our investments, transactions and operations. For example, the BHCA regulations applicable to BNY Mellon and us may, among other things, restrict our ability to make certain investments or the size of certain investments, impose a maximum holding period on some or all of our investments, and restrict our Adviser’s ability to participate in the management and operations of the companies in which we invest. In addition, certain BHCA regulations may require aggregation of the positions owned, held or controlled by related entities. Thus, in certain circumstances, positions held by BNY Mellon and its affiliates (including our Adviser) for client and proprietary accounts may need to be aggregated with positions held by us. In this case, where BHCA regulations impose a cap on the amount of a position that may be held, BNY Mellon may utilize available capacity to make investments for its proprietary accounts or for the accounts of other clients, which may require us to limit and/or liquidate certain investments. Additionally, BNY Mellon may in the future, in its sole discretion and without notice to investors, engage in activities impacting us and/or our Adviser in order to comply with the BHCA or other legal requirements applicable to, or reduce or eliminate the impact or applicability of any bank regulatory or other restrictions on BNY Mellon, us or other funds and accounts managed by our Adviser and its affiliates. “See Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure — Our activities may be limited as a result of being controlled by a bank holding company.”

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held by State Street Bank and Trust Company pursuant to a custody agreement. The principal business address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Computershare Trust Company, N.A. serves as our transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock. The principal business address of Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

131


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will acquire and dispose of many of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, many of the transactions that we engage in will not require the use of brokers or the payment of brokerage commissions. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our Adviser will be primarily responsible for selecting brokers and dealers to execute transactions with respect to the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our Adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer but will seek to obtain the best net results for us under the circumstances, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. Our Adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs but will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements and consistent with Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act, our Adviser may select a broker based upon brokerage or research services provided to our Adviser and us and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if our Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

132


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUITABILITY STANDARDS

Although our common stock is listed and traded on a national securities exchange, you should be aware that:

the Notes offered hereby are not listed or traded on any securities exchange;
the Notes have not been rated by any credit rating agency; and
although the Selling Agent and other broker-dealers may choose to make a market in the Notes, they are not required to do so, and, if they make a market, they may suspend their market making activities at any time.

As a result, the Selling Agent has established suitability standards which require investors to have either (i) a net worth (not including home, furnishings and personal automobiles) of at least $70,000 and an annual gross income of at least $70,000, or (ii) a net worth (not including home, furnishings and personal automobiles) of at least $250,000.

These suitability standards also require that a potential investor:

can reasonably benefit from an investment in us based on such investor’s overall investment objectives and portfolio structuring;
is able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on the prospective note holder’s overall financial situation; and
has apparent understanding of (a) the fundamental risks of the investment, (b) the lack of liquidity of the Notes, (c) the background and qualifications of us and our adviser (see “Management”) and (d) the tax consequences of the investment.

If you require immediate liquidity, the Notes may not be a suitable investment for you. You should be prepared to hold the Notes to maturity.

The terms of the Notes provide for interest and principal payments; however, the Notes are not secured obligations. The Notes represent our unsecured debt obligations. Before purchasing the Notes, you should read this prospectus carefully including the “Risk Factors” on page 23 and you should consult your broker-dealer or financial adviser.

A broker-dealer selling the Notes must have reasonable grounds to believe based on the prospective investor’s investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs, and any other information known by the broker-dealer, that:

the investor is or will be in a financial position appropriate to enable the investor to realize to a significant extent the benefits associated with an investment in the Notes;
the investor has a fair market net worth sufficient to sustain the risks inherent in an investment in the Notes, including loss of investment and lack of liquidity;
and an investment in the Notes is otherwise suitable for the investor.

No broker-dealer will execute any transaction in the Notes in a discretionary account without prior written approval of the transaction by the customer.

133


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Under the terms of the Selling Agent Agreement, the Notes will be offered on a continuous basis, as permitted by the federal securities laws, by us to Incapital LLC, or the “Purchasing Agent,” for subsequent resale. The Notes will be offered for sale in the United States only. The Purchasing Agent will purchase the Notes at a discount of 1.95% of the price for each Note sold. The Purchasing Agent also may sell Notes to dealers at a concession not in excess of the discount it received from us. Broker-dealers purchasing Notes for or selling Notes to its clients must have reasonable grounds to believe that the Notes are a suitable investment for such client. See “Suitability Standards.” Certain expenses of the Purchasing Agent (excluding discounts and commissions) of up to $10,000 are payable by us.

We will sell our Notes on a continuous basis with periodic closings. The Notes will be purchased by the Purchasing Agent and resold by it to one or more investors at a fixed public offering price. We may change the terms of the Notes, including the interest rate, optional redemption, maturity date, and the discount, from time to time during the course of the offering of the Notes. Any such change will be described in one or more supplements to this prospectus. In no event will the discount of the Notes exceed 4.00%.

We have the sole right to accept offers to purchase Notes and may reject any proposed offer to purchase Notes in whole or in part. The Purchasing Agent also has the right, in its discretion reasonably exercised, to reject any proposed offer to purchase Notes in whole or in part. We reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify any offer without notice. We also may change the terms, including the interest rate we will pay on the Notes, at any time prior to our acceptance of an offer to purchase. Any such change will be reflected in a prospectus supplement to this prospectus.

The Purchasing Agent may be deemed to be an“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. We have agreed to indemnify the Purchasing Agent against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to any payments they may be required to make in respect of such liabilities.

No Note will have an established trading market. We do not intend to apply for the listing of the Notes on any securities exchange. However, we have been advised by the Purchasing Agent that it may purchase and sell Notes in the secondary market as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. The Purchasing Agent is not obligated to make a market in the Notes, and it may discontinue making a market in the Notes at any time without notice. Neither we nor the Purchasing Agent can provide any assurance regarding the development, liquidity or maintenance of any trading market for any Notes. All secondary trading in the Notes will settle in same-day funds.

In connection with certain offerings of Notes, the rules of the SEC permit the Purchasing Agent to engage in transactions that may stabilize the price of the Notes. These transactions may consist of short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. A short sale is the sale by the Purchasing Agent of a greater amount of Notes than the amount the Purchasing Agent has agreed to purchase in connection with a specific offering of Notes. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made by the Purchasing Agent to prevent or retard a decline in the price of the Notes while an offering of Notes is in process. In general, these purchases or bids for the Notes for the purpose of stabilization or to reduce a syndicate short position could cause the price of the Notes to be higher than it might otherwise be in the absence of those purchases or bids. Neither we nor the Purchasing Agent makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that these transactions may have on the price of any Notes. In addition, neither we nor the Purchasing Agent makes any representation that, once commenced, these transactions will not be discontinued without notice. The Purchasing Agent is not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

134


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLC, Washington, DC and for the Purchasing Agent by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have selected KPMG LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P., predecessor to Alcentra Capital Corporation, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act, with respect to the Notes offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and the Notes being offered by this prospectus.

We file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090.

We maintain a website at www.alcentracapital.com and make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. Information contained on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. You may also obtain such information by contacting us in writing at 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information we file with the SEC at www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may also be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

135


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Index To Financial Statements

 
  Page No.
Unaudited Financial Statements:
        
Consolidated Financial Statements of Alcentra Capital Corporation:
        
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-2  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and for the period from May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments of Alcentra Capital Corporation as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-6  
Financial Statements of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.:
        
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2013     F-2  
Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, and for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)     F-3  
Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)     F-4  
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)     F-5  
Schedule of Investments of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. as of December 31, 2013     F-10  
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements     F-12  
Audited Financial Statements:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-34  
Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-35  
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-36  
Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-37  
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-38  
Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-39  
Notes to Financial Statements     F-46  
Supplementary Data     F-60  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation and Subsidiary
 
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities

   
  Alcentra Capital
Corporation and
Subsidiary
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III, L.P.
     As of
September 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
  As of
December 31,
2013
Assets
                 
Portfolio investments, at fair value
                 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments, at fair value (cost $120,342,994 and $57,569,745, respectively)   $ 121,161,355     $ 63,987,210  
Non-controlled, affiliated investments, at fair value (cost $58,958,590 and $35,529,197, respectively)     59,927,161       35,037,384  
Controlled, affiliated investments, at fair value (cost $30,293,405 and $27,274,576, respectively)     33,127,224       25,941,243  
Total of portfolio investments, at fair value (cost $209,594,989 and $120,373,518, respectively)     214,215,740       124,965,837  
Cash     19,196,748       729,431  
Dividends and interest receivable     941,221       736,223  
Receivable for investments sold     263,373        
Due from Limited Partners           6,635  
Deferred financing costs     1,434,391        
Prepaid expenses and other assets     169,202       350,000  
Total Assets   $ 236,220,675     $ 126,788,126  
Liabilities
                 
Credit facility payable   $ 26,939,154     $ 15,000,000  
Payable for investments purchased     39,753        
Other accrued expenses and liabilities     1,013,775       326,696  
Due to affiliate           10,989  
Directors’ fees payable     60,245        
Professional fees payable     155,775        
Interest and credit facility expense payable     314,708       15,614  
Management fee payable     314,910       715,014  
Distributions payable     4,595,700       168  
Capital contributions paid in advance           80,218  
Total Liabilities     33,434,020       16,148,699  
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)
                 
Net Assets
                 
General Partner           4,967,879  
Limited Partners           105,671,548  
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share (100,000,000 shares authorized, 13,516,766 shares issued and outstanding)     13,517        
Additional paid-in capital     198,085,871        
Accumulated net realized gain (loss)     17,875        
Distributions in excess of net investment income     48,641        
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     4,620,751        
Total Net Assets     202,786,655       110,639,427  
Total Liabilities and Net Assets   $ 236,220,675     $ 126,788,126  
Net Asset Value Per Share   $ 15.00       N.A.  

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation and Subsidiary
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations (Unaudited)

         
         
  Alcentra
Capital
Corporation
and
Subsidiary
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
  Alcentra
Capital
Corporation
and
Subsidiary
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
     For the
three months
ended
September 30,
2014 (Unaudited)
  For the
three months
ended
September 30,
2013
(Unaudited)
  For the period
from
January 1,
2014 through
May 7, 2014
(Unaudited)
  For the period
from May 8,
2014* through
September 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
  For the
nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
(Unaudited)
Investment Income:
                                            
From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:
                                            
Interest income from portfolio investments   $ 2,000,127     $ 1,331,815     $ 2,335,475     $ 3,695,002     $ 4,035,210  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     142,614       99,969       569,637       611,686       403,612  
Other income from portfolio investments     882,879       71,002       649,961       882,879       139,974  
Dividend income from portfolio investments     374,660             251,752       374,660        
From non-controlled, affiliated investments:
                                            
Interest income from portfolio investments     968,009       680,045       1,089,807       1,542,931       2,348,827  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     411,491       25,875       341,850       664,379       79,725  
Other income from portfolio investments     947       15,228       788,083       947       36,870  
From controlled, affiliated investments:
                                            
Interest income from portfolio investments     698,620             769,953       1,157,492       566,666  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     209,415             521,321       393,410        
Other income from portfolio investments     172,425       1,663       444,055       172,425       4,787  
Total investment income     5,861,187       2,225,597       7,761,894       9,495,811       7,615,671  
Expenses:
                                            
Management fees     925,477       715,017       699,473       1,450,025       2,113,105  
Incentive fees     763,550                   763,550        
Professional fees – Legal & Accounting     141,252       126,229       84,642       224,822       210,057  
Valuation Services                       162,700        
Interest and credit facility expense     376,569       32,366       50,214       595,924       97,857  
Amortization of deferred financing costs     123,905                   194,683        
Directors' fees     26,916                   106,916        
Other expenses     281,937             7       320,983        
Total expenses     2,639,606       873,612       834,336       3,819,603       2,421,019  
Waiver of management and incentive fees by the Investment Advisor     (1,374,118 )                   (1,374,118 )        
Net expenses     1,265,488       873,612       834,336       2,445,485       2,421,019  
Net investment income     4,595,699       1,351,985       6,927,558       7,050,326       5,194,652  
Realized Gain (Loss) and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) From Portfolio Investments
                                            
Net realized gain (loss) on:
                                            
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     17,875       2,830,783       51,961       17,875       2,872,411  
Non-controlled, affiliated investments                              
Controlled, affiliated investments                              
Net realized gain (loss) from portfolio
investments
    17,875       2,830,783       51,961       17,875       2,872,411  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:
                                            
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     870,554       (1,255,245 )       2,974,591       818,361       453,750  
Non-controlled, affiliated investments     1,118,082       (1,327,000 )             968,571       (1,286,000 )  
Controlled, affiliated investments     1,299,642                   2,833,819        
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from portfolio investments     3,288,278       (2,582,245 )       2,974,591       4,620,751       (832,250 )  
Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from portfolio investments     3,306,153       248,538       3,026,552       4,638,626       2,040,161  
Net Increase in Net Assets from Operations   $ 7,901,852     $ 1,600,523     $ 9,954,110     $ 11,688,952     $ 7,234,813  
Basic and diluted:
                                            
Net investment income per share   $ 0.34       N.A.       N.A.     $ 0.52       N.A.  
Earnings per share   $ 0.58       N.A.       N.A.     $ 0.86       N.A.  
Weighted Average Shares of Common Stock Outstanding     13,516,766       N.A.       N.A.       13,516,766       N.A.  
Dividends declared per common share   $ 0.340       N.A.       N.A.     $ 0.518       N.A.  

* Commencement of operations of the Company

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation and Subsidiary
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets (Unaudited)

     
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
  Alcentra
Capital
Corporation
and Subsidiary
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
     For the period
from
January 1, 2014
through
May 7, 2014
(Unaudited)
  For the period
from
May 8, 2014*
through
September 30,
2014
(Unaudited)
  For the
nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
(Unaudited)
Beginning Balances
                          
General Partner   $ 4,967,879       N.A.     $ 3,237,056  
Limited Partners     105,671,548       N.A.       93,482,529  
Total Beginning Balances     110,639,427       N.A.       96,719,585  
Capital contributions
                          
General Partner           N.A.        
Limited Partners     58,915,014       N.A.       14,141,033  
Total     58,915,014       N.A.       14,141,033  
Distributions
                          
General Partner           N.A.       (74,140 )  
Limited Partners     (3,941,341 )       N.A.       (23,340,311 )  
Total     (3,941,341 )       N.A.       (23,414,451 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations
                          
General Partner     924,600       N.A.        
Limited Partners     9,029,510       N.A.       7,234,813  
Total     9,954,110       N.A.       7,234,813  
Carried interest allocation
                          
General Partner     (5,966,619 )       N.A.        
Limited Partners     5,966,619       N.A.        
Total           N.A.        
Total – General Partner     (74,140 )       N.A.       3,162,916  
Total – Limited Partners     175,641,350       N.A.       91,518,064  
Ending Balance   $ 175,567,210       N.A.     $ 94,680,980  
Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations
                          
Net investment income     N.A.     $ 7,050,326       N.A.  
Net realized gain (loss) on investments     N.A.       17,875       N.A.  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments     N.A.       4,620,751       N.A.  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations     N.A.       11,688,952       N.A.  
Capital transactions
                          
Proceeds from issuance of common stock from initial public offering (net of sales load)     N.A.       107,912,490       N.A.  
Proceeds from issuance of common stock to the Partnership     N.A.       91,500,000       N.A.  
Offering costs     N.A.       (1,314,602 )       N.A.  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital transactions     N.A.       198,097,888       N.A.  
Distributions to shareholders from:
                          
Net investment income     N.A.       (7,001,685 )       N.A.  
Realized gains     N.A.             N.A.  
Total distributions to shareholders     N.A.       (7,001,685 )       N.A.  
Total increase (decrease) in net assets     N.A.       202,785,155       N.A.  
Net assets at beginning of period     N.A.       1,500       N.A.  
Net assets at end of period (including Accumulated net investment income (loss) of $48,641)     N.A.     $ 202,786,655       N.A.  

* Commencement of operations of the Company

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation and Subsidiary
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

     
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
  Alcentra Capital
Corporation and
Subsidiary
  BNY Mellon-
Alcentra
Mezzanine III,
L.P.
     For the period
from
January 1, 2014
through
May 7,
2014
  For the period
from
May 8, 2014*
through
September 30,
2014
  For the
nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
     (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)   (Unaudited)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                          
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 9,954,110     $ 11,688,952     $ 7,234,813  
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                          
Net realized (gain) loss from portfolio investments     (51,961 )       (17,875 )       (2,872,411 )  
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation of portfolio investments     (2,974,591 )       (4,620,751 )       832,250  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio
investments
    (1,432,808 )       (1,669,475 )       (483,337 )  
Accretion of discount on debt securities     (2,122,109 )       (50,336 )       (115,443 )  
Purchases of portfolio investments     (48,769,079 )       (143,466,845 )       (14,969,063 )  
Net proceeds from sale/return of capital of portfolio investments     15,780,666       27,109,542       18,782,201  
Amortization of deferred financing costs           (194,683 )        
(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
                          
Dividends and interest receivable     87,770       (941,221 )       (288,283 )  
Due from Limited Partners     (30,023 )             239,373  
Deferred financing costs           (1,239,708 )        
Receivable for investments sold           (263,373 )        
Prepaid expenses and other assets     348,518       (169,202 )        
Escrow receivable                 180,525  
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
                          
Payable for investments purchased           39,753        
Other accrued expenses and liabilities     25,661       970,307       31,281  
Accrued organization and offering costs           (1,271,134 )        
Due to affiliate     (5,940 )             13,100  
Directors' fees payable           60,245        
Professional fees payable           155,775        
Interest and credit facility expense payable     (15,614 )       314,708       12,906  
Management fee payable     (714,014 )       314,910        
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (29,919,414 )       (113,250,411 )       8,597,912  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                          
Proceeds from issuance of common stock from initial public offering           107,912,490        
Proceeds from bridge facility           94,154,819        
Payment of bridge facility           (94,154,819 )        
Proceeds from credit facility payable     15,000,000       76,265,808       21,321,413  
Payment from credit facility payable           (49,326,654 )        
Distributions paid to Shareholders           (2,405,985 )        
Capital contributions received from Partners     58,834,796             14,141,033  
Repayments of credit facility payable     (30,000,000 )             (15,000,000 )  
Cash distributions paid to Partners     (3,941,341 )             (23,414,283 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     39,893,455       132,445,659       (2,951,837 )  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents     9,974,041       19,195,248       5,646,075  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     729,431       1,500       869,836  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period   $ 10,703,472     $ 19,196,748     $ 6,515,911  
Supplemental and non-cash financing activities:
                          
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 65,828     $ 475,899     $ 84,951  
Accrued offering costs   $     $ 43,468     $  
Accrued distributions payable   $ 168     $ 4,595,700     $ 168  
Acquisition of investments via exchange of common shares of the Company   $     $ 91,500,000     $  

* Commencement of operations of the Company

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
As of September 30, 2014
(Unaudited)

               
Company***   Industry   Interest Rate   Base
Rate
Floor
  Maturity
Date
  No. Shares/
Principal
Amount
  Cost (1)   Fair Value   % of
Net
Assets
Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies — 59.75%
 
Senior Secured – First Lien — 24.41%
                                                              
Aphena Pharma Solutions     Packaging       7% Cash, 3.5% PIK                3/3/2019       3,666,494     $ 3,697,815     $ 3,697,815       1.82 %  
Black Diamond Rentals     Oil & Gas
Services
      12% Cash, 2% PIK                7/8/2018       12,702,325       12,702,325       13,421,000       6.62 %  
Datascan Holdings, Inc.     Business
Services
      LIBOR + 9.50%       1.00 %       12/17/2018       3,000,000       3,000,000       3,000,000       1.48 %  
HealthFusion, Inc.     Healthcare
Services
      13% Cash                10/7/2018       5,750,000       5,750,000       5,750,000       2.84 %  
Response Team Holdings LLC     Restoration
Services
      LIBOR + 8.50%
Cash, 1.00% PIK
      2.00 %       3/28/2019       9,485,592       9,494,024       9,496,000       4.68 %  
Stancor, Inc. (2)     Wholesale/
Distribution
      LIBOR + 8.0%       0.75 %       8/19/2019       7,000,000       7,000,000       7,000,000       3.45 %  
Well Biz Brands     Consumer
Services
      7% Cash, 3.5% PIK             10/23/2018       7,130,699       7,130,699       7,130,699       3.52 %  
Total Senior Secured – First Lien     48,774,863       49,495,514       24.41 %  
Senior Secured – Second Lien — 6.69%
                                                              
Nation Safe Drivers (NSD) (2)     Automotive       LIBOR + 8.0%       2.00 %       9/29/2020       6,173,798     $ 6,173,798     $ 6,173,798       3.04 %  
Puerto Rico Cable Acquisition Company d/b/a Choice
Cable TV
    Media:
Broadcasting &
Subscription
      LIBOR + 8.50%       1.00 %       5/30/2019       7,500,000       7,392,799       7,392,799       3.65 %  
Total Senior Secured – Second Lien     13,566,597       13,566,597       6.69 %  
Senior Subordinated — 12.56%
                                                                       
Dentistry For Children, Inc.     Healthcare
Services
      11% Cash,
2.25% PIK
               9/1/2017       14,425,405     $ 14,425,405     $ 14,425,405       7.12 %  
GST Autoleather     Automotive       11% Cash, 2% PIK                1/11/2021       8,036,444       8,036,444       8,036,444       3.96 %  
Media Storm, LLC     Media &
Entertainment
      10% Cash             8/28/2019       3,000,000       3,000,000       3,000,000       1.48 %  
Total Senior Subordinated     25,461,849       25,461,849       12.56 %  
Equity/Other — 16.09%
                                                                       
American Addiction Centers, Series A Redeemable Preferred Equity (3)     Healthcare &
Pharmaceuticals
      12% Cash                4/15/2019       8,000,000     $ 8,000,000     $ 8,000,000       3.94 %  
City Carting Holding Company, Inc., Series A Preferred Shares     Waste
Management
      7% Cash, 15% PIK                4/30/2015       7,381,556       7,381,556       7,381,556       3.64 %  
Series B Preferred Shares           10% Cash, 8% PIK                   3,876,840       3,876,840       3,876,840       1.91 %  
                                     11,258,396       11,258,396       5.55 %  
Dentistry For Children, Inc., Class A-1 Units (4)     Healthcare
Services
                                 1,500,000       2,203,000       2,287,999       1.13 %  
HealthFusion, Inc., Warrants (4)     Healthcare
Services
                                 418,000       418,000       424,000       0.21 %  
Media Storm, LLC, Preferred Shares (4)     Media &
Entertainment
                                 1,216,204       2,346,964       2,612,000       1.29 %  

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
As of September 30, 2014
(Unaudited)

               
Company***   Industry   Interest Rate   Base
Rate
Floor
  Maturity
Date
  No. Shares/
Principal
Amount
  Cost (1)   Fair Value   % of
Net
Assets
Proserve Offshore Group, Warrants (4)     Oil & Gas Services                         6/21/2018       793,000     $ 793,000     $ 743,000       0.37 %  
Response Team Holdings LLC, Preferred Shares     Restoration Services       12% PIK                3/28/2019       2,520,325       2,520,325       2,516,000       1.24 %  
Wholesome Sweeteners, Inc., Common Shares (4)     Food & Beverage                         5,000       5,000,000       4,796,000       2.36 %  
Total Equity/Other     32,539,685       32,637,395       16.09 %  
Total Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies     120,342,994       121,161,355       59.75 %  
Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies — 29.55% *
                          
Senior Secured – First Lien – 2.83%
                                                              
Show Media, Inc.     Media &
Entertainment
      5.5% Cash,
5.5% PIK
            8/10/2017       7,365,739     $ 6,590,989     $ 5,741,000       2.83 %  
Total Senior Secured – First Lien                                   6,590,989       5,741,000       2.83 %  
Senior Subordinated — 19.19%
                                                                       
ACT Lighting     Wholesale       12% Cash, 2% PIK
               7/24/2019       9,787,375     $ 9,592,375     $ 9,787,375       4.83 %  
             8% PIK             7/24/2019       1,776,444       1,598,444       1,638,000       0.81 %  
                                     11,190,819       11,425,375       5.64 %  
Battery Solutions, Inc.     Environmental/
Energy Services
      12% Cash, 2% PIK                12/20/2018       5,183,693       5,183,693       4,665,000       2.30 %  
DBI Holding, LLC     Infrastructure
Maintenance
      12% Cash, 1% PIK                9/6/2019       8,609,783       8,609,783       8,609,783       4.25 %  
             13% PIK             9/6/2019       6,937,133       6,462,759       6,480,000       3.19 %  
                                     15,072,542       15,089,783       7.44 %  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.     Education       12.5% Cash             10/15/2016       7,699,048       7,699,047       7,732,000       3.81 %  
Total Senior Subordinated     39,146,101       38,912,158       19.19 %  
Equity/Other – 7.53%
                                                                       
ACT Lighting, Warrants (4)     Wholesale                         7/24/2019       143,000     $ 143,000     $ 587,000       0.29 %  
Battery Solutions, Inc., Class A Units (4)     Environmental/
Energy Services
                                 5,000,000       1,058,000       525,000       0.26 %  
DBI Holding, LLC, Warrants (4)     Infrastructure
Maintenance
                        3/6/2024       519,412       519,412       1,200,000       0.59 %  
Net Access Corporation, Class A Units (4)     Technology                                  3,000,000       8,112,000       9,437,001       4.65 %  
Show Media, Inc., Units (4) (5)     Media &
Entertainment
                                 324,321       324,321              
Southern Technical Institute, Inc., Class A Units (4)     Education                                  4,739,563       2,954,500       3,414,735       1.68 %  
Warrants (4)                             110,267       110,267       110,267       0.06 %  
                                     3,064,767       3,525,002       1.74 %  
Total Equity/Other     13,221,500       15,274,003       7.53 %  
Total Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies     58,958,590       59,927,161       29.55 %  

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
As of September 30, 2014
(Unaudited)

               
               
Company***   Industry   Interest Rate   Base
Rate
Floor
  Maturity
Date
  No. Shares/
Principal
Amount
  Cost (1)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets
Investments in Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies — 16.34% **
                          
Senior Secured – First Lien — 10.46%
                                                              
FST Technical Services, LLC     Technology &
Telecom
      12% Cash, 2% PIK                11/18/2018       12,500,000     $ 12,500,000     $ 12,879,000       6.35 %  
DRC Emergency Services     Disaster Recovery
Services
      10% Cash                1/11/2020       5,000,000       5,000,000       5,000,000       2.47 %  
             8% Cash             12/31/2014       3,333,226       3,333,226       3,333,226       1.64 %  
                                     8,333,226       8,333,226       4.11 %  
Total Senior Secured – First Lien     20,833,226       21,212,226       10.46 %  
Equity/Other — 5.88%
                                                                       
FST Technical Services, LLC, Common Shares     Technology &
Telecom
      9% PIK                         1,750,000     $ 1,806,542     $ 3,960,000       1.95 %  
DRC Emergency Services, Preferred Shares     Disaster Recovery
Services
      10% PIK                   8,986,637       7,653,637       7,954,998       3.93 %  
Total Equity/Other     9,460,179       11,914,998       5.88 %  
Total Investments in Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies     30,293,405       33,127,224       16.34 %  
Total Investments     209,594,989       214,215,740       105.64 %  
Liabilities In Excess Of Other Assets     (11,429,085 )       (5.64 )%  
Net Assets   $ 202,786,655       100.00 %  

(1) The cost of debt securities is adjusted for accretion of discount/amortization of premium and interest paid in-kind on such securities.
(2) The investment has an unfunded commitment as of September 30, 2014 which is excluded from the presentation (see Note 12).
(3) The Company provided financing to Behavioral Healthcare Realty, a wholly owned subsidiary of American Addiction Centers.
(4) Non-income producing security.
(5) As part of the December 2013 amendment, the senior secured notes of Show Media, Inc. contain a provision that, under certain circumstances, allow the holder to convert a portion of the notes into equity, subject to a maximum ownership of 49% of the Common Stock of the business.

Abbreviation Legend

PIK  — Payment-In-Kind

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Alcentra Capital Corporation
 
Consolidated Schedule of Investments
September 30, 2014
(Unaudited)

* Denotes investments in which the Company is an “Affiliated Person” but not exercising a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 5% but less than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 in these affiliated investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair Value at
December 31,
2013
  Gross
Addition
  Gross
Reductions
  Interest/
Dividend/
Other income
  Fair Value at
September 30,
2014
ACT Lighting   $     $ 11,333,819     $     $ 292,270     $ 12,012,375  
Battery Solutions, Inc.     6,075,969       42,124             633,792       5,190,000  
DBI Holding, LLC           15,384,612             1,707,389       16,289,783  
Net Access Corporation     11,964,457             3,920,230       359,709       9,437,001  
Show Media, Inc.     6,294,000       473,824             616,808       5,741,000  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.     10,702,958       787,500       1,034,286       818,028       11,257,002  
     $ 35,037,384     $ 28,021,879     $ 4,954,516     $ 4,427,996     $ 59,927,161  
** Denotes investments in which the Company is an “Affiliate Person” and exceeding a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 in these affiliated and controlled investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair value at
December 31,
2013
  Gross
Addition
  Gross
Reductions
  Interest/
Dividend/
Other income
  Fair Value at
September 30,
2014
DRC Emergency Services   $ 11,906,520     $ 8,458,824     $ 4,774,620     $ 1,599,344     $ 16,288,224  
FST Technical Services, LLC     14,034,723       37,779       156,873       1,859,313       16,839,000  
     $ 25,941,243     $ 8,496,603     $ 4,931,493     $ 3,458,657     $ 33,127,224  
*** Pledged as collateral under the credit facility with ING Capital LLC.

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.
 
Schedule of Investments
December 31, 2013

           
           
Investment Description   Industry   Type of investment   Par/Share Amount   Maturity   Cost as of December 31, 2013 (1)   Fair Value
as of December 31, 2013
Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies
                                   
Proserv Offshore Group
(.72%)*
    Energy Services       Warrant             6/21/2018     $ 5     $ 793,000  
City Carting Holding Company, Inc. (9.76%)*     Waste Management       Series A Preferred Shares

(7% Cash, 15% PIK) (2)
      571       4/30/2015       7,028,768       7,028,768  
                Series B Preferred Shares
(10% Cash, 8% PIK)
      329             3,774,016       3,774,016  
Dentistry For Children, Inc. (11.14%)*     Healthcare Services       Senior Subordinated Note
(11% Cash, 2.25% PIK)
    $ 10,638,182       9/1/2017       10,622,797       10,622,797  
                Equity       1,500,000             1,500,000       1,703,000  
GTT Communications Inc. (9.48%)*     Telecommunication Services       Senior Subordinated Note
(11% Cash)
    $ 4,750,000       6/30/2016       4,343,184       4,343,184  
                Common Shares       666,666.66             2,000,000       4,769,000  
                Warrant                   410,939       1,381,000  
HealthFusion, Inc. (5.50%)*     Healthcare Services       Senior Subordinated Note
(13% Cash)
    $ 5,750,000       11/18/2018       5,665,994       5,665,994  
                Warrants                         418,000  
Kaseman Holdings, LLC/Sallyport Holdings, LLC (0.54%)*     Defense Service       Class A interest       500,000             500,000       594,409  
Media Storm, LLC (9.49%)*     Media & Entertainment       Senior Subordinated Note
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
    $ 8,219,008       10/23/2017       8,155,514       8,155,514  
                Preferred Shares       1,216,204             1,176,964       2,346,964  
Wholesome Sweeteners, Inc. (11.20%)*     Food Distribution       Senior Subordinated Notes
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
    $ 8,079,306       10/6/2017       7,891,564       7,891,564  
             Common Shares       4,500             4,500,000       4,500,000  
Total Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated (57.83%)*   $ 57,569,745     $ 63,987,210  
Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies**
                                   
Battery Solutions, Inc. (5.49%)*     Energy Services       Senior Subordinated Note
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
    $ 5,105,732       12/20/2018     $ 5,017,969     $ 5,017,969  
                Class A Units       5,000,000             5,000,000       1,058,000  
Net Access Corporation (10.81%)*     Technology       Senior Subordinated Note
(13% Cash)
    $ 3,920,230       7/19/2018       3,852,457       3,852,457  
                Class A Units       3,000,000             3,000,000       8,112,000  
Show Media, Inc. (5.69%)*     Media & Entertainment       Senior Secured Note
(5.5% Cash, 5.5% PIK) (3)
    $ 7,068,750       8/10/2017       7,068,750       6,294,000  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc. (9.68%)*     Education       Senior Subordinated Note
(12.5% Cash)
    $ 8,483,333       10/15/2016       8,425,691       8,425,691  
                Class A Units       3,000,000             3,164,063       2,167,000  
             Warrants                   267       110,267  
Total Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies (31.67%)*   $ 35,529,197     $ 35,037,384  
Investments in Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies***
                 
The DRC Group (10.76%)*     Disaster Recovery       Senior Secured Note
(10% Cash)
    $ 5,000,000       1/11/2020       4,906,520       4,906,520  
       Services       Preferred Shares (10% PIK)                   8,333,333       7,000,000  
FST Technical Services, LLC (12.69%)*     Technology and Telecom       Senior Subordinated Note
(12% Cash, 2% PIK)
    $ 12,530,556       11/18/2018       12,284,723       12,284,723  
             Common Shares       1,750,000             1,750,000       1,750,000  
Total Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies (23.45%)*   $ 27,274,576     $ 25,941,243  
Total Portfolio Investments (112.95%)*   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837  

(1) The cost of debt securities is adjusted for accretion of discount and interest paid in-kind on such securities.

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.
 
Schedule of Investments
December 31, 2013

(2) Paid in-kind.
(3) Amended on December 31, 2013 (due to default) to 5.5% cash and 5.5% PIK effective January 1, 2014.
* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets.
** Denotes investments in which the Partnership is an “Affiliated Person” but not exercising a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 5% but less than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2013 in these affiliated investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
  Gross
Addition
  Gross
Reductions
  Interest/
Dividend/
Other income
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2013
Battery Solutions, Inc.   $ 9,902,220     $ 115,749     $     $ 735,815     $ 6,075,969  
Kaseman Holdings, LLC/Sallyport Holdings, LLC (aka KS International, LLC)     471,000                          
Net Access Corporation     8,593,721       8,736       250,000       536,957       11,964,457  
Show Media, Inc.     10,529,000             2,931,250       715,656       6,294,000  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.     12,778,476       178,212       1,366,667       1,174,125       10,702,958  
     $ 42,274,417     $ 302,697     $ 4,547,917     $ 3,162,553     $ 35,037,384  
*** Denotes investments in which the Partnership is an “Affiliate Person” and exceeding a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2013 in these affiliated and controlled investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
  Gross
Addition
  Gross
Reductions
  Interest/
Dividend/
Other income
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2013
The DRC Group   $     $ 13,239,853     $     $ 550,964     $ 11,906,520  
FST Technical Services           14,034,723             218,056       14,034,723  
     $     $ 27,274,576     $     $ 769,020     $ 25,941,243  

 
 
See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

1. Organization and Purpose

Alcentra Capital Corporation (the “Company”, “Alcentra”, “we”, “us” or “our”) was formed as a Maryland corporation on June 6, 2013 as an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and is applying the guidance of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 946, Financial Services Investment Companies . Alcentra is managed by Alcentra NY, LLC (the “Adviser” or “Alcentra NY”), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”). In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Alcentra intends to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), commencing with its tax year ending December 31, 2014.

The Company was formed for the purpose of acquiring certain assets held by BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. (the “Partnership”). The Partnership is a Delaware limited partnership, which commenced operations on May 14, 2010 (the “Commencement Date”). BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III (GP), L.P. (the “General Partner”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the General Partner of the Partnership. BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine Partners (the “Manager”), a division of Alcentra NY, LLC and an affiliate of the General Partner, manages the investment activities of the Partnership. Alcentra NY is wholly-owned by BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. (“Alcentra Group”), which is wholly-owned by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

On May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations), the Company acquired all of the assets of the Partnership other than its investment in the shares of common stock and warrants to purchase common stock of GTT Communications (the “Fund III Acquired Assets”) for $64.4 million in cash and $91.5 million in shares of Alcentra’s common stock. Concurrent with Alcentra’s acquisition of the Fund III Acquired Assets from the Partnership, Alcentra also purchased for $29 million in cash certain debt investments (the “Warehouse Portfolio”) from Alcentra Group. The Warehouse Portfolio debt investments were originated by the investment professionals of the Adviser and purchased by Alcentra Group using funds under a warehouse credit facility provided by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation in anticipation of the initial public offering of Alcentra’s shares of common stock. Except for the $1,500 seed capital, the Company had no assets or operations prior to the acquisition of the investment portfolios of the Partnership and as a result, the Partnership is considered a predecessor entity of the Company.

On May 14, 2014, Alcentra completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”), at a price of $15.00 per share. Through its initial public offering the Company sold 6,666,666 shares for gross proceeds of approximately $100 million. Alcentra used $94.2 million of the proceeds from the Offering to fund the purchase of the warehouse portfolio, and the cash portion of the consideration paid to Fund III. On June 6, 2014, Alcentra sold 750,000 shares through the underwriters’ exercise of the overallotment option for gross proceeds of $11,250,000.

On April 8, 2014, the Company formed Alcentra BDC Equity Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary for tax purposes. This subsidiary allows us to hold equity securities of portfolio companies organized as pass-through entities while continuing to satisfy the requirements of a RIC under the Code. The financial statements of this entity are consolidated into the financial statements of Alcentra. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

The Company’s investment objective is to maximize the total return to its stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation through debt and related equity investments in middle-market companies. The Company seeks to achieve its investment objective by originating

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

1. Organization and Purpose  – (continued)

and investing primarily in private U.S. middle-market companies (typically those with $5.0 million to $15.0 million of EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization) through first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine debt financing, with corresponding equity co-investments. It sources investments primarily through the extensive network of relationships that the principals of its investment adviser have developed with financial sponsor firms, financial institutions, middle-market companies, management teams and other professional intermediaries.

Upon commencement of operations, the Company also entered into an administration and custodian agreement (the “Agreement”) with State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Administrator”).

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements of the Partnership and the Company have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles(“GAAP”) for interim financial information and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, certain financial information that is normally included in annual audited financial statements, including certain financial statement notes, prepared in accordance with GAAP, is not required for interim reporting purposes and has been omitted. In the opinion of management, the unaudited financial results included herein contain all adjustments considered necessary for the fair presentation of financial statements for the interim periods included herein. The current period’s results of operations will not necessarily be indicative of results that ultimately may be achieved for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.

The accounting records of the Company and the Partnership are maintained in United States dollars.

As of September 30, 2013, the Company had not yet begun investment operations. Alcentra NY purchased the initial 100 shares for $1,500 on March 12, 2014. As such any per share data is not calculable as of September 30, 2013.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material. The most significant estimates relate to the valuation of the Company’s portfolio investments.

Consolidation

In accordance with Regulation S-X Article 6.03 and ASC Topic 810 — Consolidation, the Company generally will not consolidate its interest in any operating company other than in investment company subsidiaries, certain financing subsidiaries, and controlled operating companies substantially all of whose business consists of providing services to the Company.

Portfolio Investment Classification

The Company classifies its investments in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, “Control Investments” are defined as investments in which the Company owns more than 25% of the voting securities or has rights to maintain greater than 50% of the

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

board representation. Under the 1940 Act, “Affiliate Investments” are defined as investments in which the Company owns between 5% and 25% of the voting securities and does not have rights to maintain greater than 50% of the board representation. “Non-controlled, non-affiliate investments” are defined as investments that are neither Control Investments or Affiliate Investments.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers cash equivalents to be highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at date of acquisition.

At September 30, 2014, cash balances totaling $19,196,748 exceeded FDIC insurance protection levels, subjecting the Company to risk related to the uninsured balance. All of the Company’s cash deposits are held by the Administrator and management believes that risk of loss associated with any uninsured balance is remote.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs consist of fees and expenses paid in connection with the credit facility (as defined in Note 10) and are capitalized at the time of payment. These costs are amortized using the straight line method, which approximate the effective interest method over the term of the credit facility.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

Portfolio investments are carried at fair value as determined by the General Partner of the Partnership and, in case of the fair value as of September 30, 2014, by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Alcentra.

The methodologies used in determining these valuations include:

(1) Preferred shares/membership units and common shares/membership units

In determining estimated fair value for common shares/membership units and preferred shares, the Company or the Partnership makes assessments of the methodologies and value measurements which market participants would use in pricing comparable investments, based on market data obtained from independent sources as well as from the Partnership’s or Company’s own assumptions and taking into account all material events and circumstance which would affect the estimated fair value of such investments. Several types of factors, circumstances and events could affect the estimated fair value of the investments. These include but are not limited to the following:

(i) Any material changes in the (a) competitive position of the portfolio investment, (b) legal and regulatory environment within which the portfolio investment operates, (c) management or key managers of the portfolio investment, (d) terms and/or cost of financing available to the portfolio investment, and (e) financial position or operating results of the investment; (ii) pending disposition by the Company or Partnership of all or a major portfolio investments; and (iii) sales prices of recent public or private transactions in identical or comparable investments.

One or a combination of the following valuation techniques are used to fair value these investments: Market Approach and Income Approach. The Market Approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The Income Approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a present amount (i.e., discounting estimated future cash flows to a net present value amount).

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

(2) Debt

The yield to maturity analysis is used to estimate the fair value of debt, including the unitranche facilities, which are a combination of senior and subordinated debt in one debt instrument. The calculation of yield to maturity takes into account the current market price, par value, coupon interest rate and time to maturity.

(3) Warrants

Where warrants are considered to be in the money, their incremental value is included within the valuation of the investments.

Valuation techniques are applied consistently from period to period, except when circumstances warrant a change to a different valuation technique that will provide a better estimate of fair value. The valuation process begins with each investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the General Partner or for the Company, its Adviser. Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior investment professionals of the General Partner of the Partnership or for the Company, its Adviser. The Investment Committee reviews the valuation of the investment professionals and then determines the fair value of each investment in good faith based on the input of the investment professionals.

With respect to the Company’s valuation process, the Board undertakes a similar multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Alcentra’s quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;
preliminary valuation conclusions will then be documented and discussed with Alcentra’s senior management and the Adviser;
the audit committee of the Board then reviews these preliminary valuations;
at least once quarterly, independent valuation firms engaged by the Board prepare preliminary valuations on a selected basis and submit the reports to the Board; and
the Board of Directors then discuss valuations and determine the fair value of each investment in Alcentra’s portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser, the independent valuation firms and the audit committee.

The Board has authorized the engagement of independent valuation firms to provide Alcentra with valuation assistance. Alcentra intends to have independent valuation firms provide it with valuation assistance on a portion of its portfolio on a quarterly basis and its entire portfolio will be reviewed at least annually by independent valuation firms; however, the Board is ultimately and solely responsible for the valuation of its portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith pursuant to its valuation policy and a consistently applied valuation process.

Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for the securities existed or from those which will ultimately be realized.

Organizational and Offering Costs  — Organization expenses, including reimbursement payments to the Adviser, are expensed on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. These expenses consist principally of legal and accounting fees incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and have been expensed as incurred. Offering expenses consist

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

principally of underwriter’s fee, legal, accounting, printing fees and other related expenses associated with the filing of a registration statement. Offering costs are offset against proceeds of the offering in paid-in capital in excess of par in the consolidated statement of changes in net assets. $1.25 million of offering costs were incurred with the initial public offering. $0.1 million of organization expenses were incurred as of September 30, 2014 for Alcentra.

The Partnership is obligated to reimburse the General Partner for 100% of the placement fee and for organizational costs of the Partnership in an amount not to exceed $1,250,000 on a cumulative basis. Organizational costs paid by the Partnership in excess of $1,250,000 (“Excess Organizational Expenses”) and all placement fees paid by the Partnership will reduce the management fee as described in Note 7. No costs were charged for the Partnership for the periods ended September 30, 2014 or September 30, 2013.

Paid-In-Capital

The Company records the proceeds from the sale of its common stock on a net basis to (i) capital stock and (ii) paid in capital in excess of par value, excluding all commissions.

Earnings and Net Asset Value Per Share  — Earnings per share is calculated based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the reported period. Net Asset Value per share is calculated using the number of shares outstanding as of the end of the period.

Investments  — Investment security transactions are accounted for on a trade date basis. Cost of portfolio investments represents the actual purchase price of the securities acquired including capitalized legal, brokerage and other fees as well as the value of interest and dividends received in-kind and the accretion of original issue discounts. Fees may be charged to the issuer by the Company and Partnership in connection with the origination of a debt security financing. Such fees are reflected as a discount to the cost of the portfolio security and the discount is accreted into income over the life of the related debt security.

Original Issue Discount  — When the Company and Partnership receive warrants with a nominal or discounted exercise price upon origination of a debt or preferred stock investment, a portion of the cost basis is allocated to the warrants. When the investment is made concurrently with the sale of a substantial amount of equity, the value of the warrants is based on the sales price. The value of the warrants is recorded as original issue discount (“OID”) to the value of the debt or preferred stock investment and the OID is amortized over the life of the investment.

Interest and Dividend Income  — Interest is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent that the Company and Partnership expect to collect such amounts. The Company and Partnership accrue paid in-kind interest (“PIK”) by recording income and an increase to the cost basis of the related investments. Dividend income is recorded on ex-dividend date. Dividends in-kind are recorded as increase in cost basis of investments and as income.

Investments that are expected to pay regularly scheduled interest in cash are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest cash payments will be collected. Such non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status if past due principal and interest are paid in cash, and in management’s judgment, are likely to continue timely payment of their remaining principal and interest obligations. Cash interest payments received on non-accrual designated investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending on management’s judgment. There were no non-accrual investments as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Other Income  — The Company may also receive structuring or closing fees in connection with its investments. Such upfront fees are capitalized as unearned income and offset against investment cost basis on the consolidated statements of assets and liabilities and accreted into income over the life of the investment.

Prepayment penalties received by the Company for debt instruments paid back to the Company prior to the maturity date are recorded as income upon receipt.

Income Taxes  — Beginning with its first taxable year, the Company intends to elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, and to operate in a manner so as to qualify for the tax treatment applicable to RIC’s. To obtain and maintain our qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. In addition, the Company must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of “investment company taxable income,” which is generally net ordinary taxable income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses, or the Annual Distribution Requirement. As a RIC, the Company generally will not pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that are timely distributed to stockholders as dividends.

The Partnership is structured as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and as such, is not subject to income taxes; each Partner (depending on its structure for tax purposes) may be individually liable for income taxes, if any, on its share of the Partnership’s taxable income.

Alcentra BDC Equity Holdings LLC has elected to be a taxable entity (the Taxable Subsidiary”). The Taxable Subsidiary permits the Company to hold equity investments in portfolio companies which are “pass through” entities for tax purposes and continue to comply with the “source income” requirements contained in RIC tax provisions of the Code. The Taxable subsidiary is not consolidated with the Company for income tax purposes and may generate income tax expense, benefit, and the related tax assets and liabilities, as a result of its ownership of certain portfolio investments. The income tax expense, or benefit, if any, and related tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

GAAP provides guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the financial statements. GAAP requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Partnerships’ financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions with respect to tax at the partnership level not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold would be recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. The General Partner has concluded that no provision for income tax is required in the Partnerships’ financial statements. However, the General Partner’s conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions will be subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The following is the major tax jurisdiction for the Partnership and the earliest tax year subject to examination: United States — 2010.

Indemnification

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual agreements that provide general indemnifications against losses, costs, claims and liabilities arising from the performance of individual obligations under such agreements. The Company has had no prior claims or payments pursuant to such agreements. The Company’s individual maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown, as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, based on management’s experience, the Company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

3. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments

The Company and Partnership account for its investments in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 (“ASC Topic 820”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value. ASC Topic 820 established a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value.

Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment, and the state of the marketplace (including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants). Investments with readily-available actively quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively-quoted prices in an orderly market will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories (from highest to lowest) based on inputs:

Level 1  — Quoted prices (unadjusted) are available in active markets for identical investments that the Company and Partnership has the ability to access as of the reporting date. The type of investments which would generally be included in Level 1 includes listed equity securities and listed derivatives. As required by ASC Topic 820, the Company and Partnership, to the extent that it holds such investments, does not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where the Company and Partnership holds a large position and a sale could reasonably impact the quoted price.

Level 2  — Pricing inputs are observable for the investments, either directly or indirectly, as of the reporting date, but are not the same as those used in Level 1. Fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies.

Level 3  — Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant judgment or estimation by the Company and Partnership. The types of investments which would generally be included in this category include debt and equity securities issued by private entities.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

3. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

the fair value measurement. The Company and Partnership’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The following table summarizes the levels in the fair value hierarchy into which the Company and Partnership’s financial instruments are categorized as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

As of September 30, 2014 (unaudited) :

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Senior Secured – First Lien   $     $     $ 76,448,740     $ 76,448,740  
Senior Secured – Second Lien                 13,566,597       13,566,597  
Subordinated Debt                 64,374,007       64,374,007  
Equity/Other                 59,826,396       59,826,396  
Total investments   $     $     $ 214,215,740     $ 214,215,740  
As of December 31, 2013 :

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Debt   $     $     $ 77,460,413     $ 77,460,413  
Common Shares/Membership Units           4,769,000       19,884,409       24,653,409  
Preferred Shares/Membership Units                 20,149,748       20,149,748  
Warrants                 2,702,267       2,702,267  
Total investments   $     $ 4,769,000     $ 120,196,837     $ 124,965,837  

There were no transfers between levels 1, 2 and 3 during the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014 and during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The changes in investments classified as Level 3 are as follows for the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31 2013.

         
  Senior
Secured – 
First Lien
  Senior
Secured – 
Second Lien
  Senior Subordinated   Equity/Other   Total
Balance as of May 8, 2014   $ 68,848,668     $     $ 61,151,338     $ 54,590,510     $ 184,590,516  
Amortized discounts/premiums           5,299       45,037             50,336  
Paid in-kind interest     521,740             655,228       492,507       1,669,475  
Net realized gain (loss)                 17,875             17,875  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)     249,662             (233,944 )       4,605,033       4,620,751  
Purchases     14,545,032       13,561,298       22,127,000       142,999       50,376,329  
Sales/Return of capital     (7,716,362 )             (19,388,527 )       (4,653 )       (27,109,542 )  
Transfers in                              
Transfers out                              
Balance as of September 30, 2014   $ 76,448,740     $ 13,566,597     $ 64,374,007     $ 59,826,396     $ 214,215,740  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from investments still held as of September 30, 2014   $ 249,662     $     $ (233,944 )     $ 4,929,354     $ 4,945,072  

* Investment portfolios acquired from the Partnership and the Warehouse Portfolios (see Note 1)

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

3. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

         
  Debt   Common
Shares/
Membership
Units
  Preferred
Shares/
Membership
Units
  Warrants   Total
Balance as of January 1, 2013   $ 65,446,132     $ 21,874,000     $ 10,858,157     $ 1,739,267     $ 99,917,556  
Amortized discounts/premiums     190,362                         190,362  
Paid in-kind interest     640,407             1,065,627             1,706,034  
Net realized gain (loss)     317,374       3,229,861                   3,547,235  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)     (774,750 )       (2,843,413 )       (1,107,369 )       552,061       (4,173,471 )  
Purchases     32,057,812       1,914,063       4,333,333       410,939       38,716,147  
Sales/Return of capital     (15,416,924 )       (4,290,102 )                   (19,707,026 )  
Transfers in                 5,000,000             5,000,000  
Transfers out     (5,000,000 )                         (5,000,000 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2013   $ 77,460,413     $ 19,884,409     $ 20,149,748     $ 2,702,267     $ 120,196,837  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from investments still held as of December 31, 2013   $ (774,750 )     $ (2,013,654 )     $ (1,107,369 )     $ 552,061     $ (3,343,712 )  

During the year ended December 31, 2013, a portion of one of the Level 3 investments held by the Partnership was converted from debt to preferred shares.

The following is a summary of the quantitative inputs and assumptions used for items categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

As of September 30, 2014 (unaudited):

         
Assets at Fair Value   Fair Value at
September 30,
2014
  Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range of Inputs   Weighted
Average
Senior Secured –  First Lien   $ 76,448,740       Yield to Maturity       Comparable Market Rate       8.0% – 22.1%       11.9%  
Senior Secured –  Second Lien   $ 13,566,597       Yield to Maturity       Comparable Market Rate       9.5% – 10.0%       9.7%  
Senior Subordinated   $ 64,374,007       Yield to Maturity       Comparable Market Rate       8.0% – 20.0%       13.9%  
Preferred Ownership   $ 32,341,396       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      4.0x – 13.5x       8.8%  
Common Ownership/ Common Warrants   $ 27,485,000       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      6.0x – 13.0x       12.7%  
Total   $ 214,215,740                          

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

3. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2013:

         
Assets at Fair Value   Fair Value at December 31, 2013   Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range of Inputs   Weighted Average
Preferred Ownership   $ 20,149,748       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      5.25x – 9.0x       7.5x  
Common Ownership/ Common Warrants   $ 22,586,676       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      5.0x – 14.0x       9.2x  
Debt   $ 77,460,413       Yield Analysis/Market Approach       Yield to Maturity       6.7x – 14.0x       12.3  
Total   $ 120,196,837                          

4. Share Transactions/Partners’ Capital

The following table summarizes the total shares issued and proceeds received in connection with the Company’s Offering for the period ended September 30, 2014 (May 8, 2014 —  September 30, 2014).

   
  Shares   Amount
Issuance of shares to Limited Partners of the Partnership     6,100,000     $ 91,500,000  
Issuance of shares in the Offering     6,666,666       99,999,990  
Overallotment     750,000       11,250,000  
Total shares issued     13,516,666       202,749,990  
Less:
                 
Underwriting costs (sales load)           3,337,500  
Offering costs           1,314,602  
Total shares outstanding/net proceeds to Company     13,516,666     $ 198,097,888  

The Partnership held its initial closing on May 14, 2010, accepting capital commitments amounting to $105,850,000 from Limited Partners. Seven additional closings were held subsequent to May 14, 2010. The most recent of which being the final closing, took place on August 10, 2012, bringing total commitments to $210,200,000. Such capital commitments are due and payable when called by the General Partner. As of May 7, 2014 and September 30, 2013, Limited Partners have contributed $226,397,552 and $152,439,711 or 107.71% and 72.52% of their total capital commitments to the Partnership, respectively. As of May 7, 2014, the capital balances of Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 70.02% and 30.02% of total partners’ capital, respectively. As of September 30, 2013 the capital balances of Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 67.56% and 29.10% of total partners’ capital, respectively.

5. Distributions

Alcentra Capital Corporation

The Company intends to make quarterly distributions of available net investment income determined on a tax basis to its stockholders. Distributions to stockholders are recorded on the record date. The amount, if any, to be distributed to stockholders is determined by the Board each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, will be distributed at least annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment and pay a 4% excise tax on such excess.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

5. Distributions  – (continued)

The following table reflects the Company’s dividends declared and paid or to be paid on its common stock:

     
Date Declared   Record Date   Payment Date   Amount
Per Share
June 24, 2014     June 30, 2014       July 7, 2014     $ 0.178  
August 12, 2014     September 30, 2014       October 6, 2014     $ 0.340  

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) that provides for the reinvestment of dividends on behalf of its stockholders, unless a stockholder has elected to receive dividends in cash. As a result, if the Company declares a cash dividend, the stockholders who have not “opted out” of the DRIP no later than the record date will have their cash dividend automatically reinvested into additional shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company has the option to satisfy the share requirements of the DRIP through the issuance of new shares of common stock or through open market purchases of common stock by the DRIP plan administrator. Newly issued shares are valued based upon the final closing price of the common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on the dividend payment date. Shares purchased in the open market to satisfy the DRIP requirements will be valued upon the average price of the applicable shares purchased by the Plan Administrator, before any associated brokerage or other costs.

BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.

Proceeds from portfolio investments will be distributed to the partners in proportion to their contributions to such investment until the partners have received a) first, 100% to all Limited Partners until the Limited Partners have received an amount equal to their aggregate capital contributions made to the Partnership (including, capital contributions made to the Partnership to fund the Partnership’s organizational expenses, management fees and other ongoing costs); b) second, 100% to all Limited Partners until the Limited Partners have received preferred returns of 8% and 5%, for Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners, respectively, per annum on the aggregate capital contributions made to the Partnership (including, capital contributions made to the Partnership to fund the Partnership’s organizational expenses, management fees and other ongoing costs); c) third, for Class A Limited Partners only, 100% to the General Partner as a carried interest distribution until the General Partner has received an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate amount of distributions; and d) thereafter (a) 80% to such Partner and (b) 20% to the General Partner. Income from short-term investments is distributed to all partners in proportion to such partners’ contributions to such investments.

For the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Partnership made distributions to the Limited Partners totaling $3,941,341 and $23,414,451, respectively. For the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, distributions made to Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 70.03% and 29.97% of total distributions, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, distributions made to Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 29.88% and 69.81% of total distributions, respectively.

Upon the termination of the Partnership, if it is determined that the General Partner has received carried interest distributions in excess of the amount it would have received had such distributions been determined on a cumulative basis, a clawback payment of such excess is required of the General Partner.

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

5. Distributions  – (continued)

Distributions to limited partners in 2014 are broken down as follows:

 
Return on capital   $ 3,191,341  
Return of capital     750,000  
Total   $ 3,941,341  

6. Allocation of Profits and Losses

Allocations of Partnership profits are made in a manner which is consistent with, and gives effect to, the distribution procedures outlined in Note 5 above. Partnership losses are allocated to all partners in proportion to such partners’ capital commitments or to such partners’ percentage ownership in such investment from which the losses arose, or if there is no such investment, in proportion to their capital commitment. For the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the General Partner was allocated carried interest distributions of $(5,966,619) and $0, respectively. As a result of the completion of Alcentra’s initial public offering, the General Partner’s allocated carried interest as of May 7, 2014 was reallocated to the Limited Partners in accordance with the provisions of the Partnership’s Limited Partnership Agreement (December 31, 2013, as revised). Accordingly, the carried interest allocated to the General Partner through May 7, 2014 of approximately $6 million was reallocated to the Limited Partners.

7. Related Party Transactions

Management Fee
Alcentra Capital Corporation

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay Alcentra NY an annual base management fee based on our gross assets as well as an incentive fee based on our performance. The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate as follows: 1.75% of our gross assets (i.e., total assets held before deduction of any liabilities), including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents (such as investments in U.S. Treasury Bills), if our gross assets are below $625 million; 1.625% if our gross assets are between $625 million and $750 million; and 1.5% if our gross assets are greater than $750 million. The various management fee percentages (i.e., 1.75%, 1.625% and 1.5%) would apply to our entire gross assets in the event our gross assets exceed the various gross asset thresholds. The base management fee will be payable quarterly in arrears and shall be calculated based on the average value of the Company’s gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarter.

The incentive fee consists of two parts. The first part, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20% of our “pre-incentive fee net investment income” for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a hurdle rate of 2% per quarter (8% annualized), and is subject to a “catch-up” feature. The second part is calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and equals 20% of our aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees. Pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee,

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

7. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

expenses payable for administrative services under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee and any offering expenses and other expenses not charged to operations but excluding certain reversals to the extent such reversals have the effect of reducing previously accrued incentive fees based on the deferral of non-cash interest). Pre-incentive fee net investment income excludes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income until we have received such income in cash.

For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and for the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014, the Company recorded an expense for base management fees of $925,477 and $1,450,025, respectively, of which $314,910 was payable at September 30, 2014. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Partnership recorded an expense for base management fees of $715,017 and $2,113,105, respectively, of which $0 was payable at September 30, 2013.

Our Adviser may waive its fees (base management and incentive fee), without recourse against or reimbursement by us, for the remainder of the quarter in which the initial public offering is completed and the subsequent four quarters to the extent required in order for the Company to earn a quarterly net investment income to maintain a targeted dividend payment on shares of common stock outstanding on the relevant dividend payment dates of 9.0% (to be paid on a quarterly basis). For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and for the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014, the Company incurred incentive fees of $763,550, of which $0 was payable at September 30, 2014. For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and for the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014, the Company recorded a waiver of management and incentive fees of $1,374,118.

BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.

For the period from the Commencement Date to the fifth anniversary of the Final Closing Date, the Partnership will pay to the Manager a management fee at an annual rate equal to the product of 1.50% for each Class A Limited Partner and 1.00% – 1.25% for each Class B Limited Partner, in each case multiplied by such Limited Partner’s capital commitment. After the fifth anniversary of the Final Closing Date, the management fee will be paid at annual rates of 1.50% and 1.00% – 1.25% for Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners, respectively, in each case multiplied by the aggregate amount of such Limited Partner’s capital contributions used to fund the cost of investments that have not been the subject of a disposition less the aggregate amount of such Limited Partner’s capital contributions with respect to all investments which have not been disposed of prior to the date of such distribution and which have been permanently written off. The management fee is payable quarterly in advance. For the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, Class A Limited Partners were charged $528,719 and Class B Limited Partners were charged $170,754 in management fees. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, Class A Limited Partners were charged $1,577,892 and Class B Limited Partners were charged $535,213 in management fees.

The management fee is reduced by the placement fees and Excess Organization Expenses paid by the Partnership. The management fee is further reduced by 100% of all transaction fees, investment fees, monitoring fees, management fees and directors’ fees received by the General Partner or any affiliate thereof, net of unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses. For the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013 there were no placement fees, Excess Organizational Expenses, or fees received by the Manager that reduced management fee expense in the reporting period.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

7. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

Certain employees of the Manager are Limited Partners of the Partnership. As of May 7, 2014, an affiliate of the Partnership also had a $50.0 million commitment to the Partnership as a Limited Partner. As of May 7, 2014 and December 31, 2013, this Limited Partner has contributed $56,602,997 and $40,136,386, respectively, or 113.21% and 80.27%, respectively, of its total capital commitments to the Partnership.

As of December 31, 2013, the amounts due from Limited Partners, amounts due to affiliates and distributions payable amounting to $6,635, $10,989 and $168, respectively, relate to capital activity during the period. Additionally, the Partnership incurred $699,473 in management fees, for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and $2,113,105 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

8. Directors Fees

The independent directors of the Company each receive an annual fee of $40,000. They also receive $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person each board of directors meeting and $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board meeting telephonically. They also receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with each committee meeting attended in person and each telephonic committee meeting. The chairman of the audit committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

For the three months ended September 30, 2014 and for the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014, the Company recorded directors fee expense of $26,916 and $106,916, respectively, of which $60,245 was payable at September 30, 2014. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Company did not record any directors fee expense.

9. Purchases and Sales (Investment Transactions)

Investment purchases, sales and principal payments/paydowns are summarized below for the period from January 1, 2014 through May 7, 2014, the period from May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

     
  For the period from
January 1, 2014
through
May 7, 2014
  For the period from
May 8, 2014*
through
September 30, 2014
  For the
nine months
ended
September 30, 2013
Investment purchases, at cost (including PIK interest)   $ 50,201,887     $ 52,045,804     $ 14,969,063  
Investment sales, proceeds (including Principal payments/paydown proceeds)     15,780,666       27,109,542       18,782,201  

* Commencement of operations of the Company
** Excludes $185 million of investment portfolios acquired by the Company from the Partnership and the Warehouse Portfolios (see Note 1)

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

10. Credit Facility/Line of Credit

On May 8, 2014, the Company entered into a senior secured revolving credit agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with ING Capital LLC (“ING”), as administrative agent, collateral agent and lender to provide liquidity in support of its investment and operational activities. The Credit Facility has an initial commitment of $80 million with an accordion feature that allows for an increase in the total commitments up to $160 million, subject to certain conditions and the satisfaction of specified financial convenants. The Credit Facility is secured primarily by the Company’s assets. The stated maturity date for the Credit Facility is May 8, 2017, which may be extended by mutual agreement. Deferred financing costs related to this credit facility were $1.43 million and $0 as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Amounts available to borrow under the Credit Facility are subject to a minimum borrowing/collateral base that applies an advance rate to certain investments held by the Company. The Company is subject to limitations with respect to the investments securing the Credit Facility, including, but not limited to, restrictions on sector concentrations, loan size, portfolio company leverage which may affect the borrowing base and therefore amounts available to borrow.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, subject to the Company’s election, at a rate per annum equal to (i) the one, three or six month LIBOR, as applicable, plus 3.25% or (ii) 2.25% plus the highest of (A) a prime rate, (B) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.5% and (C) three month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The Company pays a commitment fee between 0.5% and 1.0% per annum based on the size of the unused portion of the Credit Facility. This fee is included in interest expense on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

The Company has made customary representations and warranties and is required to comply with various covenants and reporting requirements. These covenants are subject to important limitations and exceptions that are described in the documents governing the Credit Facility. As of September 30, 2014, the Company was in compliance in all material respects with the terms of the Credit Facility.

As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company had United States dollar borrowings of $26.9 million and $15.0 million outstanding under the Credit Facility, respectively.

The Partnership entered into a credit agreement with the Administrator under which the Partnership can borrow an aggregate principal amount of $15 million for the financing of portfolio investments. Interest is charged at the LIBOR Rate plus 1.00%. The credit agreement terminated on April 24, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership had outstanding borrowings of $15,000,000. As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Alcentra and the Partnership borrowed an average of $21,953,080 and $9,484,749, respectively. Alcentra’s weighted average interest rate as of September 30, 2014 is 4.16%.

11. Market and Other Risk Factors

At September 30, 2014, the Company’s portfolio investments are comprised of non-publicly-traded securities. The non-publicly-traded securities trade in an illiquid marketplace. The portfolio is concentrated in the twenty industries listed in Note 13. Risks affecting these industries include, but are not limited to, increasing competition, rapid changes in technology, government actions and changes in economic conditions. These risk factors could have a material effect on the ultimate realizable value of the Company’s investments.

Economic conditions in 2014 continued to impact revenues and operating cash flows for most businesses and continued to impact the lending markets, leaving many businesses unable to borrow or refinance debt obligations. These restrictions on obtaining available financing, coupled

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

11. Market and Other Risk Factors  – (continued)

with the continuing economic slowdown, have resulted in a low volume of purchase and sale transactions across all industries, which have limited the amount of observable inputs available to the Company in estimating the fair value of the Company’s investments. The Company estimates the fair value of investments for which observable market prices in active markets do not exist based on the best information available, which may differ significantly from values that would have otherwise been used had a ready market for the investments existed and the differences could be material.

Market conditions may deteriorate, which may negatively impact the estimated fair value of the Company’s investments or the amounts which are ultimately realized for such investments.

The above events are beyond the control of the Company and cannot be predicted. Furthermore, the ability to liquidate investments and realize value is subject to significant limitations and uncertainties. There may also be risk associated with the concentration of investments in one geographic region or in certain industries.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company and the Partnership enter into contracts that contain a variety of representations and warranties and which provide general indemnifications. In addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify its officers, directors, employees, agents or any person who serves on behalf of the Company from any loss, claim, damage, or liability which such person incurs by reason of his performance of activities of the Company, provided they acted in good faith. The Company expects the risk of loss related to its indemnifications to be remote.

The Company’s investment portfolio may contain debt investments that are in the form of lines of credit and unfunded delayed draw commitments, which require the Company to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with the terms of the underlying loan agreements. As of September 30, 2014, the Company had four unfunded commitments under loan and financing agreements. As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership’s unfunded commitment under loan and financing agreements are presented below.

   
  As of
     September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2013
Dentistry for Children, Inc.   $ 3,500,000     $ 2,625,000  
National Safe Drivers (NSD)     826,202        
Stancor, Inc.     278,000        
DRC Emergency Services     3,333,225        
Total   $ 7,937,427     $ 2,625,000  

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

13. Classification of Portfolio Investments

As of September 30, 2014, the Company’s portfolio investments were categorized as follows:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets
Industry
                          
Healthcare Services   $ 22,796,405     $ 22,887,404       11.29 %  
Technology & Telecom     14,306,542       16,839,000       8.30 %  
Infrastructure Maintenance     15,591,954       16,289,783       8.03 %  
Disaster Recovery Services     15,986,863       16,288,224       8.03 %  
Automotive     14,210,242       14,210,242       7.01 %  
Oil & Gas Services     13,495,325       14,164,000       6.99 %  
Wholesale     11,333,819       12,012,375       5.92 %  
Restoration Services     12,014,349       12,012,000       5.92 %  
Media & Entertainment     12,262,274       11,353,000       5.60 %  
Waste Management     11,258,396       11,258,396       5.55 %  
Education     10,763,814       11,257,002       5.55 %  
Technology     8,112,000       9,437,001       4.65 %  
Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals     8,000,000       8,000,000       3.95 %  
Media: Broadcasting & Subscription     7,392,799       7,392,799       3.65 %  
Consumer Services     7,130,699       7,130,699       3.52 %  
Wholesale/Distribution     7,000,000       7,000,000       3.45 %  
Environmental/Energy Services     6,241,693       5,190,000       2.56 %  
Food & Beverage     5,000,000       4,796,000       2.37 %  
Packaging     3,697,815       3,697,815       1.82 %  
Business Services     3,000,000       3,000,000       1.48 %  
Total   $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740       105.64 %  
Geographic Region
                          
South   $ 54,419,800     $ 55,679,024       27.46 %  
Eastern     47,309,314       49,597,180       24.46 %  
South East     40,340,569       40,423,219       19.93 %  
West     31,547,828       31,058,074       15.32 %  
South West     14,306,542       16,839,000       8.30 %  
Mid West     14,278,137       13,226,444       6.52 %  
Puerto Rico     7,392,799       7,392,799       3.65 %  
Total   $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740       105.64 %  
Investment Type
                          
Senior Secured – First Lien   $ 76,199,078     $ 76,448,740       37.70 %  
Senior Subordinated     64,607,950       64,374,007       31.75 %  
Equity/Other     55,221,364       59,826,396       29.50 %  
Senior Secured – Second Lien     13,566,597       13,566,597       6.69 %  
Total   $ 209,594,989     $ 214,215,740       105.64 %  

* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

13. Classification of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership's portfolio investments were categorized as follows:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Industry
                          
Technology   $ 27,641,303     $ 36,492,364       32.98 %  
Healthcare     17,788,791       18,409,791       16.64 %  
Media & Entertainment     16,401,228       16,796,478       15.18 %  
Food and Beverage     12,391,564       12,391,564       11.20 %  
Disaster Recovery Services     13,239,853       11,906,520       10.76 %  
Waste Management Services     10,802,784       10,802,784       9.76 %  
Education     11,590,021       10,702,958       9.68 %  
Energy Service Company     10,017,974       6,868,969       6.21 %  
Defense Services     500,000       594,409       0.54 %  
Total   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  
Geographic Region
                          
Eastern United States   $ 78,263,263     $ 85,586,587       77.36 %  
Midwest United States     22,409,538       19,260,533       17.41 %  
West United States     19,700,717       20,118,717       18.18 %  
Total   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  
Investment Type
                          
Debt   $ 78,235,163     $ 77,460,413       70.02 %  
Common Shares/Membership Units     21,414,063       24,653,409       22.28 %  
Preferred Shares/Membership Units     20,313,081       20,149,748       18.21 %  
Warrants     411,211       2,702,267       2.44 %  
Total   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  

* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

14. Financial Highlights

The following per share data and financial ratios have been derived from information provided in the consolidated financial statements of the Company. The following is a schedule of financial highlights for one share of common stock for the period May 8, 2014 through September 30, 2014.

 
Per share data (1)
        
Net asset value, beginning of period   $ 15.00  
Net investment income (loss)     0.52  
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)     0.55  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations     1.07  
Distributions to shareholders: (2)
        
From net investment income     (0.52 )  
Offering costs     (0.10 )  
Sales load     (0.45 )  
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital share transactions     (0.55 )  
Net asset value, end of period   $ 15.00  
Market value per share, end of period   $ 13.28  
Total return based on net asset value (3) (4) (5)     3.5 %  
Total return based on market value (3) (4) (5)     (8.0 )%  
Shares outstanding at end of period     13,516,766  
Ratio/Supplemental Data:
        
Net assets, at end of period   $ 202,786,655  
Ratio of total expenses before waiver to average net assets (6)     4.87 %  
Ratio of interest expense to average net assets (6)     1.01 %  
Ratio of incentive fees to average net assets (6)     0.97 %  
Ratio of waiver of management and incentive fees to average net assets (6)     1.75 %  
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets (6)     3.12 %  
Ratio of net investment income (loss) before waiver to average net assets (6)     7.24 %  
Ratio of net investment income (loss) after waiver to average net assets (6)     8.99 %  
Total Credit Facility payable outstanding   $ 26,939,154  
Asset coverage ratio (7)     8.5  
Portfolio turnover rate (5) (8)     13 %  

(1) The per share data was derived by using the shares outstanding during the period.
(2) The per share data for distributions is the actual amount of distributions paid or payable per share of common stock outstanding during the entire period.
(3) Returns are historical and are calculated by determining the percentage change in net asset value or market value with all distributions reinvested. Distributions are assumed to be reinvested at prices obtained under the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.
(4) Total investment return on net asset value is calculated assuming a purchase at the offering price of $15.00 per share paid by the shareholder on the first day and a sale at the net asset value on the last day of the period reported with all distributions reinvested. Total investment return on market value is calculated assuming a purchase at the offering price of $15.00 per share paid by the shareholder on the first day and a sale at the current market price on the last day of the period reported with all distributions reinvested. Had the 2 nd quarter used the same method, the outcome would have been (0.4)% and 0.2% for total return on a NAV basis and market price basis, respectively.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

14. Financial Highlights  – (continued)

(5) Not Annualized.
(6) Annualized.
(7) Asset coverage ratio is equal to (i) the sum of (A) net assets at the end of the period and (B) debt outstanding at the end of the period, divided by (ii) total debt outstanding at the end of the period.
(8) For the period from May 8, 2014 to September 30, 2014.

The following performance ratios and internal rate of return (“IRR”) (since inception) are presented for the Limited Partners as a single class, taken as a whole. The actual ratios of each individual investor may vary and are dependent upon the specific allocations of income and expense to such investor and the timing of capital transactions for such investor.

The net investment income (loss) ratio and the expense ratio are computed using the weighted average capital of the Limited Partners during the periods. The net investment income (loss) ratio does not include the effects of the carried interest allocation. The weighted average capital calculation reflects a measure of capital after each capital contribution, distribution or other significant change in capital at the end of each quarterly accounting period. The IRR was computed based on the actual dates of Limited Partners’ cash inflows (capital contributions) and outflows (cash and stock distributions), and the residual value of the Limited Partners’ capital accounts from January 1, 2014 through May 7, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013.

   
  January 1, 2014
to May 7, 2014
  December 31,
2013
Net investment income (loss) ratio before carried interest allocation     15.06 %       7.50 %  
Expense ratio before carried interest allocation     1.81 %       3.54 %  
Carried interest allocation     (4.51 )%       1.80 %  
Expense ratio after carried interest allocation     (2.70 )%       5.34 %  
Cumulative IRR after carried interest allocation     13.69 %       10.03 %  

These financial highlights may not be indicative of future performance.

15. Tax Information

As of September 30, 2014, the Company’s aggregate investment unrealized appreciation and depreciation based on cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes were as follows:

 
Tax cost   $ 209,594,989  
Gross unrealized appreciation     7,105,079  
Gross unrealized depreciation     (2,484,328 )  
Net unrealized investment appreciation   $ 4,620,751  

The tax cost of the Company’s investments as of September 30, 2014, approximates their amortized cost.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

16. Unconsolidated Significant Subsidiaries

In accordance with the SEC’s Regulation S-X and GAAP, we have subsidiaries that are not required to be consolidated. We have certain unconsolidated significant subsidiaries that pursuant to Rule 4-08(g) of Regulation S-X, summarized financial information is presented below in aggregate as of and for the period ended September 30, 2014.

 
Balance Sheet     
  
As of
September 30,
2014
Current Assets     31,154,503  
Noncurrent Assets     27,653,627  
Current Liabilities     10,925,071  
Noncurrent Liabilities     20,252,439  
 

 
Income Statement   For the
nine months
ended
September 30,
2014
Net Sales     66,017,204  
Gross Profit     24,211,377  
Net Income (Loss)     9,801,827  

  

In addition to the risks associated with our investments in general, there are unique risks associated with our investments in each of these entities. In this regard, DRC Emergency Services LLC (“DRC ES” or the “Company”) derives significantly all of its revenue from contracts with federal, state and local governments and governmental agencies. As a result, if it does not comply with the terms of a contract or with regulations or statutes, it could be subject to downward contract price adjustments or refund obligations or could in extreme circumstances be assessed penalties or be debarred or suspended from obtaining future contracts for a specified period of time. Any such suspension or debarment or other sanction could have an adverse effect on its business.

Similarly, the business and growth of FST Technical Services, LLC (“FST”) depends in large part on the continued trend toward outsourcing of certain services in the semiconductor and biopharmaceutical industries. There can be no assurance that this trend in outsourcing will continue, as companies may elect to perform such services internally. A significant change in the direction of this trend generally, or a trend in the semiconductor and biopharmaceutical industry not to use, or to reduce the use of, outsourced services such as those provided by it, could significantly decrease its revenues and such decreased revenues could have a material adverse effect on it or its results operations or financial condition.

On August 29, 2014, DRC ES was suspended from Federal Government contracting and from directly or indirectly receiving the benefits of federal assistance programs. In DRC ES’s opinion the suspension primarily resulted from alleged actions taken by former employees and subcontractors related to two particular contracts. None of the employees in question work for DRC ES or any of its affiliates. The Company is fully cooperating with all Government investigations. The suspension was terminated on October 1, 2014. At this time we believe the Company’s contracts and customer relationships were not materially impacted by the suspension.

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
September 30, 2014 (Unaudited)

16. Unconsolidated Significant Subsidiaries  – (continued)

The aggregate summarized financial information for DRC and FST as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 are presented below.

 
Balance Sheet     
As of
December 31,
2013
Current Assets     14,298,448  
Noncurrent Assets     32,385,291  
Current Liabilities     4,606,485  
Noncurrent Liabilities     20,295,994  
 

 
Income Statement   For the
year ended
December 31,
2013
Net Sales     38,655,576  
Gross Profit     11,532,026  
Net Income (Loss)     (8,157,148 )  

  

17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued.

Subsequent to September 30, 2014, the following activity occurred:

On October 1, 2014, Alcentra committed to fund $20,000,000 to Hotel Systems Pro.

On October 6, 2014, a dividend of $0.34 per share was paid to shareholders of record as of September 30, 2014 in the amount of $4,595,700.

On October 10, 2014, Bioventus LLC was funded for $12,000,000 (Libor + 10.0%; 1.0% Libor Floor).

On October 16, 2014, Alcentra recently filed an exemptive application with the SEC to permit it to co-invest with funds or entities managed by the Adviser in certain negotiated transactions where co-investing would otherwise be prohibited under the 1940 Act.

Any such order will be subject to certain terms and conditions. Furthermore, there is no assurance that this application for exemptive relief will be granted by the SEC.

On October 31, 2014, Alcentra committed to fund $15,000,000 to North Atlantic Petroleum.

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Partners
BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.:

We have audited the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. (the “Partnership”), including the schedules of investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and related notes to the financial statements.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 by correspondence with the portfolio companies or by other appropriate auditing procedures. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly in all material respects, the financial position of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations, changes in net assets and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 11, 2014

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
December 31, 2013 and 2012

   
  2013   2012
Assets
                 
Portfolio investments, at fair value
                 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments, at fair value
(cost $57,569,745 and $53,646,349, respectively)
  $ 63,987,210     $ 57,643,139  
Non-controlled, affiliated investments, at fair value
(cost $35,529,197 and $40,274,417, respectively)
    35,037,384       42,274,417  
Controlled, affiliated investments, at fair value
(cost $27,274,576)
    25,941,243        
Total of portfolio investments, at fair value (cost $120,373,518 and $93,920,766, respectively)     124,965,837       99,917,556  
Cash and cash equivalents     729,431       869,836  
Interest receivable     736,223       501,350  
Other receivables     350,000       150,000  
Due from Limited Partners     6,635       239,373  
Escrow receivable           180,525  
Total Assets   $ 126,788,126     $ 101,858,640  
Liabilities and Net Assets
                 
Liabilities:
                 
Short-term borrowings   $ 15,000,000     $ 5,000,000  
Due to Manager     715,014        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     326,696       130,927  
Capital contributions paid in advance     80,218        
Interest payable     15,614       6,412  
Due to affiliate     10,989       1,716  
Distributions payable     168        
Total liabilities     16,148,699       5,139,055  
Net Assets:
                 
General Partner     4,967,879       3,237,056  
Limited Partners     105,671,548       93,482,529  
Total net assets     110,639,427       96,719,585  
Total Liabilities and Net Assets   $ 126,788,126     $ 101,858,640  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

   
  Year ended December 31, 2013   Year ended December 31, 2012
Investment income:
                 
From non-controlled, non-affiliated investments:
                 
Interest income from portfolio investments   $ 5,389,235     $ 6,724,545  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     1,569,746       1,824,251  
Other income from portfolio investments     160,829       610,019  
From non-controlled, affiliated investments:
                 
Interest income from portfolio investments     3,011,199       2,702,534  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     105,732       170,230  
Other income from portfolio investments     45,622       375,482  
Dividend income from portfolio investments           280,000  
From controlled, affiliated investments:
                 
Interest income from portfolio investments     727,777        
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     30,556        
Other income from portfolio investments     10,687        
Total investment income     11,051,383       12,687,061  
Expenses:
                 
Management fee     2,828,119       4,358,653  
Professional fees     416,181       498,198  
Interest expense     138,224       89,808  
Other expenses     159,212       105,891  
Total expenses     3,541,736       5,052,550  
Net investment income     7,509,647       7,634,511  
Realized Gain (Loss) and Net Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) From Portfolio Investments
                 
Net realized gain (loss) on:
                 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     3,547,235       2,827,117  
Non-controlled, affiliated investments           368,371  
Controlled, affiliated investments            
Net realized gain (loss) from portfolio investments     3,547,235       3,195,488  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on:
                 
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments     2,420,675       3,970,531  
Non-controlled, affiliated investments     (2,491,813 )       648,000  
Controlled, affiliated investments     (1,333,333 )        
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of portfolio investments     (1,404,471 )       4,618,531  
Net realized gain (loss) and net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from portfolio investments     2,142,764       7,814,019  
Net Increase in Net Assets from Operations   $ 9,652,411     $ 15,448,530  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     
  General Partner   Limited
Partners
  Total
Balance as of January 1, 2012           73,380,256       73,380,256  
Capital contributions           63,322,390       63,322,390  
Distributions           (55,431,591 )       (55,431,591 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations           15,448,530       15,448,530  
Carried interest allocation     3,237,056       (3,237,056 )        
Balance as of December 31, 2012     3,237,056       93,482,529       96,719,585  
Capital contributions           29,183,860       29,183,860  
Distributions     (74,140 )       (24,842,289 )       (24,916,429 )  
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations           9,652,411       9,652,411  
Carried interest allocation     1,804,963       (1,804,963 )        
Balance as of December 31, 2013   $ 4,967,879     $ 105,671,548     $ 110,639,427  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

   
  Year ended
December 31,
2013
  Year ended
December 31,
2012
Cash flows from Operating Activities
                 
Net increase in net assets resulting from operations   $ 9,652,411     $ 15,448,530  
Adjustments to reconcile net increase in net assets from operations to net cash used in operating activities:
                 
Net realized (gain) loss from portfolio investments     (3,547,235 )       (3,195,488 )  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of portfolio investments     1,404,471       (4,618,531 )  
Paid in-kind interest income from portfolio investments     (1,706,034 )       (1,994,481 )  
Accretion of discount on debt securities     (190,362 )       (933,165 )  
Purchases of portfolio investments     (40,716,147 )       (61,718,230 )  
Net proceeds from sale/return of capital of portfolio
investments
    19,707,026       44,514,170  
(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
                 
Increase in interest receivable     (234,873 )       (60,186 )  
Increase in other receivables     (200,000 )       (55,594 )  
Decrease (increase) in due from Limited Partners     232,738       (224,277 )  
Decrease (increase) in escrow receivable     180,525       (180,525 )  
Decrease (increase) in due from affiliate           165,775  
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
                 
Increase (decrease) in due to Manager     715,014       (466,271 )  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses     195,769       (365,147 )  
Increase (decrease) in interest payable     9,202       (5,267 )  
Increase (decrease) in due to affiliate     9,273       1,716  
Net cash used in operating activities     (14,488,222 )       (13,686,971 )  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                 
Capital contributions received from partners     29,264,078       63,322,390  
Proceeds from short-term borrowings     39,071,413       45,000,000  
Repayment of short-term borrowings     (29,071,413 )       (40,000,000 )  
Cash distributions paid to partners     (24,916,261 )       (55,431,648 )  
Net cash provided by financing activities     14,347,817       12,890,742  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (140,405 )       (796,229 )  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     869,836       1,666,065  
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Year   $ 729,431     $ 869,836  
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities:
                 
Cash paid during the year for interest   $ 129,022     $ 95,075  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS
As of December 31, 2013

     
Investment Description   Cost (a)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies
                          
Proserv Offshore Group
                          
Houston, TX
                          
Offshore drilling service company/energy service company
                          
Warrant to purchase 4,993 common shares at $0.001 per share, expiring 6/21/18   $ 5     $ 793,000        
       5       793,000       0.72 %  
City Carting Holding Company, Inc.
                          
Stamford, CT
                          
Waste Management Services
                          
571 Series A preferred shares of City Carting Holdings Company 22% (7% cash; 15% PIK) (b)     7,028,768       7,028,768           
329 Series B preferred shares of City Carting Holdings Company 18% (10% cash; 8% PIK)     3,774,016       3,774,016        
    10,802,784       10,802,784       9.76 %  
Dentistry For Children, Inc.
                          
Atlanta, GA
                          
Healthcare
                          
$10,125,000 13.25% (11% cash; 2.25% PIK) senior subordinated note due 9/1/17     10,109,615       10,109,615           
$513,182 senior subordinated PIK note due 9/1/17     513,182       513,182           
1,500,000 class A-1 units of Dentistry For Children Holdings, LLC     1,500,000       1,703,000        
       12,122,797       12,325,797       11.14 %  
Global Telecom & Technology Inc.
                          
Washington, D.C.
                          
Technology & Telecom
                          
$4,750,000 11% senior subordinated note due 6/30/16     4,343,184       4,343,184           
Warrant for 1.4% ownership in Global Telecom & Technology     410,939       1,381,000           
666,666.66 shares of Common Stock in Global Telecom & Technology     2,000,000       4,769,000        
    6,754,123       10,493,184       9.48 %  
HealthFusion, Inc.
                          
Solana Beach, CA
                          
Healthcare
                          
$5,750,000 13% senior subordinated note due 11/18/18     5,665,994       5,665,994           
Warrant for 1.75% ownership in HealthFusion, Inc           418,000        
    5,665,994       6,083,994       5.50 %  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
As of December 31, 2013

     
Investment Description   Cost (a)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies
                          
Kaseman Holdings, LLC/Sallyport Holdings, LLC
(aka KS International, LLC)
                          
Mclean, VA
                          
Defense Services
                          
500,000 class A interest     500,000       594,409        
       500,000       594,409       0.54 %  
Media Storm, LLC
                          
New York, NY
                          
Multimedia production/media & entertainment
                          
$7,862,239 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 10/23/17     7,798,745       7,798,745           
$356,769 senior subordinated PIK note due 10/23/17     356,769       356,769           
1,216,204 preferred shares     1,176,964       2,346,964        
    9,332,478       10,502,478       9.49 %  
Wholesome Sweeteners, Inc.
                          
Sugar Land, TX
                          
Food and Beverage
                          
$8,000,000 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 10/6/17     7,812,258       7,812,258           
$79,306 senior subordinated PIK note due 10/6/17     79,306       79,306           
4,500 common shares     4,500,000       4,500,000        
    12,391,564       12,391,564       11.20 %  
Total Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies   $ 57,569,745     $ 63,987,210       57.83 %  
Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies**
                          
Battery Solutions, Inc.
                          
Howell, MI
                          
Energy services
                          
$5,000,000 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 12/20/18   $ 4,912,237     $ 4,912,237           
$105,732 senior subordinated PIK note due 12/20/18     105,732       105,732           
5,000,000 Class A units of 919 BSI SPV, LLC     5,000,000       1,058,000        
    10,017,969       6,075,969       5.49 %  
Net Access Corporation
                          
Cedar Knolls, NJ
                          
Technology
                          
$3,750,000 13% senior subordinated note (c) due 7/19/18     3,682,227       3,682,227           
$170,230 senior subordinated PIK notes due 7/19/18     170,230       170,230           
3,000,000 class A units of NAC Holdings, LLC     3,000,000       8,112,000        
       6,852,457       11,964,457       10.81 %  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
As of December 31, 2013

     
Investment Description   Cost (a)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies**
                          
Show Media, Inc.
                          
New York, NY
                          
Media & Entertainment
                          
$7,068,750 11% (d) senior subordinated note
due 8/10/17
    7,068,750       6,294,000        
       7,068,750       6,294,000       5.69 %  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.
                          
Orlando, FL
                          
Education
                          
$8,483,333 12.5% senior subordinated note
due 10/15/16
    8,425,691       8,425,691           
3,000,000 Class A units of Southern Technical Holdings, LLC     3,164,063       2,167,000           
Warrant for 1.33% ownership in Southern Technical Holdings, LLC     267       110,267        
    11,590,021       10,702,958       9.68 %  
Total Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies   $ 35,529,197     $ 35,037,384       31.67 %  
Investments in Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies***
                          
The DRC Group
                          
Mobile, AL
                          
Disaster Recovery Services
                          
$5,000,000 10% senior subordinated note
due 1/11/20
  $ 4,906,520     $ 4,906,520           
Preferred Equity 10% PIK     8,333,333       7,000,000        
    13,239,853       11,906,520       10.76 %  
FST Technical Services
                          
Phoenix, AZ
                          
Technology & Telecom
                          
$12,500,000 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 11/18/18     12,254,167       12,254,167           
$30,556 senior subordinated PIK note due 11/18/18     30,556       30,556           
1,750,000 shares of FST Holdings LLC     1,750,000       1,750,000        
       14,034,723       14,034,723       12.69 %  
Total Investments in Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies   $ 27,274,576     $ 25,941,243       23.45 %  
Total Portfolio Investments   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  

(a) The cost of debt securities is adjusted for accretion of discount and interest paid in-kind on such securities.

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
As of December 31, 2013

(b) Paid in-kind.
(c) With 15% PIK until September 29, 2012.
(d) Amended on December 31, 2013 (due to default) to 5.5% cash and 5.5% PIK effective January 1, 2014.
* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets.
** Denotes investments in which the Partnership is an “Affiliated Person” but not exercising a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 5% but less than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2013 in these affiliated investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair value at December 31, 2012   Gross
Addition
  Gross Reductions   Interest/
Dividend/
Other income
  Fair Value at December 31, 2013
Battery Solutions, Inc.   $ 9,902,220     $ 115,749     $     $ 735,815     $ 6,075,969  
Kaseman Holdings, LLC/Sallyport Holdings, LLC (aka KS International, LLC)     471,000                          
Net Access Corporation     8,593,721       8,736       250,000       536,957       11,964,457  
Show Media, Inc.     10,529,000             2,931,250       715,656       6,294,000  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.     12,778,476       178,212       1,366,667       1,174,125       10,702,958  
     $ 42,274,417     $ 302,697     $ 4,547,917     $ 3,162,553     $ 35,037,384  
*** Denotes investments in which the Partnership is an “Affiliate Person” and exceeding a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the year that ended December 31, 2013 in these affiliated and controlled investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair value at December 31, 2012   Gross Addition   Gross Reductions   Interest/
Dividend/ Other income
  Fair Value at December 31, 2013
The DRC Group   $     $ 13,239,853     $     $ 550,964     $ 11,906,520  
FST Technical Services           14,034,723             218,056       14,034,723  
     $     $ 27,274,576     $     $ 769,020     $ 25,941,243  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
As of December 31, 2012

     
Investment Description   Cost (a)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies
                          
Proserv Offshore Group
                          
Houston, TX
                          
Offshore drilling service company/energy service company
                          
Warrant to purchase 4,993 common shares at $0.001 per share, expiring 6/21/18   $ 5     $ 731,000        
       5       731,000       0.76 %  
City Carting Holding Company, Inc.
                          
Stamford, CT
                          
Waste management services
                          
500 Series A preferred shares of City Carting Holdings Company 22% (7% cash; 15% PIK) (b)     5,242,647       5,242,647           
350 Series B preferred shares of City Carting Holdings Company 18% (10% cash; 8% PIK)     3,494,510       3,494,510        
    8,737,157       8,737,157       9.03 %  
Dentistry For Children, Inc.
                          
Atlanta, GA
                          
Healthcare
                          
$10,125,000 13.25% (11% cash; 2.25% PIK) senior subordinated note due 9/1/17     10,106,867       10,106,867           
$276,714 senior subordinated PIK note due 9/1/17     276,714       276,714           
1,500,000 class A-1 units of Dentistry For Children Holdings, LLC     1,500,000       1,500,000        
       11,883,581       11,883,581       12.29 %  
Media Storm, LLC
                          
New York, NY
                          
Multimedia production/media & entertainment
                          
$7,862,239 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 10/23/17     7,787,863       7,787,863           
$194,423 senior subordinated PIK note due 10/23/17     194,423       194,423           
1,216,204 preferred shares     1,176,964       2,121,000        
    9,159,250       10,103,286       10.44 %  
Security Networks, LLC
                          
West Palm Beach, FL
                          
Security alarm monitoring company
                          
$10,000,000 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 11/5/17     10,000,000       10,000,000           
$446,327 senior subordinated PIK note due 11/5/17     446,327       446,327           
1,051,932 OHCP Ultimate Security Holdings LLC class A units     1,060,241       1,890,000        
    11,506,568       12,336,327       12.75 %  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
As of December 31, 2012

     
Investment Description   Cost (a)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies
                          
Wholesome Sweeteners, Inc.
                          
Sugar Land, TX
                          
Food and Beverage
                          
$8,000,000 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 10/6/17     7,780,482       7,780,482           
$79,306 senior subordinated PIK note due 10/6/17     79,306       79,306           
4,500 common shares     4,500,000       5,992,000        
    12,359,788       13,851,788       14.32 %  
Total Investments in Non-Controlled, Non-Affiliated Portfolio Companies   $ 53,646,349     $ 57,643,139       59.59 %  
Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies**
                          
Battery Solutions, Inc.
                          
Howell, MI
                          
Energy services
                          
$5,000,000 14% (12% cash; 2% PIK) senior subordinated note due 12/20/18   $ 4,902,220     $ 4,902,220           
5,000,000 Class A units of 919 BSI SPV, LLC     5,000,000       5,000,000        
    9,902,220       9,902,220       10.24 %  
Kaseman Holdings, LLC/Sallyport Holdings, LLC
(aka KS International, LLC)
                          
McClean, VA
                          
Defense services
                          
500,000 class A interest     500,000       471,000        
       500,000       471,000       0.49 %  
Net Access Corporation
                          
Cedar Knolls, NJ
                          
Technology
                          
$4,000,000 13% senior subordinated note (c) due 7/19/18     3,923,491       3,923,491           
$170,230 senior subordinated PIK notes due 7/19/18     170,230       170,230           
3,000,000 class A units of NAC Holdings, LLC     3,000,000       4,500,000        
    7,093,721       8,593,721       8.89 %  
Show Media, Inc.
                          
New York, NY
                          
Media & Entertainment
                          
$10,000,000 11% senior subordinated note due 8/10/17     10,000,000       10,000,000           
Warrant for 14% ownership in Show Media, Inc.           529,000        
       10,000,000       10,529,000       10.89 %  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS – (continued)
As of December 31, 2012

     
Investment Description   Cost (a)   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies**
                          
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.
                          
Orlando, FL
                          
Education
                          
$9,850,000 12.5% senior subordinated note due 10/15/16     9,778,209       9,778,209           
3,000,000 Class A units of Southern Technical
Holdings, LLC
    3,000,000       2,521,000           
Warrant for 1.33% ownership in Southern Technical Holdings, LLC     267       479,267        
    12,778,476       12,778,476       13.21 %  
Total Investments in Non-Controlled, Affiliated Portfolio Companies   $ 40,274,417     $ 42,274,417       43.72 %  
Total Portfolio Investments   $ 93,920,766     $ 99,917,556       103.31 %  

(a) The cost of debt securities is adjusted for accretion of discount and interest paid in-kind on such securities.
(b) Paid in-kind.
(c) With 15% PIK until September 29, 2012.
* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets.
** Denotes investments in which the Partnership is an “Affiliated Person” but not exercising a controlling influence, as defined in the 1940 Act, due to beneficially owning, either directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 5% but less than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of the investment. Transactions during the year ended December 31, 2012 in these affiliated investments are as follows:

         
Name of Issuers   Fair value at December 31, 2011   Gross
Addition
  Gross
Reductions
  Interest/
Dividend/
Other income
  Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
Battery Solutions, Inc.   $     $ 9,900,000     $     $ 20,553     $ 9,902,220  
Kaseman Holdings, LLC/Sallyport Holdings, LLC (aka KS International, LLC)     14,401,217             12,915,779       2,481,917       471,000  
Net Access Corporation           6,920,000             281,330       8,593,721  
Show Media, Inc.           10,000,000             473,875       10,529,000  
Southern Technical Institute, Inc.           12,925,267       150,000       270,571       12,778,476  
     $ 14,401,217     $ 39,745,267     $ 13,065,779     $ 3,528,246     $ 42,274,417  

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

1. Organization and Purpose

BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. (the “Partnership”) is a Delaware limited partnership, which commenced operations on May 14, 2010 (the “Commencement Date”). The Partnership was formed for the purpose of seeking current income and long-term capital appreciation by making investments in senior debt securities, subordinated debt securities, and common and preferred equity securities with equity rights or participations in U.S.-based middle market companies. BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III (GP), L.P. (the “General Partner”), a Delaware limited liability company, is the General Partner of the Partnership. BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine Partners (the “Manager”), a division of Alcentra NY, LLC and an affiliate of the General Partner, manages the investment activities of the Partnership. Alcentra NY, LLC is wholly owned by BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. which is majority owned by The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation.

The Partnership is scheduled to terminate on May 14, 2020 subject to extension of up to two additional one-year periods by the General Partner with the consent of the Advisory Committee.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein, shall have the meaning assigned to them in the amended and restated Limited Partnership Agreement dated as of April 5, 2012, as amended.

State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Administrator”) provides accounting and administrative services to the Partnership and accordingly, calculates the net assets of the Partnership and maintains the underlying accounting records.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation  — The financial statements are presented in United States dollars and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the requirements for reporting on Regulation S-X. The financial statements reflect all adjustments and reclassification which in the opinion of General Partner are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of the operations and financial condition of the Partnership for the period presented. A correction was made to reclassify the recording of $737,157 PIK accrued on the Partnership’s investment in preferred shares of a portfolio company in the 2012 financial statements. This reclassification resulted in an increase in net interest income of $737,157 and decrease in net change in unrealized appreciation of portfolio investments for the same amount. Such reclassification does not have any impact on the net asset value, partners’ capital, net increase in net assets from operations and cash flows of the Partnership as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012. The impact of this reclassification on the net investment income ratio for 2012 is an increase from 8.08% to 8.94%.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments  — Portfolio investments are carried at fair value as determined by the General Partner (see Note 3).

The methodologies used in determining these valuations include:

(1) Preferred shares/membership units and common shares/membership units

In determining estimated fair value for common shares/membership units and preferred shares, the General Partner makes assessments of the methodologies and value measurements which market participants would use in pricing comparable investments, based on market data obtained from independent sources as well as from the General Partner’s own assumptions and taking into account all material events and circumstance which would affect the estimated fair value of such investments. Several types of factors,

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

circumstances and events could affect the estimated fair value of the Partnership’s investments. These include but are not limited to the following:

(i) Any material changes in the (a) competitive position of the portfolio investment, (b) legal and regulatory environment within which the portfolio investment operates, (c) management or key managers of the portfolio investment, (d) terms and/or cost of financing available to the portfolio investment, and (e) financial position or operating results of the investment; (ii) pending disposition by the Partnership of all or a major portfolio investments; and (iii) sales prices of recent public or private transactions in identical or comparable investments.

The Partnership uses one or a combination of the following valuation techniques: Market Approach and Income Approach. The Market Approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. The Income Approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a present amount (i.e., discounting estimated future cash flows to a net present value amount).

(2) Debt

The Partnership uses yield to maturity analysis to estimate the fair value of debt, including the unitranche facilities, which are a combination of senior and subordinated debt in one debt instrument. The calculation of yield to maturity takes into account the current market price, par value, coupon interest rate and time to maturity.

(3) Warrants

Where warrants are considered to be in the money, their incremental value is included within the valuation of the investments.

Valuation techniques are applied consistently from period to period, except when circumstances warrant a change to a different valuation technique that will provide a better estimate of fair value. The valuation process begins with each investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the General Partner. Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior investment professionals of the General Partner. An independent valuation firm is engaged by the General Partner to conduct independent appraisals of each investment to assist the General Partner in determining fair value. The Investment Committee of the Manager reviews the valuation of the investment professionals of the General Partner and that of the independent valuation firm. The Investment Committee of the Manager then determines the fair value of each investment in good faith based on the input of the investment professionals and the independent valuation firm.

Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation, those estimated values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market for the securities existed or from those which will ultimately be realized.

Translation of Foreign Currencies  — The fair value of foreign securities, currency holdings, and other assets and liabilities in currencies other than United States dollars are translated based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of valuation. The cost of each security is determined using historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transactions are translated at prevailing exchange rates at the time of such transactions. The Partnership does not isolate that portion of realized or unrealized gains or losses resulting from changes in the foreign exchange rate on investments from

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

fluctuations arising from changes in the local currency market price of the securities. Such gains and losses are included with the net realized and unrealized gain or loss on portfolio investments in the Statements of Operations.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences could be material. The most significant estimates relate to the valuation of the Partnership’s portfolio investments.

Organizational Costs  — Organizational costs are expensed as incurred. The Partnership is obligated to reimburse the General Partner for 100% of the placement fee and for organizational costs of the Partnership in an amount not to exceed $1,250,000 on a cumulative basis. Organizational costs paid by the Partnership in excess of $1,250,000 (“Excess Organizational Expenses”) and all placement fees paid by the Partnership will reduce the management fee as described in Note 6. As of December 31, 2012, the Partnership has recorded $1,250,000 of organizational costs on a cumulative basis. Organizational costs amounted to $118,048 in 2012 and were included in other expenses in the Statements of Operations. No costs were charged for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — Cash and cash equivalents include deposits held at the custodian bank and short-term investments with original maturities of less than 90 days at time of purchase.

Investments  — Investment security transactions are accounted for on a trade date basis. Cost of portfolio investments represents the actual purchase price of the securities acquired including capitalized legal, brokerage and other fees as well as the value of interest and dividends received in-kind and the amortization of original issue discounts. Fees may be charged to the issuer by the Partnership in connection with the origination of a debt security financing. Such fees are reflected as a discount to the cost of the portfolio security and the discount is accreted into income over the life of the related debt security.

Original Issue Discount  — When the Partnership receives warrants with a nominal or discounted exercise price upon origination of a debt or preferred stock investment, a portion of the cost basis is allocated to the warrants. When the investment is made concurrently with the sale of a substantial amount of equity, the value of the warrants is based on the sales price. The value of the warrants is recorded as original issue discount (“OID”) to the value of the debt or preferred stock investment and the OID is amortized over the life of the investment.

Interest and Dividend Income  — Interest income is accrued when earned. Interest is not accrued if realization appears unlikely. The Partnership accrues paid in-kind interest by recording income and an increase to the cost basis of the related investments. Dividend income is recorded on ex-dividend date. Dividends in-kind are recorded as increase in cost basis of investments and as income.

Investments that are expected to pay regularly scheduled interest in cash are generally placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest cash payments are past due 30 days or more and/or when it is no longer probable that principal or interest cash payments will be collected. Such non-accrual investments are restored to accrual status if past due principal and interest are paid in cash, and in management’s judgment, are likely to continue timely payment of their remaining principal and interest obligations. Cash interest payments received on non-accrual

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

designated investments may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending on management’s judgment. There were no non-accrual investments for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Other Income  — Other income consists of transaction fees which are accreted into income over the life of the related debt security, fee income discount and tax distributions.

Income Taxes  — The Partnership is structured as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, and as such, is not subject to income taxes; each Partner (depending on its structure for tax purposes) may be individually liable for income taxes, if any, on its share of the Partnership’s taxable income.

GAAP provides guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the financial statements. GAAP requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Partnerships’ financial statements to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions with respect to tax at the partnership level not deemed to meet the “more-likely-than-not” threshold would be recorded as a tax benefit or expense in the current year. The General Partner has concluded that no provision for income tax is required in the Partnerships’ financial statements. However, the General Partner’s conclusions regarding uncertain tax positions will be subject to review and may be adjusted at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof.

The following is the major tax jurisdiction for the Partnership and the earliest tax year subject to examination: United States — 2010.

3. New Accounting Pronouncement

In June 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-08, Financial Services — Investment Companies: Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements (“ASU 2013-08”). ASU 2013-08 amends the current criteria for an entity to qualify as an investment company, modifies the measurement criteria for certain interests in other investment companies, and creates new disclosure requirements. ASU 2013-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, with retrospective application. Early application is prohibited. The Partnership is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2013-08.

4. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments

The Partnership accounts for its investments in accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 (“ASC Topic 820”), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value. ASC Topic 820 established a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring investments at fair value.

Market price observability is impacted by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment, and the state of the marketplace (including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants). Investments with readily-available actively quoted prices or for which fair value can be measured from actively-quoted prices in an orderly market will generally have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value.

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

4. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

Investments measured and reported at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following categories (from highest to lowest) based on inputs:

Level 1  — Quoted prices (unadjusted) are available in active markets for identical investments that the Partnership has the ability to access as of the reporting date. The type of investments which would generally be included in Level 1 include listed equity securities and listed derivatives. As required by ASC Topic 820, the Partnership, to the extent that it holds such investments, does not adjust the quoted price for these investments, even in situations where the Partnership holds a large position and a sale could reasonably impact the quoted price.

Level 2  — Pricing inputs are observable for the investments, either directly or indirectly, as of the reporting date, but are not the same as those used in Level 1. Fair value is determined through the use of models or other valuation methodologies.

Level 3  — Pricing inputs are unobservable for the investment and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the investment. The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant judgment or estimation by the General Partner. The types of investments which would generally be included in this category include debt and equity securities issued by private entities.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the determination of which category within the fair value hierarchy is appropriate for any given investment is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Partnership’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment.

The following table summarizes the levels in the fair value hierarchy into which the Partnership’s financial instruments are categorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

As of December 31, 2013 :

       
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Debt   $ 77,460,413     $     $     $ 77,460,413  
Common Shares/Membership Units     24,653,409             4,769,000       19,884,409  
Preferred Shares/Membership Units     20,149,748                   20,149,748  
Warrants     2,702,267                   2,702,267  
Total investments   $ 124,965,837     $     $ 4,769,000     $ 120,196,837  
As of December 31, 2012 :

       
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
Debt   $ 65,446,132     $     $     $ 65,446,132  
Common Shares/Membership Units     21,874,000                   21,874,000  
Preferred Shares/Membership Units     10,858,157                   10,858,157  
Warrants     1,739,267                   1,739,267  
Total investments   $ 99,917,556     $     $     $ 99,917,556  

There were no transfers between levels 1, 2 and 3 in 2013 and 2012.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, a portion of one of the Level 3 investments held by the Partnership was converted from debt to preferred shares.

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

4. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

The changes in investments classified as Level 3 are as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

         
  Debt   Common Shares/ Membership Units   Preferred Shares/ Membership Units   Warrants   Total
Balance as of January 1,
2012
  $ 64,361,762     $ 5,912,241     $ 1,216,204     $ 481,624     $ 71,971,831  
Amortized discounts/ premiums     933,165                         933,165  
Paid in-kind interest     1,257,324             737,157             1,994,481  
Net realized gain (loss)     1,004,366       2,191,122                   3,195,488  
Net change in unrealized appreciation
(depreciation)
    455,360       1,961,759       944,036       1,257,376       4,618,531  
Purchases     37,661,539       15,500,000       8,556,424       267       61,718,230  
Sales/Return of capital     (40,227,384 )       (3,691,122 )       (595,664 )             (44,514,170 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2012   $ 65,446,132     $ 21,874,000     $ 10,858,157     $ 1,739,267     $ 99,917,556  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from investments still held as of December 31, 2012   $ 455,360     $ 2,440,759     $ 944,036     $ 778,376     $ 4,618,531  
Balance as of January 1,
2013
  $ 65,446,132     $ 21,874,000     $ 10,858,157     $ 1,739,267     $ 99,917,556  
Amortized discounts/ premiums     190,362                         190,362  
Paid in-kind interest     640,407             1,065,627             1,706,034  
Net realized gain (loss)     317,374       3,229,861                   3,547,235  
Net change in unrealized appreciation
(depreciation)
    (774,750 )       (2,843,413 )       (1,107,369 )       552,061       (4,173,471 )  
Purchases     32,057,812       1,914,063       4,333,333       410,939       38,716,147  
Sales/Return of capital     (15,416,924 )       (4,290,102 )                   (19,707,026 )  
Transfers in                 5,000,000             5,000,000  
Transfers out     (5,000,000 )                         (5,000,000 )  
Balance as of December 31, 2013   $ 77,460,413     $ 19,884,409     $ 20,149,748     $ 2,702,267     $ 120,196,837  
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) from investments still held as of December 31, 2013   $ (774,750 )     $ (2,013,654 )     $ (1,107,369 )     $ 552,061     $ (3,343,712 )  

The following is a summary of the quantitative inputs and assumptions used for items categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

4. Fair Value of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2013:

         
Assets at fair value   Fair Value at
December 31,
2013
  Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range of
Inputs
  Weighted
Average
Preferred Ownership   $ 20,149,748       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      5.25x – 9x       7.5x  
Common Ownership/ Common Warrants   $ 22,586,676       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      5x – 14x       9.2x  
Debt   $ 77,460,413       Yield Analysis/Market Approach       Yield to Maturity       6.7% – 14%       12.3%  
Total   $ 120,196,837                          
As of December 31, 2012:

         
Assets at fair value   Fair Value at December 31, 2012   Valuation Technique   Unobservable Input   Range of
Inputs
  Weighted
Average
Preferred Ownership   $ 10,858,157       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      7x – 9.1x       8.4x  
Common Ownership/ Common Warrants   $ 23,613,267       Market Approach       Enterprise Value/LTM
EBITDA Multiple
      4x – 9.8x       8.3x  
Debt   $ 65,446,132       Yield Analysis/Market Approach       Yield to Maturity       11% – 14%       13%  
Total   $ 99,917,556                          

5. Partners’ Capital

The Partnership held its initial closing on May 14, 2010, accepting capital commitments amounting to $105,850,000 from Limited Partners. Seven additional closings were held subsequent to May 14, 2010. The most recent of which being the final closing, took place on August 10, 2012, bringing total commitments to $210,200,000. Such capital commitments are due and payable when called by the General Partner. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Limited Partners have contributed $167,482,538 and $138,298,678 or 79.68% and 65.79% of their total capital commitments to the Partnership, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the capital balances of Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 66.60% and 28.91% of total partners’ capital, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, the capital balances of Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 64.34% and 32.31% of total partners’ capital, respectively.

6. Management Fee

For the period from the Commencement Date to the fifth anniversary of the Final Closing Date, the Partnership will pay to the Manager a management fee at an annual rate equal to the product of 1.50% for each Class A Limited Partner and 1.00% – 1.25% for each Class B Limited Partner, in each case multiplied by such Limited Partner’s Capital Commitment. After the fifth anniversary of the Final Closing Date, the management fee will be paid at annual rates of 1.50% and 1.00% – 1.25% for Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners, respectively, in each case multiplied by the aggregate amount of such Limited Partner’s Capital Contributions used to fund the cost of Investments that have not been the subject of a Disposition less the aggregate

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

6. Management Fee  – (continued)

amount of such Limited Partner’s Capital Contributions with respect to all Investments which have not been disposed of prior to the date of such distribution and which have been permanently written off. The management fee is payable quarterly in advance. For the year ended December 31, 2013, Class A Limited Partners were charged $2,118,358 and Class B Limited Partners were charged $709,761 in Management Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Class A Limited Partners were charged $3,085,023 and Class B Limited Partners were charged $1,273,630.

The management fee is reduced by the placement fees and Excess Organization Expenses paid by the Partnership. The management fee is further reduced by 100% of all transaction fees, investment fees, monitoring fees, management fees and directors’ fees received by the General Partner or any affiliate thereof, net of unreimbursed out-of-pocket expenses. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 there were no placement fees, Excess Organizational Expenses, or fees received by the Manager that reduced management fee expense in the reporting period.

7. Distributions

Proceeds from portfolio investments will be distributed to the partners in proportion to their contributions to such investment until the partners have received a) first, 100% to all Limited Partners until the Limited Partners have received an amount equal to their aggregate capital contributions made to the Partnership (including, capital contributions made to the Partnership to fund the Partnership’s organizational expenses, management fees and other ongoing costs); b) second, 100% to all Limited Partners until the Limited Partners have received preferred returns of 8% and 5%, for Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners, respectively, per annum on the aggregate capital contributions made to the Partnership (including, capital contributions made to the Partnership to fund the Partnership’s organizational expenses, management fees and other ongoing costs); c) third, for Class A Limited Partners only, 100% to the General Partner as a carried interest distribution until the General Partner has received an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate amount of distributions; and d) thereafter (a) 80% to such Partner and (b) 20% to the General Partner. Income from short-term investments is distributed to all partners in proportion to such partners’ contributions to such investments.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Partnership made distributions to General Partner and Limited Partners totaling $24,916,429 and $55,431,591, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, distributions made to Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 69.82% and 29.88% of total distributions, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, distributions made to Class A Limited Partners and Class B Limited Partners amounted to 66.69% and 33.31% of total distributions, respectively.

Upon the termination of the Partnership, if it is determined that the General Partner has received carried interest distributions in excess of the amount it would have received had such distributions been determined on a cumulative basis, a clawback payment of such excess is required of the General Partner.

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

7. Distributions  – (continued)

Distributions to limited partners in 2013 are broken down as follows:

 
Return on capital   $ 12,015,381  
Return of capital     12,826,908  
Total   $ 24,842,289  

8. Allocation of Profits and Losses

Allocations of Partnership profits are made in a manner which is consistent with, and gives effect to, the distribution procedures outlined in Note 7 above. Partnership losses are allocated to all partners in proportion to such partners’ capital commitments or to such partners’ percentage ownership in such investment from which the losses arose, or if there is no such investment, in proportion to their capital commitment. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the General Partner was allocated carried interest distributions of $1,804,963 and $3,237,056, respectively.

9. Related Party Transactions

Certain employees of the Manager are Limited Partners of the Partnership. As of December 31, 2013, an affiliate of the Partnership also has a $50.0 million commitment to the Partnership as a Limited Partner. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, this Limited Partner has contributed $40,136,386 and $33,137,763, respectively, or 80.27% and 66.28%, respectively, of its total capital commitments to the Partnership.

The amounts due from Limited Partners, amounts due to affiliates and distributions payable amounting to $6,635 (2012: $239,373), $10,989 (2012: $1,716) and $168 (2012: nil), respectively, relate to capital activity during the year. Additionally, the Partnership incurred $2,828,119 (2012: $4,358,653) in management fees, of which $715,014 (2012: nil) was payable to the Manager as of December 31, 2013.

10. Line of Credit

The Partnership entered into a credit agreement with the Administrator under which the Partnership can borrow an aggregate principal amount of $15 million for the financing of portfolio investments. Interest is charged at the Alternative Rate, defined as the higher of (a) the Federal Fund Rate and (b) the Overnight LIBOR Rate, plus 130 basis points. The interest rate, year to date, has ranged from 1.3795% to 1.49%. The credit agreement is set to mature on dates between May 17, 2014 and June 29, 2014. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Partnership had outstanding borrowings of $15,000,000 and $5,000,000, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Partnership borrowed an average of $9,484,749.

11. Market and Other Risk Factors

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Partnership’s portfolio investments are comprised of non-publicly-traded securities. The non-publicly-traded securities trade in an illiquid marketplace. The portfolio is concentrated in the nine industries listed in Note 13. Risks affecting these industries include, but are not limited to, increasing competition, rapid changes in technology, government actions and changes in economic conditions. These risk factors could have a material effect on the ultimate realizable value of the Partnership’s investments.

Economic conditions in 2013 continued to impact revenues and operating cash flows for most businesses and continued to impact the lending markets, leaving many businesses unable to borrow or refinance debt obligations. These restrictions on obtaining available financing, coupled

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

11. Market and Other Risk Factors  – (continued)

with the continuing economic slowdown, have resulted in a low volume of purchase and sale transactions across all industries, which has limited the amount of observable inputs available to the General Partner in estimating the fair value of the Partnership’s investments. The General Partner estimates the fair value of investments for which observable market prices in active markets do not exist based on the best information available, which may differ significantly from values that would have otherwise been used had a ready market for the investments existed and the differences could be material.

Market conditions may deteriorate, which may negatively impact the estimated fair value of the Partnership’s investments or the amounts which are ultimately realized for such investments.

The above events are beyond the control of the Partnership and cannot be predicted. Furthermore, the ability to liquidate investments and realize value is subject to significant limitations and uncertainties. There may also be risk associated with the concentration of investments in one geographic region or in certain industries.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

The Partnership enters into contracts in the ordinary course of business that contain a variety of indemnifications or warranties. The Partnership’s maximum exposure under these arrangements is unknown. However, the Partnership has not had any claims or losses pursuant to such contracts and expects the risk of loss to be remote.

The liability of each Limited Partner is limited to its unfunded Capital Commitment, which obligations shall be enforceable to the fullest extent allowed by the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the Delaware Act), and any return of distributed capital that may be required by law. Under the Delaware Act, the General Partner is liable for all obligations of the Partnership, without limitation. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no outstanding commitments to portfolio companies.

In the normal course of business, the Partnership enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations and warranties and which provide general indemnifications. In addition, under the terms of the Limited Partnership Agreement, the Partnership has agreed to indemnify the General Partner, its officers, directors, employees, agents or any person who serves on behalf of the Partnership from any loss, claim, damage, or liability which such person incurs by reason of his performance of activities of the Partnership, provided they acted in good faith. Based on experience, the General Partner expects the risk of loss related to the Partnership’s indemnifications to be remote.

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

13. Classification of Portfolio Investments

As of December 31, 2013, the Partnership’s portfolio investments were categorized as follows:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Industry
                          
Technology   $ 27,641,303     $ 36,492,364       32.98 %  
Healthcare     17,788,791       18,409,791       16.64 %  
Media & Entertainment     16,401,228       16,796,478       15.18 %  
Food and Beverage     12,391,564       12,391,564       11.20 %  
Disaster Recovery Services     13,239,853       11,906,520       10.76 %  
Waste Management Services     10,802,784       10,802,784       9.76 %  
Education     11,590,021       10,702,958       9.68 %  
Energy Service Company     10,017,974       6,868,969       6.21 %  
Defense Services     500,000       594,409       0.54 %  
     $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  
Geographic Region
                          
Eastern United States   $ 78,263,263     $ 85,586,587       77.36 %  
Midwest United States     22,409,538       19,260,533       17.41 %  
West United States     19,700,717       20,118,717       18.18 %  
     $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  
Investment Type
                          
Debt   $ 78,235,163       77,460,413       70.02 %  
Common Shares/Membership Units     21,414,063       24,653,409       22.28 %  
Preferred Shares/Membership Units     20,313,081       20,149,748       18.21 %  
Warrants     411,211       2,702,267       2.44 %  
Total   $ 120,373,518     $ 124,965,837       112.95 %  

* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

13. Classification of Portfolio Investments  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2012, the Partnership’s portfolio investments were categorized as follows:

     
  Cost   Fair Value   % of
Net Assets*
Industry
                          
Media & Entertainment   $ 19,159,250     $ 20,632,286       21.33 %  
Food and Beverage     12,359,788       13,851,788       14.32 %  
Education     12,778,476       12,778,476       13.21 %  
Security Alarm Monitoring Company     11,506,568       12,336,327       12.75 %  
Healthcare     11,883,581       11,883,581       12.29 %  
Energy Service Company     9,902,225       10,633,220       10.99 %  
Waste Management Services     8,737,157       8,737,157       9.04 %  
Technology     7,093,721       8,593,721       8.89 %  
Defense Services     500,000       471,000       0.49 %  
     $ 93,920,766     $ 99,917,556       103.31 %  
Geographic Region
                          
Eastern United States   $ 71,658,753     $ 75,432,548       77.99 %  
Midwest United States     22,262,013       24,485,008       25.32 %  
     $ 93,920,766     $ 99,917,556       103.31 %  
Investment Type
                          
Debt   $ 65,446,132     $ 65,446,132       67.66 %  
Common Shares/Membership Units     18,560,241       21,874,000       22.62 %  
Preferred Shares/Membership Units     9,914,121       10,858,157       11.23 %  
Warrants     272       1,739,267       1.80 %  
Total   $ 93,920,766     $ 99,917,556       103.31 %  

* Fair value as a percentage of Net Assets

14. Financial Highlights

The following performance ratios and internal rate of return (“IRR”) (since inception) are presented for the Limited Partners as a single class, taken as a whole. The actual ratios of each individual investor may vary and are dependent upon the specific allocations of income and expense to such investor and the timing of capital transactions for such investor.

The net investment income (loss) ratio and the expense ratio are computed using the weighted average capital of the Limited Partners during the periods. The net investment income (loss) ratio does not include the effects of the carried interest allocation. The weighted average capital calculation reflects a measure of capital after each capital contribution, distribution or other significant change in capital at the end of each quarterly accounting period. The IRR was computed based on the actual dates of Limited Partners’ cash inflows (capital contributions) and outflows (cash and stock distributions), and the residual value of the Limited Partners’ capital accounts as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

14. Financial Highlights  – (continued)

   
  2013   2012
Net investment income (loss) ratio before carried interest allocation     7.50 %       8.94 %  
Expense ratio before carried interest allocation     3.54 %       5.92 %  
Carried interest allocation     1.80 %       3.79 %  
Expense ratio after carried interest allocation     5.34 %       9.71 %  
Cumulative IRR after carried interest allocation     10.03 %       11.30 %  

These financial highlights may not be indicative of future performance.

15. Unconsolidated Significant Subsidiaries

In accordance with the SEC’s Regulation S-X and GAAP, we have subsidiaries that are not required to be consolidated. We have certain unconsolidated significant subsidiaries that pursuant to Rule 4-08(g) of Regulation S-X, summarized unaudited financial information is presented below in aggregate as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 
Balance Sheet     
As of
December 31,
2013
Current Assets     14,298,448  
Noncurrent Assets     32,385,291  
Current Liabilities     4,606,485  
Noncurrent Liabilities     20,295,994  
 

 
Income Statement   For the
year ended
December 31,
2013
Net Sales     38,655,576  
Gross Profit     11,532,026  
Net Income (Loss)     (8,157,148 )  

  

16. Subsequent Events

The Partnership has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued. From January 1, 2014 to the date the financial statements were issued, the Partnership received contributions in the amount of $34,915,014 and made distributions to partners in the amount of $3,941,341. New investments purchased during the same period amounted to $16.8 million, comprising $1,500,000 to Global Telecom & Technology Inc. and $300,000 to Show Media, Inc. as add on investments and $15,000,000 to DBI Holdings LLC. as a new investment (13% maturing 9/5/2019). On February 28, 2014, Media Storm, LLC repaid the outstanding debt portion of its 14% senior subordinated note, in the amount of $8,407,588.

Investment Portfolio Sale Transaction

In June 2013, BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. formed Alcentra Capital Corp. (Alcentra) which will operate as a non-diversified closed-end management investment company and will file an election to be regulated as a business development company (BDC) under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Partnership received majority approval from the Limited Partners for the Partnership to enter into an asset purchase agreement with Alcentra to effectuate the sale by the Partnership of all of its debt and equity investments to Alcentra with the exception of Global Telecom & Technology, Inc., which will not be included in the assets to be sold to Alcentra. In addition, the debt investments held in a warehouse facility of BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. will also be sold to Alcentra . These sale transactions are expected to be independently financed by Alcentra and to close shortly after Alcentra's elected to be treated as a BDC and concurrent with the closing of its initial public offering.

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2013 and 2012

16. Subsequent Events  – (continued)

The fair value of the equity and debt investments of the Partnership as of December 31, 2013 are included in the schedule of investments in these financial statements. The fair value of the debt investments held by BNY Alcentra Group Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 which will be acquired by Alcentra are listed in the schedule below. The fair values of these investments were determined in accordance with ASC 820 using the valuation methodologies described in Note 2.

     
Portfolio Company/Type of Investment   Industry   Cost as of
December 31,
2013
  Fair Value as of
December 31,
2013
Aphena Pharma Solutions 10.5% (7% cash and 3.5% PIK)     Packaging       (a)       (a)  
Black Diamond Rentals 14% (10% cash and 4% PIK)     Oil & Gas Services       11,435,000       11,435,000  
WellBiz Brands, Inc. 10.5% (7% cash and 3.5% PIK)     Physical Therapy       6,141,000       6,141,000  
Total Portfolio Investments         $ 17,576,000     $ 17,576,000  

(a) This investment was acquired on March 4, 2014 at a cost of $3,196,401.

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BNY MELLON-ALCENTRA MEZZANINE III, L.P.
  
SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited)

       
  2013
     Q4   Q3   Q2   Q1
Total investment income   $ 3,435,712     $ 2,225,597     $ 2,749,663     $ 2,640,411  
Net investment income     2,314,995       1,351,985       1,953,426       1,889,241  
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain     102,603       248,538       1,549,271       242,352  
Net (decrease) increase in net assets resulting from operations     2,417,598       1,600,523       3,502,697       2,131,593  

       
  2012
     Q4   Q3   Q2   Q1
Total investment income*   $ 4,440,753     $ 3,008,363     $ 2,890,642     $ 2,347,303  
Net investment income*     3,412,752       1,204,709       1,169,591       1,847,459  
Net realized and unrealized (loss) gain*     3,393,989       1,229,328       2,885,257       305,445  
Net (decrease) increase in net assets resulting from operations     6,806,741       2,434,037       4,054,848       2,152,904  

* Adjusted for the effects of the correction of the classification of PIK accrued on an investment in a portfolio company as discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements.

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

$40,000,000

6.500% Notes due 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

PROSPECTUS

 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 

January   , 2015

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(1) Financial statements

 
  Page No.
Unaudited Financial Statements:
        
 
Consolidated Financial Statements of Alcentra Capital Corporation:
        
Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-2  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended September 30, 2014 (unaudited) and for the period from May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-3  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the period from May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the period from May 8, 2014 (commencement of operations) to September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-5  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments of Alcentra Capital Corporation as of September 30, 2014 (unaudited)     F-6  
Financial Statements of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P.:
        
Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2013     F-2  
Statements of Operations for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014, and for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)     F-3  
Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)     F-4  
Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1, 2014 to May 7, 2014 and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2013 (unaudited)     F-5  
Schedule of Investments of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. as of December 31, 2013     F-10  
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements     F-12  
Audited Financial Statements:
        
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-34  
Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-35  
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2012     F-36  
Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-37  
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-38  
Schedules of Investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-43  
Notes to Financial Statements     F-46  
Supplementary Data     F-60  

C-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Exhibits

 
(a)(1)   Articles of Amendment and Restatement (1)
(b)(1)   Bylaws (1)
(c)   Not applicable
(d)(1)   Form of Base Indenture*
(d)(2)   Form of First Supplemental Indenture*
(d)(3)   Form of Global Note (included as Exhibit A to the Form of First Supplemental Indenture)*
(d)(4)   Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 (7)
(d)(5)   Form of Supplemental Indenture*
(e)   Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan (3)
(f)   Not applicable
(g)(1)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and our Adviser (3)
(g)(2)   Form of Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Alcentra NY, LLC (3)
(h)   Form of Selling Agent Agreement for Notes*
(i)   Not applicable
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (5)
(k)(1)   Form of Master Administration and Accounting Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company (5)
(k)(2)   Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and Alcentra NY, LLC (2)
(k)(3)   Form of Registration Rights Agreement (2)
(k)(4)   Form of Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement among the Registrant and ING Capital LLC (5)
(k)(5)   Form of Guarantee and Security Agreement among the Registrant and ING Capital LLC (5)
(k)(6)   Amendment No. 1 to the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 19, 2014, by and among the Company as borrower, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent, Arranger and Bookrunner. (6)
(k)(7)   Incremental Commitment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2014, by and among the Company, as borrower, the Increasing Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. (6)
(k)(8)   Form of Amendment No. 2 to the Senior Revolving Credit Agreement, to be entered into by and among the Company as borrower, the Lenders party thereto and ING Capital LLC, as Administrative Agent, Arranger and Bookrunner.*
(l)(1)   Form of Opinion and Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for Registrant (7)
(l)(2)   Form of Opinion and Consent of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for Registrant*
(m)   Not applicable
(n)(1)   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*
(o)   Not applicable
(p)   Not applicable
(q)   Not applicable
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of the Registrant (7)
99.1   Statement of Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (7)

* Filed herewith.
(1) Previously filed in connection with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-194521) filed on March 12, 2014, and incorporated by reference herein.
(2) Previously filed in connection with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-194521) filed on April 9, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference.
(3) Previously filed in connection with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-194521) filed on April 22, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference.

C-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) Previously filed in connection with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-194521) filed on April 28, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference.
(5) Previously filed in connection with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-194521) filed on May 8, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference.
(6) Previously filed in connection with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 29, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference.
(7) Previously filed in connection with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-199622) filed on January 14, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements

The information contained under the heading “Plan of Distribution” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 4,648  
FINRA filing fee   $ 6,500  
Printing expenses   $ 30,000  
Accounting fees and expenses   $ 100,000  
Legal fees and expenses   $ 125,000  
Miscellaneous   $ 10,000  
Total   $ 276,148  

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control

None.

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Registrant’s common stock as of January 8, 2015.

 
Title of Class   Number of Record Holders
Common Stock, $0.001 par value     4  

Item 30. Indemnification

Reference is made to Section 2-418 of the Maryland General Corporation Law, Article VII of the Registrant’s charter and Article XI of the Registrant’s Bylaws.

Maryland law permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. The Registrant’s charter contains such a provision which eliminates directors’ and officers’ liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act.

The Registrant’s charter authorizes the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrant’s director or officer and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee, from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or

C-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reimburse their reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The Registrant’s bylaws obligate the Registrant, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to indemnify any present or former director or officer or any individual who, while serving as the Registrant’s director or officer and at the Registrant’s request, serves or has served another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee and who is made, or threatened to be made, a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity from and against any claim or liability to which that person may become subject or which that person may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. The charter and bylaws also permit the Registrant to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of the Registrant in any of the capacities described above and any of the Registrant’s employees or agents or any employees or agents of the Registrant’s predecessor. In accordance with the 1940 Act, the Registrant will not indemnify any person for any liability to which such person would be subject by reason of such person’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

Maryland law requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which the Registrant’s charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. Maryland law permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, under Maryland law, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or for a judgment of liability on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received unless, in either case, a court orders indemnification, and then only for expenses. In addition, Maryland law permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer in advance of final disposition of a proceeding upon the corporation’s receipt of (a) a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation and (b) a written undertaking by him or her or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the standard of conduct was not met.

Adviser

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Alcentra NY, LLC, our Adviser, and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the investment adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

The law also provides for comparable indemnification for corporate officers and agents. Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy

C-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors. The indemnification agreements are intended to provide the Registrant’s directors the maximum indemnification permitted under Maryland law and the 1940 Act. Each indemnification agreement provides that the Registrant shall indemnify the director who is a party to the agreement, or an Indemnitee, including the advancement of legal expenses, if, by reason of his or her corporate status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to or a witness in any threatened, pending, or completed proceeding, other than a proceeding by or in the right of the Registrant.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC file number 801-62417) and incorporated herein by reference.

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant, Alcentra Capital Corporation, 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166;
(2) the Transfer Agent, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 30170, College Station, TX 77842-3170;
(3) the Custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110; and
(4) the Adviser, Alcentra NY, LLC, 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, New York 10166.

Item 33. Management Services

Not Applicable.

Item 34. Undertakings

(1) Not applicable.
(2) Not applicable.
(3) Not applicable.
(4)

(a)

to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement; and

C-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(b) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(c) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(d) that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 497(b), (c), (d) or (e) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than prospectus filed in reliance on Rule 430A under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness, provided, however , that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use;
(e) that for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act;
(ii) the portion of any advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and
(iii) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
(5)

(a)

for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the 1933 Act [17 CFR 230.497(h)] shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

(b) for the purpose of determining any liability under the 1933 Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(6) Not applicable.

C-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York City, in the State of New York, on this 28 th day of January 2015.

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

By: /s/ Paul J. Echausse 

Name: Paul J. Echausse
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

   
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Paul J. Echausse

Paul J. Echausse
  President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  January 28, 2015
*

Paul Hatfield
  Chairman of the Board of Directors   January 28, 2015
/s/ Ellida McMillan

Ellida McMillan
  Chief Accounting Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  January 28, 2015
*

T. Ulrich Brechbühl
  Director   January 28, 2015
*

Douglas J. Greenlaw
  Director   January 28, 2015
*

Rudolph L. Hertlein
  Director   January 28, 2015
*   Signed by Paul J. Echausse pursuant to a power of attorney signed by each individual and filed with this Registration Statement on October 27, 2014.


 

Exhibit (d)(1)

 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

Issuer

 

And

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

Trustee

 

Indenture

 

Dated as of January [•], 2015

 

Providing for the Issuance

 

Of

 

Debt Securities

 

 
 

 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939

and Indenture, dated as of January [•], 2015

 

 

Trust Indenture
Act Section

  Indenture
Section
§ 310 (a)(1) 607
  (a)(2) 607
  (b) 609
§ 312 (c) 701
§ 314 (a) 704
  (a)(4) 1005
  (c)(1) 102
  (c)(2) 102
  (e) 102
§ 315 (b) 601
§ 316 (a) (last sentence) 101 (“Outstanding”)
  (a)(1)(A) 502,512
  (a)(1)(B) 513
  (b) 508
§ 317 (a)(1) 503
  (a)(2) 504
§ 318 (a) 111
  (c) 111
       

  


NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article One  
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION  
   
SECTION 101. Definitions. 1
SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. 10
SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. 11
SECTION 104. Acts of Holders. 11
SECTION 105. Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company. 12
SECTION 106. Notice to Holders; Waiver. 13
SECTION 107. Conflict with TIA. 13
SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. 14
SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns. 14
SECTION 110. Separability Clause. 14
SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture. 14
SECTION 112. Governing Law. 14
SECTION 113. Legal Holidays. 14
SECTION 114. Submission to Jurisdiction. 15
     
Article Two  
SECURITIES FORMS  
   
SECTION 201. Forms of Securities. 15
SECTION 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. 15
SECTION 203. Securities Issuable in Global Form. 16
     
Article Three  
THE SECURITIES  
   
SECTION 301. Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. 17
SECTION 302. Denominations. 20
SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. 20
SECTION 304. Temporary Securities. 22
SECTION 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. 23
SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. 25
SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset. 26
SECTION 308. Optional Extension of Maturity. 28
SECTION 309. Persons Deemed Owners. 29
SECTION 310. Cancellation. 30
SECTION 311. Computation of Interest. 30
SECTION 312. Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities. 30
SECTION 313. Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent. 34
SECTION 314. CUSIP Numbers. 34

 

i
 

 

Article Four  
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE  
     
SECTION 401. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. 35
SECTION 402. Application of Trust Funds. 36
     
Article Five  
REMEDIES  
     
SECTION 501. Events of Default. 36
SECTION 502. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. 38
SECTION 503. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. 39
SECTION 504. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 40
SECTION 505. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. 41
SECTION 506. Application of Money Collected. 41
SECTION 507. Limitation on Suits. 41
SECTION 508. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. 42
SECTION 509. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 42
SECTION 510. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 42
SECTION 511. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 43
SECTION 512. Control by Holders of Securities. 43
SECTION 513. Waiver of Past Defaults. 43
SECTION 514. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. 44
     
Article Six  
THE TRUSTEE  
     
SECTION 601. Notice of Defaults. 44
SECTION 602. Certain Rights of Trustee. 44
SECTION 603. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. 47
SECTION 604. May Hold Securities. 48
SECTION 605. Money Held in Trust. 48
SECTION 606. Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee. 48
SECTION 607. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. 49
SECTION 608. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. 49
SECTION 609. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. 49
SECTION 610. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. 51
SECTION 611. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. 52
SECTION 612. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. 53
     
Article Seven  
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY  
   
SECTION 701. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. 54
SECTION 702. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. 55
SECTION 703. Reports by Trustee. 55

 

ii
 

 

SECTION 704. Reports by Company. 55
SECTION 705. Calculation of Original Issue Discount. 56
     
Article Eight  
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER  
     
SECTION 801. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms. 56
SECTION 802. Successor Person Substituted. 57
     
Article Nine  
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES  
     
SECTION 901. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. 57
SECTION 902. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. 58
SECTION 903. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. 60
SECTION 904. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. 60
SECTION 905. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. 60
SECTION 906. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures. 60
     
Article Ten  
COVENANTS  
     
SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest. 60
SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 61
SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust. 61
SECTION 1004. Additional Amounts. 62
SECTION 1005. Statement as to Compliance. 63
SECTION 1006. Waiver of Certain Covenants. 64
     
Article Eleven  
REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES  
     
SECTION 1101. Applicability of Article. 64
SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. 64
SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed. 64
SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption. 65
SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price. 66
SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date. 66
SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part. 67
     
Article Twelve  
SINKING FUNDS  
SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article. 67
SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities. 68
SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund. 68

 

iii
 

 

Article Thirteen  
REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS  
     
SECTION 1301. Applicability of Article. 68
SECTION 1302. Repayment of Securities. 69
SECTION 1303. Exercise of Option. 69
SECTION 1304. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable. 69
SECTION 1305. Securities Repaid in Part. 70
     
Article Fourteen  
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE  
     
SECTION 1401. Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 70
SECTION 1402. Defeasance and Discharge. 70
SECTION 1403. Covenant Defeasance. 71
SECTION 1404. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 71
SECTION 1405. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 73
     
Article Fifteen  
MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES  
   
SECTION 1501. Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called. 74
SECTION 1502. Call, Notice and Place of Meetings. 74
SECTION 1503. Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings. 74
SECTION 1504. Quorum; Action. 75
SECTION 1505. Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings. 76
SECTION 1506. Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings. 77
     
Article Sixteen  
SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES  
     
SECTION 1601. Agreement to Subordinate. 77
SECTION 1602. Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities. 77
SECTION 1603. No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness. 79
SECTION 1604. Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted. 79
SECTION 1605. Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination. 79
SECTION 1606. Notices to Trustee. 80
SECTION 1607. Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness. 80
SECTION 1608. Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness. 80
SECTION 1609. Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent. 81

 

iv
 

  

INDENTURE, dated as of January [•], 2015, between ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”), having its principal office at 200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor, New York, NY 10166, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (hereinafter called the “Trustee”), having its office at One Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02110.

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company deems it necessary to issue from time to time for its lawful purposes debt securities (hereinafter called the “Securities”) evidencing its secured or unsecured indebtedness, which may or may not be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (as defined herein) (including the Company), and has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Securities, to be issued in one or more series, unlimited as to principal amount, to bear such rates of interest, to mature at such times and to have such other provisions as shall be fixed as hereinafter provided.

 

This Indenture (as defined herein) is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders (as defined herein) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities, or of a series thereof, as follows:

 

Article One


DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

 

SECTION 101.         Definitions.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)         the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular and, pursuant to Section 301, any such item may, with respect to any particular series of Securities, be amended or modified or specified as being inapplicable;

 

(2)         all other terms used herein that are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as defined herein), either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein, and the terms “cash transaction” and “self-liquidating paper”, as used in Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, shall have the meanings assigned to them in the rules of the Commission (as defined herein) adopted under the Trust Indenture Act;

 

1
 

 

(3)         all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America; and

 

(4)          the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

Certain terms, used in other Articles herein, are defined in those Articles.

 

Act ”, when used with respect to any Holder of a Security, has the meaning specified in Section 104.

 

Additional Amounts ” means any additional amounts that are required by a Security or by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, under circumstances specified therein, to be paid by the Company in respect of certain taxes imposed on certain Holders and that are owing to such Holders.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

Authenticating Agent ” means any authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 612 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one or more series.

 

Authorized Newspaper ” means a newspaper, in the English language or in an official language of the country of publication, customarily published on each Business Day, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays, and of general circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the financial community of each such place. Where successive publications are required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be made in the same or in different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and in each case on any Business Day.

 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company, the executive committee or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.

 

Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day ”, when used with respect to any Place of Payment or any other particular location referred to in this Indenture or in the Securities, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City or in that Place of Payment or particular location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

2
 

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if at any time after execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.

 

Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.

 

Company Request ” and “ Company Order ” mean, respectively, a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President of the Company, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 312(d).

 

Conversion Event ” means the cessation of use of (i) a Foreign Currency both by the government of the country which issued such currency and for the settlement of transactions by a central bank or other public institutions of or within the international banking community, (ii) the Euro within the Economic and Monetary Union of the European Union or (iii) any currency unit (or composite currency) other than the Euro for the purposes for which it was established.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof for purposes of Section 1002 only is located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation, and for all other purposes is located at 1 Federal Street, 3rd Floor, Boston, MA 02110, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

Corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies and business trusts.

 

Currency ” means any currency or currencies, composite currency or currency unit or currency units issued by the government of one or more countries or by any reorganized confederation or association of such governments.

 

Default ” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 307.

 

Depository ” means the clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as the Depository for global Securities. DTC shall be the initial Depository, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depository” shall mean or include such successor.

 

3
 

 

Dollar ” or “ $” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

Election Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 312(h).

 

Euro ” means the euro or other equivalent unit in such official coin or currency of the European Union.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Article Five.

 

Exchange Rate Agent ”, with respect to Securities of or within any series, means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, a bank that is a member of the New York Clearing House Association, designated pursuant to Section 301 or Section 313.

 

Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation and (ii) the Dollar or Foreign Currency amounts of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any (on an aggregate basis and on the basis of a Security having the lowest denomination principal amount determined in accordance with Section 302 in the relevant Currency), payable with respect to a Security of any series on the basis of such Market Exchange Rate or the applicable bid quotation signed by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer or any Vice President of the Company.

 

Foreign Currency ” means any Currency, including, without limitation, the Euro issued by the government of one or more countries other than the United States of America or by any recognized confederation or association of such governments.

 

Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States of America or the government that issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of a particular series are payable, for the payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America or such government that issued the Foreign Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America or such other government, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

 

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered in the Security Register.

 

4
 

 

Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301; provided , however , that, if at any time more than one Person is acting as Trustee under this instrument, “Indenture” shall mean, with respect to any one or more series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of the or those particular series of Securities for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 301, exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms that relate solely to other series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

 

Indexed Security ” means a Security as to which all or certain interest payments and/or the principal amount payable at Maturity are determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, Currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities or by such other objective price, economic or other measures as are specified in or pursuant to Section 301 hereof.

 

Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity, and, when used with respect to a Security which provides for the payment of Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 1004, includes such Additional Amounts.

 

Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

 

Market Exchange Rate ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, (i) for any conversion involving a currency unit on the one hand and Dollars or any Foreign Currency on the other, the exchange rate between the relevant currency unit and Dollars or such Foreign Currency calculated by the method specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of the relevant series, (ii) for any conversion of Dollars into any Foreign Currency, the noon buying rate for such Foreign Currency for cable transfers quoted in New York City as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and (iii) for any conversion of one Foreign Currency into Dollars or another Foreign Currency, the spot rate at noon local time in the relevant market at which, in accordance with normal banking procedures, the Dollars or Foreign Currency into which conversion is being made could be purchased with the Foreign Currency from which conversion is being made from major banks located in either New York City, London or any other principal market for Dollars or such purchased Foreign Currency, in each case determined by the Exchange Rate Agent. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, in the event of the unavailability of any of the exchange rates provided for in the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the Exchange Rate Agent shall use, in its sole discretion and without liability on its part, such quotation of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of the most recent available date, or quotations from one or more major banks in New York City, London or other principal market for such currency or currency unit in question, or such other quotations as the Exchange Rate Agent shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise specified by the Exchange Rate Agent, if there is more than one market for dealing in any currency or currency unit by reason of foreign exchange regulations or otherwise, the market to be used in respect of such currency or currency unit shall be that upon which a nonresident issuer of securities designated in such currency or currency unit would purchase such currency or currency unit in order to make payments in respect of such securities as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent, in its sole discretion.

 

5
 

 

Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of redemption, notice of option to elect repayment, notice of exchange or conversion or otherwise.

 

Notice of Default ” has the meaning provided in Section 501.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or a Vice President of the Company, and by the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for the Company or who may be an employee of or other counsel for the Company and who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

Original Issue Discount Security ” means any Security that provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

 

Outstanding ”, when used with respect to Securities or any series of Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Securities or all Securities of such series, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

 

(i)          Securities theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(ii)         Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Securities, provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 

(iii)        Securities, except to the extent provided in Sections 1402 and 1403, with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance and/or covenant defeasance as provided in Article Fourteen;

 

6
 

 

(iv)        Securities that have been changed into any other securities of the Company or any other Person in accordance with this Indenture if the terms of such Securities provide for convertibility or exchangeability pursuant to Section 301; and

 

(v)         Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a protected purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

 

provided , however , that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes, and for the purpose of making the calculations required by TIA Section 313, (i) the principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the amount of principal thereof that would be (or shall have been declared to be) due and payable, at the time of such determination, upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, (ii) the principal amount of any Security denominated in a Foreign Currency that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed Outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the Dollar equivalent, determined as of the date such Security is originally issued by the Company as set forth in an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security, the Dollar equivalent as of such date of original issuance of the amount determined as provided in clause (i) above or (iii) below, respectively) of such Security, (iii) the principal amount of any Indexed Security that may be counted in making such determination or calculation and that shall be deemed outstanding for such purpose shall be equal to the principal face amount of such Indexed Security at original issuance, unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 301, and (iv) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making such calculation or in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver or upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum, only Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor.

 

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities on behalf of the Company.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

 

7
 

 

Place of Payment ”, when used with respect to the Securities of or within any series, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such Securities are payable as specified and as contemplated by Sections 301 and 1002.

 

Predecessor Security ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

 

Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, in whole or in part, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Registered Security ” means any Security that is registered in the Security Register.

 

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date on the Registered Securities of or within any series means the date specified for that purpose as contemplated by Section 301, whether or not a Business Day.

 

Repayment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the date fixed for such repayment by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Repayment Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid at the option of the Holder, means the price at which it is to be repaid by or pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

Security ” or “ Securities ” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and, more particularly, means any Security or Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture; provided , however , that, if at any time there is more than one Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, “Securities” with respect to the Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

 

Security Register ” and “ Security Registrar ” have the respective meanings specified in Section 305.

 

Senior Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (a) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, that has been designated by the Company as “Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture by a Company Order delivered to the Trustee, (b) Senior Securities, and (c) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such indebtedness.

 

8
 

 

Senior Security ” or “ Senior Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 301 as a Senior Security.

 

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of or within any series means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

 

Stated Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, as such date may be extended pursuant to the provisions of Section 308.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means the principal of (and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on (a) indebtedness of the Company (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by the Company), whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money borrowed, which in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is provided that such indebtedness ranks junior in right of payment to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness, equally and pari passu in right of payment with all other Subordinated Indebtedness, (b) Subordinated Securities, and (c) renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any such Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

Subordinated Security ” or “ Subordinated Securities ” means any Security or Securities designated pursuant to Section 301 as a Subordinated Security.

 

Subsidiary ” means (1) any corporation a majority of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company or by one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company, (2) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest, or (3) a partnership in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the time, a general partner and in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest. For the purposes of this definition, “voting stock” means stock having voting power for the election of directors, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of stock has such voting power by reason of any contingency.

 

Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed, except as provided in Section 905.

 

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder; provided , however , that if at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean only the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

 

9
 

 

United States ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, the United States of America (including the states and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

 

United States person ” means, unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, any individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other than a partnership that is not treated as a United States person under any applicable Treasury regulations), any estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or any trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent provided in the Treasury regulations, certain trusts in existence on August 20, 1996, and treated as United States persons prior to such date that elect to continue to be treated as United States persons, will also be United States persons.

 

Valuation Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 312(c).

 

Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity, computed at the time of issuance of a Security (or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such Security) and as set forth in such Security in accordance with generally accepted United States bond yield computation principles.

 

SECTION 102.         Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

 

Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

 

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 1005) shall include:

 

(1)         a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

(2)         a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)         a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

 

10
 

 

(4)         a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 103.         Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion as to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, or a certificate or representations by counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the opinion, certificate or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such Opinion of Counsel or certificate or representations may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information as to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations as to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 104.         Acts of Holders.

 

(a)          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of the Outstanding Securities of all series or one or more series, as the case may be, may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series may, alternatively, be embodied in and evidenced by the record of Holders of Securities of such series voting in favor thereof, either in person or by proxies duly appointed in writing, at any meeting of Holders of Securities of such series duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article Fifteen, or a combination of such instruments and any such record. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such instrument or instruments and any such record (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments or so voting at any such meeting. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the holding by any Person of a Security, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section. The record of any meeting of Holders of Securities shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 1506.

 

11
 

 

(b)          The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than his individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing or the authority of the Person executing the same may also be proved in any other reasonable manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

 

(c)          The ownership of Registered Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

 

(d)          If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of Registered Securities any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may, at its option, in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the record date specified in or pursuant to such Board Resolution. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Securities have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Securities shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than eleven months after the record date.

 

(e)          Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.

 

SECTION 105.         Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 

(1)         the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished, filed or mailed, first-class postage prepaid in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation (David W. Doucette), or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee, or

 

12
 

 

(2)         the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, to the attention of its Secretary or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

 

SECTION 106.         Notice to Holders; Waiver.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to Holders of Registered Securities by the Company or the Trustee, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each such Holder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders of Registered Securities is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders of Registered Securities. Any notice mailed to a Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives such notice.

 

If by reason of the suspension of or irregularities in regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification to Holders of Registered Securities as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

 

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English language, except that any published notice may be in an official language of the country of publication.

 

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

SECTION 107.         Conflict with TIA.

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the provision of the TIA shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the provision of the TIA shall be deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or only to the extent not so excluded, as the case may be.

 

13
 

 

SECTION 108.         Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

 

The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

SECTION 109.         Successors and Assigns.

 

All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

 

SECTION 110.         Separability Clause.

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in any Security shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

SECTION 111.         Benefits of Indenture.

 

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Security Registrar, any Paying Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their successors hereunder and the Holders any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 112.         Governing Law.

 

This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

SECTION 113.         Legal Holidays.

 

In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security other than a provision in the Securities of any series which specifically states that such provision shall apply in lieu of this Section), payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or sinking fund payment date, or at the Stated Maturity or Maturity; provided that no interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date, sinking fund payment date, Stated Maturity or Maturity, as the case may be.

 

14
 

 

SECTION 114.         Submission to Jurisdiction.

 

The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York state or federal court sitting in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Indenture and the Securities of any series, and the Company hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York state or federal court. The Company hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding.

 

Article Two

 

SECURITIES FORMS

  

SECTION 201.         Forms of Securities.

 

The Registered Securities of each series, the temporary global Securities of each series, if any, and the permanent global Securities of each series, if any, shall be in substantially the forms as shall be established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution in accordance with Section 301, shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification or designation and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Securities may be listed, or to conform to usage.

 

The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

SECTION 202.         Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.

 

Subject to Section 611, the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

    U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
     
  By  
    Authorized Officer

 

15
 

 

SECTION 203.         Securities Issuable in Global Form.

 

If Securities of or within a series are issuable in global form, as specified as contemplated by Section 301, then, notwithstanding clause (8) of Section 301 and the provisions of Section 302, any such Security shall represent such of the Outstanding Securities of such series as shall be specified therein and may provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities of such series represented thereby may from time to time be increased or decreased to reflect exchanges. Any endorsement of a Security in global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, of Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar in such manner and upon instructions given by such Person or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Company Order to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 303 or 304. Subject to the provisions of Section 303 and, if applicable, Section 304, the Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver and redeliver any Security in permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order. If a Company Order pursuant to Section 303 or 304 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered, any instructions by the Company with respect to endorsement, delivery or redelivery of a Security in global form shall be in writing but need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

 

The provisions of the last sentence of Section 303 shall apply to any Security represented by a Security in global form if such Security was never issued and sold by the Company and the Company delivers to the Trustee or the Security Registrar the Security in global form together with written instructions (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) with regard to the reduction in the principal amount of Securities represented thereby, together with the written statement contemplated by the last sentence of Section 303.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 307, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any Security in permanent global form shall be made to the Person or Persons specified therein.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 309 and except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company and the Trustee shall treat as the Holder of such principal amount of Outstanding Securities represented by a permanent global Security, the Holder of such permanent global Security.

 

Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for the Securities evidenced thereby, every global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITORY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

16
 

 

Article Three

 

THE SECURITIES

 

SECTION 301.         Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

 

The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

 

The Securities may be issued in one or more series as Registered Securities and shall be designated as Senior Securities or Subordinated Securities. Senior Securities are unsubordinated, shall rank equally and pari passu with all of the Company’s other Senior Indebtedness and senior to all of the Company’s Subordinated Indebtedness. Subordinated Securities shall rank junior to the Company’s Senior Indebtedness and equally and pari passu with all of the Company’s other Subordinated Indebtedness. There shall be established in one or more Board Resolutions or pursuant to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Securities of any series, any or all of the following, as applicable (each of which (except for the matters set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (15) below), if so provided, may be determined from time to time by the Company with respect to unissued Securities of the series when issued from time to time):

 

(1)         the title of the Securities of the series including CUSIP numbers (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from all other series of Securities);

 

(2)         any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of the series that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 906, 1107 or 1305, and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);

 

(3)         the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates will be determined or extended, on which the principal of the Securities of the series shall be payable;

 

(4)         the rate or rates at which the Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue or the method by which such date or dates shall be determined, the Interest Payment Dates on which such interest will be payable and the Regular Record Date, if any, for the interest payable on any Registered Security on any Interest Payment Date, or the method by which such date shall be determined, the basis upon which such interest shall be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

 

(5)         the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of the series shall be payable, any Registered Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer, Securities of the series may be surrendered for exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices or demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of the series and this Indenture may be served;

 

17
 

 

(6)          the period or periods within which, or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company, if the Company is to have the option;

 

(7)         the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay or purchase Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provision or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or periods within which or the date or dates on which, the price or prices at which, the Currency or Currencies in which, and other terms and conditions upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed, repaid or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

 

(8)         if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denomination or denominations in which any Registered Securities of the series shall be issuable;

 

(9)         if other than the Trustee, the identity of each Security Registrar and/or Paying Agent;

 

(10)        if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, upon redemption of the Securities of the series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity, upon surrender for repayment at the option of the Holder, or which the Trustee shall be entitled to claim pursuant to Section 504 or the method by which such portion shall be determined;

 

(11)        if other than Dollars, the Currency or Currencies in which payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series shall be made or in which the Securities of the series shall be denominated and the particular provisions applicable thereto in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 312;

 

(12)        whether the amount of payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index, formula or other method (which index, formula or method may be based, without limitation, on one or more Currencies, commodities, equity indices or other indices), and the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

 

(13)        whether the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of the series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more Currencies other than that in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable, the period or periods within which (including the Election Date), and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made, and the time and manner of determining the exchange rate between the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are denominated or stated to be payable and the Currency or Currencies in which such Securities are to be paid, in each case in accordance with, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Section 312;

 

18
 

 

(14)        provisions, if any, granting special rights to the Holders of Securities of the series upon the occurrence of such events as may be specified;

 

(15)        any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the Events of Default or covenants (including any deletions from, modifications of or additions to any of the provisions of Section 1006) of the Company with respect to Securities of the series, whether or not such Events of Default or covenants are consistent with the Events of Default or covenants set forth herein;

 

(16)        whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable initially in temporary global form and whether any Securities of the series are to be issuable in permanent global form and, if so, whether beneficial owners of interests in any such permanent global Security may exchange such interests for Securities of such series in certificated form and of like tenor of any authorized form and denomination and the circumstances under which any such exchanges may occur, if other than in the manner provided in Section 305, and the circumstances under which and the place or places where such exchanges may be made and if Securities of the series are to be issuable as a global Security, the identity of the depository for such series;

 

(17)        the date as of which any temporary global Security representing Outstanding Securities of the series shall be dated if other than the date of original issuance of the first Security of the series to be issued;

 

(18)        the Person to whom any interest on any Registered Security of the series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name such Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a temporary global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid; and the extent to which, or the manner in which, any interest payable on a permanent global Security on an Interest Payment Date will be paid if other than in the manner provided in Section 307;

 

(19)        the applicability, if any, of Sections 1402 and/or 1403 to the Securities of the series and any provisions in modification of, in addition to or in lieu of any of the provisions of Article Fourteen;

 

(20)        if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security of such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and/or terms of such certificates, documents or conditions;

 

(21)        whether, under what circumstances and the Currency in which, the Company will pay Additional Amounts as contemplated by Section 1004 on the Securities of the series to any Holder who is not a United States person (including any modification to the definition of such term) in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to redeem such Securities rather than pay such Additional Amounts (and the terms of any such option);

 

19
 

 

(22)        the designation of the initial Exchange Rate Agent, if any;

 

(23)        if the Securities of the series are to be issued upon the exercise of warrants, the time, manner and place for such Securities to be authenticated and delivered;

 

(24)        if the Securities of the series are to be convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company), the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible or exchangeable;

 

(25)        if the Securities of the series are to be secured, the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so secured;

 

(26)        the appointment of any calculation agent, foreign currency exchange agent or other additional agents;

 

(27)        if the Securities of the series are to be listed on a securities exchange, the name of such exchange may be indicated; and

 

(28)        any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture or the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act).

 

All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to the Board Resolution referred to above (subject to Section 303) and set forth in the Officers’ Certificate referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be issued at the same time and, unless otherwise provided, a series may be reopened, without the consent of the Holders, for issuances of additional Securities of such series.

 

If any of the terms of the Securities of any series are established by action taken pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions, a copy of an appropriate record of such action(s) shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 302.         Denominations.

 

The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations as shall be specified as contemplated by Section 301. With respect to Securities of any series denominated in Dollars, in the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Registered Securities of such series, other than Registered Securities issued in global form (which may be of any denomination) shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

SECTION 303.         Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

 

The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Operating Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Chief Accounting Officer or any of its Vice Presidents and attested by its Secretary or any of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile (with original manual signature to be sent to the Trustee as promptly as practicable thereafter) signatures of the present or any future such authorized officer and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Securities.

 

20
 

 

Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the Company, to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order and an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel in accordance with Section 102 for the authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities. If all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time and if the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture establishing such series shall so permit, such Company Order may set forth procedures acceptable to the Trustee for the issuance of such Securities and determining the terms of particular Securities of such series, such as interest rate, maturity date, date of issuance and date from which interest shall accrue. In authenticating such Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon,

 

(i)          an Opinion of Counsel stating,

 

(a)          that the form or forms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

 

(b)          that the terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; and

 

(c)          that such Securities, when completed by appropriate insertions and executed and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication in accordance with this Indenture, authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, to general equitable principles and to such other qualifications as such counsel shall conclude do not materially affect the rights of Holders of such Securities; and

 

(ii)         an Officers’ Certificate stating, to the best of the knowledge of the signers of such certificate, that no Event of Default with respect to any of the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

21
 

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of this Section 303, if all the Securities of any series are not to be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver an Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order, Opinion of Counsel or Officers’ Certificate otherwise required pursuant to the preceding paragraph at the time of issuance of each Security of such series, but such order, opinion and certificates, with appropriate modifications to cover such future issuances, shall be delivered at or before the time of issuance of the first Security of such series.

 

If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties, obligations or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner that is not reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee will not be required to authenticate Securities denominated in a Foreign Currency if the Trustee reasonably believes that it would be unable to perform its duties with respect to such Securities.

 

Each Registered Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

 

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein duly executed by the Trustee or an Authenticating Agent by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 310 together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Security has never been issued and sold by the Company, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 304.         Temporary Securities.

 

Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as conclusively evidenced by their execution of such Securities. In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities may be in global form.

 

22
 

 

Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form (which shall be exchanged as provided in or pursuant to a Board Resolution), if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount and like tenor of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 305.         Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

 

The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or in any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment a register for each series of Securities (the registers maintained in such office or in any such office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes referred to collectively as the “Security Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Registered Securities and of transfers of Registered Securities. The Security Register shall be in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. The Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, is hereby initially appointed “Security Registrar” for the purpose of registering Registered Securities and transfers of Registered Securities on such Security Register as herein provided, and for facilitating exchanges of temporary global Securities for permanent global Securities or definitive Securities, or both, or of permanent global Securities for definitive Securities, or both, as herein provided. In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Security Registrar, it shall have the right to examine the Security Register at all reasonable times. In acting hereunder and in connection with the Securities, the Security Registrar shall act solely as an agent of the Company, and will not thereby assume any obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any Holder.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Registered Security of any series at any office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

 

At the option of the Holder, Registered Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Registered Securities of the same series, of any authorized denomination or denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the Registered Securities to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Registered Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Registered Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

23
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, any permanent global Security shall be exchangeable only as provided in this paragraph. If any beneficial owner of an interest in a permanent global Security is entitled to exchange such interest for Securities of such series and of like tenor and principal amount of another authorized form and denomination, as specified as contemplated by Section 301 and provided that any applicable notice provided in the permanent global Security shall have been given, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than the earliest date on which such interest may be so exchanged, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such beneficial owner’s interest in such permanent global Security, executed by the Company. On or after the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, such permanent global Security shall be surrendered by the depository specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 or such other depository as shall be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the Company’s agent for such purpose, or to the Security Registrar, to be exchanged, in whole or from time to time in part, for definitive Securities of the same series without charge and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for each portion of such permanent global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor as the portion of such permanent global Security to be exchanged; provided , however , that no such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before any selection of Securities to be redeemed and ending on the relevant Redemption Date if the Security for which exchange is requested may be among those selected for redemption. If a Registered Security is issued in exchange for any portion of a permanent global Security after the close of business at the office or agency where such exchange occurs on (i) any Regular Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the relevant Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special Record Date and before the opening of business at such office or agency on the related proposed date for payment of Defaulted Interest or interest, as the case may be, will not be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of such Registered Security, but will be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in respect of such portion of such permanent global Security is payable in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Every Registered Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Security Registrar or any transfer agent) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney or any transfer agent duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906, 1107 or 1305 not involving any transfer.

 

24
 

 

The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security if such Security may be among those selected for redemption during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before selection of the Securities to be redeemed under Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Registered Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except, in the case of any Registered Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed or (iii) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security that has been surrendered for repayment at the option of the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Security not to be so repaid.

 

The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a global Security, a member of, or a participant in, DTC or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than DTC) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or purchase) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Securities (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be DTC or its nominee in the case of a global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any global Security shall be exercised only through DTC subject to the applicable rules and procedures of DTC. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among DTC participants, members or beneficial owners in any global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. Neither the Trustee nor any of its agents shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by DTC.

 

SECTION 306.         Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

 

If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company, together with, in proper cases, such security or indemnity as may be required by the Company or the Trustee to save each of them or any agent of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

If there shall be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall, subject to the following paragraph, execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of the same series and principal amount, containing identical terms and provisions and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

25
 

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of the previous two paragraphs, in case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

 

Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company, the Paying Agent, or the Security Registrar may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee, the Paying Agent, or the Security Registrar) connected therewith.

 

Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

 

The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

 

SECTION 307.         Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved; Optional Interest Reset.

 

(a)          Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 301, interest, if any, on any Registered Security that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose pursuant to Section 1002; provided , however , that each installment of interest, if any, on any Registered Security may at the Company’s option be paid by (i) mailing a check for such interest, payable to or upon the written order of the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 309, to the address of such Person as it appears on the Security Register or (ii) transfer to an account maintained by the payee located in the United States.

 

Except as otherwise specified with respect to a series of Securities in accordance with the provisions of Section 301, any interest on any Registered Security of any series that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

 

26
 

 

(1)         The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Registered Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment (which shall not be less than 20 days after such notice is received by the Trustee), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Registered Securities of such series at his address as it appears in the Security Register not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Registered Securities of such series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

 

(2)         The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the Registered Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

(b)          The provisions of this Section 307(b) may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 301). The interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) on any Security of such series may be reset by the Company on the date or dates specified on the face of such Security (each an “Optional Reset Date”). The Company may exercise such option with respect to such Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to an Optional Reset Date for such Security. Not later than 35 days prior to each Optional Reset Date, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, to the Holder of any such Security a notice (the “Reset Notice”) indicating whether the Company has elected to reset the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), and if so (i) such new interest rate (or such new spread or spread multiplier, if applicable) and (ii) the provisions, if any, for redemption during the period from such Optional Reset Date to the next Optional Reset Date or if there is no such next Optional Reset Date, to the Stated Maturity of such Security (each such period a “Subsequent Interest Period”), including the date or dates on which or the period or periods during which and the price or prices at which such redemption may occur during the Subsequent Interest Period.

 

27
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days prior to the Optional Reset Date (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Reset Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or a spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Subsequent Interest Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, notice of such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the interest rate (or the spread or spread multiplier used to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) is reset on an Optional Reset Date, and with respect to which the Holders of such Securities have not tendered such Securities for repayment (or have validly revoked any such tender) pursuant to the next succeeding paragraph, will bear such higher interest rate (or such higher spread or spread multiplier providing for a higher interest rate, if applicable).

 

The Holder of any such Security will have the option to elect repayment by the Company of the principal of such Security on each Optional Reset Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued to such Optional Reset Date. In order to obtain repayment on an Optional Reset Date, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to such Optional Reset Date and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to the Reset Notice, the Holder may, by written notice to the Trustee, revoke such tender or repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before such Optional Reset Date.

 

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 305, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Security.

 

SECTION 308.         Optional Extension of Maturity.

 

The provisions of this Section 308 may be made applicable to any series of Securities pursuant to Section 301 (with such modifications, additions or substitutions as may be specified pursuant to such Section 301). The Stated Maturity of any Security of such series may be extended at the option of the Company for the period or periods specified on the face of such Security (each an “Extension Period”) up to but not beyond the date (the “Final Maturity”) set forth on the face of such Security. The Company may exercise such option with respect to any Security by notifying the Trustee of such exercise at least 45 but not more than 60 days prior to the Stated Maturity of such Security in effect prior to the exercise of such option (the “Original Stated Maturity”). If the Company exercises such option, the Trustee shall transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, to the Holder of such Security not later than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity a notice (the “Extension Notice”), prepared by the Company, indicating (i) the election of the Company to extend the Stated Maturity, (ii) the new Stated Maturity, (iii) the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable), if any, applicable to the Extension Period and (iv) the provisions, if any, for redemption during such Extension Period. Upon the Trustee’s transmittal of the Extension Notice, the Stated Maturity of such Security shall be extended automatically and, except as modified by the Extension Notice and as described in the next paragraph, such Security will have the same terms as prior to the transmittal of such Extension Notice.

 

28
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, not later than 20 days before the Original Stated Maturity (or if 20 days does not fall on a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) of such Security, the Company may, at its option, revoke the interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) provided for in the Extension Notice and establish a higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such higher interest rate, if applicable) for the Extension Period by causing the Trustee to transmit, in the manner provided for in Section 106, notice of such higher interest rate (or spread, spread multiplier or other formula to calculate such interest rate, if applicable) to the Holder of such Security. Such notice shall be irrevocable. All Securities with respect to which the Stated Maturity is extended will bear such higher interest rate.

 

If the Company extends the Stated Maturity of any Security, the Holder will have the option to elect repayment of such Security by the Company on the Original Stated Maturity at a price equal to the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to such date. In order to obtain repayment on the Original Stated Maturity once the Company has extended the Stated Maturity thereof, the Holder must follow the procedures set forth in Article Thirteen for repayment at the option of Holders, except that the period for delivery or notification to the Trustee shall be at least 25 but not more than 35 days prior to the Original Stated Maturity and except that, if the Holder has tendered any Security for repayment pursuant to an Extension Notice, the Holder may by written notice to the Trustee revoke such tender for repayment until the close of business on the tenth day before the Original Stated Maturity.

 

SECTION 309.         Persons Deemed Owners.

 

Prior to due presentment of a Registered Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name such Registered Security is registered as the owner of such Registered Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest, if any, on such Registered Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Registered Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

29
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any global temporary or permanent Security, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by any depository, as a Holder, with respect to such global Security or impair, as between such depository and owners of beneficial interests in such global Security, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of such depository (or its nominee) as Holder of such global Security.

 

SECTION 310.         Cancellation.

 

All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment at the option of the Holder, registration of transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee, and any such Securities surrendered directly to the Trustee for any such purpose shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. If the Company shall so acquire any of the Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. No Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. Cancelled Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures, unless by a Company Order the Company directs the Trustee to deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company or to return them to the Company.

 

SECTION 311.         Computation of Interest.

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to Securities of any series, interest, if any, on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 312.         Currency and Manner of Payments in Respect of Securities.

 

(a)          Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, with respect to Registered Securities of any series not permitting the election provided for in paragraph (b) below or the Holders of which have not made the election provided for in paragraph (b) below, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on any Registered Security of such series will be made in the Currency in which such Registered Security is payable. The provisions of this Section 312 may be modified or superseded with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301.

 

30
 

(b)          It may be provided pursuant to Section 301 with respect to Registered Securities of any series that Holders shall have the option, subject to paragraphs (d) and (e) below, to receive payments of principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on such Registered Securities in any of the Currencies which may be designated for such election by delivering to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities a written election with signature guarantees and in the applicable form established pursuant to Section 301, not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the applicable payment date. If a Holder so elects to receive such payments in any such Currency, such election will remain in effect for such Holder or any transferee of such Holder until changed by such Holder or such transferee by written notice to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities (but any such change must be made not later than the close of business on the Election Date immediately preceding the next payment date to be effective for the payment to be made on such payment date and no such change of election may be made with respect to payments to be made on any Registered Security of such series with respect to which an Event of Default has occurred or with respect to which the Company has deposited funds pursuant to Article Four or Fourteen or with respect to which a notice of redemption has been given by the Company or a notice of option to elect repayment has been sent by such Holder or such transferee). Any Holder of any such Registered Security who shall not have delivered any such election to the Trustee of such series of Registered Securities not later than the close of business on the applicable Election Date will be paid the amount due on the applicable payment date in the relevant Currency as provided in Section 312(a). The Trustee for each such series of Registered Securities shall notify the Exchange Rate Agent as soon as practicable after the Election Date of the aggregate principal amount of Registered Securities for which Holders have made such written election.

 

(c)          Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 301, then, not later than the fourth Business Day after the Election Date for each payment date for Registered Securities of any series, the Exchange Rate Agent will deliver to the Company a written notice specifying the Currency in which Registered Securities of such series are payable, the respective aggregate amounts of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on the Registered Securities to be paid on such payment date, specifying the amounts in such Currency so payable in respect of the Registered Securities as to which the Holders of Registered Securities denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above. Unless the Trustee is acting as the Exchange Rate Agent, the Trustee shall have no obligation to complete the actual exchange of distribution amounts from one Currency to another Currency. If the election referred to in paragraph (b) above has been provided for pursuant to Section 301 and if at least one Holder has made such election, then, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, on the second Business Day preceding such payment date the Company will deliver to the Trustee for such series of Registered Securities an Exchange Rate Officer’s Certificate in respect of the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies payments to be made on such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, the Dollar or Foreign Currency or Currencies amount receivable by Holders of Registered Securities who have elected payment in a Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above shall be determined by the Company on the basis of the applicable Market Exchange Rate in effect on the second Business Day (the “Valuation Date”) immediately preceding each payment date, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

31
 

 

(d)          If a Conversion Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Currency in which any of the Securities are denominated or payable other than pursuant to an election provided for pursuant to paragraph (b) above, then with respect to each date for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the applicable Securities denominated or payable in such Foreign Currency occurring after the last date on which such Foreign Currency was used (the “Conversion Date”), the Dollar shall be the currency of payment for use on each such payment date. Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, the Dollar amount to be paid by the Company to the Trustee of each such series of Securities and by such Trustee or any Paying Agent to the Holders of such Securities with respect to such payment date shall be, in the case of a Foreign Currency other than a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency or, in the case of a currency unit, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, in each case as determined by the Exchange Rate Agent in the manner provided in paragraph (f) or (g) below.

 

(e)          Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if the Holder of a Registered Security denominated in any Currency shall have elected to be paid in another Currency as provided in paragraph (b) above, and a Conversion Event occurs with respect to such elected Currency, such Holder shall receive payment in the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election; and if a Conversion Event occurs with respect to the Currency in which payment would have been made in the absence of such election, such Holder shall receive payment in Dollars as provided in paragraph (d) of this Section 312.

 

(f)          The “Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and shall be obtained for each subsequent payment date by converting the specified Foreign Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate on the Conversion Date.

 

(g)          The “Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit” shall be determined by the Exchange Rate Agent and subject to the provisions of paragraph (h) below shall be the sum of each amount obtained by converting the Specified Amount of each Component Currency into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate for such Component Currency on the Valuation Date with respect to each payment.

 

(h)          For purposes of this Section 312, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

A “ Component Currency ” shall mean any currency which, on the Conversion Date, was a component currency of the relevant currency unit.

 

32
 

A “ Specified Amount ” of a Component Currency shall mean the number of units of such Component Currency or fractions thereof which were represented in the relevant currency unit on the Conversion Date. If after the Conversion Date the official unit of any Component Currency is altered by way of combination or subdivision, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be divided or multiplied in the same proportion. If after the Conversion Date two or more Component Currencies are consolidated into a single currency, the respective Specified Amounts of such Component Currencies shall be replaced by an amount in such single currency equal to the sum of the respective Specified Amounts of such consolidated Component Currencies expressed in such single currency, and such amount shall thereafter be a Specified Amount and such single currency shall thereafter be a Component Currency. If after the Conversion Date any Component Currency shall be divided into two or more currencies, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall be replaced by amounts of such two or more currencies, having an aggregate Dollar Equivalent value at the Market Exchange Rate on the date of such replacement equal to the Dollar Equivalent of the Specified Amount of such former Component Currency at the Market Exchange Rate immediately before such division, and such amounts shall thereafter be Specified Amounts and such currencies shall thereafter be Component Currencies. If, after the Conversion Date of the relevant currency unit, a Conversion Event (other than any event referred to above in this definition of “Specified Amount”) occurs with respect to any Component Currency of such currency unit and is continuing on the applicable Valuation Date, the Specified Amount of such Component Currency shall, for purposes of calculating the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, be converted into Dollars at the Market Exchange Rate in effect on the Conversion Date of such Component Currency.

 

An “ Election Date ” shall mean the Regular Record Date for the applicable series of Registered Securities or at least 16 days prior to Maturity, as the case may be, or such other prior date for any series of Registered Securities as specified pursuant to clause 13 of Section 301 by which the written election referred to in Section 312(b) may be made.

 

All decisions and determinations of the Exchange Rate Agent regarding the Dollar Equivalent of the Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent of the Currency Unit, the Market Exchange Rate and changes in the Specified Amounts as specified above shall be in its sole discretion and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and irrevocably binding upon the Company, the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities and all Holders of such Securities denominated or payable in the relevant Currency. The Exchange Rate Agent shall promptly give written notice to the Company and the Trustee for the appropriate series of Securities of any such decision or determination.

 

In the event that the Company determines in good faith that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to a Foreign Currency, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 106 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date. In the event the Company so determines that a Conversion Event has occurred with respect to any other currency unit in which Securities are denominated or payable, the Company will immediately give written notice thereof to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent (and such Trustee will promptly thereafter give notice in the manner provided in Section 106 to the affected Holders) specifying the Conversion Date and the Specified Amount of each Component Currency on the Conversion Date. In the event the Company determines in good faith that any subsequent change in any Component Currency as set forth in the definition of Specified Amount above has occurred, the Company will similarly give written notice to the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities and to the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

The Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities shall be fully justified and protected in relying and acting upon information received by it from the Company and the Exchange Rate Agent and shall not otherwise have any duty or obligation to determine the accuracy or validity of such information independent of the Company or the Exchange Rate Agent.

 

33
 

 

SECTION 313.         Appointment and Resignation of Successor Exchange Rate Agent.

 

(a)          Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a Foreign Currency or (ii) may be payable in a Foreign Currency, or so long as it is required under any other provision of this Indenture, then the Company will engage and maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent. The Company will cause the Exchange Rate Agent to make the necessary foreign exchange determinations at the time and in the manner specified pursuant to Section 301 for the purpose of determining the applicable rate of exchange and, if applicable, for the purpose of converting the issued Foreign Currency into the applicable payment Currency for the payment of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, pursuant to Section 312.

 

(b)          No resignation of the Exchange Rate Agent and no appointment of a successor Exchange Rate Agent pursuant to this Section shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Exchange Rate Agent as evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Company and the Trustee of the appropriate series of Securities accepting such appointment executed by the successor Exchange Rate Agent.

 

(c)          If the Exchange Rate Agent shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Exchange Rate Agent for any cause, with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Exchange Rate Agent or Exchange Rate Agents with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Exchange Rate Agent may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301, at any time there shall only be one Exchange Rate Agent with respect to the Securities of any particular series that are originally issued by the Company on the same date and that are initially denominated and/or payable in the same Currency).

 

SECTION 314.         CUSIP Numbers.

 

The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall indicate the respective “CUSIP” numbers of the Securities in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall advise the Trustee as promptly as practicable in writing of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

34
 

 

  

Article Four


SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

SECTION 401.         Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

 

Except as set forth below, this Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities specified in such Company Request (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or pursuant hereto, any surviving rights of tender for repayment at the option of the Holders and any right to receive Additional Amounts, as provided in Section 1004), and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order, and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series when

 

(1)         either

 

(A)         all Securities of such series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust with the Trustee or any Paying Agent or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(B)         all Securities of such series

 

(i)          have become due and payable, or

 

(ii)         will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)        if redeemable at the option of the Company, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

 

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose, solely for the benefit of the Holders, an amount in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

 

(2)         the Company has irrevocably paid or caused to be irrevocably paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and

 

35
 

 

(3)         the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 606, the obligations of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive any termination of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 402.         Application of Trust Funds.

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with or received by the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. In acting under this Indenture and in connection with the Securities, the Paying Agent shall act solely as an agent of the Company, and will not thereby assume any obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any Holder.

 

Article Five

 

REMEDIES

 

SECTION 501.         Events of Default.

 

“Event of Default”, wherever used herein with respect to any particular series of Securities, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether or not it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless it is either inapplicable to a particular series or is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture or a Board Resolution establishing such series of Securities or is in the form of Security for such series:

 

(1)         default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when such interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

 

(2)         default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable at its Maturity, and continuance of such default for a period of 5 days; or

 

(3)         default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment, when and as due by the terms of any Security of that series, and continuance of such default for a period of 5 days; or

 

36
 

 

(4)          default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Indenture with respect to any Security of that series (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 

(5)         the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(A)         commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law,

 

(B)         consents to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or files a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief against it,

 

(C)         consents to the entry of a decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding,

 

(D)         consents to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(E)         makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admits in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or takes any corporate action in furtherance of any such action; or

 

(6)         a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)         is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding, or

 

(B)         adjudges the Company bankrupt or insolvent, or approves as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company, or

 

(C)         appoints a Custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property, or

 

(D)         orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company,

 

and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

 

37
 

 

(7)         if, pursuant to Sections 18(a)(1)(c)(ii) and 61 of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months Securities of that series shall have an asset coverage (as such term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940) of less than 100 per centum, giving effect to any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the Commission;

 

(8)         any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of that series.

 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means title 11, U.S. Code or any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law. The term “Custodian” means any custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 502.         Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series may (and the Trustee shall at the request of such Holders) declare the principal (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such principal or specified portion thereof shall become immediately due and payable.

 

Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the requisite amount of Holders (as determined pursuant to this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions from the requisite amount of Holders (as determined pursuant to this Indenture) in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

 

(1)         the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)):

 

(A)         all overdue installments of interest, if any, on all Outstanding Securities of that series,

 

38
 

 

(B)         the principal of (and premium, if any, on) all Outstanding Securities of that series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities,

 

(C)         to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and

 

(D)         all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

 

(2)         all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series, other than the nonpayment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities of that series that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

 

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

SECTION 503.         Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

 

The Company covenants that if:

 

(1)         default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 days, or

 

(2)         default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of any series at its Maturity,

 

then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series, the whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, with interest upon any overdue principal (and premium, if any) and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest, if any, at the rate or rates borne by or provided for in such Securities, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, the Paying Agent, and the Security Registrar.

 

If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon Securities of such series and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities of such series, wherever situated.

 

39
 

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

 

SECTION 504.         Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of any overdue principal, premium or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(i)          to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities or Indexed Securities, such portion of the principal as may be provided for in the terms thereof) (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents, and take such other actions, including serving on a committee of creditors, as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and

 

(ii)         to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, their agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee under Section 606.

 

Subject to Article Eight and Section 902 and unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301, nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Security any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Security in any such proceeding.

 

40
 

 

SECTION 505.         Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

 

All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Securities may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

The Trustee shall be entitled to participate, in its capacity as Trustee, on behalf of (and at the request of) the Holders, as a member of any official committee of creditors in the matters it deems advisable.

 

SECTION 506.         Application of Money Collected.

 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

 

FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 606 and any other agent hereunder;

 

SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, giving effect to Article XVI, if applicable, but otherwise ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, respectively; and

 

THIRD: To the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company or any other Person or Persons entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 507.         Limitation on Suits.

 

No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(1)         such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series;

 

(2)          the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

41
 

 

(3)         such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity, security, or both, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;

 

(4)         the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity and/or security has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

 

(5)         no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series;

 

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

 

SECTION 508.         Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right which is absolute and unconditional to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest, if any, on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of the Holders on the Repayment Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 509.         Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of a Security has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of Securities shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 510.         Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

 

Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Securities is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

42
 

 

SECTION 511.         Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Securities, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 512.         Control by Holders of Securities.

 

Subject to Section 602, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that

 

(1)         such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture,

 

(2)         the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction

 

(3)         the Trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders of Securities of such series not consenting, and

 

(4)         prior to taking any such action hereunder, the Trustee may demand security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it in accordance with Section 602.

 

SECTION 513.         Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

Subject to Section 502, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to Securities of such series and its consequences, except a default

 

(1)         in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or

 

(2)         in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series affected.

 

Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

43
 

 

SECTION 514.         Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

Article Six

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 601.         Notice of Defaults.

 

Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Default hereunder with respect to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), notice of such Default hereunder known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment with respect to the Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Securities of such series; and provided further that in the case of any Default or breach of the character specified in Section 501 (4) with respect to the Securities of such series, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof.

 

SECTION 602.         Certain Rights and Duties of Trustee.

 

(1)         Prior to the time when the occurrence of an Event of Default becomes known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and after the curing or waiving of all such Events of Default with respect to a series of Securities that may have occurred:

 

(a)          the duties and obligations of the Trustee hereunder and with respect to the Securities of any series shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, including without limitation Section 107 of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to the Securities except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, including without limitation Section 107 of this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

44
 

 

(b)          in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated herein).

 

(2)         If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(3)         The Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(4)         The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

(5)         Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order (other than delivery of any Security, to the Trustee for authentication and delivery pursuant to Section 303 which shall be sufficiently evidenced as provided therein) and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(6)         Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may require and, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon a Board Resolution, an Opinion of Counsel or an Officers’ Certificate.

 

(7)         The Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(8)          The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

45
 

 

(9)        The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney.

 

(10)      The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(11)      The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

 

(12)      The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person retained to act hereunder.

 

(13)      The permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct with respect to such permissive rights.

 

(14)      The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee under this Indenture with respect to such Securities.

 

(15)      The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(16)      The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(17)      Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

46
 

 

(18)      The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communications services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action.

 

Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the relevant provisions of this Section 602 and the TIA.

 

The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds, give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder, or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to Federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003 (Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act) all financial institutions are required to obtain, verify, record and update information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide to the Trustee such information as it may request, from time to time, in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, including but not limited to the name, address, tax identification number and other information that will allow it to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship or opening the account and may also ask for formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents to be provided.

 

SECTION 603.         Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

 

The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Securities and perform its obligations hereunder and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate, subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.

 

47
 

 

SECTION 604.         May Hold Securities.

 

The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Authenticating Agent or such other agent.

 

SECTION 605.         Money Held in Trust.

 

Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Company.

 

SECTION 606.         Compensation and Reimbursement and Indemnification of Trustee.

 

The Company agrees:

 

(1)        To pay to the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee from time to time such compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder as has been agreed upon from time to time in writing (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust).

 

(2)        Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents, counsel, accountants and experts), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(3)        To indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee and their respective officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents, for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on its own part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any third-party claim for which it may seek indemnity of which it has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder unless, and solely to the extent that, such failure materially prejudices the Company’s defense of such claim. The Company shall defend the claim, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide reasonable cooperation at the Company’s expense in the defense; provided that if the defendants in any such claim include both the Company and the Trustee and the Trustee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Company, or the Trustee has concluded that there may be any other actual or potential conflicting interests between the Company and the Trustee, the Trustee shall have the right to select separate counsel and the Company shall be required to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel. Any settlement which affects the Trustee may not be entered into without the written consent of the Trustee, unless the Trustee is given a full and unconditional release from liability with respect to the claims covered thereby and such settlement does not include a statement or admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of the Trustee. Any settlement by the Trustee which affects the Company may not be entered into without the written consent of the Company, unless such settlement does not include a statement or admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of the Company.

 

48
 

 

As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on particular Securities.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 501 occurs, the expenses and compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, State or analogous foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

The provisions of this Section 606 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, termination or discharge of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 607.         Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of Federal, State, Territorial or the District of Columbia supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

SECTION 608.         Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

 

If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

 

SECTION 609.         Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

 

(a)          No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610. All outstanding fees, expenses and indemnities of the Trustee shall be satisfied by the Company upon resignation or removal.

 

49
 

 

(b)          The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company.

 

(c)          The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities of any series by (i) the Company, by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee, provided that contemporaneously therewith (x) the Company immediately appoints a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series meeting the requirements of Section 607 hereof and (y) the terms of Section 610 hereof are complied with in respect of such appointment (the Trustee being removed hereby agreeing to execute the instrument contemplated by Section 610(b) hereof, if applicable, under such circumstances) and provided further that no Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and then be continuing at such time, or (ii) Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

(d)          If at any time:

 

(1)         the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

(2)         the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 607 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

 

(3)         the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company by or pursuant to a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee and appoint a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (ii) subject to TIA Section 315(e), any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

 

(e)          If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of a notice of resignation or the delivery of an Act of removal, the Trustee resigning or being removed may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

50
 

 

(f)          If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause with respect to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to the Securities of any particular series). If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders of Securities and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Holder of a Security who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to Securities of such series.

 

(g)          The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series in the manner provided for notices to the Holders of Securities in Section 106. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

 

SECTION 610.         Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

 

(a)          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 606.

 

(b)          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and that (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates. Whenever there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms “Indenture” and “Securities” shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the respective definition of those terms in Section 101 which contemplate such situation.

 

51
 

 

(c)          Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments necessary to vest in and confirm to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

 

(d)          No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

SECTION 611.         Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

 

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities. In case any Securities shall not have been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee may authenticate and deliver such Securities, in either its own name or that of its predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

52
 

 

SECTION 612.         Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

 

At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents (which may be an Affiliate or Affiliates of the Company) with respect to one or more series of Securities that shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issue or upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 301, shall at all times be a bank or trust company or corporation organized and doing business and in good standing under the laws of the United States of America or of any State or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent, eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 607. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

 

Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

 

An Authenticating Agent for any series of Securities may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee for such series and to the Company. The Trustee for any series of Securities may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee for such series may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall promptly give written notice of such appointment to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve in the manner set forth in Section 106. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent herein. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.

 

The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation including reimbursement of its reasonable expenses for its services under this Section.

 

53
 

 

If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication substantially in the following form:

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

    U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee
     
  By:  
    as Authenticating Agent
     
  By:  
    Authorized Officer

 

If all of the Securities of a series may not be originally issued at one time, and the Trustee does not have an office capable of authenticating Securities upon original issuance located in a Place of Payment where the Company wishes to have Securities of such series authenticated upon original issuance, the Trustee, if so requested by the Company in writing (which writing need not comply with Section 102 and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), shall appoint in accordance with this Section an Authenticating Agent (which, if so requested by the Company, shall be an Affiliate of the Company) having an office in a Place of Payment designated by the Company with respect to such series of Securities, provided that the terms and conditions of such appointment are acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Article Seven

 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

 

SECTION 701.         Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.

 

The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

 

(a)          Semi-annually, not later than March 15 and September 15 in each year, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of the preceding March 1 or September 1, as the case may be; and

 

(b)          At such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the time such list is furnished;

 

Excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.

 

54
 

 

SECTION 702.         Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

 

(a)          The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

(b)          The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(c)          Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent nor any Paying Agent nor any Security Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b).

 

SECTION 703.         Reports by Trustee.

 

Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail (at the expense of the Company) to all Holders of Securities in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such May 15 which meets the requirements of TIA Section 313(a).

 

A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to such Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of the listing of the Securities on any stock exchange. In the event that, on any such reporting date, no events have occurred under the applicable sections of the TIA within the 12 months preceding such reporting date, the Trustee shall be under no duty or obligation to provide such reports.

 

SECTION 704.         Reports by Company.

 

The Company will:

 

(1)         file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of such Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations; and

 

55
 

 

(2)         file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations.

 

Delivery of such reports, information, and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, for the purposes of this Section, any information, documents or reports filed electronically with the Commission and made publicly available shall be deemed filed with and delivered to the Trustee at the same time as filed with the Commission.

 

The Trustee shall transmit by mail to the Holders of Securities (at the expense of the Company), within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to subparagraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission. In no event shall the Trustee be obligated to determine whether or not any report, information or document shall have been filed with the Commission.

 

SECTION 705.         Calculation of Original Issue Discount.

 

The Company shall file with the Trustee promptly at the end of each calendar year a written notice specifying the amount of original issue discount (including daily rates and accrual periods), if any, accrued on Outstanding Securities as of the end of such year.

 

Article Eight

 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 801.         Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.

 

The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other entity or convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, unless:

 

(1)         either the Company shall be the continuing entity, or the entity (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;

 

56
 

 

(2)          immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing; and

 

(3)         the Company and the successor Person have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.

 

SECTION 802.         Successor Person Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the successor Person to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein; and in the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved and liquidated.

 

Article Nine

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

SECTION 901.         Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

 

Without the consent of any Holders of Securities, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

 

(1)         to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein and in the Securities contained; or

 

(2)         to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or

 

(3)         to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such Events of Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); provided , however , that in respect of any such additional Events of Default such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may provide for an immediate enforcement upon such default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of that or those series of Securities to which such additional Events of Default apply to waive such default; or

 

57
 

 

(4)         to change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision; or

 

(5)         to secure the Securities; or

 

(6)         to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, including the provisions and procedures relating to Securities convertible into or exchangeable for any securities of any Person (including the Company); or

 

(7)         to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; or

 

(8)         to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect; or

 

(9)         to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and discharge of any series of Securities pursuant to Sections 401, 1402 and 1403; provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or any other series of Securities in any material respect.

 

SECTION 902.         Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders.

 

With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected by such supplemental indenture, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture that affects such series of Securities or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of such series of Securities under this Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:

 

58
 

 

(1)         change the Stated Maturity of the principal of (or premium, if any) or any installment of principal of or interest on, any Security, subject to the provisions of Section 308; or the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any Security; or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest (or change the manner of calculating the rate of interest, thereon, or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or change any obligation of the Company to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Section 1004 (except as contemplated by Section 801(1) and permitted by Section 901(1)), or reduce the portion of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or Indexed Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or upon the redemption thereof or the amount thereof provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 504, or adversely affect any right of repayment at the option of the Holder of any Security, or change any Place of Payment where, or the Currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment at the option of the Holder, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or adversely affect any right to convert or exchange any Security as may be provided pursuant to Section 301 herein, or modify the subordination provisions set forth in Article Sixteen in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Outstanding Security, or

 

(2)         reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver with respect to such series (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or reduce the requirements of Section 1504 for quorum or voting, or

 

(3)         modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or Section 1006, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided , however , that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any Holder of a Security with respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 610(b) and 901(8).

 

It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 

A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

 

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any indenture supplemental hereto. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided, that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date that is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

 

59
 

 

SECTION 903.         Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

 

In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modification thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 102 of this Indenture, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

SECTION 904.         Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

 

Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

 

SECTION 905.         Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

 

Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

 

SECTION 906.         Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

 

Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

 

Article Ten

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 1001.         Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.

 

The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Holders of each series of Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on the Securities of that series in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Indenture. Unless otherwise specified with respect to Securities of any series pursuant to Section 301, at the option of the Company, all payments of principal may be paid by check to the registered Holder of the Registered Security or other person entitled thereto against surrender of such Security.

 

60
 

 

SECTION 1002.         Maintenance of Office or Agency.

 

The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Securities of that series that are convertible or exchangeable may be surrendered for conversion or exchange, as applicable, and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of each such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in respect of any series of Securities or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as its agent to receive such respective presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or surrendered for any or all of such purposes, and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in accordance with the requirements set forth above for Securities of any series for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301 with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby designates as a Place of Payment for each series of Securities the office or agency of the Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee at its corporate trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities pursuant to Section 301, if and so long as the Securities of any series (i) are denominated in a currency other than Dollars or (ii) may be payable in a currency other than Dollars, or so long as it is required under any other provision of the Indenture, then the Company will maintain with respect to each such series of Securities, or as so required, at least one Exchange Rate Agent.

 

SECTION 1003.         Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

 

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to any series of any Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any of the Securities of that series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)), sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on Securities of such series so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

61
 

 

Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Securities of that series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum (in the Currency or Currencies described in the preceding paragraph) sufficient to pay the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, so becoming due, such sum of money to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums of money held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such sums.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Securities of any series, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such money held in trust, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in an Authorized Newspaper, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

 

SECTION 1004.         Additional Amounts.

 

If the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, the Company will pay to the Holder of any Security of such series such Additional Amounts as may be specified as contemplated by Section 301. Whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Security of any series or the net proceeds received on the sale or exchange of any Security of any series, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts provided for by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 301 to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof pursuant to such terms and express mention of the payment of Additional Amounts (if applicable) in any provisions hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Amounts in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

62
 

 

Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, if the Securities of a series provide for the payment of Additional Amounts, at least 10 days prior to the first Interest Payment Date with respect to that series of Securities (or if the Securities of that series will not bear interest prior to Maturity, the first day on which a payment of principal premium is made), and at least 10 days prior to each date of payment of principal, premium or interest if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the below-mentioned Officers’ Certificate, the Company will furnish the Trustee and the Company’s principal Paying Agent or Paying Agents, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and such Paying Agent or Paying Agents whether such payment of principal, premium or interest on the Securities of that series shall be made to Holders of Securities of that series who are not United States persons without withholding for or on account of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge described in the Securities of that series. If any such withholding shall be required, then such Officers’ Certificate shall specify by country the amount, if any, required to be withheld on such payments to such Holders of Securities of that series and the Company will pay to the Trustee or such Paying Agent the Additional Amounts required by the terms of such Securities. In the event that the Trustee or any Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall not so receive the above-mentioned certificate, then the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall be entitled (i) to assume that no such withholding or deduction is required with respect to any payment of principal or interest with respect to any Securities of a series until it shall have received a certificate advising otherwise and (ii) to make all payments of principal and interest with respect to the Securities of a series without withholding or deductions until otherwise advised. The Company covenants to indemnify the Trustee and any Paying Agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense reasonably incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished pursuant to this Section or in reliance on the Company’s not furnishing such an Officers’ Certificate.

 

SECTION 1005.         Statement as to Compliance.

 

(1)         The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the date hereof (which fiscal year ends on December 31), so long as any Security is Outstanding hereunder, a brief certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company as to his or her knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture. For purposes of this Section 1005, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice under this Indenture.

 

(2)         The Company will, so long as any series of Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 5 Business Days of any officer listed in (1) above becoming aware of any Default, Event of Default or default in the performance of any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Indenture, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default, Event of Default, default or event of default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and the status thereof.

 

63
 

 

SECTION 1006.         Waiver of Certain Covenants.

 

As specified pursuant to Section 301(15), for Securities of any series, the Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in any covenants of the Company added to Article Ten pursuant to Section 301(14) or Section 301 (15) in connection with the Securities of a series, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of all Outstanding Securities of such series, by Act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Article Eleven

 

REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 1101.         Applicability of Article.

 

Securities of any series that are redeemable before their Stated Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

 

SECTION 1102.         Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

 

The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced by or pursuant to a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate notifying the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed, and, if applicable, of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed, and shall deliver to the Trustee such documentation and records as shall enable the Trustee to select the Securities to be redeemed pursuant to Section 1103. In the case of any redemption of Securities of any series prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

 

SECTION 1103.         Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all the Securities of any series issued on the same day with the same terms are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of DTC, from the Outstanding Securities of such series issued on such date with the same terms not previously called for redemption, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Securities are listed (if the Securities are listed on any national securities exchange), or if the Securities are not held through DTC or listed on any national securities exchange, or DTC prescribed no method of selection, on a pro rata basis, or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and subject to and otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the applicable Depository; provided that such method complies with the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Securities are listed, and may provide for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series; provided , however , that no such partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Security not redeemed to less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.

 

64
 

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Security Registrar (if other than itself) in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal amount of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.

 

SECTION 1104.         Notice of Redemption.

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 106, not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, unless a shorter period is specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 301, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, but failure to give such notice in the manner herein provided to the Holder of any Security designated for redemption as a whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other such Security or portion thereof.

 

Any notice that is mailed to the Holders of Registered Securities in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives the notice.

 

All notices of redemption shall state:

 

(1)         the Redemption Date,

 

(2)         the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106,

 

(3)         if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal amount) of the particular Security or Securities to be redeemed,

 

(4)         in case any Security is to be redeemed in part only, the notice that relates to such Security shall state that on and after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Security, the Holder will receive, without a charge, a new Security or Securities of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof remaining unredeemed,

 

(5)         that on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date payable as provided in Section 1106 will become due and payable upon each such Security, or the portion thereof, to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

 

65
 

 

(6)         the Place or Places of Payment where such Securities, are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any,

 

(7)         that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case, and

 

(8)         the CUSIP number of such Security, if any.

 

A notice of redemption published as contemplated by Section 106 need not identify particular Registered Securities to be redeemed. Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company.

 

SECTION 1105.         Deposit of Redemption Price.

 

On or prior to 10:00 am, New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, which it may not do in the case of a sinking fund payment under Article Twelve, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) sufficient to pay on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date; provided, however, that to the extent any such funds are received by the Trustee or a Paying Agent from the Company after 10:00 am, New York City time, on the due date, such funds will be deemed deposited within one Business Day of receipt thereof.

 

SECTION 1106.         Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

 

Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) (together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date), and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any) such Securities shall if the same were interest-bearing cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest on Registered Securities whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

 

66
 

 

If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the Redemption Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

 

SECTION 1107.         Securities Redeemed in Part.

 

Any Registered Security that is to be redeemed only in part (pursuant to the provisions of this Article or of Article Twelve) shall be surrendered at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security at the expense of the Company and without service charge a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or permanent global Security, respectively. However, if less than all the Securities of any series with differing issue dates, interest rates and stated maturities are to be redeemed, the Company in its sole discretion shall select the particular Securities to be redeemed and shall notify the Trustee in writing thereof at least 45 days prior to the relevant redemption date.

 

Article Twelve

 

SINKING FUNDS

 

SECTION 1201.         Applicability of Article.

 

The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

 

The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment”, and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of such Securities of any series is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment”. If provided for by the terms of any Securities of any series, the cash amount of any mandatory sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202. Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such series.

 

67
 

 

SECTION 1202.         Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

 

The Company may, in satisfaction of all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of a series, (1) deliver Outstanding Securities of such series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) apply as a credit Securities of such series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Securities, as provided for by the terms of such Securities; provided that such Securities so delivered or applied as a credit have not been previously so credited. Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the applicable Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly.

 

SECTION 1203.         Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

 

Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for Securities of any series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) and the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities of that series pursuant to Section 1202, and the optional amount, if any, to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, and will also deliver to the Trustee any Securities to be so delivered and credited. If such Officers’ Certificate shall specify an optional amount to be added in cash to the next ensuing mandatory sinking fund payment, the Company shall thereupon be obligated to pay the amount therein specified. Not less than 30 days before each such sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

 

Article Thirteen

 

REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

SECTION 1301.         Applicability of Article.

 

Repayment of Securities of any series before their Stated Maturity at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified by the terms of such series established pursuant to Section 301) in accordance with this Article.

 

68
 

 

SECTION 1302.         Repayment of Securities.

 

Securities of any series subject to repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at the Repayment Price thereof, together with interest, if any, thereon accrued to the Repayment Date specified in or pursuant to the terms of such Securities. The Company covenants that on or before 10:00 am, New York City time, on the Repayment Date it will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of money in the Currency in which the Securities of such series are payable (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for the Securities of such series and except, if applicable, as provided in Sections 312(b), 312(d) and 312(e)) sufficient to pay the Repayment Price of, and (unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301) accrued interest on, all the Securities or portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid on such date; provided, however, that to the extent any such funds are received by the Trustee or a Paying Agent from the Company after 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date, such funds will be distributed to the Holders within one Business Day of receipt thereof.

 

SECTION 1303.         Exercise of Option.

 

Securities of any series subject to repayment at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Securities. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any Security so providing for such repayment, with the “Option to Elect Repayment” form on the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder (or by the Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing), must be received by the Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 45 days nor later than 30 days prior to the Repayment Date. If less than the entire Repayment Price of such Security is to be repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the portion of the Repayment Price of such Security to be repaid, in increments of the minimum denomination for Securities of such series, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities to be issued to the Holder for the portion of such Security surrendered that is not to be repaid, must be specified. Any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid in part if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof, exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by the Company.

 

SECTION 1304.         When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable.

 

If Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article and as provided by or pursuant to the terms of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) such Securities shall, if the same were interest-bearing, cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for repayment in accordance with such provisions, the Repayment Price of such Security so to be repaid shall be paid by the Company, together with accrued interest, if any, to the Repayment Date; provided , however , that installments of interest on Registered Securities, whose Stated Maturity is prior to (or, if specified pursuant to Section 301, on) the Repayment Date shall be payable (but without interest thereon, unless the Company shall default in the payment thereof) to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

 

69
 

 

If any Security surrendered for repayment shall not be so repaid upon surrender thereof, the Repayment Price shall, until paid, bear interest from the Repayment Date at the rate of interest set forth in such Security or, in the case of an Original Issue Discount Security, at the Yield to Maturity of such Security.

 

SECTION 1305.       Securities Repaid in Part.

 

Upon surrender of any Registered Security that is to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Registered Security or Securities of the same series, and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of such Security so surrendered that is not to be repaid. If a temporary global Security or permanent global Security is so surrendered, such new Security so issued shall be a new temporary global Security or a new permanent global Security, respectively.

 

Article Fourteen

 

DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

SECTION 1401.       Applicability of Article; Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

If pursuant to Section 301 provision is made for either or both of (a) defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 1402 or (b) covenant defeasance of the Securities of or within a series under Section 1403, then the provisions of such Section or Sections, as the case may be, together with the other provisions of this Article (with such modifications thereto as may be specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to any Securities), shall be applicable to such Securities, and the Company may at its option by Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to such Securities, elect to have either Section 1402 (if applicable) or Section 1403 (if applicable) be applied to such Outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article.

 

SECTION 1402.       Defeasance and Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, the Company shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, such defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such Outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1405 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (A) and (B) of this Section, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of such Outstanding Securities to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1404 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Securities when such payments are due, (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 305, 306, 1002 and 1003 and with respect to the payment of Additional Amounts, if any, on such Securities as contemplated by Section 1004, (C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (D) this Article. Subject to compliance with this Article Fourteen, the Company may exercise its option under this Section notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1403 with respect to such Securities. Following a defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

70
 

 

SECTION 1403.      Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s exercise of the above option applicable to this Section with respect to any Securities of or within a series, if specified pursuant to Section 301, the Company shall be released from its obligations under any covenant, with respect to such Outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 1404 are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and such Securities shall thereafter be deemed to be not “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenant, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to such Outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such Section or such other covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or such other covenant or by reason of reference in any such Section or such other covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 501(4) or 501(8) or otherwise, as the case may be, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby. Following a covenant defeasance, payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default solely by reference to such Sections specified above in this Section 1403.

 

SECTION 1404.       Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1402 or Section 1403 to any Outstanding Securities of or within a series:

 

71
 

 

(a)         The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 607 who shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Article Fourteen applicable to it) as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for the benefit of, and dedicated solely to, the Holders of such Securities, (1) an amount (in such Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity), or (2) Government Obligations applicable to such Securities (determined on the basis of the Currency in which such Securities are then specified as payable at Stated Maturity) which through the scheduled payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Securities, money in an amount, or (3) a combination thereof in an amount, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee) to pay and discharge, (i) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of such principal or installment of principal or interest and (ii) any mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to such Outstanding Securities on the day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such Securities.

 

(b)        Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(c)        No Default or Event of Default with respect to such Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or, insofar as Sections 501(5) and 501(6) are concerned, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period).

 

(d)        In the case of an election under Section 1402, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of execution of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred.

 

(e)        In the case of an election under Section 1403, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such Outstanding Securities will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

 

(f)         The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to either the defeasance under Section 1402 or the covenant defeasance under Section 1403 (as the case may be) have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that as a result of a deposit pursuant to subsection (a) above and the related exercise of the Company’s option under Section 1402 or Section 1403 (as the case may be), registration is not required under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, by the Company, with respect to the trust funds representing such deposit or by the trustee for such trust funds.

 

72
 

 

(g)        Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall be effected in compliance with any additional or substitute terms, conditions or limitations which may be imposed on the Company in connection therewith pursuant to Section 301.

 

SECTION 1405. Deposited Money and Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money and Government Obligations (or other property as may be provided pursuant to Section 301) (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 1405, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1404 in respect of any Outstanding Securities of any series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Security pursuant to Section 301, if, after a deposit referred to in Section 1404(a) has been made, (a) the Holder of a Security in respect of which such deposit was made is entitled to, and does, elect pursuant to Section 312(b) or the terms of such Security to receive payment in a Currency other than that in which the deposit pursuant to Section 1404(a) has been made in respect of such Security, or (b) a Conversion Event occurs as contemplated in Section 312(d) or 312(e) or by the terms of any Security in respect of which the deposit pursuant to Section 1404(a) has been made, the indebtedness represented by such Security shall be deemed to have been, and will be, fully discharged and satisfied through the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on such Security as the same becomes due out of the proceeds yielded by converting (from time to time as specified below in the case of any such election) the amount or other property deposited in respect of such Security into the Currency in which such Security becomes payable as a result of such election or Conversion Event based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect on the second Business Day prior to each payment date, except, with respect to a Conversion Event, such conversion shall be based on the applicable Market Exchange Rate for such Currency in effect (as nearly as feasible) at the time of the Conversion Event.

 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1404 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of such Outstanding Securities.

 

Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or Government Obligations (or other property and any proceeds therefrom) held by it as provided in Section 1404 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect a defeasance or covenant defeasance, as applicable, in accordance with this Article.

 

73
 

 

Article Fifteen

 

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 1501.         Purposes for Which Meetings May Be Called.

 

A meeting of Holders of any series of Securities may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Securities of such series.

 

SECTION 1502.         Call, Notice and Place of Meetings.

 

(a)          The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series for any purpose specified in Section 1501, to be held at such time and at such place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given, in the manner provided in Section 106.

 

(b)          In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of the Holders of Securities of such series for any purpose specified in Section 1501, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have made the first publication or mailing of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company or the Holders of Securities of such series in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in subsection (a) of this Section.

 

SECTION 1503.         Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings.

 

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series, a Person shall be (1) a Holder of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series, or (2) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more Outstanding Securities of such series by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

74
 

 

SECTION 1504.         Quorum; Action.

 

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series shall constitute a quorum for a meeting of Holders of Securities of such series; provided , however , that if any action is to be taken at such meeting with respect to a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series, the Persons entitled to vote such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Securities of such series, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. In the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such adjourned meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 1502(a), except that such notice need be given only once not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage, as provided above, of the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series which shall constitute a quorum.

 

Except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution presented to a meeting or adjourned meeting duly reconvened at which a quorum is present as aforesaid may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series; provided , however , that, except as limited by the proviso to Section 902, any resolution with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage, which is less than a majority, in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of a series may be adopted at a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid by the affirmative vote of the Holders of such specified percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of that series.

 

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all the Holders of Securities of such series, whether or not present or represented at the meeting.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1504, if any action is to be taken at a meeting of Holders of Securities of any series with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that this Indenture expressly provides may be made, given or taken by the Holders of a specified percentage in principal amount of all Outstanding Securities affected thereby, or of the Holders of such series and one or more additional series:

 

(i)          there shall be no minimum quorum requirement for such meeting; and

 

75
 

 

(ii)         the principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series that vote in favor of such consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action shall be taken into account in determining whether such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action has been made, given or taken under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1505.         Determination of Voting Rights; Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings.

 

(a)          Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders of Securities of a series in regard to proof of the holding of Securities of such series and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of Securities shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 104. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in Section 104 or other proof.

 

(b)          The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Securities as provided in Section 1502(b), in which case the Company or the Holders of Securities of the series calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting.

 

(c)          At any meeting of Holders, each Holder of a Security of such series or proxy shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by such Holder; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Security challenged as not Outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not Outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Security of such series or proxy.

 

(d)          Any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series duly called pursuant to Section 1502 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series represented at the meeting, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

76
 

 

SECTION 1506.         Counting Votes and Recording Action of Meetings.

 

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Securities of any series shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Securities of such series or of their representatives by proxy and the principal amounts and serial numbers of the Outstanding Securities of such series held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record, at least in duplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Securities of any Series shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the fact, setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 1502 and, if applicable, Section 1504. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

Article Sixteen

 

SUBORDINATION OF SECURITIES

 

SECTION 1601.         Agreement to Subordinate.

 

The Company, for itself, its successors and assigns, covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on each and all of the Subordinated Securities is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness.

 

SECTION 1602. Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization; Subrogation of Subordinated Securities.

 

Upon any distribution of assets of the Company upon any dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether in bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or receivership proceedings or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise (subject to the power of a court of competent jurisdiction to make other equitable provision reflecting the rights conferred in this Indenture upon the

 

Senior Indebtedness and the holders thereof with respect to the Securities and the holders thereof by a lawful plan of reorganization under applicable bankruptcy law):

 

(a)          the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of the principal thereof (and premium, if any) and interest due thereon (including post-petition interest) before the Holders of the Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment upon the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Securities; and

 

77
 

 

(b)          any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Sixteen shall be paid by the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution, whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate amounts remaining unpaid on account of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Senior Indebtedness held or represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness; and

 

(c)          in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Subordinated Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over, upon written notice to the Trustee, to the holder of such Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instrument evidencing any of such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably as aforesaid, for application to payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the Subordinated Securities shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be paid in full and no such payments or distributions to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities of cash, property or securities otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Subordinated Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article Sixteen are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article Sixteen or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Subordinated Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or to affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or in the Subordinated Securities prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Subordinated Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Sixteen of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 601, shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person making any distribution to the Trustee for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.

 

78
 

 

If the Trustee or any Holder of Subordinated Securities does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to above prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim in such proceeding, then the holder of any Senior Indebtedness is hereby authorized, and has the right, to file an appropriate claim or claims for or on behalf of such Holder of Subordinated Securities.

 

With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee does not owe any fiduciary duties to the holders of Senior Indebtedness other than Securities issued under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 1603.         No Payment on Subordinated Securities in Event of Default on Senior Indebtedness.

 

No payment by the Company on account of principal (or premium, if any), sinking funds or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities shall be made unless full payment of amounts then due for principal (premium, if any), sinking funds and interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for in money or money’s worth.

 

SECTION 1604.         Payments on Subordinated Securities Permitted.

 

Nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Subordinated Securities shall (a) affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the Company from making, at any time except as provided in Sections 1602 and 1603, payments of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities, (b) without limiting clause (c) of this sentence, prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder to the payment of or on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities, unless the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such payment more than three Business Days prior to the date fixed for such payment or (c) prevent the application by the Trustee of any moneys or the proceeds of Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 1404(a) to the payment of or on account of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) or interest, if any, on the Subordinated Securities if all the conditions specified in Section 1404 to the application of Section 1402 or Section 1403, as applicable, have been satisfied prior to the date the Trustee shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office written notice of any event prohibiting the making of such payment.

 

SECTION 1605.         Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination.

 

Each Holder of Subordinated Securities by his acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article Sixteen and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

79
 

 

SECTION 1606.         Notices to Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of this Indenture, neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall be charged with knowledge of the existence of any Senior Indebtedness or of any event that would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or such Paying Agent, unless and until the Trustee or such Paying Agent shall have received (in the case of the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office) written notice thereof from the Company or from the holder of any Senior Indebtedness or from the trustee for any such holder, together with proof satisfactory to the Trustee of such holding of Senior Indebtedness or of the authority of such trustee; provided, however, that if at least three Business Days prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of either the principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, on any Subordinated Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the notice provided for in this Section 1606, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary, which may be received by it within three Business Days prior to such date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such a notice has been given by a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article Sixteen, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article Sixteen and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

 

SECTION 1607.         Trustee as Holder of Senior Indebtedness.

 

The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article Sixteen in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

 

Nothing in this Article Sixteen shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 606.

 

80
 

 

SECTION 1608.         Modifications of Terms of Senior Indebtedness.

 

Any renewal or extension of the time of payment of any Senior Indebtedness or the exercise by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any of their rights under any instrument creating or evidencing Senior Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the waiver of default thereunder, may be made or done all without notice to or assent from the Holders of the Subordinated Securities or the Trustee.

 

No compromise, alteration, amendment, modification, extension, renewal or other change of, or waiver, consent or other action in respect of, any liability or obligation under or in respect of, or of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of any indenture or other instrument under which any Senior Indebtedness is outstanding or of such Senior Indebtedness, whether or not any of the foregoing are in accordance with the provisions of any applicable document, shall in any way alter or affect any of the provisions of this Article Sixteen or of the Subordinated Securities relating to the subordination thereof.

 

SECTION 1609.         Reliance on Judicial Order or Certificate of Liquidating Agent.

 

Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article Sixteen, the Trustee and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or similar case or proceeding is pending, or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, custodian, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of Subordinated Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article Sixteen.

 

* * * * *

 

This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and delivery of signature pages by facsimile, .pdf transmission, e-mail or other electronic means shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, .pdf transmission, e-mail or other electronic means shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

81
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
     
  By:  
    Name:  Paul J. Echausse, Esq.
    Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
    as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

Exhibit (d)(2)

 

FORM OF FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

between

 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

Dated as of January [   ], 2015

 

THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “First Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of January [ ], 2015, is between Alcentra Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture (as defined below).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company and the Trustee executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of January [ ], 2015 (the “Base Indenture” and, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), to provide for the issuance by the Company from time to time of the Company’s unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series as provided in the Indenture.

 

The Company desires to issue and sell up to $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6.500% Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”).

 

Sections 901(4) and 901(6) of the Base Indenture provide that without the consent of Holders of the Securities of any series issued under the Indenture, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Base Indenture to (i) change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Indenture when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of the supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and (ii) establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 201 and Section 301 of the Base Indenture.

 

The Company desires to establish the form and terms of the Notes and to modify, alter, supplement and change certain provisions of the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes (except as may be provided in a future supplemental indenture to the Indenture (“Future Supplemental Indenture”)).

 

 
 

 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes and all acts and things necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding, and legal obligation of the Company and to constitute a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done and performed.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
TERMS OF THE NOTES

 

Section 1.01.      Terms of the Notes . The following terms relating to the Notes are hereby established:

 

(a)          The Notes shall constitute a series of Senior Securities having the title “6.500% Notes due 2022.” The Notes shall bear a CUSIP number of [ ] and an ISIN number of [ ].

 

(b)          The aggregate principal amount of the Notes that may be initially authenticated and delivered under the Indenture (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 906, 1107 or 1305 of the Base Indenture, and except for any Securities that, pursuant to Section 303 of the Base Indenture, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered under the Indenture) shall be $40,000,000. Under a Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Board Resolutions or an indenture supplement, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, issue additional Notes (in any such case “Additional Notes”) having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes. Any Additional Notes and the existing Notes will constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Notes herein shall include the Additional Notes unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(c)          The entire outstanding principal of the Notes shall be payable on January 15, 2022.

 

(d)          The rate at which the Notes shall bear interest shall be 6.500% per annum (the “Applicable Interest Rate”). The date from which interest shall accrue on the Notes shall be January [ ], 2015, or the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or provided for; the Interest Payment Dates for the Notes shall be January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2015 (if an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable interest payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment); the initial interest period will be the period from and including January [ ], 2015, to, but excluding, the initial Interest Payment Date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Interest Payment Date or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be; the interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be January 1 and July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and any such interest on the Notes will be made at the office of the Trustee located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation (6.500% Notes due 2022) and at such other address as designated by the Trustee, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided , further , however , that so long as the Notes are registered to Cede & Co., such payment will be made by wire transfer in accordance with the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company and the Trustee. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2
 

 

(e)          The Notes shall be initially issuable in global form (each such Note, a “Global Note”). The Global Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this First Supplemental Indenture. Each Global Note shall represent the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar, in accordance with Sections 203 and 305 of the Base Indenture.

 

(f)          The depositary for such Global Notes (the “Depositary”) shall be The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York. The Security Registrar with respect to the Global Notes shall be the Trustee.

 

(g)          The Notes shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 1402 or Section 1403 of the Base Indenture. Covenant defeasance contained in Section 1403 of the Base Indenture shall apply to the covenants contained in Sections 1007 and 1008 of the Indenture.

 

(h)          The Notes shall be redeemable pursuant to Section 1101 of the Base Indenture and as follows:

 

(i)          The Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Company, on or after January [ ], 2016, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

 

(ii)         Notice of redemption shall be given in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date, at the Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall contain the information set forth in Section 1104 of the Base Indenture.

 

3
 

 

(iii)        Any exercise of the Company’s option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the Investment Company Act, to the extent applicable.

 

(iv)        If the Company elects to redeem only a portion of the Notes, the Trustee will determine the method for selecting the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with Section 1103 of the Base Indenture and the Investment Company Act and the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Notes are listed, in each case to the extent applicable.

 

(v)         Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption hereunder.

 

(i)          The "Survivor's Option" is defined in Section 2.01 and is a provision in the Notes pursuant to which the Company agrees to repay that Note, if requested by the authorized representative of the beneficial owner of that Note, following the death of the beneficial owner of the Note, so long as the Note was owned by that beneficial owner or the estate of that beneficial owner at least six months prior to the request.

 

Upon the valid exercise of the Survivor's Option and the proper tender of that Note for repayment, the Company will repay or repurchase that Note, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the deceased beneficial owner's interest in that Note plus unpaid interest accrued to the date of repayment, subject to the Company’s discretionary right to limit such repayments or repurchases as specified herein.

 

To be valid, the Survivor's Option must be exercised by or on behalf of the person who has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner of the Note (including, without limitation, the personal representative or executor of the deceased beneficial owner or the surviving joint owner with the deceased beneficial owner) under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction.

 

The death of a person holding a beneficial ownership interest in a Note as a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety with another person, or as a tenant in common with the deceased holder's spouse, will be deemed the death of a beneficial owner of that Note, and the entire principal amount of the Note so held will be subject to repayment by the Company upon request. However, the death of a person holding a beneficial ownership interest in a Note as tenant in common with a person other than such deceased holder's spouse will be deemed the death of a beneficial owner only with respect to such deceased person's interest in the Note.

 

The death of a person who, during his or her lifetime, was entitled to substantially all of the beneficial ownership interests in a Note will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of that Note for purposes of the Survivor's Option, regardless of whether that beneficial owner was the registered holder of that Note, if entitlement to those interests can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. A beneficial ownership interest will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife. In addition, a beneficial ownership interest will be deemed to exist in custodial and trust arrangements where one person has all of the beneficial ownership interests in the applicable Note during his or her lifetime.

 

4
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has the discretionary right to limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option shall be accepted by the Company from authorized representatives of all deceased beneficial owners in any calendar year to an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of all Notes outstanding as of the end of the most recent calendar year. The Company also has the discretionary right to limit to $250,000 in any calendar year the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option shall be accepted by the Company from the authorized representative of any individual deceased beneficial owner of Notes in such calendar year. In addition, the Company will not permit the exercise of the Survivor's Option except in principal amounts of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000.

 

An otherwise valid election to exercise the Survivor's Option may not be withdrawn. Each election to exercise the Survivor's Option will be accepted in the order that elections are received by the Trustee, except for any Note the acceptance of which would contravene any of the limitations described in the preceding paragraph. Notes accepted for repayment through the exercise of the Survivor's Option normally will be repaid on the first interest payment date that occurs 20 or more calendar days after the date of the acceptance. For example, if the acceptance date of a Note tendered through a valid exercise of the Survivor's Option is July 1, 2015, the Company would normally repay that Note on the interest payment date occurring on January 15, 2016, because the July 15, 2015 interest payment date would occur less than 20 days from the date of acceptance. Each tendered Note that is not accepted in any calendar year due to the application of any of the limitations described in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to be tendered in the following calendar year in the order in which all such Notes were originally tendered. If a Note tendered through a valid exercise of the Survivor's Option is not accepted, the Trustee will deliver (at the expense of the Company) a notice by first-class mail to the registered holder, at that holder's last known address as indicated in the Note register, that states the reason that Note has not been accepted for repayment.

 

With respect to Notes represented by a Global Note, DTC or its nominee is treated as the holder of the Notes and will be the only entity that can exercise the Survivor's Option for such Notes. To obtain repayment pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option for a Note, the deceased beneficial owner's authorized representative must provide the following items to the broker or other entity through which the beneficial interest in the Note is held by the deceased beneficial owner:

 

· a written instruction to such broker or other entity to notify DTC of the authorized representative's desire to obtain repayment pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option;

 

5
 

 

· appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Trustee (a) that the deceased was the beneficial owner of the Note at the time of death and his or her interest in the Note was owned by the deceased beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request for repayment, (b) that the death of the beneficial owner has occurred, (c) of the date of death of the beneficial owner, and (d) that the representative has authority to act on behalf of the beneficial owner;

 

· if the interest in the Note is held by a nominee of the deceased beneficial owner, a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from the nominee attesting to the deceased's beneficial ownership of such Note;

 

· written request for repayment signed by the authorized representative of the deceased beneficial owner with the signature guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States;

 

· if applicable, a properly executed assignment or endorsement;

 

· tax waivers and any other instruments or documents that the Trustee reasonably requires in order to establish the validity of the beneficial ownership of the Note and the claimant's entitlement to payment; and

 

· any additional information the Trustee reasonably requires to evidence satisfaction of any conditions to the exercise of the Survivor's Option or to document beneficial ownership or authority to make the election and to cause the repayment of the Note.

 

In turn, the broker or other entity will deliver each of these items to the Trustee, together with evidence satisfactory to the Trustee from the broker or other entity stating that it represents the deceased beneficial owner.

 

The Company retains the right to limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option will be accepted in any one calendar year as described above. All other questions regarding the eligibility or validity of any exercise of the Survivor's Option will be determined by the Trustee, in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.

 

(j)          The Notes shall not be subject to any sinking fund pursuant to Section 1201 of the Base Indenture.

 

(k)          The Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(l)           Except for the Survivor’s Option described above, holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the Stated Maturity.

 

(m)         The Notes are hereby designated as “Senior Securities” under the Indenture.

 

6
 

 

(n)          The issuance, distribution and sale of the Notes will be in accordance with the Administrative Procedures, attached as Exhibit B and in the event of any conflict between the terms of Notes as set forth in this First Supplemental Indenture and the Administrative Procedures, the terms as set forth in the First Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 2.01.      Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Section 101 of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following defined terms in appropriate alphabetical sequence, as follows:

 

“‘ Exchange Act ’ means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any statute successor thereto.”

 

“‘ GAAP ’ means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are in effect from time to time.”

 

“‘ Survivor's Option ’ means, where applicable, the right of a holder of a Note to require the Company to repay such Note prior to its Stated Maturity upon the death of the owner of such Note, subject to the provisions hereof relating to such option.”

 

ARTICLE III
COVENANTS

 

Section 3.01.       Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article X of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following new Sections 1007 and 1008 thereto, each as set forth below:

 

“Section 1007.    Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act .

 

The Company hereby agrees that for the period of time during which Notes are Outstanding, the Company will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor provisions thereto of the Investment Company Act of 1940, whether or not the Company continues to be subject to such provisions, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the Commission.”

 

7
 

 

“Section 1008.    Commission Reports and Reports to Holders .

 

If, at any time, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the Commission, the Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee for the period of time during which the Notes are Outstanding: (i) within 90 days after the end of the each fiscal year of the Company (which fiscal year ends on December 31), audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and (ii) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (other than the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter), unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company. All such financial statements shall be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP.”

 

ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 4.01.        This First Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. This First Supplemental Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of the Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

Section 4.02.        In case any provision in this First Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 4.03.        This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be an original, but such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same First Supplemental Indenture. The exchange of copies of this First Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, .pdf transmission, email or other electronic means shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, .pdf transmission, email or other electronic means shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 4.04.        The Base Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this First Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Base Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument with respect to the Notes. All provisions included in this First Supplemental Indenture supersede any conflicting provisions included in the Base Indenture with respect to the Notes, unless not permitted by law. The Trustee accepts the trusts created by the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture, and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions of the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this First Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 4.05.        The provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall become effective as of the date hereof.

 

Section 4.06.        Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, the terms and provisions of this First Supplemental Indenture shall apply only to the Notes and shall not apply to any other series of Securities under the Indenture and this First Supplemental Indenture shall not and does not otherwise affect, modify, alter, supplement or change the terms and provisions of any other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding.

 

8
 

 

Section 4.07.        The recitals contained herein and in the Notes shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or any Additional Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this First Supplemental Indenture, authenticate the Notes and any Additional Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or any Additional Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

9
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Paul J. Echausse
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as Trustee
     
  By:  
  Name: David W. Doucette
  Title: Vice President

 

[ Signature page to First Supplemental Indenture ]

 

10
 

 

Exhibit A – Form of Global Note

 

This Security is a Global Note within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or a nominee thereof. This Security may not be exchanged in whole or in part for a Security registered, and no transfer of this Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than The Depository Trust Company or a nominee thereof, except in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture.

 

Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and such certificate issued in exchange for this certificate is registered in the name of Cede & Co., or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful, as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ®

 

No. $
  CUSIP No. [________]
  ISIN No. US[________]
   
  Survivor’s Option:
   
  x Yes      ¨ No

 

[__________]% Notes due [___], 20[ ]

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Maryland (herein called the “Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                on [___], 20[   ] and to pay interest thereon from January [ ], 2015 or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 in each year, commencing July 15, 2015, at the rate of [   ]% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be January 1 and July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. This Security may be issued as part of a series.

 

Exhibit A – 1
 

 

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office of the Trustee located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation ([____]% Notes due 20[  ]) and at such other address as designated by the Trustee, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided, further, however , that so long as this Security is registered to Cede & Co., such payment will be made by wire transfer in accordance with the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company and the Trustee.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Exhibit A – 2
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

  ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name: Paul J. Echausse
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Attest

 

By:    

Name:

Title:

 

Exhibit A – 3
 

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
     
  By:  
    Authorized Signatory

 

Exhibit A – 4
 

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ®

[_____]% Notes due 20[ ]

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of Senior Securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of January [ ], 2015 (herein called the “Base Indenture”, which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Base Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Base Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture relating to the Securities, dated January [ ], 2015, by and between the Company and the Trustee (herein called the “First Supplemental Indenture”, the First Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture collectively are herein called the “Indenture”). In the event of any conflict between the Base Indenture and the First Supplemental Indenture, the First Supplemental Indenture shall govern and control.

 

This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, which series is initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $40,000,000. Under a Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Board Resolutions or an indenture supplement, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Securities, issue additional Securities of this series (in any such case “Additional Securities”) having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Securities. Any Additional Securities and the existing Securities will constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Securities herein shall include the Additional Securities unless the context otherwise requires. The aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.

 

The Securities of this series are subject to redemption in whole or in part at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Company, on or after January [ ], 2016, at a redemption price per security equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to the date fixed for redemption.

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed, not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date, at the Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall contain the information set forth in Section 1104 of the Base Indenture.

 

Any exercise of the Company’s option to redeem the Securities will be done in compliance with the Investment Company Act, to the extent applicable.

 

If the Company elects to redeem only a portion of the Securities, the Trustee or the Depositary, as applicable, will determine the method for selecting the particular Securities to be redeemed, in accordance with their standard operating procedures and the Investment Company Act, to the extent applicable. In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

 

1
 

 

Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.

 

Except as provided pursuant to the Survivor’s Option, Holders of Securities do not have the option to have the Securities repaid prior to [___], 20[ ].

 

Pursuant to the Survivor's Option affirmatively specified on the face hereof, the Holder of the Security shall have the right to require the Company to repay a Security prior to its maturity date upon the death of the beneficial owner of the Security as described below. The Company calls this right the "Survivor's Option."

 

Upon exercise of the Survivor's Option, and subject to the Company’s discretionary right to limit such repayments or repurchases as specified herein, the Company will either repay or repurchase any Security (or portion thereof) properly tendered for repayment by or on behalf of the person (the "Representative") that has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner of the Security at a price equal to the sum of:

 

· 100% of the principal amount of the deceased beneficial owner's beneficial interest in such Security, and

 

· accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of such repayment or repurchase, subject to the following limitations.

 

The Survivor's Option may not be exercised unless the Security was owned by the beneficial owner or the estate of that beneficial owner at least six months prior to such exercise. In addition, the Company may limit the aggregate principal amount of Securities as to which the Survivor's Option may be exercised as follows:

 

· In any calendar year, the Company may, in its sole discretion, limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for redemption to 2% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Securities as of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year. The Company calls this limitation the "annual put limitation."

 

· For any individual deceased beneficial owner of Securities, the Company may limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for redemption to $250,000 for any calendar year. The Company calls this limitation the "individual put limitation."

 

The Company will not make principal repayments pursuant to the exercise of the Survivor's Option except in principal amounts of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000. If the limitations described above would result in the partial repayment of any Security, the principal amount of the Security remaining outstanding after repayment must be at least $1,000.

 

2
 

 

An otherwise valid election to exercise the Survivor's Option may not be withdrawn. Each Security (or portion thereof) tendered pursuant to a valid exercise of the Survivor's Option will be accepted in the order all such Securities are received by the Trustee, unless the acceptance of that Security would contravene the annual put limitation or the individual put limitation. If, as of the end of any calendar year, the aggregate principal amount of Securities (or portions thereof) that have been tendered pursuant to the valid exercise of the Survivor's Option during that year has exceeded either the annual put limitation or the individual put limitation for that year, any exercise(s) of the Survivor's Option with respect to Securities (or portions thereof) not accepted by the Company during such calendar year because such acceptance would have contravened either such limitation shall be deemed to be tendered in the following calendar year in the order all such Securities (or portions thereof) were originally tendered.

 

Any Security (or portion thereof) accepted for repayment or repurchase pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option will be repaid or repurchased on the first Interest Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the date of acceptance. If that date is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day. In the event that a Security (or any portion thereof) tendered for repayment or repurchase pursuant to valid exercise of the Survivor's Option is not accepted by the Company, the Trustee will deliver (at the expense of the Company) a notice by first-class mail to the registered Holder, at that Holder's last known address as indicated in the Security register, that states the reason that the Security (or portion thereof) has not been accepted for repayment.

 

Subject to the foregoing, in order to validly exercise the Survivor's Option, the Trustee must receive from the Representative of the deceased beneficial owner:

 

· appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Trustee (A) that the deceased was the beneficial owner of such Security at the time of death and the interest in such Security was owned by the deceased beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request for repayment or purchase, (B) that the death of such beneficial owner has occurred, (C) of the date of such death, and (D) that the Representative has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner;

 

· if the interest in the Security is held by a nominee of the deceased beneficial owner, a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from such nominee attesting to the deceased's beneficial ownership of the Security;

 

· a written request for repayment signed by the Representative, with the signature guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States;

 

· if applicable, a properly executed assignment or endorsement;

 

· tax waivers and such other instruments or documents that the Trustee reasonably requires in order to establish the validity of the beneficial ownership of the Security and the claimant's entitlement to payment; and

 

3
 

 

· any additional information the Trustee reasonably requires to evidence satisfaction of any conditions to the exercise of the Survivor's Option or to document beneficial ownership or authority to make the election and to cause the repayment or repurchase of the Security.

 

Subject to the annual put limitation and the individual put limitation, all questions as to the eligibility or validity of any exercise of the Survivor's Option will be determined by the Trustee in its sole discretion. The Trustee's determination will be final and binding on all parties.

 

The death of a person holding a beneficial interest in a Security as a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety with another person, or as a tenant in common with the deceased Holder's spouse, will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of the Security, and the entire principal amount of the Security so held will be subject to the Survivor's Option. The death of a person holding a beneficial interest in a Security as a tenant in common with a person other than such deceased Holder's spouse will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of a Security only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in the Security. The death of a person who, during his or her lifetime, was entitled to substantially all of the beneficial interests of ownership of a Security will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner for purposes of the Survivor's Option, regardless of the registered Holder of the Security, if such beneficial interest can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. Such beneficial interest will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife and custodial and trust arrangements where one person has substantially all of the beneficial ownership interest in the Security during his or her lifetime.

 

So long as this Security is a Global Security and is registered in the name of DTC or a nominee thereof, DTC or such nominee shall be the Holder of such Security and therefore shall be the only entity that can exercise the Survivor's Option with respect to this Security. To obtain repayment or repurchase pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option with respect to such Security, the Representative must provide to the broker or other entity through which the beneficial interest in such Security is held by the deceased beneficial owner (i) the documents described in the third preceding paragraph and (ii) written instructions to such broker or other entity to notify the Depositary of such Representative's desire to obtain repayment or repurchase pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option. Such broker or other entity shall provide to the Trustee (i) the documents received from the Representative referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (ii) a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from such broker or other entity stating that it represents the deceased beneficial owner. Such broker or other entity shall be responsible for disbursing any payments it receives pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option to the appropriate Representative.

 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Security or certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

4
 

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee indemnity, security, or both reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity and/or security. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

5
 

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company, the Trustee, or the Security Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, or the Security Registrar and any agent of the Company, the Trustee, or the Security Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Security Registrar, or any agent thereof shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture and this Security shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

6
 

 

OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT PURSUANT TO THE SURVIVOR’S OPTION

 

Pursuant to that certain First Supplemental Indenture between Alcentra Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture”), the undersigned hereby irrevocably request(s) and instruct(s) the Company to repay this Security (or portion hereof specified below) pursuant to its terms at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with accrued and unpaid interest hereon, payable to the date of repayment, to the undersigned, at                                         . (Please print or typewrite name and address of the undersigned)

 

For this Security to be repaid, the undersigned must give to the Trustee at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation ([ ]% Notes due 20[ ]), or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of the Securities, not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days prior to the date of repayment, (i) this Security with this "Option to Elect Repayment" form duly completed, and (ii) any and all documentation required by the Supplemental Indenture to exercise the Survivor’s Option.

 

If less than the entire principal amount of this Security is to be repaid, specify the portion hereof (which shall be increments of US$1,000) which the holder elects to have repaid and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall be an Authorized Denomination) of the Securities to be issued to the holder for the portion of this Security not being repaid (in the absence of any such specification, one such Security will be issued for the portion not being repaid):

 

US$

 

Dated:

 

     
    Signature
     
    NOTICE: The signature on this "Option to Elect Repayment" form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

     
Signature    
     
NOTICE: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations, and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    

 

7
 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of the within Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT- __________________________Custodian  
  (Cust) (Minor)
     
  under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
   
   
  State
   
  Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(a) unto:

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY

NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING

NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

 

 
 
 
the within Security and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
 
 
to transfer said Security on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
 
 

Dated:

     
    NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the within Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
     
     
Signature Guarantee    
     
NOTICE: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stock-brokers, savings and loan associations, and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    

 

8
 

 

Exhibit B – Administrative Procedures

 

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ® , due 12 months or more from date of issue (the “Notes”), are offered by Alcentra Capital Corporation (the “Company”). The Notes will be offered by Incapital LLC (the “Purchasing Agent”) pursuant to a Selling Agent Agreement among the Company, Alcentra NY, LLC (the “Adviser”) and the Purchasing Agent dated January [ ], 2015 (the “Selling Agent Agreement”) and one or more terms agreements substantially in one of the forms attached to the Selling Agent Agreement as Exhibit B or such other form as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasing Agent (each, a “Terms Agreement”). The Notes are being resold by the Purchasing Agent to selected broker-dealers (the “Selected Dealers”) for distribution to their customers pursuant to a Master Selected Dealer Agreement (a “Dealers Agreement”) attached to the Selling Agent Agreement as Exhibit D. The Purchasing Agent has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit purchases of the Notes. The Notes have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). U.S. Bank National Association is the trustee (the “Trustee”) under the indenture dated as of January [ ], 2015, as may be amended and supplemented from time to time, between the Company and the Trustee (the “Indenture”), covering the Notes. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Trustee also will serve as authenticating agent, issuing agent and paying agent, unless the Company appoints a different entity for those roles.

 

Each series of Notes will be issued in book-entry only form and will be represented by a Master Note (as defined below) held by the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and recorded in the book-entry system maintained by DTC. Each series of Notes will have the annual interest rate, maturity and other terms set forth in the Prospectus and/or the relevant Pricing Supplement (as each of these terms is defined in the Selling Agent Agreement). Owners of beneficial interests in a Master Note will be entitled to physical delivery of Notes issued in certificated form equal in principal amount to their respective beneficial interests only upon certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.

 

Administrative procedures and specific terms of the offering are explained below. Administrative and record-keeping responsibilities will be handled for the Company by the Adviser. The Company will advise the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee in writing of those persons handling administrative responsibilities with whom the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee are to communicate regarding offers to purchase Notes and the details of their delivery.

 

Notes will be issued in accordance with the administrative procedures set forth herein. To the extent the procedures set forth below conflict with or omit certain of the provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, the Selling Agent Agreement, the Prospectus, the applicable Disclosure Package and the Pricing Supplement (the Pricing Supplement and the Base Prospectus collectively referred to herein as the “Prospectus”), the relevant provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, the Selling Agent Agreement, the applicable Disclosure Package and the Prospectus shall control. Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Selling Agent Agreement, the Prospectus in the form most recently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933 Act, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or the Indenture.

 

B- 1
 

 

Administrative Procedures for Notes

 

In connection with the qualification of Notes for eligibility in the book-entry system maintained by DTC, the Trustee will perform the custodial, document control and administrative functions described below, in accordance with its obligations under a Letter of Representations from the Company and the Trustee to DTC, dated January 22, 2015 and its obligations as a participant in DTC, including DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System (“SDFS”). The procedures set forth below may be modified in compliance with DTC’s then-applicable procedures and upon agreement by the Company, the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent.

 

Maturities: Each Note will mature on a date (the “Maturity Date”) not less than 12 months after the original issue date for such Note.  Notes will mature on any date selected by the Purchasing Agent and agreed to by the Company.  “Maturity” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the outstanding principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable in full in accordance with its terms, whether at its Maturity Date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, repayment or otherwise.
   
Issuance:

All Notes will be represented by a master registered global note certificate (the “Master Note”). Each Master Note will be dated the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

 

Each Note will have an original issue date (the “Issue Date”). The Issue Date shall remain the same for all Notes of the applicable series subsequently issued upon transfer, exchange or substitution of an original Note. Additional tranches of an existing series of Notes may have a different Issue Date.

 

For other variable terms with respect to the Notes, see the Prospectus and the applicable Pricing Supplement.

   
Identification: The Company has received from the CUSIP Service Bureau (the CUSIP Service Bureau”) of Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), one series of CUSIP numbers for future assignment to the Notes.  The Company will provide or has provided the Purchasing Agent, DTC and the Trustee with a list of such CUSIP numbers.  On behalf of the Company, the Purchasing Agent will assign CUSIP numbers as described below under Settlement Procedure “B.”  DTC will notify the CUSIP Service Bureau periodically of the CUSIP numbers that the Company has assigned to the Notes.  The Company will reserve additional CUSIP numbers when necessary for assignment to the Notes and will provide the Purchasing Agent, the Trustee and DTC with the list of additional CUSIP numbers so obtained.

 

B- 2
 

  

Registration: Unless otherwise specified by DTC, the Master Notes will be in fully registered form only without coupons.  Each Master Note will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, on the Security Register maintained under the Indenture by the Trustee.  The beneficial owner of a Note (or one or more indirect participants in DTC designated by such owner) will designate one or more participants in DTC (with respect to such Note, the “Participants”) to act as agent or agents for such owner in connection with the book-entry system maintained by DTC, and DTC will record in book-entry form, in accordance with instructions provided by such Participants, a credit balance with respect to such beneficial owner of such Note in the account of such Participants.  The ownership interest of such beneficial owner in such Note will be recorded through the records of such Participants or through the separate records of such Participants and one or more indirect participants in DTC.
   
Transfers: Transfers of beneficial ownership interests in a Master Note will be accomplished by book entries made by DTC and, in turn, by Participants (and in certain cases, one or more indirect participants in DTC) acting on behalf of beneficial transferors and transferees of such beneficial ownership interests.
   
Denominations: Prior to any issuance, and as to each issuance, the Company and the Purchasing Agent will agree on the applicable minimum denomination of the Notes.  DTC entries representing the Notes will be in principal amounts not in excess of $500,000,000 or any other limit set by DTC (the “Permitted Amount”).  If a series of Notes has an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Permitted Amount, each DTC book entry for that series will be in the Permitted Amount, or lesser amount representing the remaining principal amount for such series of Notes.
   
Issue Price: Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, each Note will be issued at the percentage of principal amount specified in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus relating to such Note.
   
Interest: General .  Each Note will bear interest in accordance with its terms.  
   
  Interest on a tranche of Notes will accrue from the Issue Date of such tranche for the first interest period and from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid for all subsequent interest periods.  Except as set forth hereafter, each payment of interest on a tranche of Notes will include interest accrued to, but excluding, as the case may be, the Interest Payment Date or the date of Maturity.

 

B- 3
 

 

  Each pending deposit message described under Settlement Procedure “C” below will be routed to S&P, which will use the message to include certain information regarding the related Notes in the appropriate daily bond report published by S&P.
   
  Each tranche of Notes will bear interest from, and including, its Issue Date at the rate set forth thereon and in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid, or made available for payment, in full, in accordance with the terms of such tranche of Notes.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, interest on each tranche of Notes will be payable either monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually on each Interest Payment Date and at Maturity (or on the date of redemption or repayment if a Note is repurchased by the Company prior to maturity pursuant to mandatory or optional redemption or repayment provisions or the Survivor’s Option).  Interest will be payable to the person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date next preceding each Interest Payment Date; provided, however, interest payable at Maturity, on a date of redemption or repayment or in connection with the exercise of the Survivor’s Option will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable.
   
  Any payment of principal, and premium, if any, interest or other amounts payable required to be made on a Note on a day which is not a Business Day (other than the Maturity Date) need not be made on such day, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such day, and no additional interest shall accrue as a result of such delayed payment.  However, in the case of a Note that bears interest at a floating rate (each, a “Floating-Rate Note”) that is based on the London interbank offered note (“LIBOR”), if an applicable Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day and the next succeeding Business Day occurs in the next calendar month, then the Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately proceeding Business Day. For any Floating Rate Notes, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, if an Interest Payment Date (other than the Interest Payment Date falling on the Maturity Date) falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest periods and interest reset dates will be adjusted accordingly to calculate the amount of interest payable on the applicable series of Floating Rate Notes.  If the Maturity Date of any Note is not a Business Day, the payment due on such day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Maturity Date, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after such Maturity Date.  The interest rates the Company will agree to pay on newly-issued Notes are subject to change without notice by the Company from time to time, but no such change will affect any Notes already issued or as to which an offer to purchase has been accepted by the Company.

 

B- 4
 

 

 

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, the Interest Payment Dates for Notes that bear interest at a fixed rate of interest (each, a “Fixed-Rate Note”) will be as follows: (a) for monthly interest payments, the fifteenth day of each calendar month, commencing in the calendar month that next succeeds the month in which the Note is issued; (b) for quarterly interest payments, the fifteenth day of each third month, commencing in the third succeeding calendar month following the month in which the Note is issued; (c) for semi-annual interest payments, the fifteenth day of each sixth month, commencing in the sixth succeeding calendar month following the month in which the Note is issued; and (d) for annual interest payments, the fifteenth day of every twelfth month, commencing in the twelfth succeeding calendar month following the month in which the Note is issued.

 

Interest Payments Dates for a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets daily, weekly or monthly shall be a date that occurs in each month, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets quarterly, the Interest Payment Date shall be a date that occurs in each third month, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets semi-annually, the Interest Payment Date shall be a date, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, that occurs in each of the two months specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets annually, the Interest Payment Date shall be a date, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, that occurs the month of each year specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

B- 5
 

 

 

  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, the Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date for a Fixed-Rate Note shall be the first day of the calendar month in which such Interest Payment Date occurs, whether or not such day is a Business Day, except that the Regular Record Date with respect to the final Interest Payment Date shall be the final Interest Payment Date.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date for a Floating-Rate Note shall be the fifteenth calendar day immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day, except that the Regular Record Date with respect to the final Interest Payment Date shall be the final Interest Payment Date.
   
  Each payment of interest on a Note shall include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last day in respect of which interest has been paid (or duly provided for), as the case may be, to, but excluding, the Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.
   
Calculation of Interest:

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, interest on the Fixed-Rate Notes (including interest for partial periods) will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. (Examples of interest calculations are as follows: October 1, 2014 to April 1, 2015 equals 6 months and 0 days, or 180 days; the interest paid equals 180/360 times the annual rate of interest times the principal amount of the Note. The period from December 3, 2014 to April 1, 2015 equals 3 months and 28 days, or 118 days; the interest payable equals 118/360 times the annual rate of interest times the principal amount of the Note.)

 

The interest rate on each Floating-Rate Note will be calculated by reference to the specified interest rate basis or formula, plus or minus the Spread, if any, or multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, as set forth in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement. The “Spread” is the number of basis points specified by the Company on the Floating-Rate Note to be added to or subtracted from the base rate. The “Spread Multiplier” is the percentage specified by the Company on the Floating-Rate Note by which the base rate is multiplied in order to calculate the applicable interest rate.

 

B- 6
 

  

 

Accrued interest on Floating-Rate Notes is calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor is the sum of the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, the accrued interest factor will be computed and interest will be paid (including payments for partial periods) as follows:

 

(a)          for Floating-Rate Notes based on the federal funds rate, LIBOR, the prime rate, or any other floating rate other than the treasury rate, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 360; and

 

(b)          for Floating-Rate Notes based on the treasury rate, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 365 or 366, as applicable.

 

All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating-Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest cent with one-half cent being rounded upward. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, all percentages resulting from any calculation with respect to a Floating-Rate Note will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percent, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards, e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655).

   
Business Day: “Business Day” means, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, any weekday that is (1) not a legal holiday in New York, New York, (2) not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law or regulation to be closed, and (3) with respect to a Floating-Rate Note based on LIBOR, a London Banking Day.  A “London Banking Day” means any day in which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in U.S. dollars) in London, England.
   

Payments of Principal

and Interest:

Payments of Principal and Interest .  Seven days prior to the first and 15 th calendar days of each month, the Trustee will deliver to the Company and DTC a written notice specifying by CUSIP number the amount of interest, if any, to be paid on each Note on the following Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date coinciding with a Maturity Date) and the total of such amounts.  DTC will confirm the amount payable on each Note on such Interest Payment Date by reference to the daily bond reports published by S&P.  On such Interest Payment Date, the Company will pay to the Trustee or a Paying Agent, and the Trustee or a Paying Agent in turn will pay to DTC, such total amount of interest due (other than on the Maturity Date), at the times and in the manner set forth below under “Manner of Payment.”

 

B- 7
 

 

 

 

  Payments on the Maturity Date .  Seven days prior to the first and 15 th calendar days of each month, the Trustee or a Paying Agent will deliver to the Company and DTC a written list of principal, premium, if any, and interest to be paid on each Note maturing or subject to redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repayment in the following month.  The Trustee or a Paying Agent, the Company and DTC will confirm the amounts of such principal, premium, if any, and interest payments with respect to each Note on or about the fifth Business Day preceding the Maturity Date of such Note.  On the Maturity Date, the Company will pay to the Trustee or a Paying Agent, and the Trustee or a Paying Agent in turn will pay to DTC, the principal amount of such Note, together with interest and premium, if any, due on such Maturity Date, at the times and in the manner set forth below under “Manner of Payment.” If the Maturity Date of any Note is not a Business Day, the payment due on such day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after such Maturity Date.  
   
  Manner of Payment .  The total amount of any principal, premium, if any, and interest due on any Notes on any Interest Payment Date or at Maturity shall be paid by the Company to the Trustee or a Paying Agent in immediately available funds on such date.  The Company will make such payment on such Notes to an account specified by the Trustee.  Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of Maturity or as soon as possible thereafter, the Trustee or a Paying Agent will make payment to DTC in accordance with existing arrangements between DTC and the Trustee or a Paying Agent, in funds available for immediate use by DTC, each payment of interest, principal and premium, if any, due on a Note on such date; provided, however, that to the extent any such funds are received by the Trustee or a Paying Agent from the Company after 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date, such funds will be deemed deposited within one Business Day of receipt thereof.  On each Interest Payment Date (other than on the Maturity Date) the Trustee or a Paying Agent will pay DTC such interest payments in same-day funds in accordance with existing arrangements between the Trustee or such Paying Agent and DTC.  Thereafter, on each such date, DTC will pay, in accordance with its SDFS operating procedures then in effect, such amounts in funds available for immediate use to the respective Participants with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in principal amount of beneficial interest in such Note as are recorded in the book-entry system maintained by DTC.  Neither the Company the Trustee, nor the Paying Agent shall have any direct responsibility or liability for the payment by DTC of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes to such Participants.

 

B- 8
 

 

 

 

  Withholding Taxes .  The amount of any taxes required under applicable law to be withheld from any interest payment on a Note will be determined and withheld by DTC, the Participant, indirect participant in DTC or other person responsible for forwarding payments and materials directly to the beneficial owner of such Note.
   

Procedure for Rate

Setting and Posting:

The Company and the Purchasing Agent will discuss, from time to time, the Maturities, the Issue Price and the interest rates to be borne by Notes that may be sold as a result of the solicitation of orders by the Purchasing Agent.  If the Company decides to set interest rates borne by any Notes in respect of which the Purchasing Agent is to solicit orders (the setting of such interest rates to be referred to herein as “Posting”) or if the Company decides to change interest rates previously posted by it, it will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent of the prices and interest rates to be posted.
   
  The Purchasing Agent will assign a separate CUSIP number for each series of Notes to be posted, and will so advise and notify the Company and the Trustee of said assignment by telephone and/or by fax or other form of electronic transmission.  The Purchasing Agent will include the assigned CUSIP number on all Posting notices communicated to the Selected Dealers.
   
Offering of Notes: In the event that there is a Posting, the Purchasing Agent will communicate to each of the Selected Dealers the Maturities of, along with the interest rates to be borne by, each series of Notes that is the subject of the Posting.  The Company shall furnish copies of the Prospectus (including any preliminary Pricing Supplement) to the Purchasing Agent for delivery in connection with soliciting orders, and file such preliminary Pricing Supplement with the SEC not later than the close of business on the date of Posting in accordance with Rule 497 under the 1933 Act (or as soon as practicable in accordance with the Selling Agent Agreement).  Thereafter, the Purchasing Agent, along with the Selected Dealers, will solicit offers to purchase the Notes accordingly.

 

B- 9
 

 

Purchase of Notes by

the Purchasing Agent:

The Purchasing Agent will, no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the seventh calendar day subsequent to the day on which such Posting occurs, or if such seventh calendar day is not a Business Day, on the preceding Business Day, or on such other Business Day and time as shall be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasing Agent (any such day, a “Trade Date”), (i) complete, execute and deliver to the Company a Terms Agreement that sets forth, among other things, the amount of each series that the Purchasing Agent is offering to purchase or (ii) inform the Company that none of the Notes of a particular series will be purchased by the Purchasing Agent.
   

Acceptance and

Rejection of Orders:

Unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Purchasing Agent, the Company has the sole right to accept orders to purchase Notes and may reject any such order in whole or in part.  Unless otherwise instructed by the Company, the Purchasing Agent will promptly advise the Company by telephone, email or facsimile of all offers to purchase Notes received by it, other than those rejected by the Purchasing Agent in whole or in part in the reasonable exercise of its discretion.  No order for less than the applicable minimum denomination of the Notes will be accepted.
   
  Upon receipt of a completed and executed Terms Agreement from the Purchasing Agent, the Company will (i) promptly execute and return such Terms Agreement to the Purchasing Agent or (ii) inform the Purchasing Agent that its offer to purchase the Notes of a particular series has been rejected, in whole or in part.  The Purchasing Agent will thereafter promptly inform the participating Selected Dealers of the action taken by the Company.
   
Preparation of Pricing Supplement: If any offer to purchase a Note is accepted by or on behalf of the Company, the Company will provide a Pricing Supplement (substantially in one of the forms attached to the Selling Agent Agreement as Exhibit C or such other form as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasing Agent) reflecting the terms of such Note and will file such Pricing Supplement with the SEC not later than the close of business on the second Business Day following the Trade Date in accordance with Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to send such Pricing Supplement by email or fax to the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee by 3:00 p.m. (New York City Time) on the applicable Trade Date.  The Purchasing Agent shall use its reasonable best efforts to send such Pricing Supplement and the Prospectus by email or fax or overnight express (for delivery by the close of business on the applicable Trade Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Business Day following the applicable Trade Date) to the Trustee and each Selected Dealer which made or presented the offer to purchase the applicable Note at such Selected Dealer’s applicable address:

 

B- 10
 

 

 

With a copy to:

Incapital LLC
200 South Wacker Drive
Suite 3700
Chicago, IL 60606
Attention: Brad Busscher, General Counsel
Fax: (312) 379-3701
Telephone: (312) 379-3735

 

and if to the Trustee, to:

U.S. Bank National Association

One Federal Street, 3 rd Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Attention: David W. Doucette

Email: david.doucette@usbank.com

 

For record keeping purposes, one copy of each preliminary and final Pricing Supplement, as so filed, shall also be mailed or faxed to:

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP

250 West 55 th Street

New York, NY 10019-9601

Attention: Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.

Telephone: (212) 468-8179

Fax (212) 468-7900

Email: apinedo@mofo.com

 

Each Selected Dealer, in turn, pursuant to the terms of the Selling Agent Agreement and the Master Selected Dealer Agreement, will cause to be delivered a copy of the Prospectus and the applicable Pricing Supplement to each purchaser of Notes from such Selected Dealer.

   
  Outdated Pricing Supplements and the Prospectus(es) to which they are attached (other than those retained for files) will be destroyed.

 

B- 11
 

  

Delivery of Confirmation and Prospectus to Purchaser by Presenting Agent:

Subject to “Suspension of Solicitation; Amendment or Supplement” below, if available, the Selected Dealers will deliver a Prospectus and final Pricing Supplement as herein described with respect to each Note sold by it.
   
 

For each offer to purchase a Note accepted by or on behalf of the Company, the Purchasing Agent will confirm in writing with each Selected Dealer the terms of such Note, the amount being purchased by such Selected Dealer and other applicable details described above and delivery and payment instructions, with a copy to the Company.

 

In addition, if available, the Purchasing Agent or Selected Dealer, as the case may be, will deliver to investors purchasing the Notes the Prospectus (including the final Pricing Supplement) in relation to such Notes prior to or simultaneously with delivery of the confirmation of sale or delivery of the Note.

   
Settlement: The receipt of immediately available funds by the Company in payment for Notes and the issuance of such Notes through the facilities of DTC shall constitute “Settlement” with respect to such Note.  All offers accepted by the Company will be settled within one to three Business Days pursuant to the timetable for Settlement set forth below, unless the Company and the purchaser agree to Settlement on a later date, and shall be specified upon acceptance of such offer; provided, however, in all cases the Company will notify the Trustee on the date issuance instructions are given.
   
Settlement Procedures: In the event of a purchase of Notes by the Purchasing Agent, as agent, appropriate Settlement details, if different from those set forth below, will be set forth in a terms agreement to be entered into between the Purchasing Agent and the Company pursuant to the Selling Agent Agreement.  Settlement Procedures with regard to each Note sold by the Purchasing Agent, as principal for the Company, shall be as follows:

 

  A. After the acceptance of an offer by the Company with respect to a Note, the Purchasing Agent will communicate the following details of the terms of such offer (the “Note Sale Information”) to the Company by telephone confirmed in writing or by facsimile transmission or other acceptable written means (including electronic mail):
       
    1. Issue Price and principal amount of the purchase;

 

B- 12
 

 

  2. Whether the Notes are Senior or Subordinated;
         
  3. (a) Fixed-Rate Notes:
      (i) Interest Rate,
      (ii) Interest Payment Dates,
      (iii) Regular Record Dates, and
      (iv) Day Count Basis;
         
    (b) Floating-Rate Notes:
      (i) Interest Rate Base,
      (ii) Initial Interest Rate,
      (iii) Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any,
      (iv) Interest Reset Dates,
      (v) Interest Periods,
      (vi) Interest Payment Dates,
      (vii) Regular Record Dates,
      (viii) Index Maturity,
      (ix) Maximum and Minimum Interest Rates, if any
      (x) Calculation Agent, and
      (xi) Day Count Basis;

 

  4. Price to Public;
     
  5. Trade Date and original Issue Date;
     
  6. Settlement Date;
     
  7. Maturity Date;
     
  8. Purchasing Agent’s concession determined pursuant to Section V(a) and Exhibit E of the Selling Agent Agreement;
     
  9. Net proceeds to the Company;
     
  10. If a Note is redeemable by the Company or repayable by the Noteholder, such of the following as are applicable:
       
    (i) The date on and after which such Note may be redeemed/repaid (the “Redemption/Repayment Commencement Date”),

 

B- 13
 

 

 

 

    (ii) Initial redemption/repayment price (% of par),
       
    (iii) Amount (% of par) that the initial redemption/repayment price shall decline (but not below par) on each anniversary of the Redemption/Repayment Commencement Date, and
       
  11. Whether the Note has a Survivor’s Option;
     
  12. If a Discount Note, the total amount of original issue discount, the yield to maturity and the initial accrual period of original issue discount;
     
  13. DTC Participant Number of the institution through which the customer will hold the beneficial interest in the Note;
     
  14. If a Note is to be listed on a stock exchange, the name of such exchange.
     
  15. The minimum denomination of the Notes; and
     
  16. Such other terms as are necessary to complete the applicable form of Note.

 

B- 14
 

 

  B.           The Company will confirm the previously assigned CUSIP number to the Note and then advise the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent by telephone (confirmed in writing at any time on the same date) or by fax or other form of electronic transmission of the information received in accordance with Settlement Procedure “A” above, the assigned CUSIP number and the name of the Purchasing Agent.  Each such communication by the Company will be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Company to the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent that (i) such Note is then, and at the time of issuance and sale thereof will be, duly authorized for issuance and sale by the Company; (ii) such Note, and the Master Note representing such Note, will conform with the terms of the Indenture; and (iii) upon delivery of such Note through the facilities of DTC, the aggregate principal amount of all Notes issued under the Indenture will not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance at such time by the Company.  The Company will prepare a final Pricing Supplement and deliver copies to the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee.
   
  C.           The Trustee will communicate to DTC and the Purchasing Agent through DTC’s Participant Terminal System, a pending deposit message specifying the following Settlement information:
   
  1.          The information received in accordance with Settlement Procedure “A”.
   
 

2.          The numbers of the participant accounts maintained by DTC on behalf of the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent.

 

  3.          Identification of the Note as a Fixed-Rate Note or a Floating-Rate Note.

 

B- 15
 

  

    4.          The initial Interest Payment Date for such Note, number of days by which such date succeeds the related DTC record date (which term means the Regular Record Date) (or, in the case of Floating-Rate Notes, which reset daily or weekly, the date five calendar days preceding the Interest Payment Date), and if then calculated, the amount of interest payable on such Initial Interest Payment Date (which amount shall have been confirmed by the Trustee, acting as calculation agent).
   
  5.          The CUSIP number of such Notes.
   
  D.           DTC will credit such Note to the participant account of the Trustee maintained by DTC.
   
  E.            Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the information applicable to such Note will be set forth on Schedule 1 of the Master Senior Note or Schedule 1 of the Master Subordinated Note, as applicable.
   
  F.            The Trustee will maintain possession of the Master Note representing such Note as custodian for DTC.
   
  G.            The Trustee will enter an SDFS deliver order through DTC’s Participant Terminal System instructing DTC to (i) debit such Note to the Trustee’s participant account and credit such Note to the participant account of the Purchasing Agent maintained by DTC and (ii) debit the settlement account of the Purchasing Agent and credit the settlement account of the Trustee maintained by DTC, in an amount equal to the price of such Note less the Purchasing Agent’s concession.
   
  H.            The Purchasing Agent will enter an SDFS deliver order through DTC’s Participant Terminal System instructing DTC to (i) debit such Note to the Purchasing Agent’s participant account and credit such Note to the participant accounts of the Participants to whom such Note is to be credited maintained by DTC and (ii) debit the settlement accounts of such Participants and credit the settlement account of the Purchasing Agent maintained by DTC, in an amount equal to the price of the Note less the agreed upon concession so credited to their accounts.

 

B- 16
 

 

  I.             Transfers of funds in accordance with SDFS deliver orders described in Settlement Procedures “G” and “H” will be settled in accordance with SDFS operating procedures in effect on the Settlement Date.
   
  J.            The Trustee will credit to an account of the Company maintained at U.S. Bank National Association funds available for immediate use in an amount equal to the amount credited to the Trustee’s DTC participant account in accordance with Settlement Procedure “G”.
   
  K.           Each Selected Dealer will confirm the purchase of each Note to the purchaser thereof either by transmitting to the Participant to whose account such Note has been credited a confirmation order through DTC’s Participant Terminal System or by mailing a notice stating that such sale was made pursuant to a registration statement, not later than two business days after the Settlement Date.
   
  L.            Each Business Day, the Trustee will send to the Company a statement setting forth the principal amount of Notes outstanding as of that date under the Indenture and setting forth the CUSIP number(s) assigned to, and a brief description of, any orders which the Company has advised the Trustee but which have not yet been settled.
   
Settlement Procedures Timetable: In the event of a purchase of Notes by the Purchasing Agent, as principal, appropriate Settlement details, if different from those set forth below will be set forth in the applicable Terms Agreement to be entered into between the Purchasing Agent and the Company pursuant to the Selling Agent Agreement.
   
  Settlement Procedures “A” through “L,” shall be completed as soon as possible but not later than the respective times (New York City time) set forth below:

 

Settlement  
  Procedure Time
     
  A 3:00 p.m. on the Trade Date.
  B 4:00 p.m. on the Trade Date.
  C 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day before the Settlement Date.
  D 10:00 a.m. on the Settlement Date.
  E 11:00 a.m. on the Settlement Date.
  F 11:30 a.m. on the Settlement Date.
  G-H 12:00 p.m. on the Settlement Date.
  I 3:30 p.m. on the Settlement Date.
  J-K 4:00 p.m. on the Settlement Date.
  L Weekly or at the request of the Company.

 

B- 17
 

 

  NOTE:   The Prospectus as most recently amended or supplemented must be filed with the SEC within 48 hours of the Settlement Date.  Settlement Procedure “I” is subject to extension in accordance with any extension Fedwire closing deadlines and in the other events specified in the SDFS operating procedures in effect on the Settlement Date.
   
  If Settlement of a Note is rescheduled or cancelled, the Trustee will deliver to DTC, through DTC’s Participant Terminal System, a cancellation message to such effect by no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the scheduled Settlement Date.

 

B- 18
 

 

 

 

Failure to Settle: If the Trustee fails to enter an SDFS deliver order with respect to a Note pursuant to Settlement Procedure “G”, the Trustee may deliver to DTC, through DTC’s Participant Terminal System, as soon as commercially practicable a withdrawal message instructing DTC to debit such Note to the participant account of the Trustee maintained at DTC.  DTC will process the withdrawal message, provided that such participant account contains Notes having the same terms and having a principal amount that is at least equal to the principal amount of such Note to be debited.  If withdrawal messages are processed with respect to all the Notes of a series issued or to be issued, the Trustee will make appropriate entries in its records and so advise the Company.  The CUSIP number assigned to such series of Notes shall, in accordance with CUSIP Service Bureau procedures, be cancelled and not immediately reassigned.  If withdrawal messages are processed with respect to one or more, but not all, of the Notes of a series, the remaining Notes of such series shall remain outstanding and retain the CUSIP number.  If the purchase price for any Note is not timely paid to the Participants with respect to such Note by the beneficial purchaser thereof (or a person, including an indirect participant in DTC, acting on behalf of such purchaser), such Participants and, in turn, the Purchasing Agent may enter SDFS deliver orders through DTC’s participant Terminal System reversing the orders entered pursuant to Settlement Procedures “G” and “H”, respectively.  Thereafter, the Trustee will deliver the withdrawal message and take the related actions described in the preceding paragraph.  If such failure shall have occurred for any reason other than default by the Purchasing Agent in the performance of its obligations hereunder or under the Selling Agent Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Purchasing Agent on an equitable basis for its reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred and loss of the use of funds during the period when they were credited to the account of the Company.
   
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any failure to settle with respect to a Note, DTC may take any actions in accordance with its SDFS operating procedures then in effect.  
   

Procedure for

Rate Changes:

Each time a decision has been reached to change rates, the Company will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent of the new rates, who will forthwith suspend solicitation of purchases of Notes at the prior rates.  The Purchasing Agent may telephone the Company with recommendations as to the changed interest rates.

 

B- 19
 

  

Suspension of Solicitation

Amendment or Supplement:

Subject to the Company’s representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Selling Agent Agreement, the Company may instruct the Purchasing Agent to suspend at any time, for any period of time or permanently, the solicitation of orders to purchase Notes.  Upon receipt of such instructions (which may be given orally), the Purchasing Agent will forthwith suspend solicitation until such time as the Company has advised it that solicitation of purchases may be resumed.
   
  In the event that at the time the Company suspends solicitation of purchases there shall be any orders outstanding for settlement, the Company will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee whether such orders may be settled and whether copies of the Prospectus (including the final Pricing Supplement) as in effect at the time of the suspension may be delivered in connection with the settlement of such orders.  The Company will have the sole responsibility for such decision and for any arrangements which may be made in the event that the Company determines that such orders may not be settled or that copies of such Prospectus (including the final Pricing Supplement) may not be so delivered.
   
  If the Company decides to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, it will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent and furnish the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee with the proposed amendment or supplement and with such certificates and opinions as are required, all to the extent required by and in accordance with the terms of the Selling Agent Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of the Selling Agent Agreement, the Company may file with the SEC any supplement to the Prospectus relating to the Notes.  The Company will provide the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee with copies of any such supplement, and confirm to the Purchasing Agent that such supplement has been filed with the SEC.
   
Trustee Not to Risk Funds; Duties of Trustee: Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Trustee to risk or expend its own funds in connection with any payment to the Company, or the Purchasing Agent or the purchasers, it being understood by all parties that payments made by the Trustee to either the Company or the Purchasing Agent shall be made only to the extent that funds are provided to the Trustee for such purpose. When acting hereunder, the Trustee shall have all the rights, benefits, privileges, protections and indemnities provided to the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

B- 20
 

 

Advertising Costs: The Company shall have the sole right to approve the form and substance of any advertising the Purchasing Agent may initiate in connection with the Purchasing Agent’s solicitation to purchase the Notes.  The expense of such advertising will be solely the responsibility of the Purchasing Agent, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company.

 

B- 21

 

 

Exhibit (d)(5)

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

between

 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

and

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

Dated as of [  ], 20[  ]

 

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [  ], 20[  ], is between Alcentra Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Base Indenture (as defined below).

 

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company and the Trustee executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of [  ], 2015 (the “Base Indenture” and, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, the “Indenture”), to provide for the issuance by the Company from time to time of the Company’s unsecured debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (the “Securities”), to be issued in one or more series as provided in the Indenture.

 

The Company desires to issue and sell up to $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s [  ]% Notes due 20[  ] (the “Notes”).

 

Sections 901(4) and 901(6) of the Base Indenture provide that without the consent of Holders of the Securities of any series issued under the Indenture, the Company, when authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Base Indenture to (i) change or eliminate any of the provisions of the Indenture when there is no Security Outstanding of any series created prior to the execution of the supplemental indenture that is entitled to the benefit of such provision and (ii) establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as permitted by Section 201 and Section 301 of the Base Indenture.

 

The Company desires to establish the form and terms of the Notes and to modify, alter, supplement and change certain provisions of the Base Indenture for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes (except as may be provided in a future supplemental indenture to the Indenture (“Future Supplemental Indenture”)).

 

 
 

 

The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes and all acts and things necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding, and legal obligation of the Company and to constitute a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done and performed.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

TERMS OF THE NOTES

 

Section 1.01.        Terms of the Notes . The following terms relating to the Notes are hereby established:

 

(a)          The Notes shall constitute a series of Senior Securities having the title “[  ]% Notes due 20[  ].” The Notes shall bear a CUSIP number of [  ] and an ISIN number of [  ].

 

(b)          The aggregate principal amount of the Notes that may be initially authenticated and delivered under the Indenture (except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of, transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306, 906, 1107 or 1305 of the Base Indenture, and except for any Securities that, pursuant to Section 303 of the Base Indenture, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered under the Indenture) shall be $40,000,000. Under a Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Board Resolutions or an indenture supplement, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Notes, issue additional Notes (in any such case “Additional Notes”) having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Notes. Any Additional Notes and the existing Notes will constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Notes herein shall include the Additional Notes unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(c)          The entire outstanding principal of the Notes shall be payable on [__], 20__.

 

(d)          The rate at which the Notes shall bear interest shall be [ ]% per annum (the “Applicable Interest Rate”). The date from which interest shall accrue on the Notes shall be [  ], 20[  ], or the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or provided for; the Interest Payment Dates for the Notes shall be January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing [ ] 15, 20[  ] (if an Interest Payment Date falls on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable interest payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no additional interest will accrue as a result of such delayed payment); the initial interest period will be the period from and including [  ], 20[ ], to, but excluding, the initial Interest Payment Date, and the subsequent interest periods will be the periods from and including an Interest Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Interest Payment Date or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be; the interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be January 1 and July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Payment of principal of (and premium, if any, on) and any such interest on the Notes will be made at the office of the Trustee located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation ([  ]% Notes due 20[  ]) and at such other address as designated by the Trustee, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided , further , however , that so long as the Notes are registered to Cede & Co., such payment will be made by wire transfer in accordance with the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company and the Trustee. Interest on the Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2
 

 

(e)          The Notes shall be initially issuable in global form (each such Note, a “Global Note”). The Global Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereon shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Supplemental Indenture. Each Global Note shall represent the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Security Registrar, in accordance with Sections 203 and 305 of the Base Indenture.

 

(f)          The depositary for such Global Notes (the “Depositary”) shall be The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York. The Security Registrar with respect to the Global Notes shall be the Trustee.

 

(g)          The Notes shall be defeasible pursuant to Section 1402 or Section 1403 of the Base Indenture. Covenant defeasance contained in Section 1403 of the Base Indenture shall apply to the covenants contained in Sections 1007 and 1008 of the Indenture.

 

(h)          The Notes shall be redeemable pursuant to Section 1101 of the Base Indenture and as follows:

 

(i)          The Notes will be redeemable in whole or in part at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Company, on or after [  ], 20[  ], at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable for the then-current semi-annual interest period accrued to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.

 

(ii)         Notice of redemption shall be given in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date, at the Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall contain the information set forth in Section 1104 of the Base Indenture.

 

3
 

 

(iii)        Any exercise of the Company’s option to redeem the Notes will be done in compliance with the Investment Company Act, to the extent applicable.

 

(iv)        If the Company elects to redeem only a portion of the Notes, the Trustee will determine the method for selecting the particular Notes to be redeemed, in accordance with Section 1103 of the Base Indenture and the Investment Company Act and the rules of any national securities exchange or quotation system on which the Notes are listed, in each case to the extent applicable.

 

(v)         Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption hereunder.

 

(i)          The "Survivor's Option" is defined in Section 2.01 and is a provision in the Notes pursuant to which the Company agrees to repay that Note, if requested by the authorized representative of the beneficial owner of that Note, following the death of the beneficial owner of the Note, so long as the Note was owned by that beneficial owner or the estate of that beneficial owner at least six months prior to the request.

 

Upon the valid exercise of the Survivor's Option and the proper tender of that Note for repayment, the Company will repay or repurchase that Note, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the deceased beneficial owner's interest in that Note plus unpaid interest accrued to the date of repayment, subject to the Company’s discretionary right to limit such repayments or repurchases as specified herein.

 

To be valid, the Survivor's Option must be exercised by or on behalf of the person who has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner of the Note (including, without limitation, the personal representative or executor of the deceased beneficial owner or the surviving joint owner with the deceased beneficial owner) under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction.

 

The death of a person holding a beneficial ownership interest in a Note as a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety with another person, or as a tenant in common with the deceased holder's spouse, will be deemed the death of a beneficial owner of that Note, and the entire principal amount of the Note so held will be subject to repayment by the Company upon request. However, the death of a person holding a beneficial ownership interest in a Note as tenant in common with a person other than such deceased holder's spouse will be deemed the death of a beneficial owner only with respect to such deceased person's interest in the Note.

 

The death of a person who, during his or her lifetime, was entitled to substantially all of the beneficial ownership interests in a Note will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of that Note for purposes of the Survivor's Option, regardless of whether that beneficial owner was the registered holder of that Note, if entitlement to those interests can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. A beneficial ownership interest will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife. In addition, a beneficial ownership interest will be deemed to exist in custodial and trust arrangements where one person has all of the beneficial ownership interests in the applicable Note during his or her lifetime.

 

4
 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company has the discretionary right to limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option shall be accepted by the Company from authorized representatives of all deceased beneficial owners in any calendar year to an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of all Notes outstanding as of the end of the most recent calendar year. The Company also has the discretionary right to limit to $250,000 in any calendar year the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option shall be accepted by the Company from the authorized representative of any individual deceased beneficial owner of Notes in such calendar year. In addition, the Company will not permit the exercise of the Survivor's Option except in principal amounts of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000.

 

An otherwise valid election to exercise the Survivor's Option may not be withdrawn. Each election to exercise the Survivor's Option will be accepted in the order that elections are received by the Trustee, except for any Note the acceptance of which would contravene any of the limitations described in the preceding paragraph. Notes accepted for repayment through the exercise of the Survivor's Option normally will be repaid on the first interest payment date that occurs 20 or more calendar days after the date of the acceptance. For example, if the acceptance date of a Note tendered through a valid exercise of the Survivor's Option is July 1, 2015, the Company would normally repay that Note on the interest payment date occurring on January 15, 2016, because the July 15, 2015 interest payment date would occur less than 20 days from the date of acceptance. Each tendered Note that is not accepted in any calendar year due to the application of any of the limitations described in the preceding paragraph will be deemed to be tendered in the following calendar year in the order in which all such Notes were originally tendered. If a Note tendered through a valid exercise of the Survivor's Option is not accepted, the Trustee will deliver (at the expense of the Company) a notice by first-class mail to the registered holder, at that holder's last known address as indicated in the Note register, that states the reason that Note has not been accepted for repayment.

 

With respect to Notes represented by a Global Note, DTC or its nominee is treated as the holder of the Notes and will be the only entity that can exercise the Survivor's Option for such Notes. To obtain repayment pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option for a Note, the deceased beneficial owner's authorized representative must provide the following items to the broker or other entity through which the beneficial interest in the Note is held by the deceased beneficial owner:

 

· a written instruction to such broker or other entity to notify DTC of the authorized representative's desire to obtain repayment pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option;

 

· appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Trustee (a) that the deceased was the beneficial owner of the Note at the time of death and his or her interest in the Note was owned by the deceased beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request for repayment, (b) that the death of the beneficial owner has occurred, (c) of the date of death of the beneficial owner, and (d) that the representative has authority to act on behalf of the beneficial owner;

 

5
 

 

· if the interest in the Note is held by a nominee of the deceased beneficial owner, a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from the nominee attesting to the deceased's beneficial ownership of such Note;

 

· written request for repayment signed by the authorized representative of the deceased beneficial owner with the signature guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States;

 

· if applicable, a properly executed assignment or endorsement;

 

· tax waivers and any other instruments or documents that the Trustee reasonably requires in order to establish the validity of the beneficial ownership of the Note and the claimant's entitlement to payment; and

 

· any additional information the Trustee reasonably requires to evidence satisfaction of any conditions to the exercise of the Survivor's Option or to document beneficial ownership or authority to make the election and to cause the repayment of the Note.

 

In turn, the broker or other entity will deliver each of these items to the Trustee, together with evidence satisfactory to the Trustee from the broker or other entity stating that it represents the deceased beneficial owner.

 

The Company retains the right to limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes as to which exercises of the Survivor's Option will be accepted in any one calendar year as described above. All other questions regarding the eligibility or validity of any exercise of the Survivor's Option will be determined by the Trustee, in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and binding on all parties.

 

(j)          The Notes shall not be subject to any sinking fund pursuant to Section 1201 of the Base Indenture.

 

(k)          The Notes shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(l)          Except for the Survivor’s Option described above, holders of the Notes will not have the option to have the Notes repaid prior to the Stated Maturity.

 

(m)         The Notes are hereby designated as “Senior Securities” under the Indenture.

 

(n)          The issuance, distribution and sale of the Notes will be in accordance with the Administrative Procedures, attached as Exhibit B and in the event of any conflict between the terms of Notes as set forth in this Supplemental Indenture and the Administrative Procedures, the terms as set forth in the Supplemental Indenture shall prevail.

 

6
 

 

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 2.01.        Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Section 101 of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following defined terms in appropriate alphabetical sequence, as follows:

 

“‘ Exchange Act ’ means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any statute successor thereto.”

 

“‘ GAAP ’ means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the opinions and pronouncements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are in effect from time to time.”

 

“‘ Survivor's Option ’ means, where applicable, the right of a holder of a Note to require the Company to repay such Note prior to its Stated Maturity upon the death of the owner of such Note, subject to the provisions hereof relating to such option.”

 

ARTICLE III

COVENANTS

 

Section 3.01.        Except as may be provided in a Future Supplemental Indenture, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes but no other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding, Article X of the Base Indenture shall be amended by adding the following new Sections 1007 and 1008 thereto, each as set forth below:

 

“Section 1007. Section 18(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act .

 

The Company hereby agrees that for the period of time during which Notes are Outstanding, the Company will not violate Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or any successor provisions thereto of the Investment Company Act of 1940, whether or not the Company continues to be subject to such provisions, but giving effect, in either case, to any exemptive relief granted to the Company by the Commission.”

 

7
 

 

“Section 1008. Commission Reports and Reports to Holders .

 

If, at any time, the Company is not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act to file any periodic reports with the Commission, the Company agrees to furnish to the Holders of Notes and the Trustee for the period of time during which the Notes are Outstanding: (i) within 90 days after the end of the each fiscal year of the Company (which fiscal year ends on December 31), audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and (ii) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (other than the Company’s fourth fiscal quarter), unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company. All such financial statements shall be prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP.”

 

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 4.01.        This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. This Supplemental Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of the Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.

 

Section 4.02.        In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 4.03.        This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be an original, but such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Supplemental Indenture. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, .pdf transmission, email or other electronic means shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, .pdf transmission, email or other electronic means shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

Section 4.04.        The Base Indenture, as supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, is in all respects ratified and confirmed, and the Base Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument with respect to the Notes. All provisions included in this Supplemental Indenture supersede any conflicting provisions included in the Base Indenture with respect to the Notes, unless not permitted by law. The Trustee accepts the trusts created by the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions of the Base Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 4.05.        The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall become effective as of the date hereof.

 

Section 4.06.        Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, the terms and provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall apply only to the Notes and shall not apply to any other series of Securities under the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall not and does not otherwise affect, modify, alter, supplement or change the terms and provisions of any other series of Securities under the Indenture, whether now or hereafter issued and Outstanding.

 

8
 

 

Section 4.07.        The recitals contained herein and in the Notes shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or any Additional Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture, authenticate the Notes and any Additional Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or any Additional Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 

9
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
   
  By:  
  Name: Paul J. Echausse
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
   
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee
   
  By:  
  Name: David W. Doucette
  Title: Vice President

 

[ Signature page to First Supplemental Indenture ]

 

10
 

 

Exhibit A – Form of Global Note

 

This Security is a Global Note within the meaning of the Indenture hereinafter referred to and is registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company or a nominee thereof. This Security may not be exchanged in whole or in part for a Security registered, and no transfer of this Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than The Depository Trust Company or a nominee thereof, except in the limited circumstances described in the Indenture.

 

Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company to the issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment and such certificate issued in exchange for this certificate is registered in the name of Cede & Co., or such other name as requested by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, any transfer, pledge or other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful, as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein.

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ®

 

No.               $
  CUSIP No. [________]
  ISIN No. US[________]
   
  Survivor’s Option:
  x  Yes         ¨ No

 

[__________]% Notes due [___], 20[  ]

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Maryland (herein called the “Company,” which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $             on [___], 20[  ] and to pay interest thereon from [  ], 20[  ] or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 in each year, commencing [  ]15, 20[  ], at the rate of [  ]% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be January 1 and July 1 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Security is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. This Security may be issued as part of a series.

 

Exhibit A – 1
 

 

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and any such interest on this Security will be made at the office of the Trustee located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation ([____]% Notes due 20[  ]) and at such other address as designated by the Trustee, in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Security Register; provided, further, however , that so long as this Security is registered to Cede & Co., such payment will be made by wire transfer in accordance with the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company and the Trustee.

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

Exhibit A – 2
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

  ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
   
  By:  
  Name: Paul J. Echausse
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Attest  
   
By:    
Name:     
Title:    

 

Exhibit A – 3
 

 

This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

Dated:

 

  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
   
  By:   
    Authorized Signatory

 

Exhibit A – 4
 

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ®

[_____]% Notes due 20[  ]

 

This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of Senior Securities of the Company (herein called the “Securities”), issued and to be issued in one or more series under an Indenture, dated as of January [  ], 2015 (herein called the “Base Indenture”, which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such instrument), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee”, which term includes any successor trustee under the Base Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Base Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee, and the Holders of the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered, as supplemented by the Supplemental Indenture relating to the Securities, dated [  ], 20[  ], by and between the Company and the Trustee (herein called the “Supplemental Indenture”, the Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture collectively are herein called the “Indenture”). In the event of any conflict between the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture shall govern and control.

 

This Security is one of the series designated on the face hereof, which series is initially limited in aggregate principal amount to $40,000,000. Under a Board Resolution, Officers’ Certificate pursuant to Board Resolutions or an indenture supplement, the Company may from time to time, without the consent of the Holders of Securities, issue additional Securities of this series (in any such case “Additional Securities”) having the same ranking and the same interest rate, maturity and other terms as the Securities. Any Additional Securities and the existing Securities will constitute a single series under the Indenture and all references to the relevant Securities herein shall include the Additional Securities unless the context otherwise requires. The aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.

 

The Securities of this series are subject to redemption in whole or in part at any time or from time to time, at the option of the Company, on or after January [  ], 20[  ], at a redemption price per security equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest payments otherwise payable for the then-current quarterly interest period accrued to the date fixed for redemption.

 

Notice of redemption shall be given in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid or by overnight courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to each Holder of the Securities to be redeemed, not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the Redemption Date, at the Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register. All notices of redemption shall contain the information set forth in Section 1104 of the Base Indenture.

 

Any exercise of the Company’s option to redeem the Securities will be done in compliance with the Investment Company Act, to the extent applicable.

 

If the Company elects to redeem only a portion of the Securities, the Trustee or the Depositary, as applicable, will determine the method for selecting the particular Securities to be redeemed, in accordance with their standard operating procedures and the Investment Company Act, to the extent applicable. In the event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.

 

1
 

 

Unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price, on and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes called for redemption.

 

Except as provided pursuant to the Survivor’s Option, Holders of Securities do not have the option to have the Securities repaid prior to [___], 20[  ].

 

Pursuant to the Survivor's Option affirmatively specified on the face hereof, the Holder of the Security shall have the right to require the Company to repay a Security prior to its maturity date upon the death of the beneficial owner of the Security as described below. The Company calls this right the "Survivor's Option."

 

Upon exercise of the Survivor's Option, and subject to the Company’s discretionary right to limit such repayments or repurchases as specified herein, the Company will either repay or repurchase any Security (or portion thereof) properly tendered for repayment by or on behalf of the person (the "Representative") that has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner of the Security at a price equal to the sum of:

 

· 100% of the principal amount of the deceased beneficial owner's beneficial interest in such Security, and

 

· accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of such repayment or repurchase, subject to the following limitations.

 

The Survivor's Option may not be exercised unless the Security was owned by the beneficial owner or the estate of that beneficial owner at least six months prior to such exercise. In addition, the Company may limit the aggregate principal amount of Securities as to which the Survivor's Option may be exercised as follows:

 

· In any calendar year, the Company may, in its sole discretion, limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for redemption to 2% of the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Securities as of December 31 of the most recently completed calendar year. The Company calls this limitation the "annual put limitation."

 

· For any individual deceased beneficial owner of Securities, the Company may limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes accepted for redemption to $250,000 for any calendar year. The Company calls this limitation the "individual put limitation."

 

The Company will not make principal repayments pursuant to the exercise of the Survivor's Option except in principal amounts of $1,000 and multiples of $1,000. If the limitations described above would result in the partial repayment of any Security, the principal amount of the Security remaining outstanding after repayment must be at least $1,000.

 

2
 

 

An otherwise valid election to exercise the Survivor's Option may not be withdrawn. Each Security (or portion thereof) tendered pursuant to a valid exercise of the Survivor's Option will be accepted in the order all such Securities are received by the Trustee, unless the acceptance of that Security would contravene the annual put limitation or the individual put limitation. If, as of the end of any calendar year, the aggregate principal amount of Securities (or portions thereof) that have been tendered pursuant to the valid exercise of the Survivor's Option during that year has exceeded either the annual put limitation or the individual put limitation for that year, any exercise(s) of the Survivor's Option with respect to Securities (or portions thereof) not accepted by the Company during such calendar year because such acceptance would have contravened either such limitation shall be deemed to be tendered in the following calendar year in the order all such Securities (or portions thereof) were originally tendered.

 

Any Security (or portion thereof) accepted for repayment or repurchase pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option will be repaid or repurchased on the first Interest Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the date of acceptance. If that date is not a Business Day, payment will be made on the next succeeding Business Day. In the event that a Security (or any portion thereof) tendered for repayment or repurchase pursuant to valid exercise of the Survivor's Option is not accepted by the Company, the Trustee will deliver (at the expense of the Company) a notice by first-class mail to the registered Holder, at that Holder's last known address as indicated in the Security register, that states the reason that the Security (or portion thereof) has not been accepted for repayment.

 

Subject to the foregoing, in order to validly exercise the Survivor's Option, the Trustee must receive from the Representative of the deceased beneficial owner:

 

· appropriate evidence satisfactory to the Trustee (A) that the deceased was the beneficial owner of such Security at the time of death and the interest in such Security was owned by the deceased beneficial owner or his or her estate at least six months prior to the request for repayment or purchase, (B) that the death of such beneficial owner has occurred, (C) of the date of such death, and (D) that the Representative has authority to act on behalf of the deceased beneficial owner;

 

· if the interest in the Security is held by a nominee of the deceased beneficial owner, a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from such nominee attesting to the deceased's beneficial ownership of the Security;

 

· a written request for repayment signed by the Representative, with the signature guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States;

 

· if applicable, a properly executed assignment or endorsement;

 

· tax waivers and such other instruments or documents that the Trustee reasonably requires in order to establish the validity of the beneficial ownership of the Security and the claimant's entitlement to payment; and

 

· any additional information the Trustee reasonably requires to evidence satisfaction of any conditions to the exercise of the Survivor's Option or to document beneficial ownership or authority to make the election and to cause the repayment or repurchase of the Security.

 

3
 

 

Subject to the annual put limitation and the individual put limitation, all questions as to the eligibility or validity of any exercise of the Survivor's Option will be determined by the Trustee in its sole discretion. The Trustee's determination will be final and binding on all parties.

 

The death of a person holding a beneficial interest in a Security as a joint tenant or tenant by the entirety with another person, or as a tenant in common with the deceased Holder's spouse, will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of the Security, and the entire principal amount of the Security so held will be subject to the Survivor's Option. The death of a person holding a beneficial interest in a Security as a tenant in common with a person other than such deceased Holder's spouse will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner of a Security only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in the Security. The death of a person who, during his or her lifetime, was entitled to substantially all of the beneficial interests of ownership of a Security will be deemed the death of the beneficial owner for purposes of the Survivor's Option, regardless of the registered Holder of the Security, if such beneficial interest can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. Such beneficial interest will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act or Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a husband and wife and custodial and trust arrangements where one person has substantially all of the beneficial ownership interest in the Security during his or her lifetime.

 

So long as this Security is a Global Security and is registered in the name of DTC or a nominee thereof, DTC or such nominee shall be the Holder of such Security and therefore shall be the only entity that can exercise the Survivor's Option with respect to this Security. To obtain repayment or repurchase pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option with respect to such Security, the Representative must provide to the broker or other entity through which the beneficial interest in such Security is held by the deceased beneficial owner (i) the documents described in the third preceding paragraph and (ii) written instructions to such broker or other entity to notify the Depositary of such Representative's desire to obtain repayment or repurchase pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option. Such broker or other entity shall provide to the Trustee (i) the documents received from the Representative referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (ii) a certificate satisfactory to the Trustee from such broker or other entity stating that it represents the deceased beneficial owner. Such broker or other entity shall be responsible for disbursing any payments it receives pursuant to exercise of the Survivor's Option to the appropriate Representative.

 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Security or certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this Security, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 

4
 

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each series to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Securities at the time Outstanding of each series to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

 

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of this series, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee indemnity, security, or both reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity and/or security. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

 

5
 

 

No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company, the Trustee, or the Security Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, or the Security Registrar and any agent of the Company, the Trustee, or the Security Registrar may treat the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Security Registrar, or any agent thereof shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

The Indenture and this Security shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

 

6
 

 

OPTION TO ELECT REPAYMENT PURSUANT TO THE SURVIVOR’S OPTION

 

Pursuant to that certain Supplemental Indenture between Alcentra Capital Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (the “Supplemental Indenture”), the undersigned hereby irrevocably request(s) and instruct(s) the Company to repay this Security (or portion hereof specified below) pursuant to its terms at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount hereof to be repaid, together with accrued and unpaid interest hereon, payable to the date of repayment, to the undersigned, at                                         . (Please print or typewrite name and address of the undersigned)

 

For this Security to be repaid, the undersigned must give to the Trustee at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107, Attention: Alcentra Capital Corporation ([  ]% Notes due 20[  ]), or at such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the Holders of the Securities, not more than 60 days nor less than 30 days prior to the date of repayment, (i) this Security with this "Option to Elect Repayment" form duly completed, and (ii) any and all documentation required by the Supplemental Indenture to exercise the Survivor’s Option.

 

If less than the entire principal amount of this Security is to be repaid, specify the portion hereof (which shall be increments of US$1,000) which the holder elects to have repaid and specify the denomination or denominations (which shall be an Authorized Denomination) of the Securities to be issued to the holder for the portion of this Security not being repaid (in the absence of any such specification, one such Security will be issued for the portion not being repaid):

 

US$

 

Dated:

 

   
  Signature
   
  NOTICE: The signature on this "Option to Elect Repayment" form must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

 

   
Signature  
   
NOTICE: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings and loan associations, and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  

 

7
 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of the within Security, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-      Custodian    
  (Cust)         (Minor)
       
  under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act  
       
       
  State    

 

  Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(a) unto:

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY

NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING

NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

(Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)

 

 
 
 
the within Security and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints
 
 
to transfer said Security on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.
 
 

 

Dated:

     
    NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the within Security in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
     
Signature Guarantee    
     
NOTICE: The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution (banks, stock-brokers, savings and loan associations, and credit unions with membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program), pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    

 

8
 

 

Exhibit B – Administrative Procedures

 

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ® , due 12 months or more from date of issue (the “Notes”), are offered by Alcentra Capital Corporation (the “Company”). The Notes will be offered by Incapital LLC (the “Purchasing Agent”) pursuant to a Selling Agent Agreement among the Company, Alcentra NY, LLC (the “Adviser”) and the Purchasing Agent dated January [  ], 2015 (the “Selling Agent Agreement”) and one or more terms agreements substantially in one of the forms attached to the Selling Agent Agreement as Exhibit B or such other form as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasing Agent (each, a “Terms Agreement”). The Notes are being resold by the Purchasing Agent to selected broker-dealers (the “Selected Dealers”) for distribution to their customers pursuant to a Master Selected Dealer Agreement (a “Dealers Agreement”) attached to the Selling Agent Agreement as Exhibit D. The Purchasing Agent has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit purchases of the Notes. The Notes have been registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). U.S. Bank National Association is the trustee (the “Trustee”) under the indenture dated as of January [  ], 2015, as may be amended and supplemented from time to time, between the Company and the Trustee (the “Indenture”), covering the Notes. Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Trustee also will serve as authenticating agent, issuing agent and paying agent, unless the Company appoints a different entity for those roles.

 

Each series of Notes will be issued in book-entry only form and will be represented by a Master Note (as defined below) held by the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and recorded in the book-entry system maintained by DTC. Each series of Notes will have the annual interest rate, maturity and other terms set forth in the Prospectus and/or the relevant Pricing Supplement (as each of these terms is defined in the Selling Agent Agreement). Owners of beneficial interests in a Master Note will be entitled to physical delivery of Notes issued in certificated form equal in principal amount to their respective beneficial interests only upon certain limited circumstances described in the Indenture.

 

Administrative procedures and specific terms of the offering are explained below. Administrative and record-keeping responsibilities will be handled for the Company by the Adviser. The Company will advise the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee in writing of those persons handling administrative responsibilities with whom the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee are to communicate regarding offers to purchase Notes and the details of their delivery.

 

Notes will be issued in accordance with the administrative procedures set forth herein. To the extent the procedures set forth below conflict with or omit certain of the provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, the Selling Agent Agreement, the Prospectus, the applicable Disclosure Package and the Pricing Supplement (the Pricing Supplement and the Base Prospectus collectively referred to herein as the “Prospectus”), the relevant provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, the Selling Agent Agreement, the applicable Disclosure Package and the Prospectus shall control. Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Selling Agent Agreement, the Prospectus in the form most recently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act of 1933 Act, as amended (the “1933 Act”), or the Indenture.

 

B- 1
 

 

Administrative Procedures for Notes

 

In connection with the qualification of Notes for eligibility in the book-entry system maintained by DTC, the Trustee will perform the custodial, document control and administrative functions described below, in accordance with its obligations under a Letter of Representations from the Company and the Trustee to DTC, dated January 22, 2015 and its obligations as a participant in DTC, including DTC’s Same-Day Funds Settlement System (“SDFS”). The procedures set forth below may be modified in compliance with DTC’s then-applicable procedures and upon agreement by the Company, the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent.

 

Maturities: Each Note will mature on a date (the “Maturity Date”) not less than 12 months after the original issue date for such Note.  Notes will mature on any date selected by the Purchasing Agent and agreed to by the Company.  “Maturity” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the outstanding principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable in full in accordance with its terms, whether at its Maturity Date or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, repayment or otherwise.
   
Issuance:

All Notes will be represented by a master registered global note certificate (the “Master Note”). Each Master Note will be dated the date of its authentication by the Trustee.

 

Each Note will have an original issue date (the “Issue Date”). The Issue Date shall remain the same for all Notes of the applicable series subsequently issued upon transfer, exchange or substitution of an original Note. Additional tranches of an existing series of Notes may have a different Issue Date.

 

For other variable terms with respect to the Notes, see the Prospectus and the applicable Pricing Supplement.

   
Identification: The Company has received from the CUSIP Service Bureau (the CUSIP Service Bureau”) of Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), one series of CUSIP numbers for future assignment to the Notes.  The Company will provide or has provided the Purchasing Agent, DTC and the Trustee with a list of such CUSIP numbers.  On behalf of the Company, the Purchasing Agent will assign CUSIP numbers as described below under Settlement Procedure “B.”  DTC will notify the CUSIP Service Bureau periodically of the CUSIP numbers that the Company has assigned to the Notes.  The Company will reserve additional CUSIP numbers when necessary for assignment to the Notes and will provide the Purchasing Agent, the Trustee and DTC with the list of additional CUSIP numbers so obtained.

 

B- 2
 

  

Registration: Unless otherwise specified by DTC, the Master Notes will be in fully registered form only without coupons.  Each Master Note will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC, on the Security Register maintained under the Indenture by the Trustee.  The beneficial owner of a Note (or one or more indirect participants in DTC designated by such owner) will designate one or more participants in DTC (with respect to such Note, the “Participants”) to act as agent or agents for such owner in connection with the book-entry system maintained by DTC, and DTC will record in book-entry form, in accordance with instructions provided by such Participants, a credit balance with respect to such beneficial owner of such Note in the account of such Participants.  The ownership interest of such beneficial owner in such Note will be recorded through the records of such Participants or through the separate records of such Participants and one or more indirect participants in DTC.
   
Transfers: Transfers of beneficial ownership interests in a Master Note will be accomplished by book entries made by DTC and, in turn, by Participants (and in certain cases, one or more indirect participants in DTC) acting on behalf of beneficial transferors and transferees of such beneficial ownership interests.
   
Denominations: Prior to any issuance, and as to each issuance, the Company and the Purchasing Agent will agree on the applicable minimum denomination of the Notes.  DTC entries representing the Notes will be in principal amounts not in excess of $500,000,000 or any other limit set by DTC (the “Permitted Amount”).  If a series of Notes has an aggregate principal amount in excess of the Permitted Amount, each DTC book entry for that series will be in the Permitted Amount, or lesser amount representing the remaining principal amount for such series of Notes.
   
Issue Price: Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, each Note will be issued at the percentage of principal amount specified in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus relating to such Note.
   
Interest: General .  Each Note will bear interest in accordance with its terms.  
   
  Interest on a tranche of Notes will accrue from the Issue Date of such tranche for the first interest period and from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid for all subsequent interest periods.  Except as set forth hereafter, each payment of interest on a tranche of Notes will include interest accrued to, but excluding, as the case may be, the Interest Payment Date or the date of Maturity.

 

B- 3
 

  

  Each pending deposit message described under Settlement Procedure “C” below will be routed to S&P, which will use the message to include certain information regarding the related Notes in the appropriate daily bond report published by S&P.
   
  Each tranche of Notes will bear interest from, and including, its Issue Date at the rate set forth thereon and in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid, or made available for payment, in full, in accordance with the terms of such tranche of Notes.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, interest on each tranche of Notes will be payable either monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually on each Interest Payment Date and at Maturity (or on the date of redemption or repayment if a Note is repurchased by the Company prior to maturity pursuant to mandatory or optional redemption or repayment provisions or the Survivor’s Option).  Interest will be payable to the person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date next preceding each Interest Payment Date; provided, however, interest payable at Maturity, on a date of redemption or repayment or in connection with the exercise of the Survivor’s Option will be payable to the person to whom principal shall be payable.
   
  Any payment of principal, and premium, if any, interest or other amounts payable required to be made on a Note on a day which is not a Business Day (other than the Maturity Date) need not be made on such day, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such day, and no additional interest shall accrue as a result of such delayed payment.  However, in the case of a Note that bears interest at a floating rate (each, a “Floating-Rate Note”) that is based on the London interbank offered note (“LIBOR”), if an applicable Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day and the next succeeding Business Day occurs in the next calendar month, then the Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately proceeding Business Day. For any Floating Rate Notes, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, if an Interest Payment Date (other than the Interest Payment Date falling on the Maturity Date) falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the interest periods and interest reset dates will be adjusted accordingly to calculate the amount of interest payable on the applicable series of Floating Rate Notes.  If the Maturity Date of any Note is not a Business Day, the payment due on such day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on such Maturity Date, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after such Maturity Date.  The interest rates the Company will agree to pay on newly-issued Notes are subject to change without notice by the Company from time to time, but no such change will affect any Notes already issued or as to which an offer to purchase has been accepted by the Company.

 

B- 4
 

  

 

Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, the Interest Payment Dates for Notes that bear interest at a fixed rate of interest (each, a “Fixed-Rate Note”) will be as follows: (a) for monthly interest payments, the fifteenth day of each calendar month, commencing in the calendar month that next succeeds the month in which the Note is issued; (b) for quarterly interest payments, the fifteenth day of each third month, commencing in the third succeeding calendar month following the month in which the Note is issued; (c) for semi-annual interest payments, the fifteenth day of each sixth month, commencing in the sixth succeeding calendar month following the month in which the Note is issued; and (d) for annual interest payments, the fifteenth day of every twelfth month, commencing in the twelfth succeeding calendar month following the month in which the Note is issued.

 

Interest Payments Dates for a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets daily, weekly or monthly shall be a date that occurs in each month, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets quarterly, the Interest Payment Date shall be a date that occurs in each third month, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets semi-annually, the Interest Payment Date shall be a date, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, that occurs in each of the two months specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement. In the case of a Floating-Rate Note with interest that resets annually, the Interest Payment Date shall be a date, as specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, that occurs the month of each year specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement.

 

B- 5
 

  

  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, the Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date for a Fixed-Rate Note shall be the first day of the calendar month in which such Interest Payment Date occurs, whether or not such day is a Business Day, except that the Regular Record Date with respect to the final Interest Payment Date shall be the final Interest Payment Date.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, the Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date for a Floating-Rate Note shall be the fifteenth calendar day immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day, except that the Regular Record Date with respect to the final Interest Payment Date shall be the final Interest Payment Date.
   
  Each payment of interest on a Note shall include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last day in respect of which interest has been paid (or duly provided for), as the case may be, to, but excluding, the Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.
   
Calculation of Interest: Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, interest on the Fixed-Rate Notes (including interest for partial periods) will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.  (Examples of interest calculations are as follows:  October 1, 2014 to April 1, 2015 equals 6 months and 0 days, or 180 days; the interest paid equals 180/360 times the annual rate of interest times the principal amount of the Note.  The period from December 3, 2014 to April 1, 2015 equals 3 months and 28 days, or 118 days; the interest payable equals 118/360 times the annual rate of interest times the principal amount of the Note.)
   
  The interest rate on each Floating-Rate Note will be calculated by reference to the specified interest rate basis or formula, plus or minus the Spread, if any, or multiplied by the Spread Multiplier, if any, as set forth in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement.  The “Spread” is the number of basis points specified by the Company on the Floating-Rate Note to be added to or subtracted from the base rate.  The “Spread Multiplier” is the percentage specified by the Company on the Floating-Rate Note by which the base rate is multiplied in order to calculate the applicable interest rate.

 

B- 6
 

  

  Accrued interest on Floating-Rate Notes is calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Note by an accrued interest factor.  This accrued interest factor is the sum of the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated.  Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, the accrued interest factor will be computed and interest will be paid (including payments for partial periods) as follows:
   
  (a)          for Floating-Rate Notes based on the federal funds rate, LIBOR, the prime rate, or any other floating rate other than the treasury rate, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 360; and
   
  (b)          for Floating-Rate Notes based on the treasury rate, the daily interest factor will be computed by dividing the interest rate in effect on that day by 365 or 366, as applicable.
   
  All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating-Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest cent with one-half cent being rounded upward.  Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Pricing Supplement, all percentages resulting from any calculation with respect to a Floating-Rate Note will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percent, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards, e.g., 9.876545% (or .09876545) being rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655).
   
Business Day: “Business Day” means, unless otherwise specified in the applicable Disclosure Package and Pricing Supplement, any weekday that is (1) not a legal holiday in New York, New York, (2) not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law or regulation to be closed, and (3) with respect to a Floating-Rate Note based on LIBOR, a London Banking Day.  A “London Banking Day” means any day in which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in U.S. dollars) in London, England.
   

Payments of Principal and Interest:

Payments of Principal and Interest .  Seven days prior to the first and 15 th calendar days of each month, the Trustee will deliver to the Company and DTC a written notice specifying by CUSIP number the amount of interest, if any, to be paid on each Note on the following Interest Payment Date (other than an Interest Payment Date coinciding with a Maturity Date) and the total of such amounts.  DTC will confirm the amount payable on each Note on such Interest Payment Date by reference to the daily bond reports published by S&P.  On such Interest Payment Date, the Company will pay to the Trustee or a Paying Agent, and the Trustee or a Paying Agent in turn will pay to DTC, such total amount of interest due (other than on the Maturity Date), at the times and in the manner set forth below under “Manner of Payment.”

 

B- 7
 

  

  Payments on the Maturity Date .  Seven days prior to the first and 15 th calendar days of each month, the Trustee or a Paying Agent will deliver to the Company and DTC a written list of principal, premium, if any, and interest to be paid on each Note maturing or subject to redemption (pursuant to a sinking fund or otherwise) or repayment in the following month.  The Trustee or a Paying Agent, the Company and DTC will confirm the amounts of such principal, premium, if any, and interest payments with respect to each Note on or about the fifth Business Day preceding the Maturity Date of such Note.  On the Maturity Date, the Company will pay to the Trustee or a Paying Agent, and the Trustee or a Paying Agent in turn will pay to DTC, the principal amount of such Note, together with interest and premium, if any, due on such Maturity Date, at the times and in the manner set forth below under “Manner of Payment.” If the Maturity Date of any Note is not a Business Day, the payment due on such day shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after such Maturity Date.  
   
  Manner of Payment .  The total amount of any principal, premium, if any, and interest due on any Notes on any Interest Payment Date or at Maturity shall be paid by the Company to the Trustee or a Paying Agent in immediately available funds on such date.  The Company will make such payment on such Notes to an account specified by the Trustee.  Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of Maturity or as soon as possible thereafter, the Trustee or a Paying Agent will make payment to DTC in accordance with existing arrangements between DTC and the Trustee or a Paying Agent, in funds available for immediate use by DTC, each payment of interest, principal and premium, if any, due on a Note on such date; provided, however, that to the extent any such funds are received by the Trustee or a Paying Agent from the Company after 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date, such funds will be deemed deposited within one Business Day of receipt thereof.  On each Interest Payment Date (other than on the Maturity Date) the Trustee or a Paying Agent will pay DTC such interest payments in same-day funds in accordance with existing arrangements between the Trustee or such Paying Agent and DTC.  Thereafter, on each such date, DTC will pay, in accordance with its SDFS operating procedures then in effect, such amounts in funds available for immediate use to the respective Participants with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective holdings in principal amount of beneficial interest in such Note as are recorded in the book-entry system maintained by DTC.  Neither the Company the Trustee, nor the Paying Agent shall have any direct responsibility or liability for the payment by DTC of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes to such Participants.

 

B- 8
 

  

  Withholding Taxes .  The amount of any taxes required under applicable law to be withheld from any interest payment on a Note will be determined and withheld by DTC, the Participant, indirect participant in DTC or other person responsible for forwarding payments and materials directly to the beneficial owner of such Note.
   

Procedure for Rate Setting and Posting:

The Company and the Purchasing Agent will discuss, from time to time, the Maturities, the Issue Price and the interest rates to be borne by Notes that may be sold as a result of the solicitation of orders by the Purchasing Agent.  If the Company decides to set interest rates borne by any Notes in respect of which the Purchasing Agent is to solicit orders (the setting of such interest rates to be referred to herein as “Posting”) or if the Company decides to change interest rates previously posted by it, it will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent of the prices and interest rates to be posted.
   
  The Purchasing Agent will assign a separate CUSIP number for each series of Notes to be posted, and will so advise and notify the Company and the Trustee of said assignment by telephone and/or by fax or other form of electronic transmission.  The Purchasing Agent will include the assigned CUSIP number on all Posting notices communicated to the Selected Dealers.
   
Offering of Notes: In the event that there is a Posting, the Purchasing Agent will communicate to each of the Selected Dealers the Maturities of, along with the interest rates to be borne by, each series of Notes that is the subject of the Posting.  The Company shall furnish copies of the Prospectus (including any preliminary Pricing Supplement) to the Purchasing Agent for delivery in connection with soliciting orders, and file such preliminary Pricing Supplement with the SEC not later than the close of business on the date of Posting in accordance with Rule 497 under the 1933 Act (or as soon as practicable in accordance with the Selling Agent Agreement).  Thereafter, the Purchasing Agent, along with the Selected Dealers, will solicit offers to purchase the Notes accordingly.

 

B- 9
 

  

Purchase of Notes by the Purchasing Agent: 

The Purchasing Agent will, no later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the seventh calendar day subsequent to the day on which such Posting occurs, or if such seventh calendar day is not a Business Day, on the preceding Business Day, or on such other Business Day and time as shall be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasing Agent (any such day, a “Trade Date”), (i) complete, execute and deliver to the Company a Terms Agreement that sets forth, among other things, the amount of each series that the Purchasing Agent is offering to purchase or (ii) inform the Company that none of the Notes of a particular series will be purchased by the Purchasing Agent.
   

Acceptance and Rejection of Orders: 

Unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Purchasing Agent, the Company has the sole right to accept orders to purchase Notes and may reject any such order in whole or in part.  Unless otherwise instructed by the Company, the Purchasing Agent will promptly advise the Company by telephone, email or facsimile of all offers to purchase Notes received by it, other than those rejected by the Purchasing Agent in whole or in part in the reasonable exercise of its discretion.  No order for less than the applicable minimum denomination of the Notes will be accepted.
   
  Upon receipt of a completed and executed Terms Agreement from the Purchasing Agent, the Company will (i) promptly execute and return such Terms Agreement to the Purchasing Agent or (ii) inform the Purchasing Agent that its offer to purchase the Notes of a particular series has been rejected, in whole or in part.  The Purchasing Agent will thereafter promptly inform the participating Selected Dealers of the action taken by the Company.
   
Preparation of Pricing Supplement: If any offer to purchase a Note is accepted by or on behalf of the Company, the Company will provide a Pricing Supplement (substantially in one of the forms attached to the Selling Agent Agreement as Exhibit C or such other form as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Purchasing Agent) reflecting the terms of such Note and will file such Pricing Supplement with the SEC not later than the close of business on the second Business Day following the Trade Date in accordance with Rule 497 under the 1933 Act. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to send such Pricing Supplement by email or fax to the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee by 3:00 p.m. (New York City Time) on the applicable Trade Date.  The Purchasing Agent shall use its reasonable best efforts to send such Pricing Supplement and the Prospectus by email or fax or overnight express (for delivery by the close of business on the applicable Trade Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Business Day following the applicable Trade Date) to the Trustee and each Selected Dealer which made or presented the offer to purchase the applicable Note at such Selected Dealer’s applicable address:

 

B- 10
 

  

  With a copy to:
  Incapital LLC
  200 South Wacker Drive
  Suite 3700
  Chicago, IL 60606
  Attention: Brad Busscher, General Counsel
  Fax: (312) 379-3701
  Telephone: (312) 379-3735
   
  and if to the Trustee, to:
  U.S. Bank National Association
  One Federal Street, 3 rd Floor
  Boston, MA 02110
  Attention: David W. Doucette
  Email: david.doucette@usbank.com
   
  For record keeping purposes, one copy of each preliminary and final Pricing Supplement, as so filed, shall also be mailed or faxed to:
   
  Morrison & Foerster LLP
  250 West 55 th Street
  New York, NY 10019-9601
  Attention: Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
  Telephone: (212) 468-8179
  Fax (212) 468-7900
  Email: apinedo@mofo.com
   
  Each Selected Dealer, in turn, pursuant to the terms of the Selling Agent Agreement and the Master Selected Dealer Agreement, will cause to be delivered a copy of the Prospectus and the applicable Pricing Supplement to each purchaser of Notes from such Selected Dealer.
   
  Outdated Pricing Supplements and the Prospectus(es) to which they are attached (other than those retained for files) will be destroyed.

 

B- 11
 

  

Delivery of Confirmation and Prospectus to Purchaser by Presenting Agent: Subject to “Suspension of Solicitation; Amendment or Supplement” below, if available, the Selected Dealers will deliver a Prospectus and final Pricing Supplement as herein described with respect to each Note sold by it.
   
 

For each offer to purchase a Note accepted by or on behalf of the Company, the Purchasing Agent will confirm in writing with each Selected Dealer the terms of such Note, the amount being purchased by such Selected Dealer and other applicable details described above and delivery and payment instructions, with a copy to the Company.

 

In addition, if available, the Purchasing Agent or Selected Dealer, as the case may be, will deliver to investors purchasing the Notes the Prospectus (including the final Pricing Supplement) in relation to such Notes prior to or simultaneously with delivery of the confirmation of sale or delivery of the Note.

   
Settlement: The receipt of immediately available funds by the Company in payment for Notes and the issuance of such Notes through the facilities of DTC shall constitute “Settlement” with respect to such Note.  All offers accepted by the Company will be settled within one to three Business Days pursuant to the timetable for Settlement set forth below, unless the Company and the purchaser agree to Settlement on a later date, and shall be specified upon acceptance of such offer; provided, however, in all cases the Company will notify the Trustee on the date issuance instructions are given.
   
Settlement Procedures: In the event of a purchase of Notes by the Purchasing Agent, as agent, appropriate Settlement details, if different from those set forth below, will be set forth in a terms agreement to be entered into between the Purchasing Agent and the Company pursuant to the Selling Agent Agreement.  Settlement Procedures with regard to each Note sold by the Purchasing Agent, as principal for the Company, shall be as follows:
   
  A.           After the acceptance of an offer by the Company with respect to a Note, the Purchasing Agent will communicate the following details of the terms of such offer (the “Note Sale Information”) to the Company by telephone confirmed in writing or by facsimile transmission or other acceptable written means (including electronic mail):
   
  1.          Issue Price and principal amount of the purchase;

 

B- 12
 

 

 

  2.          Whether the Notes are Senior or Subordinated;
   
 

3.          (a)          Fixed-Rate Notes:

(i)          Interest Rate,

(ii)         Interest Payment Dates,

(iii)        Regular Record Dates, and

(iv)        Day Count Basis;

 

(b)          Floating-Rate Notes:

(i)          Interest Rate Base,

(ii)         Initial Interest Rate,

(iii)        Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any,

(iv)        Interest Reset Dates,

(v)         Interest Periods,

(vi)        Interest Payment Dates,

(vii)       Regular Record Dates,

(viii)      Index Maturity,

(ix)         Maximum and Minimum Interest Rates, if any

(x)          Calculation Agent, and

(xi)         Day Count Basis;

   
  4.          Price to Public;
   
  5.          Trade Date and original Issue Date;
   
  6.          Settlement Date;
   
  7.          Maturity Date;
   
  8.          Purchasing Agent’s concession determined pursuant to Section V(a) and Exhibit F of the Selling Agent Agreement;
   
  9.          Net proceeds to the Company;
   
  10.         If a Note is redeemable by the Company or repayable by the Noteholder, such of the following as are applicable:
   
  (i)          The date on and after which such Note may be redeemed/repaid (the “Redemption/Repayment Commencement Date”),

 

B- 13
 

 

  (ii)         Initial redemption/repayment price (% of par),
   
 

(iii)        Amount (% of par) that the initial redemption/repayment price shall decline (but not below par) on each anniversary of

the Redemption/Repayment Commencement Date, and

   
  11.         Whether the Note has a Survivor’s Option;
   
  12.         If a Discount Note, the total amount of original issue discount, the yield to maturity and the initial accrual period of original issue discount;
   
  13.         DTC Participant Number of the institution through which the customer will hold the beneficial interest in the Note;
   
  14.         If a Note is to be listed on a stock exchange, the name of such exchange.
   
  15.         The minimum denomination of the Notes; and
   
  16.         Such other terms as are necessary to complete the applicable form of Note.

 

B- 14
 

  

  B.           The Company will confirm the previously assigned CUSIP number to the Note and then advise the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent by telephone (confirmed in writing at any time on the same date) or by fax or other form of electronic transmission of the information received in accordance with Settlement Procedure “A” above, the assigned CUSIP number and the name of the Purchasing Agent.  Each such communication by the Company will be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Company to the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent that (i) such Note is then, and at the time of issuance and sale thereof will be, duly authorized for issuance and sale by the Company; (ii) such Note, and the Master Note representing such Note, will conform with the terms of the Indenture; and (iii) upon delivery of such Note through the facilities of DTC, the aggregate principal amount of all Notes issued under the Indenture will not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes authorized for issuance at such time by the Company.  The Company will prepare a final Pricing Supplement and deliver copies to the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee.
   
  C.           The Trustee will communicate to DTC and the Purchasing Agent through DTC’s Participant Terminal System, a pending deposit message specifying the following Settlement information:
   
  1.          The information received in accordance with Settlement Procedure “A”.
   
 

2.          The numbers of the participant accounts maintained by DTC on behalf of the Trustee and the Purchasing Agent.

 

  3.          Identification of the Note as a Fixed-Rate Note or a Floating-Rate Note.

 

B- 15
 

  

  4.          The initial Interest Payment Date for such Note, number of days by which such date succeeds the related DTC record date (which term means the Regular Record Date) (or, in the case of Floating-Rate Notes, which reset daily or weekly, the date five calendar days preceding the Interest Payment Date), and if then calculated, the amount of interest payable on such Initial Interest Payment Date (which amount shall have been confirmed by the Trustee, acting as calculation agent).
   
  5.          The CUSIP number of such Notes.
   
  D.           DTC will credit such Note to the participant account of the Trustee maintained by DTC.
   
  E.           Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the information applicable to such Note will be set forth on Schedule 1 of the Master Senior Note or Schedule 1 of the Master Subordinated Note, as applicable.
   
  F.           The Trustee will maintain possession of the Master Note representing such Note as custodian for DTC.
   
  G.           The Trustee will enter an SDFS deliver order through DTC’s Participant Terminal System instructing DTC to (i) debit such Note to the Trustee’s participant account and credit such Note to the participant account of the Purchasing Agent maintained by DTC and (ii) debit the settlement account of the Purchasing Agent and credit the settlement account of the Trustee maintained by DTC, in an amount equal to the price of such Note less the Purchasing Agent’s concession.
   
  H.           The Purchasing Agent will enter an SDFS deliver order through DTC’s Participant Terminal System instructing DTC to (i) debit such Note to the Purchasing Agent’s participant account and credit such Note to the participant accounts of the Participants to whom such Note is to be credited maintained by DTC and (ii) debit the settlement accounts of such Participants and credit the settlement account of the Purchasing Agent maintained by DTC, in an amount equal to the price of the Note less the agreed upon concession so credited to their accounts.

 

B- 16
 

  

  I.           Transfers of funds in accordance with SDFS deliver orders described in Settlement Procedures “G” and “H” will be settled in accordance with SDFS operating procedures in effect on the Settlement Date.
   
  J.           The Trustee will credit to an account of the Company maintained at U.S. Bank National Association funds available for immediate use in an amount equal to the amount credited to the Trustee’s DTC participant account in accordance with Settlement Procedure “G”.
   
  K.          Each Selected Dealer will confirm the purchase of each Note to the purchaser thereof either by transmitting to the Participant to whose account such Note has been credited a confirmation order through DTC’s Participant Terminal System or by mailing a notice stating that such sale was made pursuant to a registration statement, not later than two business days after the Settlement Date.
   
  L.           Each Business Day, the Trustee will send to the Company a statement setting forth the principal amount of Notes outstanding as of that date under the Indenture and setting forth the CUSIP number(s) assigned to, and a brief description of, any orders which the Company has advised the Trustee but which have not yet been settled.
   
Settlement Procedures Timetable: In the event of a purchase of Notes by the Purchasing Agent, as principal, appropriate Settlement details, if different from those set forth below will be set forth in the applicable Terms Agreement to be entered into between the Purchasing Agent and the Company pursuant to the Selling Agent Agreement.
   
  Settlement Procedures “A” through “L,” shall be completed as soon as possible but not later than the respective times (New York City time) set forth below:
   
Settlement  
  Procedure Time
     
  A 3:00 p.m. on the Trade Date.
  B 4:00 p.m. on the Trade Date.
  C 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day before the Settlement Date.
  D 10:00 a.m. on the Settlement Date.
  E 11:00 a.m. on the Settlement Date.
  F 11:30 a.m. on the Settlement Date.
  G-H 12:00 p.m. on the Settlement Date.
  I 3:30 p.m. on the Settlement Date.
  J-K 4:00 p.m. on the Settlement Date.
  L Weekly or at the request of the Company.

 

B- 17
 

  

  NOTE:   The Prospectus as most recently amended or supplemented must be filed with the SEC within 48 hours of the Settlement Date.  Settlement Procedure “I” is subject to extension in accordance with any extension Fedwire closing deadlines and in the other events specified in the SDFS operating procedures in effect on the Settlement Date.
   
  If Settlement of a Note is rescheduled or cancelled, the Trustee will deliver to DTC, through DTC’s Participant Terminal System, a cancellation message to such effect by no later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business Day immediately preceding the scheduled Settlement Date.

 

B- 18
 

 

Failure to Settle: If the Trustee fails to enter an SDFS deliver order with respect to a Note pursuant to Settlement Procedure “G”, the Trustee may deliver to DTC, through DTC’s Participant Terminal System, as soon as commercially practicable a withdrawal message instructing DTC to debit such Note to the participant account of the Trustee maintained at DTC.  DTC will process the withdrawal message, provided that such participant account contains Notes having the same terms and having a principal amount that is at least equal to the principal amount of such Note to be debited.  If withdrawal messages are processed with respect to all the Notes of a series issued or to be issued, the Trustee will make appropriate entries in its records and so advise the Company.  The CUSIP number assigned to such series of Notes shall, in accordance with CUSIP Service Bureau procedures, be cancelled and not immediately reassigned.  If withdrawal messages are processed with respect to one or more, but not all, of the Notes of a series, the remaining Notes of such series shall remain outstanding and retain the CUSIP number.  If the purchase price for any Note is not timely paid to the Participants with respect to such Note by the beneficial purchaser thereof (or a person, including an indirect participant in DTC, acting on behalf of such purchaser), such Participants and, in turn, the Purchasing Agent may enter SDFS deliver orders through DTC’s participant Terminal System reversing the orders entered pursuant to Settlement Procedures “G” and “H”, respectively.  Thereafter, the Trustee will deliver the withdrawal message and take the related actions described in the preceding paragraph.  If such failure shall have occurred for any reason other than default by the Purchasing Agent in the performance of its obligations hereunder or under the Selling Agent Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Purchasing Agent on an equitable basis for its reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred and loss of the use of funds during the period when they were credited to the account of the Company.
   
  Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon any failure to settle with respect to a Note, DTC may take any actions in accordance with its SDFS operating procedures then in effect.  
   
Procedure for Rate Changes: Each time a decision has been reached to change rates, the Company will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent of the new rates, who will forthwith suspend solicitation of purchases of Notes at the prior rates.  The Purchasing Agent may telephone the Company with recommendations as to the changed interest rates.

 

B- 19
 

  

Suspension of Solicitation Amendment or Supplement: Subject to the Company’s representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Selling Agent Agreement, the Company may instruct the Purchasing Agent to suspend at any time, for any period of time or permanently, the solicitation of orders to purchase Notes.  Upon receipt of such instructions (which may be given orally), the Purchasing Agent will forthwith suspend solicitation until such time as the Company has advised it that solicitation of purchases may be resumed.
   
  In the event that at the time the Company suspends solicitation of purchases there shall be any orders outstanding for settlement, the Company will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee whether such orders may be settled and whether copies of the Prospectus (including the final Pricing Supplement) as in effect at the time of the suspension may be delivered in connection with the settlement of such orders.  The Company will have the sole responsibility for such decision and for any arrangements which may be made in the event that the Company determines that such orders may not be settled or that copies of such Prospectus (including the final Pricing Supplement) may not be so delivered.
   
  If the Company decides to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, it will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent and furnish the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee with the proposed amendment or supplement and with such certificates and opinions as are required, all to the extent required by and in accordance with the terms of the Selling Agent Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of the Selling Agent Agreement, the Company may file with the SEC any supplement to the Prospectus relating to the Notes.  The Company will provide the Purchasing Agent and the Trustee with copies of any such supplement, and confirm to the Purchasing Agent that such supplement has been filed with the SEC.
   
Trustee Not to Risk Funds; Duties of Trustee: Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Trustee to risk or expend its own funds in connection with any payment to the Company, or the Purchasing Agent or the purchasers, it being understood by all parties that payments made by the Trustee to either the Company or the Purchasing Agent shall be made only to the extent that funds are provided to the Trustee for such purpose. When acting hereunder, the Trustee shall have all the rights, benefits, privileges, protections and indemnities provided to the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

B- 20
 

  

Advertising Costs: The Company shall have the sole right to approve the form and substance of any advertising the Purchasing Agent may initiate in connection with the Purchasing Agent’s solicitation to purchase the Notes.  The expense of such advertising will be solely the responsibility of the Purchasing Agent, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company.

 

B- 21

 

Exhibit (h)

 

SELLING AGENT AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation,

 

Alcentra NY, LLC

 

and

 

Incapital LLC

 

January __, 2015

 

 
 

 

January __, 2015

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of Maryland (the “Company”), Alcentra NY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”) registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”), and Incapital LLC, an Illinois limited liability company (the “Purchasing Agent”), confirm their agreement in the form of this Selling Agent Agreement (this “Agreement”) as follows:

 

I.

 

The Company proposes to issue and sell its Alcentra Capital InterNotes ® due 12 months or more from date of issue (the “Notes”). The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of January __, 2015, as amended and as supplemented from time to time (the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The Indenture will be deemed to include the Administrative Procedures relating to any issuance of Notes and the actions to be taken by the Company, the Trustee, and the Purchasing Agent, and such Administrative Procedures, as supplemented from time to time, will be deemed incorporated into this Agreement. The terms of the Notes will be described from time to time in a Prospectus (as defined herein). The Company has authorized the issuance and sale of up to $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Company hereby (1) appoints the Purchasing Agent as agent of the Company for the purpose of soliciting offers to purchase the Notes and the Purchasing Agent hereby agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit offers to purchase Notes upon terms acceptable to the Company at such times and in such amounts as the Company shall from time to time specify and in accordance with the terms hereof and (2) agrees that whenever the Company determines to sell Notes pursuant to this Agreement, such Notes shall be sold pursuant to a Terms Agreement (as defined herein) relating to such sale in accordance with the provisions of Section VI hereof between the Company and the Purchasing Agent, with the Purchasing Agent purchasing such Notes as principal for resale to dealers (the “Selected Dealers”), each of whom will purchase such Notes as principal.

 

The Company has entered into an investment advisory agreement, dated as of May 5, 2014 (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”), with the Adviser. The Company has entered into a Master Administration and Accounting Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2014 (the “Administration Agreement”), with the State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “Administrator”).

 

1
 

 

II.

 

(a)          The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Registration Statement on Form N-2, as amended (File No. 333-199622). Such Registration Statement became effective on January __, 2015, and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Trust Indenture Act”).

 

(b)          For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the following meaning:

 

(1)         “ Registration Statement ” as of any time means the registration statement, as amended by any amendment thereto, registering the offer and sale of the Notes in the form then filed by the Company with the Commission, including any prospectus, prospectus supplement and/or pricing supplement deemed or retroactively deemed to be a part thereof at such time that has not been superseded or modified. “Registration Statement” without reference to a time means such registration statement, as amended, as of the time of the first contract of sale for the Notes of a particular tranche, which time shall be considered the new effective date of such registration statement, as amended, with respect to such Notes. For purposes of this definition, information contained in a prospectus supplement or pricing supplement that is retroactively deemed to be a part of such registration statement, as amended, pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 430C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1933 Act”) shall be considered to be included in such registration statement, as amended, as of the time specified in Rule 430A or Rule 430C under the 1933 Act.

 

(2)         “ Statutory Prospectus ” means, collectively, (i) the prospectus that is included in the Registration Statement at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective, (ii) the final prospectus or any final pricing supplement relating to the Notes, filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act (“Rule 497”) prior to the offer and acceptance of the Notes of a particular tranche, and (iii) any preliminary pricing supplement used in connection with the Notes of a particular tranche, as filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497.

 

(3)         “ Prospectus ” means, collectively, the Statutory Prospectus (excluding any preliminary pricing supplement) and the final prospectus or any final pricing supplement relating to the Notes of a particular tranche filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 that discloses the public offering price and other final terms of such Notes and otherwise satisfies Section 10(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(4)         “ Applicable Time ” means the time agreed to by the Company and the Purchasing Agent as the time of the pricing of the Notes of a particular tranche, which, unless otherwise agreed, shall be the time immediately after the Company and the Purchasing Agent agree on the pricing terms of such Notes.

 

2
 

 

(5)         “ Representation Date ” means the date of each acceptance by the Company of an offer for the purchase of Notes, the Applicable Time, the date of each delivery of Notes (the date of each such delivery to the Purchasing Agent as principal being hereafter referred to as a “Settlement Date”), and any date on which the Registration Statement or the Prospectus shall be amended or supplemented (other than by an amendment or supplement providing solely for the establishment of or a change in the interest rates, maturity or price of Notes or similar changes), or there is filed by the Company with the Commission an Annual Report on Form 10-K, a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, or a Current Report on Form 8-K required by Item 2 of Form 8-K.

 

III.

 

The Purchasing Agent’s obligations hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)          On the date hereof, the Purchasing Agent shall have received the following legal opinions, dated as of the date hereof and in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent:

 

(1)         The opinion and negative assurance of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP, counsel for the Company (“Sutherland”), which shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

(2)         The opinion and negative assurance of Morrison & Foerster LLP, counsel for the Purchasing Agent (“MoFo”), in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent.

 

(b)          On the date hereof, the Purchasing Agent shall have received a certificate of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer or any other authorized officer of the Company satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent, dated as of the date hereof, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package (as defined herein) and this Agreement and (i) to the best of their knowledge the representations and warranties of the Company in Section VII(a) of this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date of such certificate with the same effect as if made on such date and the Company has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the date of such certificate; (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and, to the knowledge of such officer, no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened; and (iii) since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change in or affecting the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries considered as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth or contemplated in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

3
 

 

(c)          On the date hereof, the Purchasing Agent shall have received a certificate of the President and Chief Executive Officer or any other authorized officer of the Adviser satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent, dated as of the date hereof, to the effect that the signers of such certificate have carefully examined the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, the Disclosure Package (as defined herein) and this Agreement and the representations and warranties of the Adviser in Section VII(b) of this Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date of such certificate with the same effect as if made on such date and the Adviser has complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the date of such certificate

 

(d)          On the date hereof, the Purchasing Agent shall have received a letter from KPMG LLP (“KPMG”) dated as of the date hereof and in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the 1933 Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission and stating the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

 

(e)          On the date hereof, the Company and the Adviser shall each furnish the Purchasing Agent with a certificate of its Secretary, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent.

 

(f)          On the date hereof and on each Settlement Date with respect to any purchase of Notes by the Purchasing Agent, MoFo shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as such counsel may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling such counsel to pass upon the issuance and sale of Notes as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of the representations and warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, contained herein; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of Notes as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Purchasing Agent and MoFo.

 

The obligations of the Purchasing Agent to purchase Notes as principal, both under this Agreement and under any Terms Agreement, are subject to the conditions that (i) no litigation or proceeding shall be threatened or pending to restrain or enjoin the issuance or delivery of the Notes, or which in any way questions or affects the validity of the Notes, (ii) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission, (iii) if any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility are rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as such term is defined in Section 3 of the 1934 Act (as defined herein), there shall not have occurred since the date of such Terms Agreement a downgrading in the rating assigned thereto, and no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility and (iv) there shall not have occurred since the date of such Terms Agreement any change, or any development involving an impending prospective change, in or affecting the business, financial position or results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto since the date of the applicable Terms Agreement), each of which conditions shall be met on the date of the Terms Agreement and on the corresponding Settlement Date. Further, if specifically called for by any written agreement by the Purchasing Agent, including a Terms Agreement, to purchase Notes as principal, the Purchasing Agent’s obligations hereunder and under such agreement, shall be subject to such additional conditions, including those set forth in subsections (a) , (b) and (c) above, as agreed to by the parties, each of which such agreed conditions shall be met on the corresponding Settlement Date.

 

4
 

 

IV.

 

In further consideration of the agreements herein contained, the Company covenants as follows:

 

(a)          The Company will notify the Purchasing Agent as soon as practicable (i) at any time when a prospectus relating to the Notes is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed in relation to the Notes, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information in each case in relation to the Notes, and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Notes for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes. The Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 497 and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497 was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement pursuant to Section 8(d) of the 1933 Act, and, if any such stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(b)          The Company will give the Purchasing Agent notice of its intention to file or prepare any additional registration statement with respect to the registration of additional Notes or any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus (other than an amendment or supplement providing solely for a change in the interest rates or maturity dates of Notes or similar changes) and will furnish the Purchasing Agent with copies of any such registration statement or amendment or supplement proposed to be filed or prepared a reasonable time in advance of such proposed filing or preparation, as the case may be, and will give the Purchasing Agent a reasonable opportunity to comment on any such proposed amendment or supplement.

 

(c)          The Company will deliver to the Purchasing Agent without charge, a copy of (i) the Indenture, (ii) the Registration Statement (as originally filed) and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and (iii) a certified copy of the corporate authorization of the issuance and sale of the Notes. The Company will furnish to the Purchasing Agent as many copies of the Prospectus and the Statutory Prospectus (both as amended or supplemented) as the Purchasing Agent shall reasonably request so long as the Purchasing Agent is required to deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales or solicitations of offers to purchase the Notes under the 1933 Act.

 

5
 

 

(d)          The Company will prepare, with respect to any Notes to be sold through or to the Purchasing Agent pursuant to this Agreement (and any applicable Terms Agreement), a final prospectus or a final pricing supplement with respect to any change in the pricing terms of the Notes, including the interest rate, optional redemption period and maturity date, in substantially the applicable form attached as Exhibit C (a “Pricing Supplement”) and will file the final prospectus in accordance with Rule 430A under the 1933 Act and/or such Pricing Supplement with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 (i) in preliminary form no later than the time at which the proposed pricing information is first used in connection with a public offering or sale and (ii) in final form not later than the close of business on the second business day following the earlier of the date of determination of the offering price or the date it is first used in connection with a public offering or sale (or such earlier time as may be required under the 1933 Act).

 

(e)          Except as otherwise provided in subsection (l) of this Section, if at any time during the term of this Agreement any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Purchasing Agent or counsel for the Company, to further amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of either such counsel, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act, immediate notice shall be given, and confirmed in writing, to the Purchasing Agent to cease the solicitation of offers to purchase the Notes and to cease sales of any Notes by the Purchasing Agent, and the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such untrue statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement and Prospectus comply with such requirements.

 

(f)          Except as otherwise provided in subsection (l) of this Section, on the date on which there shall be released to the general public interim financial statement information related to the Company with respect to each of the first three quarters of any fiscal year or preliminary financial statement information with respect to any fiscal year, the Company shall furnish promptly such information to the Purchasing Agent and thereafter shall cause promptly the Prospectus to be amended or supplemented to include financial information with respect thereto, as well as such other information and explanations as shall be necessary for an understanding thereof, as may be required by the 1933 Act or otherwise.

 

(g)          Except as otherwise provided in subsection (l) of this Section, on the date on which there shall be released to the general public financial information included in or derived from the audited financial statements of the Company for the preceding fiscal year, the Company shall furnish promptly such information to the Purchasing Agent and thereafter shall cause promptly the Registration Statement and the Prospectus to be supplemented or amended to include such audited financial statements and the report or reports, and consent or consents to such inclusion of the independent accountants with respect thereto, as well as such other information and explanations as shall be necessary for an understanding of such financial statements, as may be required by the 1933 Act or otherwise.

 

6
 

 

(h)          As soon as practicable after furnishing with the Commission, the Company will make generally available to its security holders and to the Purchasing Agent an earnings statement or statements of the Company and its subsidiaries which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 under the 1933 Act.

 

(i)          The Company will arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Notes for sale under the laws of such states and jurisdictions as the Purchasing Agent may designate and the Company agrees to and will maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution and sale of the Notes; provided that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the offering or sale of the Notes, in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject. The Company will file such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of each jurisdiction in which the Notes have been qualified as above provided. The Company will promptly advise the Purchasing Agent of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Notes for sale in any such state or jurisdiction or the initiating or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

(j)          The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1940 Act”) and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “1934 Act”) within the time periods required by the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act, respectively.

 

(k)          The Company has filed or will file each Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 497 within the prescribed time period.

 

(l)          The Company shall not be required to comply with the provisions of subsections (e) , (f) or (g) of this Section or the provisions of Sections VIII(b) , (c) and (d) during any period from the time (i) the Purchasing Agent has suspended solicitation of purchases of the Notes pursuant to a direction from the Company and (ii) the Purchasing Agent shall not then hold any Notes as principal to the time the Company shall determine that solicitation of purchases of the Notes should be resumed or shall subsequently agree for the Purchasing Agent to purchase Notes as principal.

 

(m)          The Company will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes in the manner specified in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(n)          The Company will use its best efforts to qualify and subsequently maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Subchapter M of the Code” and the “Code,” respectively).

 

7
 

 

(o)          The Company will cooperate with any reasonable due diligence review conducted by the Purchasing Agent (or its counsel or other representatives), including, without limitation, providing information and making available documents and senior corporate officers, as the Purchasing Agent may reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall be required to make available documents and senior corporate officers only (i) at the Company’s principal offices and (ii) during the Company’s ordinary business hours. The parties acknowledge that the due diligence review contemplated by this subsection (o) will include, without limitation, during the term of this Agreement a quarterly diligence conference to occur within five Business Days after each filing by the Company of its Annual Report on Form 10-K and each Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q whereby the Company will make its senior corporate officers available to address diligence inquiries of the Purchasing Agent and will provide such additional information and documents as the Purchasing Agent may reasonably request.

 

(p)          The Company will comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of, or dealings in, the Notes as contemplated by the provisions hereof and the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package.

 

(q)          The Company shall use its best efforts in cooperation with the Purchasing Agent to permit the Notes to be eligible for clearance and settlement through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

(r)          Unless otherwise agreed upon in any Terms Agreement between the Purchasing Agent acting as principal and the Company, between the date of such Terms Agreement and the delivery of Notes to the Purchasing Agent as principal with respect to such Terms Agreement, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Purchasing Agent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, offer, sell or issue, or enter into any agreement to sell or issue, any debt securities of the Company in the United States intended primarily for sale to retail investors (other than the Notes to which such Terms Agreement relates or another series of Notes) which have substantially similar maturities and other terms as such Notes and which are payable as to principal and interest in the currency in which such Notes are payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may enter into any agreement to sell or issue debt securities of the Company so long as such debt securities are expected to be listed on a national exchange and the Company provides the Purchasing Agent with three days’ prior written notice of the issuance of such securities.

 

(s)          If any debt securities of the Company (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility are rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as such term is defined in Section 3 of the 1934 Act, the Company will notify the Purchasing Agent as soon as practicable, and confirm such notice in writing, of any change in the rating assigned by such nationally recognized statistical rating organization(s) or the public announcement by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any such debt securities (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility, or the withdrawal by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization of its rating of any such debt securities (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility.

 

8
 

 

V.

 

(a)          The Purchasing Agent proposes to use its reasonable best efforts to solicit offers to purchase the Notes upon the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package and upon the terms communicated to the Purchasing Agent from time to time by the Company. For the purpose of such solicitation the Purchasing Agent will use the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented that has been most recently distributed to the Purchasing Agent by the Company, and the Purchasing Agent will solicit offers to purchase only as permitted or contemplated thereby and herein and will solicit offers to purchase the Notes only as permitted by the 1933 Act and the applicable securities laws or regulations of any jurisdiction. The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to suspend solicitation of offers to purchase the Notes commencing at any time for any period of time or permanently. Upon receipt of instructions (which may be given orally) from the Company, the Purchasing Agent will suspend promptly solicitation of offers to purchase until such time as the Company has advised the Purchasing Agent that such solicitation may be resumed.

 

Prior to any issuance, and as to each issuance, the Company and the Purchasing Agent will agree on the applicable minimum denomination of the Notes. The Purchasing Agent is not authorized to appoint subagents or to engage the services of any other broker or dealer in connection with the offer or sale of the Notes without the consent of the Company. Unless otherwise instructed by the Company, the Purchasing Agent shall communicate to the Company, orally or in writing, each offer to purchase Notes. The Company shall have the sole right to accept offers to purchase Notes and may reject any proposed offers to purchase Notes as a whole or in part. The Purchasing Agent shall have the right, in its discretion reasonably exercised, to reject any proposed purchase of Notes, as a whole or in part, and any such rejection shall not be deemed a breach of its agreements contained herein. The Company agrees to pay the Purchasing Agent, as consideration for soliciting offers to purchase Notes pursuant to a Terms Agreement, a concession in the form of a discount equal to a percentage of the initial offering price of each Note actually sold (the “Concession”), as reflected in the fee schedule in Exhibit E ; provided , however , that the Company and the Purchasing Agent may agree also to a Concession greater than or less than the relevant percentage. The actual aggregate Concession with respect to each tranche of Notes will be set forth in the related Pricing Supplement. The Purchasing Agent or Selected Dealers will share the above-mentioned Concession in such proportions as they may agree.

 

Unless otherwise authorized by the Company, all Notes shall be sold to the public at a purchase price not to exceed 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any. Such purchase price shall be set forth in the confirmation statement of the Purchasing Agent or Selected Dealer responsible for such sale and delivered to the purchaser along with a copy of the Prospectus (if not previously delivered) and Pricing Supplement.

 

(b)          Procedural details relating to the issue and delivery of, and the solicitation of purchases and payment for, the Notes are set forth in the Administrative Procedures (the “Procedures”), as amended from time to time, attached as Annex A to the First Supplemental Indenture between the Company and the Trustee dated as of January__, 2015. Unless otherwise provided in a Terms Agreement, the provisions of the Procedures shall apply to all transactions contemplated hereunder. The Purchasing Agent and the Company each agree to perform the respective duties and obligations specifically provided to be performed by each in the Procedures as amended from time to time. The Procedures may only be amended by written agreement of the Company and the Purchasing Agent.

 

9
 

 

(c)          The Company and the Purchasing Agent acknowledge and agree, and each Selected Dealer will be required to acknowledge and agree, that the Notes are being offered for sale in the United States only.

 

VI.

 

Each sale of Notes shall be made in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and a separate agreement in substantially the form attached as Exhibit B (a “Terms Agreement”) to be entered into which will provide for the sale of such Notes to, and the purchase and reoffering thereof, by the Purchasing Agent as principal. A Terms Agreement may also specify certain provisions relating to the reoffering of such Notes by the Purchasing Agent. The offering of Notes by the Company hereunder and the Purchasing Agent’s agreement to purchase Notes pursuant to any Terms Agreement shall be deemed to have been made on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company herein contained and shall be subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth. Each Terms Agreement shall describe the Notes to be purchased pursuant thereto by the Purchasing Agent as principal, and may specify, among other things, the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, the interest rate or interest rate index or formula (and whether such interest rate shall be fixed or floating) and maturity date or dates of such Notes, the interest payment dates, if any, the net proceeds to the Company, the initial public offering price at which the Notes are proposed to be reoffered, and the time and place of delivery of and payment for such Notes, whether the Notes provide for a Survivor’s Option, whether the Notes are redeemable or repayable and on what terms and conditions, and any other relevant terms. In connection with the resale of the Notes purchased, without the consent of the Company, the Purchasing Agent is not authorized to appoint subagents or to engage the service of any other broker or dealer, nor may it reallow any portion of the Concession paid to it. Terms Agreements, each of which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, or as otherwise agreed to between the Company and the Purchasing Agent, may take the form of an exchange of any standard form of written telecommunication between the Purchasing Agent and the Company.

 

VII.

 

(a)          The Company represents and warrants to the Purchasing Agent, as of the date hereof and as of each Representation Date as follows:

 

(1)         The Company meets the requirements for use of Form N-2 under the 1933 Act. The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose, have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.

 

10
 

 

(i)          At the respective times the Registration Statement, and any post-effective amendment thereto, became effective, and at each Settlement Date, the Registration Statement, and all post-effective amendments thereto complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and (excluding any post-effective amendment for the purpose of filing exhibits thereto) did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto, at the respective times the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued, and as of the date hereof, as of each Applicable Time and as of each Settlement Date, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not be made with respect to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent for use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished to the Company in writing by the Purchasing Agent consists of the information described in Section IX(e) below.

 

(ii)         At the respective times the Prospectus was filed, as of the date hereof, as of each Applicable Time and as of each Settlement Date, it complied in all material respects with the 1933 Act, and if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR (except as may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act), will be substantially identical to the copy thereof delivered to the Purchasing Agent for use in connection with the applicable offering.

 

(iii)        On the date hereof and at the respective times the Registration Statement, and any post-effective amendment thereto were filed, the Indenture complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

 

(iv)        As of each Applicable Time and Settlement Date, the Statutory Prospectus, any preliminary Pricing Supplement relating to the Notes used at or prior to any Applicable Time and any final Pricing Supplement relating to the Notes of a particular tranche, when considered together (collectively, the “Disclosure Package”) do not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not be made with respect to statements in or omissions from the Disclosure Package made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent for use in the Disclosure Package it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished to the Company in writing by the Purchasing Agent consists of the information described in Section IX(e) below.

 

(2)         KPMG, which has expressed its opinion with respect to certain of the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement includes the related notes thereto) and supporting schedules filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act.

 

11
 

 

(3)         The financial statements (together with the related schedules and notes) filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company (including any predecessor entity) as of and at the dates indicated and the results of its operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. The consolidated selected financial data included in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package presents fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and has been compiled on a basis consistent with the consolidated financial statements included in the Registration Statement. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G under the 1934 Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable.

 

(4)         The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that financial reporting is reliable and financial statements for external purposes are prepared in accordance with GAAP and includes policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with the authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

(5)         The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act); such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including material information pertaining to the Company’s operations and assets managed by the Adviser, is made known to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer by others within the Company and the Adviser, and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective to perform the functions for which they were established.

 

(6)         Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus or Disclosure Package, subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus or Disclosure Package: (i) there has been no material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, net asset value, prospects, business or operations, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change or effect, where the context so requires is called a “Material Adverse Change” or a “Material Adverse Effect”); (ii) the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business or entered into any material transaction or agreement not in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) except for regular periodic dividends on the Company’s common stock, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, any of its subsidiaries on any class of capital stock, or repurchase or redemption by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock.

 

12
 

 

(7)         The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, and are validly existing as corporations or other entities, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of their incorporation or organization, as applicable, and have the corporate or other applicable power and authority to own, lease and operate their properties and to conduct their business as described in the Prospectus and, in the case of the Company, to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or entity, as applicable, to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except for such jurisdictions where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Change. All of the issued and outstanding capital stock or equity interest of each subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance or claim other than under the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement and related agreements, as amended, that the Company has entered into with ING Capital LLC and the other lender parties thereto.

 

(8)         The Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any shares of stock or any other equity or long-term debt securities of any corporation or other entity other than (i) 100% of the equity interests in Alcentra BDC Equity Holdings, LLC and (ii) those corporations or other entities described in the Prospectus under “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” and “Portfolio Companies” (each a “Portfolio Company” and collectively, the “Portfolio Companies”). Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company does not control (as such term is defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act) any of the Portfolio Companies. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company is not required, in accordance with Article 6 of Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act, to consolidate the financial statements of any corporation, association or other entity with the Company’s financial statements other than Alcentra BDC Equity Holdings, LLC.

 

(9)         The Company has duly authorized, executed and delivered any agreements pursuant to which it made the investments described in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package under “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments” and “Portfolio Companies” (each a “Portfolio Company Agreement”). To the Company’s knowledge, except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, each Portfolio Company is current, in all material respects, with all its obligations under the applicable Portfolio Company Agreement(s), no event of default (or a default which with the giving of notice or the passage of time would become an event of default) has occurred under such agreements, except to the extent that any such failure to be current in its obligations and any such default would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

 

13
 

 

(10)        The Company has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the 1940 Act and has filed with the Commission, pursuant to Section 54(a) of the 1940 Act, a duly completed and executed Form N-54A (the “Company BDC Election”); the Company has not filed with the Commission any notice of withdrawal of the BDC Election pursuant to Section 54(c) of the 1940 Act; the Company’s BDC Election remains in full force and effect, and to the Company’s knowledge, no order of suspension or revocation of such election under the 1940 Act has been issued or proceedings therefore initiated or threatened by the Commission. The provisions of the charter and bylaws of the Company and the operations of the Company are in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of the 1940 Act applicable to business development companies and the rules and regulations of the Commission applicable to business development companies.

 

(11)        This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; the Investment Advisory Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; and the Administration Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company; the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement constitute valid and legally binding agreements of the Company, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

(12)        The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, issue, sell and perform its obligations contemplated by the Notes. The Notes have been duly authorized by the Company and, when duly issued and executed by the Company in accordance with this Agreement, any Terms Agreement and the Indenture, assuming due authentication of the Notes by the Trustee, upon delivery to the Purchasing Agent against payment therefor in accordance with the terms hereof and any Terms Agreement, will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(13)        The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture. The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act. The Indenture conforms in all material respects to the description thereof in each of the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package and the Notes will conform to the description thereof in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, as amended or supplemented.

 

(14)        The statements set forth in each of the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package under the caption “Description of Our Notes,” insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Notes and under the captions “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and “Related Party Transactions and Certain Relationships,” insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate in all material respects.

 

14
 

 

(15)        Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is in violation of or default under its (i) charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, by-laws, or similar organizational documents; (ii) under any indenture, mortgage, loan or credit agreement, note, contract, franchise, lease or other instrument, including any Portfolio Company Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement, to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) any statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental body, arbitrator or other authority having jurisdiction over the Company or such subsidiary or any of its properties, as applicable, except for such violations or defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(16)        The Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Notes, the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, any Terms Agreement and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and by the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, have been effected in accordance with the 1940 Act and will not result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or similar organizational documents of any subsidiary, (ii) will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, or require the consent of any other party to, any existing instrument, except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults, liens, charges or encumbrances as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) will not result in any material violation of any law, administrative regulation or administrative or court decree applicable to the Company or any subsidiary and (iv) will not affect the validity of the Notes or the legal authority of the Company to comply with the Notes, the Indenture, this Agreement or any Terms Agreement. No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other governmental or regulatory authority or agency, is required for the Company’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of the Notes, the Indenture, any Terms Agreement or consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and by the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, except such as have already been obtained or made under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Trust Indenture Act and such as may be required under any applicable state securities or blue sky laws or from the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”).

 

(17)        The Company and its subsidiaries own or possess sufficient trademarks, trade names, patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets and other similar rights (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”) reasonably necessary to conduct their businesses as described in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package; and the expected expiration of any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement or conflict with asserted Intellectual Property Rights of others, which infringement or conflict, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, would result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the Company’s knowledge, none of the technology employed by the Company has been obtained or is being used by the Company in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the Company or any of its officers, directors or employees or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons.

 

15
 

 

(18)        The Company, its subsidiaries and, to the Company’s knowledge, each controlled Portfolio Company (i) are in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(19)        The Company and each subsidiary possess such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct their respective businesses, except where the failure to possess such certificates, authorizations or permits would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the Company has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of, or non-compliance with, any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(20)        (i) The terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, including compensation terms, comply in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act and (ii) the approvals by the board of directors and the stockholders of the Company of the Investment Advisory Agreement have been made in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 of the 1940 Act applicable to companies that have elected to be regulated as business development companies under the 1940 Act.

 

(21)        There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the Notes, the Indenture and any Terms Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject that are not described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16
 

 

(22)        There are no contracts or documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package or to be filed as exhibits thereto by the 1933 Act that have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(23)        As of the respective times of use, any advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including, but not limited to “prospectus wrappers,” “broker kits,” “road show slides” and “road show scripts” and “electronic road show presentations”) authorized in writing by or prepared by the Company used in connection with the public offering of the Notes (collectively, “Sales Material”) and set forth in Exhibit F hereto does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading. Moreover, all Sales Material complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (except that this representation and warranty shall not be made with respect to statements in or omissions from the Sales Material made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Purchasing Agent furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent expressly for use therein).

 

(24)        The Company has been organized and operated, and is currently organized and operates, in compliance in all material respects with the requirements to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. The Company intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering described in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code.

 

(25)        The Company and its subsidiaries have filed all necessary federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns and have paid all taxes required to be paid by any of them and, if due and payable, any related or similar assessment, fine or penalty levied against any of them, except for any taxes, assessments or penalties as may be contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in the applicable financial statements referred to in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package in respect of all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has not been finally determined. The Company is not aware of any tax deficiency that has been or might be asserted or threatened against the Company or any subsidiary that could result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(26)        The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Notes other than the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package.

 

(27)        Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Disclosure Package, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.

 

17
 

 

(28)        The Company’s shares of common stock are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the 1934 Act and are listed for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”). The Company has taken no action designed to, or likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of its common stock under the 1934 Act or delisting its common stock from NASDAQ, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission or FINRA is contemplating terminating such registration or listing. The Company has continued to satisfy, in all material respects, all requirements for listing its common stock for trading on NASDAQ.

 

(29)        The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might be reasonably expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Notes.

 

(30)        The documents filed by the Company with the Commission under the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act, complied in all material respects, with the requirements of the 1934 Act and the 1940 Act, as applicable, and, with respect to the 1934 Act documents, as of the date hereof, each Applicable Time, and as of each Settlement Date, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company has filed all reports required to be filed pursuant to the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act, except where the failure to file such reports would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(31)        Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package (i) no person is serving or acting as an officer, director or investment adviser of the Company, except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Advisers Act, and (ii) no director of the Company is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Purchasing Agent except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package.

 

(32)        Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any employee or agent of the Company or any subsidiary, has made any contribution or other payment to any official of, or candidate for, any federal, state or foreign office in violation of any law or of the character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package.

 

(33)        There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees or indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of the members of any of them, except as disclosed in the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package.

 

(34)        The Company has not been advised, and has no knowledge that it and each of its subsidiaries are not conducting business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is conducting business, except where failure to be so in compliance would not result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(35)        The Company has complied in all material respects with Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and has made the evaluations of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures required under Rule 13a-15 under the 1934 Act.

 

18
 

 

(36)        Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that has resulted or would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA.

 

(37)        The operations of the Company and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar applicable rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(38)        Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use any of the proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Notes contemplated by this Agreement or any Terms Agreement, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available any such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Purchasing Agent or to MoFo shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Purchasing Agent as to the matters covered thereby.

 

(b)          The Adviser represents and warrants to the Purchasing Agent as of the date hereof and as of each Representation Date as follows:

 

(1)         Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, except as otherwise stated therein, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, or in the earnings, business affairs, operations or regulatory status of the Adviser, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or would otherwise reasonably be expected to prevent the Adviser from carrying out its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement (an “Adviser Material Adverse Change” or an “Adviser Material Adverse Effect,” where the context so requires).

 

19
 

 

(2)         The Adviser has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement; and the Adviser is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify or be in good standing would not otherwise reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

(3)         The Adviser is duly registered with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the 1940 Act from acting under the Investment Advisory Agreement for the Company as contemplated by the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package. There does not exist any proceeding or, to the Adviser’s knowledge, any facts or circumstances the existence of which could lead to any proceeding, which might adversely affect the registration of the Adviser with the Commission.

 

(4)         There is no action, suit or proceeding or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Adviser, threatened, against or affecting the Adviser, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package (other than as disclosed therein), or which would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the Investment Advisory Agreement; the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Adviser is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to its business, would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

(5)         The Adviser is not in violation of its certificate of formation or limited liability company operating agreement or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Adviser is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Adviser is subject, or in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree except for such violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Investment Advisory Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and therein and in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Notes and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Adviser with its obligations hereunder and under the Investment Advisory Agreement do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Adviser pursuant to such Agreement except for such violations or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect, nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the limited liability company operating agreement of the Adviser; nor will such action result in any violation of any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Adviser or any of its assets, properties or operations except for such violations that would not reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

20
 

 

(6)         This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser; the Investment Advisory Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Adviser; the Investment Advisory Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Adviser, except as (i) the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency (including, without limitation, all laws relating to fraudulent transfers) or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) rights to indemnification and contribution may be limited to equitable principles of general applicability or by state or federal securities laws or the policies underlying such law.

 

(7)         No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Adviser of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Notes hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Advisory Agreement or the Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (including the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Notes as described in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”), except (i) such as have been already obtained under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act, (ii) such as may be required under state securities laws and (iii) the filing of the Notification of Election under the 1940 Act, which has been effected.

 

(8)         The description of the Adviser contained in the Disclosure Package and the Prospectus does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

(9)         The Adviser possesses such valid and current certificates, authorizations or permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by it (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”), except where the failure so to possess would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; the Adviser is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect; and the Adviser has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would reasonably be expected to result in an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

21
 

 

(10)        The Adviser is not aware that (i) any executive, key employee or significant group of employees of the Company, if any, or the Adviser plans to terminate employment with the Company or the Adviser or (ii) any such executive or key employee is subject to any non-compete, nondisclosure, confidentiality, employment, consulting or similar agreement that would be violated by the present or proposed business activities of the Company or the Adviser except where such termination or violation would not reasonably be expected to have an Adviser Material Adverse Effect.

 

(11)        To the Adviser’s knowledge, each controlled Portfolio Company (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its respective businesses; and (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Adviser and delivered to the Purchasing Agent or to MoFo shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Adviser to the Purchasing Agent as to the matters covered thereby.

 

(c)          All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or the Adviser submitted pursuant hereto shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent or any controlling person of the Purchasing Agent, or by or on behalf of the Company, and shall survive each delivery of and payment for any of the Notes.

 

(d)          The Purchasing Agent agrees with the Company and the Adviser that it will (a) deliver and, cause each Selected Dealer to deliver, the document filed by the Company with the Commission as a 497AD filing on January 28, 2015 (as well as any update to such document to the extent such updated document is subsequently filed as a 497AD filing by the Company with the Commission and the Company provides the Purchasing Agent with advance notice thereof) and the Prospectus to each purchaser of the Notes to whom the Purchasing Agent and each Selected Dealer, as appropriate, sells the Notes prior to such purchaser’s agreement to purchase the Notes from the Purchasing Agent and each Selected Dealer, as appropriate, and (b) take reasonable steps to ensure, and cause each Selected Dealer to take reasonable steps to ensure, that each purchaser of the Notes satisfies the suitability standards set forth under the caption “Suitability Standards” in the Prospectus. The Purchasing Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Adviser and each of their directors, officers and persons who control them within the meaning of either the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or the 1940 Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they or any of them may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon the failure of the Purchasing Agent and/or a Selected Dealer to comply with their obligations set forth in this subsection (d) of this Section VII .

 

VIII.

 

(a)          Each acceptance by the Company of an offer for the purchase of Notes, and each delivery of Notes to the Purchasing Agent pursuant to a sale of Notes to the Purchasing Agent, shall be deemed to be an affirmation that the representations and warranties of the Company and the Adviser made to the Purchasing Agent in this Agreement and in any certificate theretofore delivered pursuant hereto are true and correct at the time of such acceptance or sale, as the case may be, and an undertaking that such representations and warranties will be true and correct at the time of delivery to the Purchasing Agent of the Note or Notes relating to such acceptance or sale, as the case may be, as though made at and as of each such time (and it is understood that such representations and warranties shall relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to each such time).

 

(b)          Except as otherwise provided in subsection (l) of Section IV , each time:

 

(1)         the applicable Terms Agreement so specifies (unless waived by the Purchasing Agent);

 

22
 

 

(2)         the Company files an Annual Report on Form 10-K, a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K required by Item 2 of Form 8-K with the Commission; or

 

(3)         if required by the Purchasing Agent after the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package has been amended or supplemented (other than by an amendment or supplement providing solely for interest rates, maturity dates or other terms of Notes or similar changes or an amendment or supplement which relates exclusively to an offering of securities other than the Notes),

 

the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Purchasing Agent (i) a certificate of the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer or any other authorized officer of each of the Company and the Adviser satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent (an “Authorized Officer”) dated the date specified in the applicable Terms Agreement or dated the date of filing with the Commission of such supplement or document or the date of effectiveness of such amendment, as the case may be, in form satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent to the effect that the statements contained in the certificate referred to in Section III(b) hereof which was last furnished to the Purchasing Agent are true and correct as of the date specified in the applicable Terms Agreement or at the time of such filing, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, as though made at and as of such time (except that such statements shall be deemed to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to such time) or, in lieu of such certificate, a certificate of the same tenor as the certificate referred to in said Section III(b) , modified as necessary to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to the time of delivery of such certificate and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary of each of the Company and the Adviser dated the date specified in the applicable Terms Agreement or dated the date of filing with the Commission of such supplement or document or the date of effectiveness of such amendment, as the case may be, in form satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent to the effect that the statements contained in the certificates referred to in Section III(d) hereof which were last furnished to the Purchasing Agent are true and correct as of the date specified in the applicable Terms Agreement or at the time of such filing, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, as though made at and as of such time (except that such statements shall be deemed to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to such time) or, in lieu of such certificate, a certificate of the same tenor as the certificate referred to in said Section III(d) , modified as necessary to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to the time of delivery of such certificate.

 

(c)          Except as otherwise provided in subsection (l) of Section IV , each time:

 

(1)         the applicable Terms Agreement so specifies (unless waived by the Purchasing Agent);

 

(2)         the Company files an Annual Report on Form 10-K, a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K required by Item 2 of Form 8-K with the Commission; or

 

23
 

 

(3)         if required by the Purchasing Agent after the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package has been amended or supplemented (other than by an amendment or supplement providing solely for interest rates, maturity dates or other terms of the Notes or similar changes or an amendment or supplement which relates exclusively to an offering of securities other than the Notes),

 

the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished forthwith to the Purchasing Agent and MoFo the written opinion of Sutherland, dated the date specified in the applicable Terms Agreement or dated the date of filing with the Commission of such supplement or document or the date of effectiveness of such amendment, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent, of the same tenor as the opinion referred to in Section III(a)(1) hereof, but modified, as necessary, to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to the time of delivery of such opinion; or, in lieu of such opinion, counsel last furnishing such opinion to the Purchasing Agent shall furnish the Purchasing Agent with a letter substantially to the effect that the Purchasing Agent may rely on such last opinion to the same extent as though it was dated the date of such letter authorizing reliance (except that statements in such last opinion shall be deemed to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package as amended and supplemented to the time of delivery of such letter authorizing reliance).

 

(d)          Except as otherwise provided in subsection (l) of Section IV , each time:

 

(1)         the applicable Terms Agreement so specifies (unless waived by the Purchasing Agent);

 

(2)         the Company files an Annual Report on Form 10-K, a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K required by Item 2 of Form 8-K with the Commission; or

 

(3)         if required by the Purchasing Agent after the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package has been amended or supplemented to include additional financial information required to be set forth therein under the terms of Form N-2 under the 1933 Act, the Company shall cause KPMG to furnish the Purchasing Agent a letter, dated the date specified in the applicable Terms Agreement or dated the date of effectiveness of such amendment, supplement or document filed with the Commission, as the case may be, in form satisfactory to the Purchasing Agent, of the same tenor as the portions of the letter referred to in Section III(c) hereof but modified to relate to the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, as amended and supplemented to the date of such letter; provided, however , that if the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the Disclosure Package is amended or supplemented solely to include financial information as of and for a fiscal quarter, Purchasing Agent may limit the scope of such letter to the unaudited financial statements included in such amendment or supplement.

 

24
 

 

(e)          The Company hereby acknowledges that (1) the solicitation of purchases of the Notes and any purchase and sale of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the Purchasing Agent and any affiliate through which they may be acting, on the other, (2) the Underwriters (as defined in Exhibit D hereinafter) are acting as principal and not as an agent (except as provided herein) or fiduciary of the Company and (3) the Company’s engagement of the Purchasing Agent in connection with the offering and the process leading up to the offering is as an independent contractor and not in any other capacity. Furthermore, the Company agrees that it is solely responsible for making its own judgments in connection with the offering (irrespective of whether the Purchasing Agent has advised or is currently advising the Company on related or other matters). The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Purchasing Agent has rendered advisory services of any nature or in any respect, or owes an agency (except as provided herein), fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

IX.

 

(a)          The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchasing Agent, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Purchasing Agent and each person who controls the Purchasing Agent within the meaning of either the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or the 1940 Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have. Any indemnification by the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the requirements and limitations of Section 17(i) of the 1940 Act.

 

(b)          The Purchasing Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who signs the Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act or the 1940 Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Purchasing Agent, but only with reference to written information relating to the Purchasing Agent furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. The Purchasing Agent agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action to which they are entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section IX(b) . This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Purchasing Agent may otherwise have.

 

25
 

 

(c)          Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section IX of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section IX , notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under subsection (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in subsection (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however , that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

 

26
 

 

(d)          In the event that the indemnity provided in subsection (a) , (b) or (c) of this Section IX is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, the Company and the Purchasing Agent severally agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending the same) (collectively “Losses”) to which the Company and the Purchasing Agent may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Purchasing Agent on the other from the offering of the Notes; provided , however , that in no case shall the Purchasing Agent be responsible for any amount in excess of an amount represented by the percentage that the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasing Agent bears to the total sales price from the sale of the Notes sold to or through the Purchasing Agent to the date of such liability. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any reason, the Company and the Purchasing Agent shall severally contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Purchasing Agent on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by it, and benefits received by the Purchasing Agent shall be deemed to be equal to an amount represented by the percentage that the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Purchasing Agent bears to the total sales price from the sale of the Notes sold to or through the Purchasing Agent. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the Company on the one hand or the Purchasing Agent on the other, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The Company and the Purchasing Agent agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d) , no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section IX , each person who controls the Purchasing Agent within the meaning of either the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of the Purchasing Agent shall have the same rights to contribution as the Purchasing Agent, and each person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this subsection (d) .

 

(e)          The Company acknowledges that the name of the Purchasing Agent appearing on the front cover of the Prospectus, the name of the Purchasing Agent appearing on page i of the Prospectus, the name of the Purchasing Agent appearing in the Summary section of the Prospectus on page 11, the description of the “Suitability Standards” appearing in the Summary section of the Prospectus on pages 12 and 13, all of the disclosure appearing under “Suitability Standards” in the Prospectus, the third and fifth sentences of the fifth paragraph and the entire sixth paragraph, all under “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Purchasing Agent for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.

 

X.

 

The Company may elect to suspend or terminate the offering of Notes under this Agreement at any time; the Company also (as to the Purchasing Agent) or the Purchasing Agent (as to itself) may terminate the appointment and arrangements described in this Agreement. Upon receipt of instructions from the Company, the Purchasing Agent shall suspend or terminate the participation of any Selected Dealer under the Master Selected Dealer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D . Such actions may be taken, in the case of the Company, by giving prompt written notice of suspension to the Purchasing Agent and by giving not less than 5 days’ written notice of termination to the Purchasing Agent, or in the case of the Purchasing Agent, by giving not less than 5 days’ written notice of termination to the Company and except that, if at the time of termination an offer for the purchase of Notes shall have been accepted by the Company but the time of delivery to the purchaser or his agent of the Note or Notes relating thereto shall not yet have occurred, the Company shall have the obligations provided herein with respect to such Note or Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the other parties in writing of any such termination.

 

27
 

 

The Purchasing Agent may terminate any agreement hereunder by the Purchasing Agent to purchase the Notes, immediately upon notice to the Company at any time prior to the Settlement Date relating thereto, (i) if there has been, since the date of such agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto since the date of the applicable agreement), any change, or any development involving an impending prospective change, in or affecting the business, financial position or results of operations of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries taken as a whole, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto since the date of the applicable agreement), or (ii) if there shall have occurred, since the date of such agreement, any outbreak or material escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis, financial or otherwise, the effect of which is such as to make it, in the sole judgment of the Purchasing Agent, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Notes or enforce contracts for the sale of the Notes, or (iii) if, since the date of such agreement, trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended by the Commission or a national securities exchange, or if trading generally on either the NASDAQ or the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by either of said exchanges or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority, or (iv) if there shall have come to the Purchasing Agent’s attention any facts that would cause the Purchasing Agent to believe that the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package, at the time it was required to be delivered to a purchaser of Notes, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time of such delivery, not misleading, or (v) if any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility are rated by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization, as such term is defined in Section 3 of the 1934 Act, and if there has been, since the date of such agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement (exclusive of any amendment or supplement thereto since the date of the applicable agreement), a downgrading in the rating assigned thereto and any such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review its rating of any of the Company’s debt securities (including the Notes) or the Company’s revolving credit facility or (vi) if, since the date of such agreement, a banking moratorium shall have been declared by either federal or New York authorities.

 

Any Terms Agreement shall be subject to termination in the Purchasing Agent’s absolute discretion on the terms set forth or incorporated by reference therein. The termination of this Agreement shall not require termination of any agreement by the Purchasing Agent to purchase Notes as principal, and the termination of any such agreement shall not require termination of this Agreement.

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Section IV(c) and (e) , Section IX and Section XIII hereof shall survive and shall remain in effect; provided that if at the time of termination of this Agreement an offer to purchase Notes has been accepted by the Company but the time of delivery to the Purchasing Agent of such Notes has not occurred, the provisions of all of Section IV , Section V(b) and Section VI shall also survive until time of delivery.

 

28
 

 

XI.

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all statements, requests, notices and advices hereunder shall be in writing, by telephone if promptly confirmed in writing or by e-mail, and if to the Purchasing Agent shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered in person, sent by telex, facsimile transmission (confirmed in writing), e-mail or registered mail to the Purchasing Agent at its address, e-mail address or telex or facsimile number specified below and if to the Company shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered in person, sent by telex, facsimile transmission (confirmed in writing), e-mail or registered mail to the Company at its address, e-mail address or telex or facsimile number specified below. All such notices shall be effective on receipt.

 

If to the Company or the Adviser:

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

200 Park Avenue, 7th Floor

New York, New York 10166

Attention: Paul J. Echausse, Esq.

Telecopy: (212) 922-8259

E-mail: paul.echausse@alcentra.com

 

If to the Purchasing Agent:

 

Incapital LLC

200 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3700

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention: Brad Busscher, General Counsel

Telecopy: (312) 379-3701

E-mail: bbusscher@incapital.com

 

or at such other address as such party may designate from time to time by notice duly given in accordance with the terms of this Section.

 

XII.

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon the Purchasing Agent and the Company, and inure solely to the benefit of the Purchasing Agent and the Company and any other person expressly entitled to indemnification hereunder and the respective personal representatives, successors and assigns of each, and no other person shall acquire or have any rights under or by virtue of this Agreement.

 

29
 

 

XIII.

 

This agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably agrees that any legal action or proceeding against it arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment rendered against it in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any federal or New York State court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, and, by execution and delivery of this Agreement, such party hereby irrevocably accepts and submits to the jurisdiction of each of the aforesaid courts in person, generally and unconditionally with respect to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect of its property, assets and revenues. Each party hereby also irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such action or proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

XIV.

 

If this Agreement is executed by or on behalf of any party, such person hereby states that at the time of the execution of this Agreement he has no notice of revocation of the power of attorney by which he has executed this Agreement as such attorney.

 

The Company will pay the following expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement; (ii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Notes; (iii) all expenses incurred in preparing, printing and distributing the Prospectus and the Disclosure Package to investors or prospective investors, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s auditors, of the Trustee and its counsel and of any paying or other agents appointed by the Company; (v) the printing and delivery to the Purchasing Agent in quantities as hereinabove stated of copies of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; (vi) if the Company lists Notes on a securities exchange, the costs and fees of such listing; (vii) the fees and expenses, if any, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of MoFo in an amount not to exceed $10,000, incurred with respect to any filing with the FINRA; (viii) the cost of providing CUSIP or other identification numbers for the Notes; (ix) all reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of MoFo) in connection with “Blue Sky” qualifications; and (xii) any fees charged by rating agencies for the rating of the Notes.

 

This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Purchasing Agent with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

This Agreement may be executed by each of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, and by each of the parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which counterparts, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures shall be deemed original signatures.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

30
 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, and upon acceptance hereof by you, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between the Company and you.

 

    Very truly yours,
       
    ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION
       
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
    ALCENTRA NY, LLC
       
    By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
Confirmed and accepted    
as of the date first above written:    
       
INCAPITAL LLC    
       
By:      
Name:      
Title:      

 

[Signature Page to Selling Agent Agreement]

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Opinion and Negative Assurance of Sutherland

 

A- 1
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Terms Agreement

 

____________, 20__

 

Alcentra Capital Corporation

200 Park Avenue, 7th Floor

New York, New York 10166

 

Attention: Treasurer

 

The undersigned agrees to purchase the following aggregate principal amount of Alcentra Capital InterNotes ® :

 

$__________

The terms of such Notes shall be as follows:

CUSIP Number: ______

Notes:

Coupon Type:

Interest Rate Provisions:

(a) For Fixed Rate Notes:

(i)          annual interest rate: ______

(ii)         interest payment frequency: ______

(iii)        step-up provision, if any: ______

 

(b) For Floating Rate Notes:

(i)          interest rate index or formula: ______

(ii)         initial interest rate, if any: ______

(iii)        spread or spread multiplier, if any: ______

(iv)        interest reset dates: ______

(v)         interest reset period: ______

(vi)        interest payment frequency: ______

(vii)       index maturity: ______

(viii)      maximum and/or minimum interest rate, if any: ______

(ix)         interest determination date: ______

(x)          calculation agent (if other than U.S. Bank National Association);

 

Maturity Date: ______

Price to Public: ______

Purchasing Agent’s Concession: ______%

Net Proceeds to Issuer: ______

Settlement Date, Time and Place: ______

Survivor’s Option: ______

Optional Redemption/Repayment, if any: ______

Initial Redemption/Repayment Date[s]: ______

Applicable Time: ______

 

B- 1
 

 

Redemption/Repayment Price: Initially ______% of Principal Amount and declining by ______% of the Principal Amount on each anniversary of the Initial Redemption/Repayment Date until the Redemption/Repayment Price is 100% of the Principal Amount.

 

[Any other terms and conditions agreed to by the Purchasing Agent and the Company]

 

    INCAPITAL LLC
       
    By:  
    Title:  
ACCEPTED  
       
ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION    
       
By:      
Title:      

 

B- 2
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Fixed Rate Pricing Supplement

 

Filed under Rule 497

Pricing Supplement Dated:

(To Prospectus Dated [______], 2015 File No. 333-199622 and Prospectus Supplement dated [______], 2015)

Pricing Supplement No. ________

 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ®

 

Trade Date: ________

Issue Date: ________

 

CUSIP
NUMBER
  ISIN
NUMBER
  PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
  SELLING
PRICE
  GROSS
CONCESSION
  NET
PROCEEDS
  COUPON
TYPE
  COUPON
RATE
                             

 

COUPON
FREQUENCY
  MATURITY
DATE
  1 ST  COUPON
DATE
  1 ST  COUPON
AMOUNT
  SURVIVOR’S
OPTION
  PRODUCT
RANKING
  REDEMPTION
INFORMATION
                         

 

Step Info: ___

Other Terms: ___

 

C- 1
 

 

Form of Floating Rate Pricing Supplement

 

Filed under Rule 497

Pricing Supplement Dated:

(To Prospectus Dated [______], 2015 File No. 333-199622 and Prospectus Supplement dated [______], 2015)

Pricing Supplement No. ______

 

ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

Alcentra Capital InterNotes ®

 

Trade Date: ______

Issue Date: ______

 

CUSIP
NUMBER
  ISIN
NUMBER
  PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT
  SELLING
PRICE
  GROSS
CONCESSION
  NET
PROCEEDS
  COUPON
TYPE
  INTEREST
PAYMENT
FREQUENCY
                             

 

MATURITY DATE   1 ST  COUPON
DATE
  BASE
RATE
  INDEX
MATURITY
  SPREAD   SPREAD
MULTIPLIER
                     

 

INITIAL BASE
RATE
  INTEREST RESET
DATES
  MAXIMUM RATE   MINIMUM RATE   INTEREST
DETERMINATION
DATE
  INITIAL
INTEREST RESET
DATE
                     

 

SURVIVOR’S
OPTION
  PRODUCT
RANKING
  REDEMPTION
INFORMATION
         

 

Other Terms: ___

 

C- 2
 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

[Incapital Form Master Selected Dealer Agreement]

 

D- 1
 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Fee Schedule

E- 1
 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

Sales Materials

 

1.          Investor Presentation filed under Rule 497(a) on January 14, 2015

 

F- 1

 

Exhibit (k)(8)

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SENIOR
SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “ Amendment ), dated as of January [__], 2015, is made with respect to the Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 8, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION, a Maryland corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to the Credit Agreement as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), and ING CAPITAL LLC, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Credit Agreement (in such capacity, together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrower; and

 

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders and the Administrative Agent amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Lenders signatory hereto and the Administrative Agent have agreed to do so on the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Amendment.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION I AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), and subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)          Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following defined terms in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

“ ‘ Equity Redemption Amount ’ means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the result of (x) $10,000,000 minus (y) the amount of redemptions of notes made in accordance with Section 6.12(c) on or prior to such date of determination.”

 

“ ‘ Survivor’s Option Amount ’ means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the result of (x) $10,000,000 minus (y) the amount of all Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 6.05(e) on or prior to such date of determination.”

 

 
 

 

(b)          Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the term “Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness” in its entirety and replacing it with the following defined term in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

“ ‘ Unsecured Longer-Term Indebtedness ’ means any Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower that (a) has no amortization, or mandatory redemption, repurchase or prepayment prior to, and a final maturity date not earlier than, six months after the Maturity Date, (b) is incurred pursuant to terms that are substantially comparable to market terms for substantially similar debt of other similarly situated borrowers as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower (other than financial covenants and events of default (other than events of default customary in indentures or similar instruments that have no analogous provisions in this Agreement or credit agreements generally), which shall be no more restrictive upon the Borrower and the other Obligors, while any commitments or Loans are outstanding, than those set forth in this Agreement) (it being understood that (i) put rights or repurchase or redemption obligations arising out of circumstances that would constitute a “fundamental change” (as such term is customarily defined in convertible note offerings) or be Events of Default under the Revolving Facility shall not violate clauses (a) or (b) for purposes of this definition and (ii) the “Survivor’s Option” described in the draft Registration Statement on Form N-2 provided by the Company via email to the Administrative Agent at 7:52 PM ET on January 11, 2015 shall not violate clauses (a) or (b) for the purposes of this definition), and (c) is not secured by any assets of any Obligor.”

 

(c)          Section 6.05(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the number “$10,000,000” and in lieu thereof, inserting the phrase “the Equity Redemption Amount”.

 

(d)          Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the word “or” at the end of clause (a) thereof, (ii) replacing the period at the end of clause (b) thereof with “and” and (iii) adding the following clause (c) immediately after clause (b) thereof:

 

“(c) redemptions of any notes pursuant to the “Survivor’s Option” described in the draft Registration Statement on Form N-2 provided by the Company via email to the Administrative Agent at 7:52 PM ET on January 11, 2015, provided that the aggregate amount of notes redeemed shall not exceed the Survivor’s Option Amount.”

 

SECTION II MISCELLANEOUS

 

2.1.            Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date (the “ Second Amendment Effective Date ”) on which the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors have satisfied each of the following conditions precedent (unless a condition shall have been waived in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Credit Agreement):

 

(a)           Executed Counterparts . The Administrative Agent shall have received from each party hereto either (1) a counterpart of this Amendment signed on behalf of such party or (2) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission or electronic mail of a signed signature page to this Amendment) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Amendment.

 

 
 

 

(b)           Corporate Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (x) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Amendment and the other Loan Document to which it is a party, (y) resolutions of the board of directors or similar governing body of each Obligor approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, certified as of the Second Amendment Effective Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment, and (z) such other documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Obligors, and the authorization of the Amendment and any other legal matters relating to the Obligors, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.

 

(c)           Consents . The Borrower shall have obtained and delivered to the Administrative Agent certified copies of all consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, or filings (other than any filing required under the Exchange Act or the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, including, without limitation, any filing required on Form 8-K) required to be made or obtained by the Borrower and all guarantors in connection with this Amendment, such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, filings and orders shall be in full force and effect and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired and no investigation or inquiry by any Governmental Authority regarding the Amendment or any transaction being financed with the proceeds of the Loans shall be ongoing.

 

(d)           No Litigation . There shall not exist any action, suit, investigation, litigation or proceeding or other legal or regulatory developments pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that relates to the Amendment or that could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)           Fees and Expenses . The Borrower shall have paid in full to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all fees and expenses related to this Amendment and the Credit Agreement owing on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

(f)           Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under the Credit Agreement, this Amendment or under any Material Indebtedness immediately before and after giving effect to the Amendment.

 

(g)           Other Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

2.2.            Representations and Warranties . To induce the other parties hereto to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders that, as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and after giving effect to this Amendment:

 

(a)           This Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor enforceable in accordance with its terms. The Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

 

 
 

 

(b)          The representations and warranties set forth in Article 3 of the Credit Agreement and the representations and warranties in each other Loan Document are true and correct in all material respects (other than any representation or warranty already qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all respects) on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date or as to any such representations and warranties that refer to a specific date, as of such specific date, with the same effect as though made on and as of the Second Amendment Effective Date.

 

2.3.            Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Amendment constitutes the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by telecopy or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

2.4.            Payment of Expenses . The Borrower agrees to pay and reimburse the Administrative Agent for all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent.

 

2.5.            GOVERNING LAW . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

2.6.            Incorporation of Certain Provisions . The provisions of Sections 9.01, 9.07, 9.09, 9.10 and 9.12 of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference with respect to Section I.

 

2.7.            Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of, or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Borrower or the Subsidiary Guarantor under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and, except as expressly set forth herein, shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the other terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Person to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances. This Amendment shall apply and be effective only with respect to the provisions amended herein of the Credit Agreement. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended by this Amendment and each reference in any other Loan Document shall mean the Credit Agreement as amended hereby. This Amendment shall constitute a Loan Document.

 

 
 

 

2.8.          Consent and Affirmation . Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its execution hereof, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby, as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, (i) consents to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) agrees that the Guarantee and Security Agreement and each of the other Security Documents is in full force and effect, (iii) confirms its guarantee (solely in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantor) and affirms its obligations under the Guarantee and Security Agreement and confirms its grant of a security interest in its assets as Collateral for the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement), and (iv) acknowledges and affirms that such guarantee and/or grant is in full force and effect in respect of, and to secure, the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Security Agreement).

 

2.9.          Release . Each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (a) neither it nor any of its Affiliates has any claim or cause of action against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, consultants or agents) including, but not limited to, under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and each other document entered into in connection therewith), and (b) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender has heretofore properly performed and satisfied in a timely manner all of its obligations to the Obligors and their Affiliates under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and each other document entered into in connection therewith) that are required to have been performed on or prior to the date hereof. Accordingly, for and in consideration of the agreements contained in this Amendment and other good and valuable consideration, each of the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantor (for itself and its Affiliates and the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of each of the foregoing) (collectively, the " Releasors ") does hereby fully, finally, unconditionally and irrevocably release and forever discharge the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and each of their respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, consultants and agents (collectively, the " Released Parties ") from any and all debts, claims, obligations, damages, costs, attorneys' fees, suits, demands, liabilities, actions, proceedings and causes of action, in each case, whether known or unknown, contingent or fixed, direct or indirect, and of whatever nature or description, and whether in law or in equity, under contract, tort, statute or otherwise, which any Releasor has heretofore had or now or hereafter can, shall or may have against any Released Party by reason of any act, omission or thing whatsoever done or omitted to be done on or prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date directly arising out of, connected with or related to this Amendment, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document (or any other document entered into in connection therewith), or any act, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, or the agreements of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender contained therein, or the possession, use, operation or control of any of the assets of any of the Borrower or the Subsidiary Guarantor, or the making of any Loans or other advances, or the management of such Loans or advances or the Collateral.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

 
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

  ALCENTRA CAPITAL CORPORATION,
  as Borrower
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
     
  ALCENTRA BDC EQUITY HOLDINGS, LLC,
  as Subsidiary Guarantor
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  ING CAPITAL LLC, as Administrative Agent and as a Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY, as Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  EVERBANK COMMERCIAL FINANCE, INC., as Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  ALOSTAR BANK OF COMMERCE, as Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  STIFEL BANK & TRUST, as Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  RAYMOND JAMES BANK, N.A., as Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 
 

 

 

  WEBSTER BANK, N.A., as Lender
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit (l)(2)

[Letterhead of Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP]

 

January __, 2015

Alcentra Capital Corporation

200 Park Avenue, 7 th Floor

New York, New York 10166

Re: Alcentra Capital Corporation - Registration Statement on Form N-2

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Alcentra Capital Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the registration statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-199622) (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), in connection with the registration, issuance and sale on a continuous basis, pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(ix) under the Securities Act, of up to $40,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s unsecured Alcentra Capital Internotes® (the “ Notes ”) in connection with the offering described in the Registration Statement.

 

The Notes will be issued in one more series pursuant to a base indenture to be entered into between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, (the “ Indenture ”), as supplemented by one or more supplemental indentures (each, a “ Supplemental Indenture ”) to be entered into between the Company and the Trustee. The price and terms of any series of Notes will be set forth in one or more supplements (each, a “ Prospectus Supplement ”) to the final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it becomes effective (the “ Prospectus ”).

 

As counsel to the Company, we have participated in the preparation of the Registration Statement and have examined originals or copies of such records, documents or other instruments as we in our judgment deem necessary or appropriate for us to render the opinions set forth in this opinion letter including, without limitation, the following:

 

(i) the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company (the “ Charter ”), certified as of a recent date by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of the State of Maryland (the “ SDAT ”);

 

(ii) the Bylaws of the Company, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company;

 

(iii) a Certificate of Good Standing with respect to the Company issued by the SDAT as of a recent date (the “ Certificate of Good Standing ”);

 

(iv) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to, among other things, (a) the authorization and approval of the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement and (b) the authorization, execution and delivery of the Indenture, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Company; and

 

(v) the Indenture.

 

With respect to such examination and our opinion expressed herein, we have assumed, without any independent investigation or verification, (i) the genuineness of all signatures on all documents submitted to us for examination, (ii) the legal capacity of all natural persons, (iii) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, (iv) the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as conformed or reproduced copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copied documents, and (v) that all certificates issued by public officials have been properly issued. We also have assumed without independent investigation or verification the accuracy and completeness of all corporate records made available to us by the Company.

 

 
 

 

 

As to certain matters of fact relevant to the opinions in this opinion letter, we have relied upon certificates of public officials (which we have assumed remain accurate as of the date of this opinion), upon certificates and/or representations of officers and employees of the Company, upon such other certificates as we deemed appropriate, and upon such other data as we have deemed to be appropriate under the circumstances. We have not independently established the facts, or in the case of certificates of public officials, the other statements, so relied upon.

 

This opinion is limited to the contract laws of the State of New York and the Maryland General Corporation Law, as in effect on the date hereof, and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws of such jurisdictions or the laws of any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the preceding sentence, we express no opinion as to any state securities or broker-dealer laws or regulations thereunder relating to the offer, issuance or sale of the Notes. This opinion letter has been prepared, and should be interpreted, in accordance with customary practice followed in the preparation of opinion letters by lawyers who regularly give, and such customary practice followed by lawyers who on behalf of their clients regularly advise opinion recipients regarding, opinion letters of this kind.

 

In rendering our opinion, we have assumed that (i) the issuance, offer and sale of Notes from time to time and the final terms and conditions of the Notes to be so issued, offered and sold, including those relating to price and amount of Notes to be issued, offered and sold, (a) are in accordance with the Indenture and the applicable Supplemental Indenture, and have been duly authorized and determined or otherwise established by proper action of the Board in accordance with the Charter and Bylaws, (b) do not violate any applicable law, (c) do not violate or result in a default under or breach of any agreement, instrument or other document binding upon the Company, and (d) comply with all requirements or restrictions imposed by any court or governmental body having jurisdiction over the Company, (ii) the Notes have been (a) duly executed and delivered by the Company and duly authenticated by the Trustee in each case, in accordance with the Indenture and the applicable Supplemental Indenture, and (b) delivered to, and the agreed consideration therefor has been fully paid at the time of such delivery by, the purchasers thereof, (iii) the Supplemental Indentures applicable to each series of Notes are duly authorized, executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, and (iv) the Notes will not include any provision that is unenforceable against the Company.

 

In rendering our opinion, we have further assumed that (i) the Trustee is duly organized and validly existing in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) the Trustee has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the Supplemental Indentures, and (iii) each of the Indenture and the Supplemental Indentures constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation, and is enforceable against, the Trustee in accordance with its terms. We have not independently investigated or verified any of the foregoing assumptions.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, and subject to the limitations and qualifications set forth in this opinion letter, we are of the opinion that, the issuance of the Notes will be duly authorized and, when issued, each issuance of the Notes will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

 

The opinions expressed in this opinion letter are (a) subject, as to enforcement, to (i) any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; (b) strictly limited to the matters stated in this opinion letter, and without limiting the foregoing, no other opinions are to be implied and (c) only as of the date of this opinion letter, and we are under no obligation, and do not undertake, to advise the addressee of this opinion letter or any other person or entity either of any change of law or fact that occurs, or of any fact that comes to our attention, after the date of this opinion letter, even though such change or such fact may affect the legal analysis or a legal conclusion in this opinion letter.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the “Legal Matters” section in the Registration Statement. We do not admit by giving this consent that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP

 

 

 
 

 

Exhibit (n)(1)

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

The Board of Directors
Alcentra Capital Corporation

 

 

We consent to the use of our audit report dated March 11, 2014 with respect to the financial statements of BNY Mellon-Alcentra Mezzanine III, L.P. (predecessor entity of Alcentra Capital Corporation) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Selected Financial and Other Data” in the prospectus.

 

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
January 27, 2015